mirror of https://git.door43.org/ru_gl/ru_tn
See in Reader
MD-TSV Converter
This commit is contained in:
Samuel Kim
parent
cc57f3bb5f
commit
9de83450be
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Введение в 1-е послание Петра #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общая информация ##<br><br>#### Структура 1-го послания Петра ####<br><br>1. Введение (1:1-2)<br>1. Пётр прославляет Бога за спасение (1:3-2:10)<br>1. Благочестивый образ жизни (2:11-4:11)<br>1. Апостол ободряет верующих и говорит им стойко переносить страдания (4:12-5:11)<br>1. Заключение (5:12-14)<br> <br><br>#### Кто является автором 1-го послания Петра? ####<br><br>Автором этого послания является апостол Пётр. Апостол адресовал его христианам, рассеянным по Малой Азии. <br><br>#### Какова цель написания данного послания? ####<br><br>Пётр написал это письмо с целью напомнить верующим, "что это истинная Божья благодать, в которой вы стоите" (5:12). Он призвал христиан не переставать повиноваться Богу даже во времена скорбей и страданий. Апостол напомнил верующим о скором возвращении Христа и повелел им повиноваться любым человеческим властям.<br><br>#### Как перевести название данной книги? ####<br><br>Вы можете оставить первоначальное название: "1 Петра", "Первое Петра" - или же уточнить: "Первое послание Петра", "Первое послание святого апостола Петра" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>## Часть 2: Религиозный и культурный контекст послания ##<br><br>#### Как римляне относились к христианству? ####<br><br>Возможно, Пётр находился в Риме в момент написания своего послания. Он даёт этой столице символическое название - "Вавилон" (5:13), поскольку данное послание создавалось в период жесоких преследований христиан Римом. <br><br>## Часть 3: Трудности перевода ##<br><br>#### Единственное и множественное число для личных местоимений первого ("я" - "мы") и второго ("ты" - "вы") лица ####<br><br>Когда в послании употребляется местоимение "я", то речь, как правило, идёт о Петре, за исключеием двух стихов: [1 Петра 1:16](../01/16.md) и [1 Петра 2:6](../02/06.md). Если автор испольует местоимение "мы", он имеет в виду себя и своих читателей, если "вы" - только свою аудиторию (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]).<br><br>#### Какие текстовые расхождения существуют в этом послании? ####<br><br>* "Очистив ваши души через Духа послушание истине для непритворного братолюбия. Любите друг друга ревностно, от чистого сердца" (1:22) - такой перевод дан в английских ULB, UDB, в русских ОДБ, ОСБ, а также во многих других современных версиях. В более ранних переводах этот стих звучит так: "Вы очистили свои души через послушание истине, благодаря Святому Духу, для искренней братской любви. Итак, любите друг друга ревностно, от всего сердца".<br><br>Если в вашем регионе есть какой-либо перевод Библии, вы можете воспользоваться им при переводе данного стиха. В противном же случае, вы можете руководствоваться вышеприведённым вариантом.<br><br>(см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Петра 01 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Структура и оформление ####<br><br>1-2 стихи являются вступлением (именно так в первом веке было принято начинать послания на Ближнем Востоке). <br><br>Иногда поэтические строки печатаюся с небольшим отступом вправо для их отделения от отсновного текста. Так в английской ULB оформлена ветхозаветная цитата, записанная в 1:24-25.<br><br>#### Ключевые концепции ####<br><br>##### Понимание, приходящее от Бога #####<br><br>Когда Иисус придёт обратно на землю, все люди поймут, как счастливы те, кто имеет веру в Иисуса. Божий народ поймёт, как милостив Бог к Своим детям, и все народы прослявят Господа и тех, кто в Него верит. <br><br>##### Святость #####<br><br>Бог хочет, чтобы Его народ был святым, потому что Сам Господь свят (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]).<br><br>##### Вечность #####<br><br>Пётр увещевает верующих жить для того, что имеет вечную ценность, а не ради мирских утех, которым в скором времени придёт конец (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]).<br><br>#### Прочие трудности, встречающиеся при переводе данной главы ####<br><br>##### Парадокс (противоречие) #####<br><br>Парадокс - это противоречивое утверждение. Пётр использует этот приём, когда говорит верующим радоваться испытаниям ([1 Петра 1:6](./06.md)). И хоть временные тяготы приносят немало страданий, апостол убеждает Божьих детей радоваться тому, что Господь спасёт их "в последнее время" ([1 Петра 1:5](./05.md)).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[1 Петра 01:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br>* __[1 Петра intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 Общая информация: Сначала Пётр называет своё имя и позицию как Божьего служителя, а затем привествует верующих, которым адресует своё послание.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 переселенцам, рассеянным Апостол имеет в виду людей, вынужденных жить в разных странах (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 в Понте, Галатии, Каппадокии, Асии и Вифинии Каппадокия и Вифиния - это области Римской империи, располагавшиеся на территории современной Турции.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς 1 избранным "тех, кого избрал Бог Отец" (Бог избрал этих людей по Своему предвидению).
|
||||
1PE 1 2 a3gd κατὰ πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 по предвидению Бога Отца "согласно предвидению Бога Отца"
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 по предвидению Бога Отца Абстрактное существительное "предвидение" можно заменить более конкретными понятиями. Возможные значения: 1) Бог определил, что должно произойти ещё до того, как это случилось: "согласно тому, что заранее решил Бог"; 2) Бог знал наперёд, что произойдет в будущем: "согласно тому, что Бог Отец знал заранее" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 окроплению кровью Иисуса Христа Под "кровью Иисуса Христа" имеется в виду смерть Иисуса. Подобно тому, как Моисей кропил кровью народ Израиля при их заключении завета с Богом, так и кровь Христа помогла нам войти в новый завет с Небесным Отцом (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 пусть благодать и мир умножатся О благодати и мире здесь говорится как о личностях, способных умножаться. Благодать - это это помощь и сила от Бога, которую мы получаем благодаря искуплению Иисуса Христа, а мир - это восстановленые отношения с Богом и безопасность (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 Общая информация: Пётр затрагивает тему о спасении и вере. Он использует метафору, в которой говорится о Божьем обещании, сравнивающемся с наследством, которое Господь передает всем верующим.
|
||||
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 нашего Господа Иисуса Христа...возродил нас из мёртвых Местоимения "нашего", "нас" относятся к Петру и его читателям (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 возродил нас из мёртвых "воскресил нас"
|
||||
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 наследства Божьи обещания сравниваются с богатством, передающемся по наследству от родителей к детям (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 для вечного, чистого, неувядаемого Пётр говорит, что наследство, приготовленное для нас Богом, вечно и совершенно (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 4 vr9s figs-metaphor ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 Оно хранится на небесах для вас Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Бог хранит его на небесах для вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 It is reserved in heaven for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God is reserving it in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους 1 оберегаемых Божьей силой Вместо страдательного залога можно использовать действительный: "Бог хранит вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 Божьей силой Господь имеет силу сохранить тех, кто в Него верит (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 5 a4ab figs-abstractnouns διὰ πίστεως 1 через веру Речь идёт о вере в Христа. Можно сказать: "благодаря вашей вере" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 5 g4rb figs-activepassive ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 которое готово открыться в последнее время Здесь можно использовать действительный залог: "которое Бог готов открыть в последнее время" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 6 hy8d ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 Радуйтесь этому "Этому" - то есть тем благословениям, о которых Пётр говорил в предыдущих стихах.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 vvp1 figs-metaphor ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 чтобы ваша испытанная вера Как огонь очищает золото, так и испытания очищают верующих и укрепляют их доверие ко Христу (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 7 ct3n τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 испытанная вера Бог испытывает нашу веру в Иисуса.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 u63m τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς…δοκιμαζομένου 1 испытанная вера оказалась драгоценнее золота, которое погибнет Вера драгоценнее золота, потому что золото не вечно, даже если оно очищено в огне.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 a6q4 εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν 1 для похвалы, чести и славы Возможные значения: 1) "Бог окажет вам величайшую честь", благодаря вашей вере; 2) "ваша вера принесёт честь, славу и похвалу Богу".
|
||||
1PE 1 7 bkr9 figs-activepassive ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 когда явится Иисус Христос Речь идёт о возвращении Иисуса Христа. Здесь можно использовать действительный залог: "когда Иисус Христос явится всем людям" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 8 eka3 χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ 1 в неописуемой и славной радости "испытывая потрясающую радость, которую невозможно описать словами"
|
||||
1PE 1 9 j2qe figs-synecdoche σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 спасения души Под "душой" имеется в виду человек, верящий в Иисуса. Можно уточнить: "достигая цели вашей веры - своего спасения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 9 hw6y σωτηρίαν 1 спасения Это понятие представляет действие как объект. В действительности "спасение" - это процесс Божьего избавления и его результат.
|
||||
1PE 1 10 p4p5 σωτηρίας…χάριτος 1 спасению... благодати Понятия "спасение" и "благодать" являются абстрактными сущесвительными. "Спасение" - это процесс нашего избавления, осуществляемого Богом, а также его конечный результат. "Благодать" - это милостивое отношение Господа к людям.
|
||||
1PE 1 10 yyz4 figs-doublet ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν 1 поиски и исследования пророков Понятия "поиски" и "исследования" в данном контексте являются синонимами. Они употребляются вместе, чтобы усилить мысль о том, насколько тщательно пророки изучали вопрос о спасении. Альтернативный перевод: "глубокие исследования пророков" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 11 x5x8 0 Связующее утверждение: Пётр продолжает говорить о пророках, исследовавших вопрос о спасении.
|
||||
1PE 1 11 r5jf ἐραυνῶντες 1 исследуя "стараясь выяснить"
|
||||
1PE 1 11 w3n8 τὸ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 Дух Христа Речь идёт о Святом Духе.
|
||||
1PE 1 12 x4b1 figs-activepassive οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Им было открыто Можно использовать действительный залог: "Бог открыл пророкам" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 12 xi4d εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι 1 во что желают проникнуть ангелы "что желают понять ангелы"
|
||||
1PE 1 13 bjg9 διὸ ἀναζωσάμενοι 1 Поэтому "По этой причине" (Пётр подытоживает всё, что им было сказано ранее о спасении, вере и Духе Христа, приносящем откровения пророкам).
|
||||
1PE 1 13 u87y figs-idiom ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν 1 приготовьте ваш разум В некоторых переводах это выражение звучит как "препояшьте чресла ума вашего", что значит "приготовьтесь к упорной умственной работе" (перед тем, как приступить к работе, люди подгибали края одежды и скрепляли их ремнёи на поясе. Это и значило "препоясать чресла"). Альтернативный перевод: "приготовьтесь к кропотливому умстенному труду" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 13 i56f figs-idiom νήφοντες 1 будьте внимательны Или "следите за своими мыслями", "контролиуйте свой разум".
|
||||
1PE 1 13 y771 figs-activepassive τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 на благодать, которая вам будет дана Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "на благодать, которую Бог вам даст" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 13 ut69 figs-metaphor τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 на благодать, которая вам будет дана Понятие "благодать" здесь олицеворяется (благодать - это Божья помощь, оказываемая нам по милости Господа) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 13 l45d figs-activepassive ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 в явлении Иисуса Христа Речь идёт о возвращении Иисуса. См., как вы перевели аналогичную мысль в [1 Петра 1:7](../01/07.md). Альтернативный перевод: "когда Иисус Христос явится всем людям" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 14 e4tb figs-idiom μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς…ἐπιθυμίαις 1 не допускайте прежние страсти "не стремитесь к тому, чего вы раньше желали", "не потакайте прихотям, которые вы прежде стремились удовлетворить"
|
||||
1PE 1 15 3c10 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
1PE 1 16 m1q7 figs-activepassive διότι γέγραπται 1 так как написано Имеется в виду то, что написано в Писании. Вы можете использовать действительный залог: "потому что Бог говорит" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 16 s8kz ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος 1 Будьте святы, потому что Я свят Речь идёт о Боге.
|
||||
1PE 1 17 s6gv figs-metaphor τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον ἀναστράφητε 1 со страхом проводите время вашего странствования Пётр сравнивает земную жизнь с временным странствованием. Альтернативный перевод: "со страхом проводите время, отведённое вам для жизни на земле" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 18 q4pc figs-activepassive ἐλυτρώθητε 1 вы выкуплены Здесь можно использовать действительный залог: "Бог выкупил вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ 1 но драгоценной кровью Христа Под "кровью" подразумевается искупительная смерть Христа на кресте (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 19 gk6a figs-simile ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 как непорочного и чистого Ягнёнка Иисус принёс Себя в жертву за наши грехи. Альтернативный перевод: "Которого можно сравнить с чистым и непорочным ягнёнком, приносимым в жертву иудейскимми священниками" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 непорочного и чистого Пётр использует два синонимичных понятия, чтобы подчеркнуть, насколько святым был Иисус. Альтернативный перевод: "без какого-либо недостатка" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου 1 предназначенного Здесь можно использовать дейстивтельный залог: "Которого Бог предназначил" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 20 ky7a figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 ещё до сотворения мира Вместо существительного "сотворение" можно использовать глагол "сотворил": "ещё до того, как Господь сотворил этот мир" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 но открывшегося Здесь также можно употребить действительный залог: "но Которого Бог открыл" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 но открывшегося в последнее время ради вас Пётр не говорит, что его читатели своими глазами видели Христа, но он имеет в виду, что они познали истину об Иисусе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 21 lt5u τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Который воскресил Его из мёртвых "Воскресить" - значит "вернуть к жизни". Альтернативный перевод: "Который вернул Его к жизни, чтобы Он больше не оставался мёртвым".
|
||||
1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns καὶ δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα 1 и дал Ему славу "И прославил Его" или "и показал всем Его славу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες 1 Очистив ваши души "Свои души" - значит "себя". Можно сказать: "очистив себя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 hj14 figs-metaphor ἡγνικότες 1 Очистив Очищение делает нас приемлимыми для Бога (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 22 qyt5 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 послушанием истине Вместо сущесвительногое "послушание" можно использовать глагольную форму: "повинуясь истине" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 22 j777 φιλαδελφίαν 1 для непритворного братолюбия Речь идёт о любви между верующими.
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy ἐκ…καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 Любите друг друга ревностно, от чистого сердца "От чистого сердца" - значит "искренне", "непритворно". Альтернативный перевод: "искренне и горячо любите друг друга" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου 1 как возрождённые не от тленного семени, но от нетленного Возможные значения: 1) Пётр сравнивает Божье слово с семенем растения, которое сажается в сердце верующего и производит в нём жизнь; 2) Божье слово сравнивается с мужским семенем, которое, соединившись с женской клеткой, даёт жизнь ребёнку (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 23 nh9r ἀφθάρτου 1 от нетленного от бессмертного
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος 1 от живого и вечного Божьего слова Пётр имеет в виду, что Божье слово вечно живое: его обещания и истины пребывают вечно (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 24 kyc5 0 Общая информация: Здесь Пётр цитирует пророка Исаию, поясняя то, что им было сказано ранее о семени.
|
||||
1PE 1 24 dr75 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα…αὐτῆς 1 Потому что тело каждого — как трава Вместо сочетания "тело каждого" можно использовать выражение "все люди". Пророк Исаия сравнивает человеческую жизнь с травой, которая быстро прорастает и также быстро умирает. Альтернативный перевод: "все люди подобны траве" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile δόξα…ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 вся его слава — как цветение на траве "Слава" - это красота, великолепие. Человеческое великолепие и земные блага Исаия сравнивает с недолговечной жизнью цветка. Альтернативный перевод: "земные блага и человеческое великолепие недолговечны так же, как недолговечна жизнь цветка" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
1PE 1 25 aba2 τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 Но слово Господа остаётся навечно "но послание, приходящее от Господа, остаётся вечно"
|
||||
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 И это то слово, которое вам проповедано Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Это Евангелие, которое мы вам проповедовали" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Петра 02 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Структура и оформление ####<br><br>Иногда поэтические строки и цитаты печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо для того, чтобы читателю было легче отделить их от основного тескта. Именно так в английской ULB оформлена ветхозаветная цитата, записанная в 2:6-8, 22, а также поэтическая выдержка в 2:10.<br><br>#### Ключевые концепции ####<br><br>##### Камни #####<br><br>Каменное здание в Библии символизирует Церковь, где Иисус Христос - это краеугольный камень, Его апостолы и пророки - фундамент, а верующие - камни, из которых строятся стены (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]]).<br><br>#### Изобразительные средства речи ####<br><br>##### Молоко и младенцы #####<br><br>В этой главе Пётр говорит своим читателям "желать чистого словесного молока". Под "чистым словесным молоком" имеется в виду Божье Слово. Как младенцы насыщаются материнским молоком, так и Божьи дети должны питаться Словом Своего Отца (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[1 Петра 02:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__
|
||||
1PE 2 1 cch5 0 Связующее утверждение: Пётр продолжает наставлять своих читателей относительно святости и послушания Господу.
|
||||
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 Итак, отложив всю злость, всё коварство, притворство, зависть и любое злословие Здесь автор олиетворяет все перечисленные грехи: он пишет о них так, будто их можно отложить в сторону. Слово "итак" относится ко всему, что Пётр говорил ранее о святости и послушании. Альтернативный перевод: "Итак, избавьтесь от всего зла, коварства, притворства, зависти и всякого злословия (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-metaphor ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 как новорождённые младенцы Пётр сравнивает верующих с новорождёнными младенцами. Маленьким детям требуется особая еда, которую они были бы способны перварить. Точно так же верующие нуждаются в чистом Божьем слове. Альтернативный перевод: "как младенцы пьют чистое молоко матери, так и вы должны стремиться к тому, чтобы принимать от Бога чистое духовное молоко" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 2 rm71 ἐπιποθήσατε 1 желайте "стремитесь получать", "старайтесь принимать"
|
||||
1PE 2 2 fn81 figs-metaphor τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα 1 чистое словесное молоко Пётр сравнивает Божье слово с духовным молоком, предназначенным для кормления младенцев во Христе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 2 vg76 figs-abstractnouns αὐξηθῆτε εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 чтобы вы вырастали от него для спасения Здесь речь идёт о спасении как о процессе, который завершится, когда вернётся Иисус (см. [1 Петра 1:5](../01/05.md)). Апостол говорит, чтобы Божьи дети усердно работали над своим спасением. Вы можете заменить существительное "спасение" на другую часть речи, например, на глагол "спасаться" (если это необходимо). Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы вы могли расти духовно до тех пор, пока Бог полностью не осуществит вашего спасения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 2 ypy6 figs-metaphor αὐξηθῆτε 1 вырастали Апостол сравнивает познание Бога верующими с процессом роста, который обычно переживаю дети (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 3 tui9 figs-metaphor εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος 1 потому что вы попробовали, что Господь добр Слово "попробовали" здесь употребляется в значении "пережили", "испытали". Альтернативный перевод: "потому что вы пережили Божью доброту" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 4 sa2z figs-metaphor 0 Общая инфорация: Пётр использует метафору, называя Христа драгоценным камнем, а верующих - живыми камнями (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 4 c4lu figs-metaphor πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα 1 Приходите к Нему, живому драгоценному камню Апостол говорит об Иисусе как о камне, положенном в основание здания. Альтернативный перевод: "Приходите к Нему как живому драгоценному фундаменту" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν…λίθον ζῶντα 1 живому... камню Возможные значения: 1) "камню, который воскрес из мёртвых"; 2) "к камню, являющемуся источником жизни".
|
||||
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 который был отвержен людьми Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Которого отвергли люди" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 но избран Богом Здесь также можно использовать действительный залог: "но Которого Бог избрал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor καὶ αὐτοὶ…οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 И сами, как живые камни, стройте из себя духовный дом Как иудеи использовали камни, чтобы построить ветхозаветный храм, так и Бог строит место для Своего обитания из духовного материала - Своих детей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 И сами, как живые камни Пётр сравнивает верующих с живыми камнями (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 стройте из себя духовный дом "будьте живыми камнями, из которых Бог построит духовный дом"
|
||||
1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 чтобы быть святым священством и приносить духовные жертвы Священство - это священники, исполняющие духовные обязанности перед Богом (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 6 ibi1 figs-metaphor διότι περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ 1 Потому что в Писании сказано Речь идёт о пророчествах, записанных в Писании. Альтернативный перевод: "Вот, что древние пророки писали в Писании" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 6 q7jx ἰδοὺ 1 Вот Это слово обращает внимание читателя на то, что будет сказано далее.
|
||||
1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον 1 краеугольный камень, избранный, драгоценный Именно Бог избрал этот камень. Можно сказать: "самый важный камень, который Я избрал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 краеугольный камень Пророк называет Мессию краеугольным камнем - самым важным камнем в сооружении (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 7 ze1c 0 Связующее утверждение: Пётр продолжает цитировать Писание.
|
||||
1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν…ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Камень, Который отвергли строители, но Который стал главой угла, Под сторителями, отвергшими камень, подразумеваются люди, отвергшие Христа. Однако Бог сделал этот "Камень" самым важным камнем во всём сооружении (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 7 i4jl figs-activepassive λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 Камень, Который отвергли строители Здесь можно употребить страдательный залог: "камень, отверженный строителями" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 7 ql12 κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Который стал главой угла Речь идёт об основании здания, упомянуом в [1 Петра 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-explicit λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 Они те, кто спотыкается, не подчиняясь Слову, поэтому они и оставлены "Они спотыкаются об этот камень" (под "камнем" подразумевается Христос) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 8 h7ta προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες 1 спотыкается, не подчиняясь Слову Под "Словом" имеется в виду "Евангелие". Люди, о которых идёт речь, не хотят верить в Божьи истины. Можно сказать: "спотыкаются, потому что не верят в истину об Иисусе".
|
||||
1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive εἰς ὃ…ἐτέθησαν 1 поэтому они и оставлены Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "поэтому Бог их оставил" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 9 dc8m 0 Общая информация: В 10-м стихе Пётр цитирует пророчество Осии. В некоторых переводах этот стих оформлен как цитата, что вы также можете сделать.
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 избранный род Вы можете уточнить, что Сам Бог избрал Своих детей. Альтернативный перевод: "люди, избранные Богом" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 царственное священство Возможное значение: 1) "цари и священники"; 2) "священники, служащие Царю".
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν 1 люди, избранные в собственность "люди, принадлежащие Богу"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z ἐκ…ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος 1 Призвавшего вас "Который предложил вам выйти из тьмы"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 из тьмы в Свой удивительный свет Под "тьмой" подразумевается жизнь в грехе не знающих Бога людей, а под "светом" - праведная жизнь тех, кто познал Бога. Альтернативный перевод: "от жизни в грехе и невежестве к познанию Господа и богоугодной жизни" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 10 29e7 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
1PE 2 11 jnr9 0 Общая информация: Пётр начинает говорить о христианском образе жизни.
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ve9u figs-doublet παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 как переселенцев и странников Эти два понятия синонимичны. Апостол сравнивает верующих с людьми, живущими далеко от своей родины. См., как вы перевели аналогичную мысль в [1 Петра 1:1](../01/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ubn9 figs-metaphor ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν 1 воздерживайтесь от греховных желаний В других переводах - "от плотских желаний". Альтернативный перевод: "не потакайте своим греховным желаниям" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 11 x3q5 figs-metonymy στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς 1 которые воюют против души Под "душой" имеется в виду "духовная жизнь верующего". Пётр сравнивает плосткие желания с армией противника, воюющей против нашего духа. Альтернативный перевод: "которые направлены на то, чтобы разрушить нашу духовную жизнь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 12 b5nv figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν…ἔχοντες καλήν 1 проводите добрую жизнь "Ведите себя прилично, "ведите добропорядочный образ жизни" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 12 mkt4 ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς 1 кто наговаривают на вас "кто обвиняет вас", "кто клевещет на вас", "кто вас злословит"
|
||||
1PE 2 12 w3yn figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες 1 увидели ваши добрые дела "убедились в вашей добропорядочности"
|
||||
1PE 2 12 s2ji figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 в день посещения "В день, когда придёт Христос", "в судный день" (речь идёт о дне, когда Бог будет судить всех людей) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 διὰ τὸν Κύριον 1 ради Господа подчиняйтесь любому человеческому начальству: Возможные значения: 1) подчиняясь человеческой власти, мы подчиняемся Господу, установившему эту власть; 2) подчиняясь властям, мы подражаем Иисусу, Который тоже был покорен правителям.
|
||||
1PE 2 13 al6q βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι 1 царю, то как верховной власти "царю как высшей человеческой власти"
|
||||
1PE 2 14 y1l2 figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις, εἰς ἐκδίκησιν 1 если правителям, то как от него посылаемым для наказания тех, кто делает злое Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "если правителям, тот как тем, кого царь послал наказывать преступников" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 15 mh6s ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν 1 чтобы мы, делая добро, заставили замолчать невежественных и безумных людей "чтобы мы своими благочестивыми поступками помешали злым людям говорить о том, чего они не знают"
|
||||
1PE 2 16 y9pg figs-metaphor ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα…τῆς κακίας 1 для прикрытия зла Пётр говорит, что верующие не должны использовать свою свободу для совершения беззаконий. Альтернативный перевод: "для извинения своих злых поступков" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 17 gwy8 τὴν ἀδελφότητα 1 братство Речь идёт о верующих братьях и сёстрах.
|
||||
1PE 2 18 w2nc 0 Общая информация: Пётр обращается к слугам, работающим в чужих домах.
|
||||
1PE 2 18 xgk8 figs-doublet τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν 1 подчиняйтесь не только добрым и снисходительным хозяевам Прилагательные "добрым" и "снисходительным" являюся синонимами. Они употребляются вместе для усиления мысли. Альтернативный перевод: "не только тем хозяевам, кто относится к вам очень хорошо" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 18 a6gc τοῖς σκολιοῖς 1 но и суровым "но и жестоким" или "но также и злым"
|
||||
1PE 2 19 r1h1 τοῦτο…χάρις 1 Ведь это благодать "Ведь вы достойны похвалы, если" или "но Богу угодно, если"
|
||||
1PE 2 19 zm8e διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας 1 когда кто-то... переносит скорби, страдая несправедливо Возможные значения: 1) если вы страдаете из-за своего послушания Богу, ваше состояние сердца угодно Господу; 2) человек способен вынести незаслуженные страдания, если он понимает, что Бог всё видит.
|
||||
1PE 2 20 y5ue figs-rquestion ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε 1 Какая вам похвала... Это риторический вопрос: Пётр хочет сказать, что нельзя похвалить человека за то, что его наказывают справедливо. Альтернативный перевод: "Нельзя похвалить человека, если его бьют заслуженно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 20 pr8b figs-activepassive κολαφιζόμενοι 1 когда вас бьют Здесь можно использовать дейстивтельный залог: "когда люди наказывают вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 20 ly9f figs-activepassive πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε 1 если вы терпите страдания "если страдаете из-за добрых поступков"
|
||||
1PE 2 21 c1jn 0 Связующее утверждение: Пётр продолжает наставлять слуг.
|
||||
1PE 2 21 xit1 figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο…ἐκλήθητε 1 К этому вы и призваны "К этому" - то есть к страданиям за добрые дела. Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Бог призвал вас к этому" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 si3l figs-metaphor ὑμῖν…ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 чтобы мы шли по Его стопам "Идти по чьим-то стопам" - значит подражать конкретному человеку (речь идёт о подражании страданиям Христа). Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы мы следовали Его примеру" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 в Его словах не было обмана Можно уочнить: "никто не мог найти обмана в Его словах" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 в Его словах не было обмана Обман - это ложь, неправда. Альтернативный перевод: "в Его словах не было лжи" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει 1 Когда Его злословили – Он в ответ не злословил Злословить - значит ругать, оскорблять. Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Когда люди Его оскорбляли, Он не оскорблял их в ответ" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 23 gqb5 παρεδίδου…τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως 1 но отдавал это Тому, Кто судит справедливо "Но доверился Тому, Кто судит справедливо" (то есть Христос верил, что Бог снимет с Него незаслуженный позор и несправедливые оскорбления жестоких людей).
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k5fm 0 Связующее утверждение: Пётр продолжает наставлять слуг, приводя им в пример Христа.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k632 figs-rpronouns ὃς…αὐτὸς 1 Он Сам Речь идёт об Иисусе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 в Своём теле поднял на крест наши грехи "Поднял на крест наши грехи" - значит принял наказание за наши беззакония. Альтернативынй перевод: "понёс наказание за наши грехи, позволив распять Своё Тело на кресте" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 24 zl8e figs-metonymy τὸ ξύλον 1 на крест В другуих переводах - "на древо" (речь идёт о деревянном кресте, на котором умер Иисус) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 Его ранами вы исцелены Здесь можно употребить дейстивтельный залог: "Бог исцелил вас, благодаря тем ранам, которые люди нанесли Христу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 Вы были как заблудившиеся овцы Пётр сравнивает своих читателей, прежде не верящих в Иисуса, с заблудившимися овцами (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 к Пастырю и Хранителю ваших душ Апостол говорит о Христе как о Пастыре. Как пастух охраняет своё стадо, так и Господь охраняет тех, кто Ему доверяет (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Петра 03 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Струтура и оформление ####<br><br>В некоторых версиях поэтиеские строки печатаются с небольшим отстступом вправо, чтобы читателю было легче отделить их от основного текста. В английской ULB так оформлены ветхозаветные цитаты, записанные в 1 Петра 3:10-12.<br><br>#### Ключевые концепции ####<br><br>##### "Внешняя красота" #####<br><br>Большинство людей стремится выглядеть красиво, чтобы понравиться окружающим и расположить их к себе. Обычно женщины особенно тщательно относятся к своей внешности, надевая красивую одежду и драгоценности. Пётр говорит, что для Господа гораздо большую важность представляют мысли, слова и поступки Его дочерей, а не их внешность. <br><br>##### Единство #####<br><br>Апостол хочет, чтобы верующие поддерживали единство между собой. Более того, он говорит Божьим детям любить друг друга и проявлять друг ко другу терпение.<br><br>#### Изобразительные средства речи ####<br><br>##### Метафора #####<br><br>Пётр цитирует псалом, где говорится о глазах, ушах и лице Бога. Хотя Бог - это Дух, не имеющий физического лица, ушей и глаз, Он знает обо всём, что делают люди, и противится их нечестивым действиям (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[1 Петра 03:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | [>>](../04/intro.md)__
|
||||
1PE 3 1 p454 0 Общая информация: Пётр обращается к жёнам.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 Так же и вы, жёны, подчиняйтесь своим мужьям Как все должны "ради Господа подчиняться любому человеческому начальству" ([1 Петра 2:13](../02/13.md)), а "слуги, со всем страхом подчиняться... хозяевам" ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), так и "жёны, должны подчиняться своим мужьям". Слова "подчиняться", "покоряться", "повиноваться", "слушаться" являются синонимами и могут быть переведены каким-либо одним из перечисленных понятий.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 чтобы те, кто не покоряется слову "Слову" - то есть "Евангелию". "Не покоряться Слову" - значит "не верить в Иисуса". См., как вы перевели аналогичную мысль в [1 Петра 2:8](../02/08.md). Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы люди, не верящие в Евангелие" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they may be won "they may be persuaded to believe in Christ." This means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they may become believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word "without the wife saying a word." Here "a word" refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 видя вашу чистую богобоязненную жизнь Или "видя вашу искренность и почтительное отношение".
|
||||
1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 чистую богобоязненную жизнь Возможные значения: 1) "видя ваше искреннее почтение к ним"; 2) "видя вашу святую жизнь и почение к Богу".
|
||||
1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Связующее утверждение: Пётр продолжает обращаться к жёнам.
|
||||
1PE 3 3 z9xx ἔστω 1 Пусть Апостол продолжает наставлять женщин относительно их подчинения мужьям.
|
||||
1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 но человек с внутренней красотой в сердце Речь идёт о характере женщины и её личных качествах. Альтернативный перевод: "но внутренняя красота" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 в вечном кротком и спокойном духе "С мягким и мирным поведением". "Спокойный" - это "мирный", "тихий". "Дух" (здесь) - это "характер", "темперамент".
|
||||
1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 что драгоценно перед Богом Апостол говорит о Боге так, будто бы человек стоит прямо перед лицом Господа. Альтернативный перевод: "что Бог считает поистине драгоценным" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 5 6cb3 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 называя его господином называя своего мужа господином, хозяином
|
||||
1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 Вы — её дети Пётр говорит, что верующие женщины, поступающие так же, как Сарра, являются её духовными потомками (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 Общая информация: Пётр обращается к мужьям.
|
||||
1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 Также Это дополнение к тому, что было сказано относительно подчинения жён мужьям в [1 Петра 3:5](../03/05.md) и [1 Петра 3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 с жёнами, как с самыми хрупкими сосудами Пётр сравнивает женщин с хрупкими сосудами. Альтернативный перевод: "с жёнами как с более слабыми партнёрами" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
|
||||
1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς…συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 оказывая им честь, как сонаследницам благодатной жизни Вместо фразы с существительным вы можете использовать глагольное выражение: "оказывая им почтение, потому что они также получат по Божьей благодати вечную жизнь" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 как сонаследницам благодатной жизни О вечной жизни здесь говорится о наследстве, которое человек может получить (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dv7t figs-explicit εἰς τὸ 1 чтобы Далее раскрывается причина, по которой Пётр говорит мужьям должным образом относиться к своим жёнам. Можно сказать: "Обращайтесь так со своими жёнами, чтобы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 чтобы вам не было препятствий в молитвах Препятствие - это стоящая на пути преграда. Можно употребить действительный залог: "чтобы ничто не могло удерживать ответы на ваши молитвы" или "чтобы ничто не мешало вам молиться" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 8 nk97 0 Общая информация: Пётр обращается ко всем верующим.
|
||||
1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 будьте все единомышленниками "храните единство друг с другом"
|
||||
1PE 3 8 rut5 εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 милосердными Милосердие - это милостивое отношение к окружающим.
|
||||
1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Не отвечайте злом на зло или ругательством на ругательство В других версиях - "пе воздавайте", "не платите" (апостол сравнивает месть с платой). Альтернативный перевод: "Не делайте зла тем, кто сделал зло вам и не оскорбляйте тех, кто оскорбляет вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 благословляйте Вы можете уточнить: "не переставайте благословлять тех, кто сделал вам зло или оскорбил вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 вы призваны Здесь можно употребить дейстивтельный залог: "Бог призвал вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 чтобы наследовать благословение Пётр сравнивает Божье благословение с наследством. Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы вы могли получить в вечное наследство Божье благословение" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit 0 Общая информация: Пётр цитирует слова из Псалма (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 Кто любит жизнь и хочет видеть добрые дни Это две синонимичные фразы, которые употребляются вместе для усиления мысли (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 видеть добрые дни "Видеть добрые дни" - значит "жить счастливо". Альтернативный перевод: "кто любит жизнь и хочет быть счастливым" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 тот должен удерживать свой язык от зла и свой рот от лживых речей "Язык" и "уста" здесь употребляются в значении "слова", "речь". Эти две фразы являются синонимичными и употреляются в значении "не лги". Альтернативный перевод: "тот не должен лгать" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 Уклоняйся от зла То есть "перестань делать зло". Альтернативный перевод: "не поступай нечестиво" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 глаза Господа — на праведных Слово "глаза" здесь употреблется в значении "способность видеть невидимое". О Божьем одобрении праведника здесь говорится как о способности видеть дела такого человека. Альтернативный перевод: "Господь видит праведников" или "Бог одбряет дейтсвия праведных людей" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 Его уши — к их молитве Слово "уши" употребляется здесь в значении "знать то, что говорят люди". Господь слышит молитвы праведных и отвечает им. Альтернативный перевод: "Он слышит их просьбы" или "Он отвечает на их молитвы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 12 t22b figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον…Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 лицо Господа отвёрнуто "Отвернуть лицо" - значит "противостоять своим врагам". Альтернативный перевод: "Господ выступает против" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Связующее утверждение: Пётр продолжает наставлять Божьих детей относительно образа жизни, который им следует вести.
|
||||
1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε 1 кто сделает вам зло, если вы будете ревностными к добру? Апостол употребляет риторический вопрос, чтобы раскрыть мысль о том, что никто не способен причинить вред тем, кто поступает свято. Можно сказать: "Никто не сможет причинить вам зло, если вы будете от всего сердца творить добро" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 если вы страдаете за праведность Здесь можно использовать глагольное выражение: "если вы страдатете, потому что поступаете праведно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 то вы счастливы Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "то Бог благословит вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 Не бойтесь их угроз и не поддавайтесь страху Эти два синонимичных выражения употребляются в значении "не бойтесь тех, кто вас преследует". Альтернативный перевод: "Не бойтесь зла, которое люди способны вам причинить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν 1 Не бойтесь их угроз "Их" - то есть людей, пытающихся причинить вред Божьим детям.
|
||||
1PE 3 15 ju58 δὲ…ἁγιάσατε 1 свято почитайте "Вместо того, чтобы тревожиться, свято чтите"
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Господа Христа свято почитайте в ваших сердцах "Свято чтить" - значит "глубоко уважать", "преклоняться". Слово "сердце" употребляется здесь в значении "душа". Альтернативный перевод: "преклоняйтесь в вашей душе перед святым Богом" или "глубоко чтите Господа Христа внутри себя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 16 3668 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
1PE 3 17 70e9 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Связующее уверждение: Пётр говорит о страданиях Христа и о том, что было достигнуто, благодаря им.
|
||||
1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 пострадал за наши грехи "За наши" - то есть за грехи всех людей, включая Петра (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 чтобы привести нас к Богу Апостол, по-видимому, хочет сказать, что Христос умер за нас, чтобы мы могли восстановить свои взаимоотношения с Богом (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…Πνεύματι 1 был умерщвлён телом То есть Христос умер физически. Можно использовать действительный залог: "люди физически убили Христа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 18 n7nh Πνεύματι 1 но ожил духом Можно употребить дейстивтельный залог: "но Дух оживил Его" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 18 7367 духом Возможные значения: 1) ожил, благодаря силе Святого Духа; 2) дух Христа ожил.
|
||||
1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ…πορευθεὶς 1 в котором Он Возможные значения: 1) речь идёт о силе Святого Духа; 2) здесь говорится о том, что Иисус в духе сошёл в ад.
|
||||
1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 духам, находящимся в заточении Возможные значения: 1) злым духам; 2) духам умерших людей.
|
||||
1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 ожидавшему их Божьему долготерпению То есть "Богу, терпеливо их ожидавшему". Пётр олицетворяет Божье долготерпение. Альтернативный перевод: "когда Бог терпеливо их ждал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 жившие в дни Ноя, во время строительства ковчега Здесь можно употребить дейстивтельный залог: "в то время, когда жил Ной и строил коввчег" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 через воскресение Иисуса Христа "Благодаря воскресению Иисуса Христа" (этими словами завершается мысль о том, что крещение является символом нашей смерти и воскресения с Иисусом, и оно спасает нас).
|
||||
1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 пребывает с правой стороны от Бога "Пребывание с правой стороны от Бога" является символом великой чести и власти, данной Богом Христу. Альтернативный перевод: "Христос находится с Богом, оказавшим Иисусу великую честь и наделившим Его Своей славой" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 Которому подчинились "и Христу подчинились"
|
||||
1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Петра 04 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Структура и оформление ####<br><br>В некоторых версиях поэтиеские строки печатаются с небольшим отстступом вправо, чтобы читателю было легче отделить их от основного текста. В английской ULB так оформлена ветхозаветная цитата, записанная в 1 Петра 4:18.<br><br>#### Ключевые концепции ####<br><br>##### Нечестивые язычники #####<br><br>В этой главе слово "язычники" используется в значении "нечестивые люди" (речь не идёт о христианах, не являющихся иудеями). Распущенность, похоть, пьянство, безнравственность, идолослужение - все эти поступки были присущи нечестивым "язычникам" (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]]).<br><br>##### Мученичество #####<br>Очевидно, что Пётр обращается к верующим, переживающим жестокие гонения (многие из них были казнены за веру в Иисуса).<br><br>#### Прочие трудности, встречающиеся при переводе данной главы ####<br><br>##### "Пусть", "пусть каждый , "пусть они", "пусть он" #####<br><br>Пётр использует слово "пусть", когда повелевает верующим что-либо: он даёт апостолское предписание, которому Божьи дети должны повиноваться. Иногда Пётр употребляет фразы "пусть такой человек", "пусть он", обращаясь к группе верующих.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[1 Петра 04:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) | [>>](../05/intro.md)__
|
||||
1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Связующее утверждение: Пётр продолжает наставлять верующих относительно благочестивого образа жизни. В этой главе он подводит итог всему, что им было сказано ранее о страданиях Божьих детей.
|
||||
1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 телом "понёс страдания на Своём Теле"
|
||||
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 вооружитесь той же мыслью Вооружиться - значит взять оружие и приготовитьс к сражению. Это метаформа, означающая, что верующие должны приготовиться страдать так же, как Христос. Альтернативный перевод: "приготовьте себя к этому" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 телом Или плотью". Альтернативный перевод: "в теле", "живя на земле".
|
||||
1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 перестаёт грешить "больше не может грешить"
|
||||
1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 не по человеческим прихотям не потакая своим нечестивым желания
|
||||
1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 пьянству, гулянкам, попойкам Все эти слова указывают на нечестивое поведение, возникающее из-за алкогольного опьянения.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 распутстве Распутство - это порочное, безнравственное, распущенное поведение.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies
|
||||
1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Тому, Кто вскоре будет судить Возможные значения: 1) здесь говорится о Боге-Отце; 2) речь идёт о Христе.
|
||||
1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 живых и мёртвых То есть "всех людей" (как живых, так и умерших). Альтернативный перевод: "каждого человека" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 мёртвым была проповедана Добрая Весть Возможные значения: 1) Евангелие было проповедано душам умерших людей; 2) Евангелие было проповедано живым людям, которые потом умерли.
|
||||
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 была проповедана Добрая Весть Возможные значения: 1) Добрая Весть была проповедана Христом; 2) она была проповедуема людьми. Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный. Альтернативный перевод: "служители Евангелия проповедовали его" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 чтобы они, судимые в человеческом теле Возможные значения: 1) Бог судил их образ жизни на земле: "чтобы они, когда Господь судил их, пока они были ещё живы, могли жить в Боге духом" (можно ипсользовать действительный залог); 2) их судили люди по человеческим законам: "быв осуждены людьми" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 judged in the flesh as humans This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 live in the spirit the way God does Possible meanings are 1) "live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so" or 2) "live according to God's standards by the power of the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 приближается всему Речь идёт о вором пришествии Христа.
|
||||
1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 приближается Здесь о возвращении Христа говорится как о личности, способной приближаться. Альтернативный перевод: "вскоре наступит" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 будьте благоразумны и бодрствуйте в молитвах Одна фраза дополняет другую. Пётр использует их вместе, чтобы подчеркнуть необходимость приготовиться к возвращению Христа (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 благоразумны Благоразумный - это здравомыслящий и рассудительный. См, как вы перевели аналогичное понятие в [1 Петра 1:13](../01/13.md). Альтернативный перевод: "будьте осторожны" или "будте осмотрительны" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 Больше всего "но самое важное"
|
||||
1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 любовь покрывает множество грехов Пётр говорит о любви как о личности, способной покрывать грехи. Возможное значение: 1) "любящий человек никогда не пытается найти в другом грех"; 2) "любящий человек способен простить огромное количество грехов, совершённых против него" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 Будьте гостеприимны Гостеприимство - это способность радушно принимать гостей.
|
||||
1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 пусть служит друг другу тем даром, который получил Речь идёт о духовных дарах, которые Бог дал каждому верующему. Альтернативный перевод: "Поскольку Бог дал каждому из вас духовный дары, служите ими друг другу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all ways God would be glorified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 glorified praised, honored
|
||||
1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 испытанию огнём, которое происходит у вас для вашей проверки Как огонь позволяет отделить примеси от золота, так и испытания помогают нам очистить нашу веру (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 радоваться и торжествовать Это синонимы, употребляющиеся для усиления мысли. Можно сказать: "радуйтесь от всего сердца" или "торжествуйте всем сердем" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 когда явится Его слава "когда Бог прославит Христа"
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 Если за имя Христа вас оскорбляют "За имя Христа" - значит за Самого Христа. Здесь можно использовать действительный залог: "если люди оскорбляют вас, потому что вы верите в Христа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 слава и Дух Бога Речь идёт о славе Святого Духа. Альтернативынй перевод: "Дух Божьей славы" или "славный Божий Дух" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 пребывает на вас присутствуют с вами
|
||||
1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 тот, кто посягает на чужое Речь идёт о человеке, который вмешивается в чужие дела, не имея на это права.
|
||||
1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 как христианин "Из-за своей веры в Христа" или "потому что верит в Иисуса".
|
||||
1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 с Божьего дома Речь идёт о верующих, являющихся членами Божьей семьи (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 И если он начнётся с нас, то какой конец тем, кто не покоряется Радостной Вести Бога? Пётр использует риторический вопрос, чтобы сказать, что людей, не принимающих истину, ждёт суровый Бжий суд. Альтернативный перевод: "Если суд начнётся с нас, то что же ждёт тех, кто не желает принимать Божьего Евангелия?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 то какой конец тем "то что же случится с теми"
|
||||
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 кто не покоряется Радостной Вести Бога "кто не верит в Божье Евангелие" (понятие "не покоряется" употребляетя здесь в значении "не верит").
|
||||
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 то где тогда окажется нечестивый и грешный? Пётр использует риторический вопрос, чтобы сказать, что грешников ждёт более суровый суд, по сравнению с праведниками. Альтернативный перевод: "то нечестивых и грешных ждёт гораздо более суровое наказание" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 то где тогда окажется нечестивый и грешный "то что тогда случится с нечестивыми и грешными людьми"
|
||||
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 если праведный спасается с трудом Речь идёт о спасении как о процессе, который завершится по возвращении Христа. Вы можете употребить действительный залог: "Если праведный человек переживает огромные трудности, когда Бог его спасает" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 нечестивый и грешный Это синонимы, употребляющиеся вместе для усиления мысли. Можно сказать: "нечестивые люди" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 пусть доверят свои души Под "душой" имеется в виду человек. Альтернативный перевод: "пусть вверят свою жизнь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 продолжают делать добро "пусть продолжают поступать праведно" или "пусть не прекращают делать добро"
|
||||
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Петра 05 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Структура и оформление ####<br><br>Большинство древних авторов на Ближнем Востоке завершали свои послания так же, как Пётр. <br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Венцы #####<br><br>Венец, который мы получим от нашего Пастыря, будет дан нам в награду за наше исполнение Божьей воли на земле (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]]).<br><br>#### Изобразительные средства речи ####<br><br>##### Лев #####<br><br>И животные, и люди боятся львов, потому что эти хищники быстры и сильны. Львы очень опасны: они употребляют в пищу почти все виды животных и могут напасть на человека. Пётр сравнивает дьявола со львом, потому что сатана угнетает Божьих детей через страх. Дьявол может причинить огромный вред телу и душе человека. Однако, если люди доверяют Богу и повинуются Ему, они всегда будут находиться под защитой Господа, и Он позаботится о них (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).<br><br>##### Вавилон #####<br><br>Вавилонское царство было языческой империей, разрушившей Иерусалим в ветхозаветные времена и уведшей в плен его жителей. В течение 70 лет Вавилон угнетал Израиль. Пётр использует слово "Вавилон" в качестве метафоры, когда говорит о людях, преследующих христиан: при этом апостол имеет в виду или иудеев, или римлян, поскольку и те, и другие в течение долгого времени жестоко гнали последователей Христа (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[1 Петра 05:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../04/intro.md) | __
|
||||
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 Общая информация: Пётр обращается к пасторам.
|
||||
1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 славы, которая должна открыться Речь идёт о втором пришествии Христа. Здесь можно использовать действительный залог: "славы Христа, которую Бог откроет" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 пасите Божье стадо Пётр сравнивает верующих со стадом овец, а пресвитеров - с пастухами, заботящимися о стаде (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 3 lta9 figs-metaphor μηδ’ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων, ἀλλὰ τύποι γινόμενοι 1 И не господствуйте над доверенным вам наследием, но подавайте пример стаду Пресвитера должны подавать благой пример верующим и не обращаться с ними жестоко, подобно господам, угнетающим своих рабов (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 3 xwr3 figs-abstractnouns τῶν κλήρων 1 над доверенным вам наследие Вместо страдательного причастия можно употребить глагол: "над теми, кого Бог вам доверил" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 4 td11 figs-metaphor καὶ φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 И когда придёт Главный Пастырь Пётр говорит об Иисусе как о Пастыре, имеющем власть над земными пастырями. Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "когда придёт главный Пастырь, Иисус" или "Когда Бог пошлёт Иисуса - главного Пастыря" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 4 ll4r figs-metaphor τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον 1 вы получите неувядающий венец славы Венец символизирует награду, полученную за победу в состязании. "Неувядающий" - значит "вечный". Альтернативный перевод: "вы получите славную вечную награду" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 4 c6h3 τῆς δόξης 1 венец славы славный венец
|
||||
1PE 5 5 qm2h 0 Общая информация: Сначала Пётр даёт наставления молодым верующим, а потом продолжает учить всех остальных Божьих детей.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 x6c2 ὁμοίως 1 Также Мысль, начатая в [1 Петра 5:1](../05/01.md) и [1 Петра 5:4](../05/04.md), продолжается.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 uh4n πάντες 1 Все же Речь идёт обо всех верующих, а не только о молодых.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 r6s6 figs-metaphor τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε 1 оденьтесь в смирение Пётр уподобляет смирение одежде, в которую может одеться верующий. Альтернативный перевод: "поступайте смиренно по отношению друг ко другу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 6 bie6 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα 1 смиритесь под крепкой рукой Бога Под "рукой" имеется в виду Божья сила спасать смиренных и наказывать гордых. Альтернативный перевод: "смиритесь перед Богом, имеющем великую силу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 7 c1uu figs-metaphor πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Все ваши заботы переложите на Него Пётр сравнивает заботы с тяжким ярмом, которое мы можем переложить на Бога. Альтернативный перевод: "доверьте Богу все свои заботы" или "позвольте Богу позаботиться обо всём, что вас беспокоит" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 8 k9nt figs-idiom νήψατε 1 Будьте бдительны и бодрствуйте То есть "будьте осторожны и внимательны". См., как вы перевели аналогичную мысль в [1 Петра 1:13](../01/13.md). Альтернативный перевод: "наблюдайте за тем, какие мысли вас посещают" или "контролируйте свои мысли" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 8 tl7i figs-simile διάβολος, ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν 1 ваш противник дьявол ходит как рычащий лев, который ищет, кого бы проглотить Пётр сравнивает дьявола с рычащим львом. Как голодный зверь пожирает свою добычу, так и дьявол пытается полностью уничтожить веру Божьих детей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 8 l4u5 περιπατεῖ 1 ходит "рыщет"
|
||||
1PE 5 9 c5z9 figs-metonymy ᾧ ἀντίστητε 1 Противостойте ему То есть "боритесь против него". Альтернативный перевод: "сражайтесь с ним" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 9 v451 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι 1 у ваших братьев Пётр называет всех верующих братьями. Можно сказать: "у ваших братьев и сестёр по вере" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 9 i4ur ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 в мире "на земле"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 eex1 0 Общая информация: Это завершающая часть в послании Петра. Апостол делает заключительные заметки и передаёт верующим приветы.
|
||||
1PE 5 10 suu9 ὀλίγον 1 после ваших недолгих страданий "после ваших кратковременных страданий"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 p648 ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 Бог же всей благодати Под "благодатью" имеется в виду или Божий характер, или то, что Господь нам даёт. Возможный перевод: 1) "милостивый Бог"; 2) "Бог, дающий нам всё, в чём мы нуждаемся".
|
||||
1PE 5 10 lwz6 ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Который призвал нас в Свою вечную славу во Христе Иисусе "Который выбрал нас, чтобы мы разделили с Ним Его вечную славу в Небесах, потому что мы соединились с Христом".
|
||||
1PE 5 10 qf2h καταρτίσει 1 пусть восстановит вас "пусть сделает вас совершенными"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 j2nt figs-metaphor σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει 1 утвердит, укрепит Эти два понятия являются синонимами. Апостол хочет сказать, что Бог поможет Свои детям доверять и повиноваться Ему, несмотря на все страдания, которые приходится переживать верующим (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 11 6e71 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν…δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 Всё это я кратко написал вам через Силуана Силуан записывал послание, которое диктовал ему Пётр.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 g1t6 figs-metonymy ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 что это истинная Божья благодать "Я написал вам об истинной Божьей благодати". Под "благодатью" подразумевается Евангельское послание, в котором говорится, что Бог сделал для нас (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 12 nm72 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 в которой вы стоите Наша приверженность благодати сравнивается с решением твердо и непоколебимо стоять на одном месте. Альтернативный перевод: "за которую вы крепко держитесь"(см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 в Вавилоне Возможные значения: 1) речь идёт о Риме; 2) речь идёт о любом месте, в котором христиане переживали гонения. Более вероятным являтеся первый вариант (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 13 rpf5 figs-activepassive συνεκλεκτὴ 1 такие же избранные Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "те, кого избрал Бог так же, как и вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 13 ws2x figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου 1 мой сын Пётр имеет в виду, что Марк был его духовным сыном. Альтернативный перевод: "и Марк - мой сын во Христе" или "и Марк, который мне, как сын" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
1PE 4 11 8690 прославлялся был почитаем
|
||||
1PE 4 11 4cb9 чтобы во всём прославлялся Бог Можно употребить действительный залог: "чтобы вы во всём прославляли Бога" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
1PE 5 14 fc7b φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 поцелуем любви "любящем поцелуем" или "целуйте друг друга в знак своей любви"
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1069.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
2JN front intro vpa9 0 # Введение во 2-е Иоанна #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общая информация ##<br><br>#### Структура 2-го послания Иоанна ####<br><br>1. Приветствие (1:1-3)<br>1. Ободрение. Заповедь любви (1:4-6)<br>1. Предостережение против лжеучителей (1:7–11)<br>1. Приветы от другой церкви (1:12-13)<br><br>#### Кто является автором 2-го послания Иоанна? ####<br><br>В послании отсутствует прямое упоминание об авторе. Сам он называет себя "старцем". Возможно, это послание было написано апостолом Иоанном незадолго до его смерти. Содержание данного послания и стиль его написания очень схожи с Евангелием от Иоанна. <br><br>#### Какова основная тема 2-го послания Иоанна? ####<br><br>Иоанн адресовал своё послане некой "госпоже и её детям" (1:1). Возможно, речь идёт о конкретной женщине и её детях или же апостол называет так какую-то церковь. Цель написания данного послания состояла в том, чтобы предостеречь Божьих детей относительно лжеучений. Иоанн не хотел, чтобы верующие принимали лжеучителей или оказывали им какую-либо подержку (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).<br> <br>#### Как переводить название данной книги? ####<br><br>Вы можете оставить её исходное название: "2 Иоанна", "Второе Иоанна" - или уточнить: "Второе послание от Иоанна", "Второе послание святого апостола Иоанна" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>## Часть 2: Важные религиозные и культурные особенности ##<br><br>#### Гостеприимство ####<br><br>Гостеприимство было важной традицией в древневосточной культуре. Люди должны были проявлять дружелюбие по отношению к иноземцам и странникам и оказывать им помощь, если те в ней нуждались. Иоанн наставлял верующих, чтобы они были гостеприимными, но он не хотел, чтобы Божьи дети принимали лжеучителей.<br><br>#### Против кого выступал Иоанн? ####<br><br>Иоанн выступал простив последователей гностицизма - философии, рассматривающей физический мир как зло. Гностики верили в бжественность Иисуса, но отвергали Его являение во плоти, поскольку считали, что человеческое тело также являеся злом (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 1 uspy figs-123person ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 Общая информация: Принято считать, что автором данного послания являеся апостол Иоанн. Хотя апостол обращается к некой "госпоже", из контекста ясно, что он имеет в виду церковь (см. стихи, где Иоанн увещевает верующих "любить друг друга"). Все личные местоимения, употреблённые в тексте, стоят во множественном числе. Когда автор говорит о себе и Божьих детях, он употребляет местоимения "нас", "наши" и пр. (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 1 z4tk figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 От старейшины — избранной госпоже и её детям С этих слов начинается данное послание. Вы можете уочнить: "Я, Иоанн, старейшина церкви, пишу избранной госпоже и её детям" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 1 y7hw figs-123person ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 От старейшины Речь идёт об Иоанне. Он называет себя "старейшиной" (в других переводах - "старцем". Он имеет в виду или свой преклонный возраст, или свою лидерскую позицию).
|
||||
2JN 1 1 a9w3 figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 избранной госпоже и её детям Считается, что Иоанн говорит об общине верующих (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 1 ueev figs-idiom ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 axty figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 and her children There are three possibilities for the meaning of **her children**. (1) Just as **chosen lady** figuratively refers to a church, here **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it could refer to her biological children, or (3) it could refer figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean one of two things. (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 a50f figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 all who have known the truth John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
2JN 1 2 et6b figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us…us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2JN 1 2 a7rm figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 от Бога Отца и Его Сына Иисуса Христа Это важные звания Бога и Христа, раскрывающие их взаимоотношения (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 в истине и любви Или "в истинной любви" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Υἱοῦ 1 Father…Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. There are two possibilities for the meaning of these abstract nouns here. (1) They describe qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) They describe how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the **grace, mercy, and peace** from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you σου 1 среди твоих детей Личное местоимение "твоих" в данном стихе стоит в единственном числе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ajlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν 1 по заповеди, которую мы получили от Отца "согласно тому, что повелел нам Отец"
|
||||
2JN 1 4 a3vs figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could mean one of three things. (1) This refers to the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it could mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 w2b6 figs-metaphor περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 walking in the truth John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ddnx figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 s7hr καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 just as we have received a commandment from the Father The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
|
||||
2JN 1 4 w7f1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 r4hx καὶ νῦν 1 госпожа, я пишу не новую заповедь Все личные местоимения, относящиеся к слову "госпожа", будут стоять в единственном числе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 5 c9xi figs-you σε,…σοι 1 не новую заповедь, а ту, что была у нас с самого начала "я не гворю тебе делать что-то новое, но придерживаться того, чему я тебя учил с самого начала"
|
||||
2JN 1 5 xjsu figs-metaphor κυρία 1 ту, что была у нас с самого начала То есть с той поры, как ты поверила в Иисуса. Альтернативный перевод: "но я пишу о том, что Христос заповедал тебе с того момента, как ты Его приняла" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 5 u38f figs-explicit οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 что была у нас с самого начала. Я прошу, чтобы мы любили друг друга Эту мысль можно оформить как одно предложение: "с самого начала: чтобы мы любили друг друга".
|
||||
2JN 1 5 uhs8 figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 the beginning—that we should love one another If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
|
||||
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν…περιπατῆτε 1 Это та заповедь, которую вы услышали с самого начала, чтобы поступать по ней "Поступать по заповеди" - значит "исполнять её" (речь идёт о заповеди любви). Можно сказать: "с момента нашего обращения ко Христу Бог заповедал нам любить друг друга" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 6 cl95 figs-you ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε 1 you heard…you should walk The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 u749 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Связующее утверждение: Иоанн предостерегает верующих относительно лжеучителей; он увещевает Божьих детей пребывать в учении Христа и советует остерегаться тех, кто уклоняется от Божьей истины.
|
||||
2JN 1 7 w25m figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Уже много обманщиков пришли в мир "потому что много лжучителей ушло от нас" или "в мире появилось много обманщиков"
|
||||
2JN 1 7 x8yl figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 обманщиков "лжеучителей", "мошенников", "самозванцев"
|
||||
2JN 1 7 vqnb figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 не признают Иисуса Христа, который пришёл в теле "Прийти в теле" - значит "стать человеком". Альтернативный перевод: "не признают, что Иисус Христос пришёл на землю в человеческом облике" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 7 vfdn ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 каждый из них — обманщик и антихрист "они обольщают людей и восстают против Христа"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 it9t figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Смотрите за собой "наблюдайте за собой" или "будьте внимательны к себе"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 i8n6 figs-explicit ἃ 1 чтобы нам не потерять того, над чем мы трудились "чтобы нам не потерять нашу будущую награду на Небесах"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 r9ky figs-exclusive εἰργασάμεθα 1 но получить полную награду "но получить полное вознаграждение от Бога"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 mn3v figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Каждый, кто нарушает учение Христа и не находится в этом учении Речь идёт о тех, кто заявляет, что знает Бога лучше всех остальных, но не соблюдает Его заповеди. Альтернативный перевод: "кто считает, что знает Бога, но не повинуется Его истинам".
|
||||
2JN 1 9 x3ae figs-infostructure πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 не имеет Бога "не принадлежит Богу"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 xty9 figs-explicit Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 У того, кто находится в учении Христа, есть и Отец, и Сын "Но тот, кто исполняет учение Христа, принадлежит как Отцу, так и Сыну"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 и Отец, и Сын Это важные звания Христа и Бога, раскрывающие отношения, существующие между Ними (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 9 xwoe grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ 1 This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If it would be clearer in your language, you can use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
2JN 1 9 vg19 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
2JN 1 9 k8cv guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Father and the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to express these titles consistently and accurately. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 x7pw figs-explicit εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει 1 Не принимайте в дом То есть не приветствуйте его, не относитесь к нему с почтением и не имейте с ним отношений.
|
||||
2JN 1 10 xafi figs-metaphor καὶ ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει 1 John is speaking of a **teaching** or a message as if it were an object that someone could **bring**. If you would not use this kind of metaphor in your language, you can use one that has the same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not teach this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 ls1c figs-explicit μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν 1 do not receive him into your house John does not want the believers to accept a false teacher into their homes and, as a result, support his false teaching by showing him respect and providing for his needs. Alternate translation: “do not support him or encourage him by welcoming him into your home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 lbct figs-explicit χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε 1 do not say to him, “Greetings” John warns the believers not to greet a false teacher respectfully in public. The implication is that he does not want them to do anything that might look like they are endorsing a false teacher or that would give a false teacher good standing in the eyes of others. Alternate translation: “do not give him a respectful public greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 11 uhea ὁ λέγων…αὐτῷ χαίρειν 1 тот участвует в его злых делах "тот становится соучастником его преступлений" или "тот становится его сообщником и исполнителем его злых дел"
|
||||
2JN 1 11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 shares in his evil deeds The verb **shares in** expresses the concept of assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds”
|
||||
2JN 1 12 gq26 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 Общая информация: Личные местоимения в 12-м стихе употреблены во множественном числе, а в 13-м - в единственном (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 12 nx77 figs-metonymy διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 Связующее утверждение: В конце своего послания Иоанн говорит о своём желании увидеться с верующими и передаёт им привет от другой церкви.
|
||||
2JN 1 12 v4v2 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 не хочу писать чернилами на бумаге Иоанн больше не хотел передавать верующим послание Господа в письменной форме, но желал увидеться с ними, чтобы лично поговорить о Божьих откровениях (речь не идёт о том, что апостол хотел использовать другие письменные материалы помимо чернил и бумаги).
|
||||
2JN 1 12 auwq figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 поговорить лицом к лицу "Лицом к лицу" (идиома) - значит "лично". Альтернативный перевод: "лично поговорить с вами" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 12 hwtk figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 12 lt77 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 your joy might be made complete See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
2JN 1 12 k9yt figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 дети твоей избранной сестры Иоанн говорит о другой церкви как о "сестре госпожи", а о верующих - как о "детях госпожи". Апостол хочет подчеркнуть, что все верующие являюся единой духовной семьёй (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
2JN 1 13 aonw figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 your chosen sister In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “the members of this group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 a4rc ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 The children of your chosen sister greet you As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
|
||||
2JN 1 13 qjdz figs-you σε…σου 1 your…you The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 687.
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,1621 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings #<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction ##<br><br>#### Outline of 2 Kings ####<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br> - Elijah brings Yahweh's judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br> - Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br> - Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br> - Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br> - Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br> - Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br> - Elisha's reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br> <br>#### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about? ####<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C. <br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated? ####<br> <br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as "The First Book about the Kings" and "The Second Book about the Kings."<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts ##<br><br>#### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings? ####<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues ##<br><br>#### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly? ####<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as "your servant" when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address "sir" in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>#### What does the king "did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh" mean? ####<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here "in the eyes of Yahweh" represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>#### What is the meaning of the term "Israel"? ####<br><br>The name "Israel" is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob's name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>#### What does the phrase "to this day" mean? ####<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that "to this day" refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, "to this day, at the time when this is being written," or, "to this day, at the time of writing." This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>#### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings? ####<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
|
||||
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### God's sovereignty #####<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Rhetorical question #####<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: "Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 01:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br>* __[2 Kings intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled "The people who lived in Moab rebelled"
|
||||
2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: "the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 1 3 xk53 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
|
||||
2KI 1 3 vu6l translate-names 0 the Tishbite This refers to someone from the city of Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 1 3 sql3 figs-rquestion 0 Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron? This rhetorical question is asked as a rebuke for consulting Baal-Zebub. This may be written as a statement. This is irony because they are definitely aware of the God of Israel. Alternate translation: "You fools! You know there is a God in Israel, but you were acting as though you did not know when you sent men to consult Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2KI 1 3 ns1x 0 consult with Baal-Zebub The word "consult" means to get the opinion of someone about a question.
|
||||
2KI 1 4 hs1g figs-explicit 0 Therefore Yahweh says This is Yahweh's message to King Ahaziah. Alternate translation: "Therefore Yahweh says to King Ahaziah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 4 ea7z figs-explicit 0 You will not come down from the bed to where you have gone up When King Ahaziah was injured, he was placed in a bed. Yahweh said that he will never become well and be able to get out of the bed. Alternate translation: "You will not recover and you will not get up from the bed on which you are lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 5 h8rr figs-explicit 0 When the messengers returned to Ahaziah After meeting with Elijah, the messengers returned to the king instead of going to Ekron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 6 hrs2 figs-rquestion 0 Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron? This rhetorical question is asked as a rebuke for consulting Baal-Zebub. This may be written as a statement. This is irony because they are definitely aware of the God of Israel. See how you translated a similar question in [2 Kings 3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: "You fools! You know there is a God in Israel, but you were acting as though you did not know when you sent men to consult Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 1 6 q7jq figs-explicit 0 you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up When King Ahaziah was injured, he was placed in a bed. Yahweh said that he will never become well and be able to get out of the bed. See how you translated this statement in [2 Kings 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: "you will not recover and you will not get up from the bed on which you are lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 7 119a General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 1 8 ivq2 figs-explicit 0 He wore a garment made of hair Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor that speaks of him being very hairy as if his hair were a garment. Alternate translation: "He was very hairy" or 2) "His clothes were made from animal hair" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 9 n9cs figs-explicit 0 Then the king sent a captain with fifty soldiers to Elijah The king sent the leader of the army with fifty men to bring Elijah back to him. Alternate translation: "Then the king sent a captain with fifty soldiers to seize Elijah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 9 a83f translate-numbers 0 fifty soldiers "50 soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 1 10 p9xj 0 If I am a man of God, let fire come down from heaven The captain had called Elijah a man of God, but the captain and the king did not show Elijah proper respect. Elijah said this so that fire would come down from heaven, and this would prove that Elijah really was a man of God and he deserved their respect. Alternate translation: "Since I am a man of God, let fire come down from heaven" or "If I am a man of God as you have said, let fire come down from heaven"
|
||||
2KI 1 10 zh8j 0 from heaven "from the sky"
|
||||
2KI 1 11 u4yt translate-numbers 0 fifty soldiers "50 soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 1 12 ft4v 0 If I am a man of God, let fire come down from heaven The captain had called Elijah a man of God, but the captain and the king did not show Elijah proper respect. Elijah said this so that fire would come down from heaven, and this would prove that Elijah really was a man of God and he deserved their respect. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: "Since I am a man of God, let fire come down from heaven" or "If I am a man of God as you have said, let fire come down from heaven"
|
||||
2KI 1 12 pr93 figs-possession 0 fire of God This means that the fire came from God. Alternate translation: "fire from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2KI 1 13 j2vk translate-numbers 0 fifty warriors "50 warriors" or "50 soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 1 13 ptv6 0 implored him "begged him"
|
||||
2KI 1 13 ye4v figs-explicit 0 these fifty servants of yours The captain says that his servants are Elijah's servants to show him honor. AT "my fifty soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 13 b8jf figs-metaphor 0 let my life and the life of ... be precious in your sight Here Elijah's "sight" represents him judgement or evaluation. The captain is pleading with Elijah to let them live. Alternate translation: "please consider my life and the life of ... as precious to you" or "consider my life and the life of ... to be of worth to you and do not kill us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 14 t3sy figs-metaphor 0 let my life be precious in your sight Here Elijah's "sight" represents him judgement or evaluation. The captain is repeating his request for Elijah to show kindness to him and let him live. Alternate translation: "please be kind to me" or "please allow me to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 15 98a4 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 1 16 akr3 figs-rquestion 0 Is it because there is no God in Israel from whom you can ask for information? This rhetorical question is asked as a rebuke for consulting Baal-Zebub. This may be written as a statement. This is irony because the king is definitely aware of the God of Israel. Alternate translation: "You must think there is no God in Israel whom you may ask for information!" or "You fool! You know there is a God in Israel to consult, but you acted as if you did not know." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2KI 1 16 bgi9 figs-explicit 0 you will not come down from the bed where you have gone up When King Ahaziah was injured, he was placed in a bed. Yahweh said that he will never become well and be able to get out of the bed. See how you translated this statement in [2 Kings 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: "you will not recover and you will not get up from the bed where you are lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken "what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken"
|
||||
2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written ... Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they are written ... Israel." or "someone has written about them in ... Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha. <br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 02:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about "So it happened." This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around
|
||||
2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live "As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live." Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: "I solemnly promise you that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 2 3 w5x1 figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. Alternate translation: "A group of men who were prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 2 4 q628 figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live, I will not leave you "As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live, I will not leave you." Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "I solemnly promise you that I will not leave you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 2 5 w9wu 0 Then the sons of the prophets who were at Jericho came to Elisha and said to him "When Elijah and Elisha came near Jericho, the sons of the prophets who were from there said to Elisha"
|
||||
2KI 2 5 g9du figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: "the group of men who were prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 2 6 y3ml figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live, I will not leave you "As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live, I will not leave you." Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: "I solemnly promise you that I will not leave you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 2 7 u37h translate-numbers 0 fifty of the sons "50 of the sons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 2 7 b5cd figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: "the group of men who were prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 2 7 t6qz figs-idiom 0 stood opposite them This means that they were standing, facing them. Alternate translation: "stood facing them" or "stood watching them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 2 8 v3mg 0 cloak outer piece of clothing used as a covering
|
||||
2KI 2 8 cca7 0 The river divided on both sides so that the two of them walked over on dry ground "The water of the Jordan River opened up so there was a dry path for Elijah and Elisha to cross over to the other side"
|
||||
2KI 2 8 ai9c 0 on both sides "to the right and the left." This refers to the right and the left of where Elijah struck the water.
|
||||
2KI 2 9 l4ab 0 It came about "it happened"
|
||||
2KI 2 9 b2aw figs-explicit 0 crossed over This refers to crossing the Jordan River. Alternate translation: "crossed over the Jordan River" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 2 9 q4e3 figs-activepassive 0 before I am taken from you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "before Yahweh takes me from you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 2 9 kk6z figs-metonymy 0 a double portion of your spirit Here Elijah's spirit refers to his spiritual power. Alternate translation: "twice as much of your spiritual power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 2 10 57d0 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 2 11 ikl9 0 behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2KI 2 11 c6ne figs-possession 0 a chariot of fire and horses of fire Here the phrase "of fire" means that these were surround by fire. Alternate translation: "a chariot surrounded by fire pulled by horses surrounded by fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2KI 2 11 xmx8 0 went up by a whirlwind into heaven "was carried into the sky by a whirlwind." Translate the word "whirlwind" the same as you did in [2 Kings 2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
2KI 2 12 su11 0 My father, my father Elisha is calling Elijah his respected leader.
|
||||
2KI 2 12 bb7w translate-symaction 0 tore them into two pieces People would often tear their clothes as a sign of great sadness or grief. Alternate translation: "ripped them in two pieces to show his great sadness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 2 13 t6ri 0 cloak The cloak was the otter clothing of a prophet. It was the sign of his job. When Elisha took Elijah's cloak he was saying he was taking Elijah's place as prophet.
|
||||
2KI 2 14 l45f figs-explicit 0 Where is Yahweh, the God of Elijah? Elisha is asking if Yahweh is with him as he was with Elijah. Alternate translation: "Yahweh, the God of Elijah, are you here with me?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 2 14 jjx1 0 they divided on both sides and Elisha crossed over The river separated and Elisha walked to the other side on dry ground, the same way he did previously when he was with Elijah.
|
||||
2KI 2 14 q6wl 0 on both sides "to the right and the left." This refers to the right and the left of where Elijah struck the water.
|
||||
2KI 2 15 dm3g figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: "the group of prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 2 15 cz8j 0 bowed themselves to the ground before him They are showing him deep respect and acknowledging him as their new leader.
|
||||
2KI 2 15 fu1h figs-metonymy 0 The spirit of Elijah does rest on Elisha Here Elijah's "spirit" refers to his spiritual power. This speaks of Elisha having this spiritual power as if it were something that physically rested upon him. Alternate translation: "Elisha does have the same spiritual power that Elijah did" or "The spiritual power Elijah had is now with Elisha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 2 16 tz77 figs-explicit 0 See now, among your servants there are fifty strong men. Let them go These men are referring to themselves when they say "fifty strong men." Alternate translation: "See now, we are fifty strong men and we are now your servants. Let us go" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 2 16 pig4 translate-numbers 0 fifty strong men "50 strong men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 2 17 x4m5 figs-explicit 0 But when they urged Elisha until he was ashamed The sons of the prophets kept asking Elisha until he felt bad about saying "no." Alternate translation: "They kept asking Elisha until he felt bad for denying their request, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 2 18 s7q6 figs-rquestion 0 Did I not say to you, 'Do not go'? Elisha uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that he had told them previously what would happen. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I told you that you should not go, because you would not find him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 2 19 s884 0 The men of the city "The leaders of the city"
|
||||
2KI 2 19 k9c8 figs-explicit 0 the situation of this city is pleasant This means that the city is located in a good place. Alternate translation: "this city is in a good place" or "this city is in a good location" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 2 19 jfc3 0 as my master can see The men refer to Elisha here as "my master" to honor him.
|
||||
2KI 2 19 rms6 0 fruitful producing good crops
|
||||
2KI 2 20 c8f9 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 2 21 jc7z figs-metaphor 0 healed these waters This speaks of Yahweh making the bad water pure as if he healed it. Alternate translation: "made the waters pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 2 21 q6wj figs-doublenegatives 0 there will be no more death or unfruitful land This refers to things caused by the bad water. This also can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: "there will be no more death or problems with crops caused by this water" or "from now on this water will bring life and help the land become fruitful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2KI 2 22 cpa7 figs-activepassive 0 the waters were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the waters have remained pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 2 22 ygc2 figs-idiom 0 to this day, ... spoke This means that something remains in a certain condition until the present time. Alternate translation: "by the word which Elisha spoke, and have always remained pure since" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 2 23 jl1u 0 went up from there to Bethel The phrase "went up" is used her because Bethel is higher in elevation than Jericho.
|
||||
2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying "go up." Alternate translation: "Go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
|
||||
2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys "42 of the boys" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 2 25 b9e0 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter. <br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Victory and defeat #####<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Idiom #####<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, "who poured water on the hands of Elijah," meaning "who served Elijah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Anger #####<br>It is said that, "Anger came on Israel." It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. <br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 03:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | [>>](../04/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year "year 18" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as "Jehoram." This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named "Jehoram."
|
||||
2KI 3 2 dqh6 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here "sight" refers to Yahweh's thoughts or opinion. Alternate translation: "what Yahweh considers to be evil" or "what is evil in Yahweh's judgement" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 3 2 ry4x figs-simile 0 but not like his father and his mother This compares how much evil he did to being less that the amount that his parents did. Alternate translation: "but he did not do as much evil as his father and mother had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 3 2 v3k7 figs-possession 0 the sacred stone pillar of Baal This pillar was used in the worship of Baal, though it is unknown what the pillar looked like. Alternate translation: "the sacred stone pillar for worshiping Baal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2KI 3 3 u5f7 figs-idiom 0 he held on to the sins This is an idiom. Here "holding on" to something means to continue doing it. Alternate translation: "he continued to commit the sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 3 3 n4ct translate-names 0 Nebat This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 3 3 zgj1 figs-idiom 0 he did not turn away from them "Turning away" from something is an idiom which means to stop doing it. Alternate translation: "he did not stop committing those sins" or "he continued committing those sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 3 4 r82y figs-explicit 0 He had to give to the king of Israel 100,000 lambs and the wool of 100,000 rams Mesha had to give these things to the king of Israel because his kingdom was controlled by the king of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Every year he was forced to give 100,000 lambs and the wool from 100,000 rams to the king of Israel, because his kingdom was controlled by the king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 4 n1ad translate-numbers 0 100,000 lambs ... 100,000 rams "one hundred thousand lambs ... one hundred thousand rams" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 3 5 750c General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 3 6 kkb2 figs-synecdoche 0 to mobilize all Israel for war "to prepare the people of Israel for war." Here "all Israel" refers to all of the Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: "to mobilize all of the Israelite soldiers for war" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 3 7 q4bl 0 General Information: King Joram continues speaking to King Jehoshaphat.
|
||||
2KI 3 7 uqt2 figs-synecdoche 0 Will you go with me against Moab to battle? The word "you" refers to Jehoshaphat, but refers to both him and his army. Here "Moab" stands for "the army of Moab." Alternate translation: "Will you and your army go with me to fight against the army of Moab?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 3 7 zuz1 figs-synecdoche 0 I will go Jehoshaphat is saying that he and his entire army will fight with King Joram against Moab. Alternate translation: "We will go with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 3 7 qh7x figs-explicit 0 I am as you are, my people as your people, my horses as your horses Jehoshaphat is letting Joram use himself, his people, and his horses for his purposes. He speaks of this as if they belonged to Joram. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "We are ready to do whatever you want us to. My soldiers and my horses are ready to help you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 8 cld5 0 By way of the wilderness of Edom "By going through the wilderness of Edom"
|
||||
2KI 3 9 luy3 figs-synecdoche 0 the king of Israel went with the king of Judah and the king of Edom This refers to the kings accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: "the king of Israel and his army went with the king of Judah and his army and the king of Edom and his army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 3 9 ei9n 0 They wandered around Possible meanings are 1) the kings were not sure where they were going, and so they changed direction often or 2) the kings knew where they were going and they walked around Moab ([2 Kings 3:8](../03/08.md)).
|
||||
2KI 3 10 w5es figs-rquestion 0 What is this? Has Yahweh called three kings to give them into the hand of Moab? The king uses a rhetorical question to emphasize how ridiculous and terrible their situation is. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It looks like Yahweh will allow all three of us to be captured by Moab!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 3 10 lze9 figs-synecdoche 0 to give them into the hand of Moab Here "Moab" refers to its army. Also, "the hand of Moab" refers to the "control" of Moab's army. Alternate translation: "to give us over to Moab's control" or "so the army of Moab will defeat us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 3 11 m7as figs-rquestion 0 Is there not here a prophet of Yahweh, that we may consult Yahweh by him? Jehoshaphat uses a rhetorical question here to state that he is certain that there is a prophet there and to find out where he is. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I am sure there is a prophet of Yahweh here! Tell me where one is, so we may consult Yahweh by him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 3 11 ql15 translate-names 0 Shaphat This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 3 11 y2h5 figs-idiom 0 who poured water on the hands of Elijah This idiom means that he was Elijah's helper. The phrase "poured water on the hands" is a description of one of the ways he served Elijah. Alternate translation: "who was a helper to Elijah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 3 12 gjn5 figs-explicit 0 The word of Yahweh is with him This means that he is a prophet and that Yahweh tells him what to say. Alternate translation: "He speaks what Yahweh tells him to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 12 xm7z figs-explicit 0 went down to him They went to see Elijah and to consult with him about what they should do. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "went to see Elisha to ask him what they should do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 13 r7z3 figs-rquestion 0 What have I to do with you? Elisha uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that he and the king have nothing in common. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "I have nothing to do with you." or "I have nothing in common with you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 3 13 b5fg figs-metonymy 0 to give them into the hand of Moab Here the "hand of Moab" refers the Moab's "control." Alternate translation: "to give them over to the control of Moab" or "to allow them to be captured by the Moabite army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 3 14 y4by figs-simile 0 As Yahweh of hosts lives, before whom I stand, surely "As I know that Yahweh of hosts lives, before whom I stand, surely." Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh is alive to the certainty that, if it were not for Jehoshaphat being there, he would not pay attention to Joram. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: "As surely as Yahweh of hosts lives, before whom I stand, I promise you, if it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 3 14 g8m7 figs-metaphor 0 before whom I stand Here serving Yahweh is spoken of as standing in his presence. Alternate translation: "whom I serve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 3 14 js2s figs-doublenegatives 0 were it not for the fact that I honor the presence of Jehoshaphat king of Judah, I would not pay any attention to you This can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: "I pay attention to you only because I honor the presence of Jehoshaphat king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2KI 3 14 p915 figs-metonymy 0 I honor the presence of Jehoshaphat Here Jehoshaphat is referred to by his presence. Alternate translation: "I honor Jehoshaphat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 3 14 w5fa figs-parallelism 0 I would not pay any attention to you, or even look at you These two phrases have similar meaning and are used together to emphasize that he would not pay any attention to Joram. Alternate translation: "I would not have anything at all to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 3 15 hy8s 0 Then it came to pass "And it happened that"
|
||||
2KI 3 15 ngt8 0 harpist someone who plays the harp
|
||||
2KI 3 15 hae4 figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Yahweh came upon Elisha Here Yahweh's "hand" refers to his "power." Alternate translation: "the power of Yahweh came upon Elisha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 3 16 wr49 0 trenches A trench is a long ditch that workers dig in the ground to collect water.
|
||||
2KI 3 17 yt5g figs-activepassive 0 this river valley will be filled with water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will fill this river valley with water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 3 17 yr9t figs-explicit 0 you will drink This refers to drinking the water that Yahweh provides. Alternate translation: "you will drink the water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 18 er4m figs-metaphor 0 This is an easy thing in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "Yahweh considers this as an easy thing to do" or "This is an easy thing for Yahweh to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 3 19 u249 0 fortified city A fortified city is well protected from enemies by such things as high walls or a easily defensible location.
|
||||
2KI 3 19 ig6l figs-explicit 0 ruin every good piece of land with rocks This means to put rocks on the fertile land so that it is difficult to use. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "ruin every good piece of land by covering them with rocks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 20 bag3 0 there came water "water began flowing"
|
||||
2KI 3 20 xh8j 0 the country was filled with water "and soon the country became filled with water"
|
||||
2KI 3 20 qt74 0 country land, ground
|
||||
2KI 3 21 by8m writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the Moabite army preparing to meet the three kings and their armies in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2KI 3 21 yqn5 figs-metonymy 0 all who were able to put on armor Here "armor" represents ability to fight. Alternate translation: "all the men who could fight" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 3 21 ct3t figs-synecdoche 0 the kings had come Here the word "kings" refers to both the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: "the kings had come with their armies" or "the kings and their armies had come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 3 22 bxk5 figs-simile 0 it looked as red as blood This compares the red appearance of the water to the color of blood. Alternate translation: "it was red like blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 3 23 di7v figs-synecdoche 0 So now, Moab The soldiers are referring to themselves here as "Moab." Alternate translation: "soldiers of Moab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 3 23 bft2 0 plunder them "steal their belongings." After an army defeated their enemies, they would often plunder their towns by stealing whatever was left of value.
|
||||
2KI 3 24 eny7 figs-synecdoche 0 camp of Israel Here "Israel" refers only to the Israelite soldiers and not to the whole nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "the area where the Israelite soldiers had set up their tents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 3 24 v7zw figs-synecdoche 0 the Israelites surprised Here "Israelites" refers only to the Israelite soldiers and not to the whole nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "the Israelite soldiers surprised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 3 24 g9vn 0 fled before them "ran away from them"
|
||||
2KI 3 25 g449 translate-names 0 Kir Hareseth This is the capital of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 3 25 fq8h figs-explicit 0 was left with its rocks in place The walls and buildings of the city were made of stones. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "still had its stone walls and buildings in place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 25 a4lh 0 with slings A "sling" is piece of animal skin with long cords at both ends in which a person can put a stone or other small, hard object and throw it a long distance.
|
||||
2KI 3 26 v9le 0 King Mesha Translate the name of this king the same as you did in [2 Kings 3:4](../03/04.md).
|
||||
2KI 3 26 hl9e 0 that the battle was lost "that his army was being defeated"
|
||||
2KI 3 26 lyu6 translate-numbers 0 seven hundred swordsmen "700 swordsmen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 3 26 d77c 0 swordsmen soldiers who fight with swords
|
||||
2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through "force their way through." There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
|
||||
2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word "anger" can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: 1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: "So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel" or 2) God. Alternate translation: "So God was very angry with Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) <br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Widow #####<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 04:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) | [>>](../05/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: "the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband "My husband, who was your servant"
|
||||
2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
|
||||
2KI 4 2 n1q6 0 Your servant has nothing The woman refers to herself as Elisha's servant to show him honor.
|
||||
2KI 4 2 rwy3 figs-hyperbole 0 nothing in the house, except a pot of oil This is an exaggeration. The only valuable thing she had was a jar of oil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 4 3 b2a6 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 4 4 pea2 figs-explicit 0 you must go inside This means to go inside their house. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "you must go inside your house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 5 333a General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 4 6 ln26 0 the vessels "the jars"
|
||||
2KI 4 7 trw8 figs-explicit 0 the man of God This refers to Elisha. Alternate translation: "Elisha, the man of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 7 u3px figs-idiom 0 live with your sons on the rest This is an idiom. It means to use the money to buy the things that they need, such as food and clothing. Alternate translation: "use the rest of the money for you and your sons for what you need to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 4 8 agh3 translate-names 0 Shunem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 4 8 aab9 figs-explicit 0 she urged him to eat food with her This means that she asked him to stop and have a meal at her house. Alternate translation: "she asked him to come to her house to have a meal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 8 zxt5 0 passed by "traveled through Shunem"
|
||||
2KI 4 9 t6m9 0 See, now I realize "Now I understand"
|
||||
2KI 4 9 s4jr 0 who is always passing by "who travels by regularly"
|
||||
2KI 4 10 dnv6 0 General Information: The important woman continues talking to her husband about Elisha.
|
||||
2KI 4 10 wt8r 0 Let us Here "us" refers to the important woman and her husband.
|
||||
2KI 4 11 7c7e General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 4 12 jqx1 translate-names 0 Gehazi This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 4 12 dj7q 0 Call this Shunammite "Call the Shunammite woman." This refers to the woman from Shunem that Elisha was staying with.
|
||||
2KI 4 13 u5ec figs-idiom 0 You have gone to all this trouble to care for us The phrase "gone to all this trouble" is an idiom that means to make great effort to do something. Alternate translation: "You have made a great effort to care for us" or "You have worked very hard to take care of us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 4 13 vi6j figs-activepassive 0 What can be done for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "What can we do for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 4 13 dm19 figs-explicit 0 Can we speak for you Here Elisha is asking if she would like for him to speak to the king or army commander to make a request for her. The implicit meaning of this question can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Can we make a request for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 13 v5zv figs-explicit 0 I live among my own people The woman is implying that she does not need anything because her family cares for her needs. Alternate translation: "I live surrounded by my family, and because they take care of me, I have no needs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 14 a913 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 4 15 cvk3 0 Call her "Ask her to come to see me"
|
||||
2KI 4 15 r7hp 0 When he had called her "When Gehazi had called her"
|
||||
2KI 4 15 tuw6 figs-metonymy 0 the door This refers to the doorway. Alternate translation: "the doorway" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 4 16 ybj5 0 a son "your son"
|
||||
2KI 4 16 if5w 0 my master and man of God The woman uses both of these names to refer to Elisha.
|
||||
2KI 4 16 a4ew 0 your servant The woman refers to herself as Elisha's servant to show him honor.
|
||||
2KI 4 17 gn4c 0 at the same time in the following year "during the same season the next year"
|
||||
2KI 4 18 r4hu 0 When the child had grown "When the child was older"
|
||||
2KI 4 19 q4fx figs-explicit 0 My head, my head. The child said this because his head hurt. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "My head hurts! My head hurts!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 20 i924 figs-synecdoche 0 the child sat on her knees until noon and then died Here the woman's knees refer to her lap. She held her son in her lap until he died. Alternate translation: "she held him on her lap until noon and then he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 4 21 hf6d figs-explicit 0 on the bed of the man of God This was the bed in the room she had prepared for Elisha when he traveled through Shunem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 21 a8m1 0 the man of God "Elisha, the man of God"
|
||||
2KI 4 22 dr4k figs-explicit 0 that I may hurry to the man of God and then come back The woman told her husband she was going to see Elisha but she did not say that she was going because their son had died. This implicit information may be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "that I may hurry to the man of God and then come back.' But she did not tell her husband that their son had died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 23 v9f7 figs-explicit 0 It will be all right The woman states this, knowing this will be the case if her husband does as she requests. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Everything will be all right if you do as I ask" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 24 r8pm figs-metonymy 0 she saddled a donkey The woman did not saddle the donkey, rather the servant would have saddled it for her. Alternate translation: "she had her servant saddle a donkey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 4 25 yqh5 0 So she went and came to the man of God at Mount Carmel "So she traveled toward Mount Carmel where Elisha, the man of God, was"
|
||||
2KI 4 25 kpg9 0 So when the man of God saw her in the distance "While she was still far off, and Elisha saw her coming"
|
||||
2KI 4 26 h6sp 0 It is alright "It is well" or "Yes, everything is fine"
|
||||
2KI 4 27 kq55 0 the mountain "Mount Carmel"
|
||||
2KI 4 27 r3nr figs-explicit 0 she caught hold of his feet This implies that she knelt or laid on the ground in front of him and grabbed his feet. Alternate translation: "she dropped down on the ground in front of him and put her hands around his feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 27 wjr1 0 Yahweh has hidden the problem from me, and has told me nothing Elisha can see that the woman is upset but Yahweh has not revealed to him the cause of her problem.
|
||||
2KI 4 28 ct7i figs-rquestion 0 Did I ask you for a son, my master? Did I not say, 'Do not deceive me'? The woman uses these rhetorical questions to show that she is upset about what has happened. She is speaking about her conversation with Elisha when he told her that she was going to have a son. These questions may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I did not ask you to give me a son, but I did ask you not to lie to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 4 29 g9dl 0 Dress for travel "Get ready to travel"
|
||||
2KI 4 29 gd61 0 If you meet any man, do not greet him, and if anyone greets you, do not answer him Elisha wanted Gehazi to travel as quickly as possible, without even stopping to talk to anyone.
|
||||
2KI 4 30 x58s 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live "As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live." This shows that the mother is taking an oath. The mother compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elisha are alive to the certainty of what she is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: "I solemnly promise that"
|
||||
2KI 4 31 nu33 figs-explicit 0 but the child did not speak or hear This means that the child was not alive. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "but the child did not show any signs of being alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 31 pel6 figs-euphemism 0 has not awakened Here being dead is spoken of as being asleep. Alternate translation: "is still dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 4 32 ccf1 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 4 33 xt9g 0 So Elisha went in and shut the door on the child and himself "So Elisha went by himself into the room where the child lay, closed the door"
|
||||
2KI 4 34 de79 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 4 35 k6ei 0 stretched himself out on the boy "laid on top of the boy again"
|
||||
2KI 4 36 i9qz 0 the Shunammite "the Shunammite woman"
|
||||
2KI 4 37 rvs8 translate-symaction 0 Then she lay facedown on the ground at his feet and bowed to the ground The woman bowed down before Elisha as a sign of great respect and appreciation. Alternate translation: "Then she bowed in front of Elisha with her face to the ground to show him her gratitude" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 4 38 j4lk figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This is an idiom. It does not mean that they were actually the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: "the group of men who were prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 4 38 mkn9 0 stew This is a dish that is usually made of meat and vegetables cooked in a pot with liquid.
|
||||
2KI 4 39 n9y9 0 wild gourds These vegetables were growing wild, meaning someone had not planted them.
|
||||
2KI 4 39 e7es 0 fill the fold of his robe He lifted the bottom edge of his robe up to his waist to make a place to carry more gourds than he could carry with his hands only.
|
||||
2KI 4 39 e55c figs-explicit 0 but did not know what kind they were Since they did not know what kind of gourds they were they did not know whether or not they were safe to eat. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "but did not know if they were good or bad to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 4 40 q1p2 0 they poured out the stew "they poured the stew into bowls"
|
||||
2KI 4 40 bvf8 figs-metonymy 0 there is death in the pot This means that there was something in the pot that could kill them, not that there is something dead in the pot. Alternate translation: "there is something in the pot that will kill us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 4 41 ss47 0 He threw it into the pot "He added it to the stew in the pot"
|
||||
2KI 4 41 r9hq 0 Pour it out for the people "Serve it to the people"
|
||||
2KI 4 42 e27z translate-names 0 Baal Shalishah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 4 42 p26j translate-numbers 0 twenty loaves "20 loaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 4 42 h26n 0 from the new harvest "made from the grain from the new harvest"
|
||||
2KI 4 42 xa59 0 fresh ears of grain "fresh heads of grain." This refers to grain from the new harvest.
|
||||
2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "That is not enough to feed a hundred men!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men "100 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: "Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The stories of Elisha's miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 05:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../04/intro.md) | [>>](../06/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master's view "sight." The king's "view" represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: "in the king's opinion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here "Aram" refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: "because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army"
|
||||
2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the "Arameans" refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 5 2 vyi9 0 raiding in bands "in small groups attacking." This means to go out attacking an enemy in small groups.
|
||||
2KI 5 3 nz19 0 The girl said to her mistress The girl from Israel, who had been captured by the Aramean soldiers, spoke to Naaman's wife.
|
||||
2KI 5 3 mnp1 0 my master Here "my master" refers to Naaman.
|
||||
2KI 5 4 5401 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 5 5 mq1r figs-explicit 0 I will send a letter The king is going to give the letter to Naaman to take with him to the king of Israel. Alternate translation: "I will send a letter with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 5 5 kp6b translate-numbers 0 ten talents of silver, six thousand pieces of gold "10 talents of silver, 6,000 pieces of gold." This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: "330 kilograms of sliver, 6,000 pieces of gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
2KI 5 5 ge56 figs-explicit 0 took with him ten ... clothes This were gifts from the king of Aram for the king of Israel. Alternate translation: "took with him ten ... clothes, which were gifts for the king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 5 6 60e3 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 5 7 q6lq translate-symaction 0 he tore his clothes Often people would rip their clothes if they were in great distress. Alternate translation: "he ripped his clothes to show his distress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 5 7 ief7 figs-rquestion 0 Am I God, to kill and to make alive, that this man wants me to cure a man of his leprosy? The king uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that the request of the king of Aram is outrageous and something he cannot do. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "The king of Aram must think I am some sort of God, with the power over death and life! He wants me to cure this man of his leprosy, but I cannot do that." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 5 7 v9df figs-explicit 0 It seems he is seeking to start an argument with me The king of Israel did not believe the request to heal Naamam was the real reason for the letter. He thought the real reason was to start a fight. Alternate translation: "It seems he is looking for an excuse to start a fight with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 5 8 ck82 0 General Information: Elisha talks to the King of Israel about Naaman.
|
||||
2KI 5 8 uj3n figs-rquestion 0 Why have you torn your clothes? Elisha uses this rhetorical question to emphasize to the king that he does not need to be distressed and tear his clothes. Alternate translation: "There is no need to be distressed and tear your clothes." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 5 9 20c6 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 5 10 qqs5 figs-activepassive 0 your flesh will be restored This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "your flesh will be well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 5 10 p9ph figs-metaphor 0 you will be clean this means that he will no longer be unclean. A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. God considers a person who has leprosy as being defiled and unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 5 11 kr9b 0 Look This word is used here to draw someone's attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: "Listen"
|
||||
2KI 5 11 z6ex figs-metonymy 0 the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by his name. Alternate translation: "Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 5 11 an1r 0 over the place "over the diseased area of my skin" or "over my leprosy"
|
||||
2KI 5 12 yxw5 figs-rquestion 0 Are not Abanah and Pharpar, the rivers of Damascus, better than all the waters of Israel? Naaman uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that the Abanah and the Pharpar are better rivers than the Jordan. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "The Abanah and the Pharpar Rivers, in my home country of Aram, are much better than any of the rivers of Israel! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 5 12 i532 translate-names 0 Abanah and Pharpar These are the names of rivers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 5 12 iln3 figs-rquestion 0 Can I not bathe in them and be clean? Naaman uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that he could have bathed in the other rivers easily. He believes that bathing in them could heal him just as bathing in the Jordan could. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I should have just bathed in them and been healed!" or "I could just as easily have bathed in them and been healed!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2KI 5 12 d7lx 0 went away in a rage "was very angry as he walked away"
|
||||
2KI 5 13 vet4 0 My father The servants were showing respect to Naaman by addressing him as "my father" or "sir."
|
||||
2KI 5 13 yvc6 figs-rquestion 0 would you not have done it? The servant uses this question to carefully rebuke Naaman. Alternate translation: "you surely would have done it!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 5 13 jg7y figs-ellipsis 0 How much rather then The servant is comparing how much more willing Naaman should be to obey a simple command since he is willing to obey a difficult one. Alternate translation: "How much more willing you should be to obey" or "Should you not be even more willing to obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2KI 5 13 yyd5 figs-rquestion 0 How much rather then, when he says to you to simply, 'Dip yourself and be clean? The servant uses this rhetorical question to emphasize to Naaman that he should obey Elisha's command. This question can be written as statement. Alternate translation: "You should be even more willing to obey when he says to you simply, 'Dip yourself and be clean.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 5 14 t8jh 0 the man of God "Elisha, the man of God"
|
||||
2KI 5 14 mgk2 figs-simile 0 His flesh was restored again like the flesh of a little child This speaks how smooth Namaan's skin is after he is healed by comparing it to the skin of a young child. Alternate translation: "His flesh was restored again and was as soft as the flesh of a young child" or "His skin was well again and was smooth like a young child's skin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 5 14 fh8a 0 His flesh "His skin"
|
||||
2KI 5 14 y52x figs-activepassive 0 he was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his leprosy was gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 5 15 y16h 0 Look This word is used here to draw someone's attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: "Listen"
|
||||
2KI 5 15 j17q 0 there is no God in all the earth except in Israel "the only God in all the earth is in Israel"
|
||||
2KI 5 16 d9cf figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, before whom I stand, I "As surely as I know that Yahweh lives, before whom I stand." Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh is alive to the certainty that he will not receive any gifts from Naaman. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: "As surely as Yahweh lives, before whom I stand, I promise you that I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 5 16 ha3t figs-metaphor 0 before whom I stand Here serving Yahweh is spoken of as standing in his presence. Alternate translation: "whom I serve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 5 16 rt86 figs-explicit 0 I will receive nothing This means that he will not accept any gifts. Alternate translation: "I will not take any gifts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 5 17 wz69 figs-ellipsis 0 If not The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "If you will not take the gifts I have brought for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2KI 5 17 uf7s figs-activepassive 0 let there be given to your servant This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: "let me have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 5 17 iy2l figs-explicit 0 two mule loads of earth Naaman is asking to take soil from Israel and place it in sacks for two mules to carry home with him. He then plans to build an altar on the soil. Alternate translation: "as much soil from Israel as two mules can carry, so that I can build an altar to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 5 17 j1as 0 your servant Naaman refers to himself as Elisha's servant to honor him.
|
||||
2KI 5 17 fvw4 figs-doublenegatives 0 will offer neither burnt offering nor sacrifice to any god but Yahweh This can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: "will not offer burnt offering or sacrifice to any god but Yahweh" or "will only offer burnt offerings and sacrifices to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2KI 5 18 xb8a 0 when my king This is referring to the king of Aram, the king that Namaan works for.
|
||||
2KI 5 18 w99e 0 he leans on my hand "he supports himself on my arm." This means that Naaman assists the king when he bows in the house of Rimmon because the king is either old or sick.
|
||||
2KI 5 19 t8ub 0 Go in peace "Go home and do not worry" or "Leave without fear"
|
||||
2KI 5 20 rr3d 0 He had traveled "Naaman had traveled"
|
||||
2KI 5 20 e8j4 translate-names 0 Gehazi See how you translated this man's name in [2 Kings 4:12](../04/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 5 20 agk6 0 Look This word is used here to draw someone's attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: "Listen"
|
||||
2KI 5 20 d3ge 0 has spared this Naaman the Aramean "has let Naaman the Aramean leave too easily"
|
||||
2KI 5 20 zf65 0 by not receiving "by not accepting"
|
||||
2KI 5 20 d1p9 figs-synecdoche 0 from his hands Here Naaman is referred to by his hands to emphasize the act of giving. Alternate translation: "from him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 5 20 bj14 figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives "As surely as Yahweh lives." Here Gehazi compares the certainty that Yahweh is alive to the certainty of what he has decided to do. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: "As Yahweh lives, I promise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 5 21 3a43 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 5 22 my23 figs-idiom 0 of the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: "from among the prophets there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 5 22 e1md figs-explicit 0 Please give them a talent of silver and two changes of clothes Gehazi is asking Naaman to give these things to him so that he can take them and give them to the prophets. Alternate translation: "Please give me a talent of sliver and two changes of clothes to give to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 5 22 a896 0 See This word is used here to draw someone's attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: "Listen"
|
||||
2KI 5 22 m6yl translate-bweight 0 a talent of silver This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: "33 kilograms of silver" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
2KI 5 23 eu8w translate-bweight 0 two talents This can be written in modern measurements. This talents are of silver. Alternate translation: "two talents of silver" or "66 kilograms of silver" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2KI 5 23 hvj3 0 laid them on two "gave them to"
|
||||
2KI 5 23 dk33 figs-explicit 0 Naaman urged Gehazi Naaman urged him to take gifts. Alternate translation: "Naaman urged Gehazi to take the gifts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 5 24 00cf General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 5 25 g7mt 0 Your servant Gehazi refers to himself here as Elisha's servant.
|
||||
2KI 5 26 vnd5 figs-rquestion 0 Was not my spirit with you when the man turned his chariot to meet you? Elisha uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that Yahweh allowed him to see what Gehazi had done. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should have realized that my spirit could see you when Naaman stopped his chariot and talked to you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 5 26 db2t figs-rquestion 0 Is this a time to accept money ... female servants? Elisha uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that this is not the time take gifts. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is not the time to accept money ... female servants." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman's leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: "you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy"
|
||||
2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase "his presence" refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: "When Gehazi left the room, he was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi's leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: "with skin that was white like snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The stories of Elisha's miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) <br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king's counselor said it was impossible. <br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Rhetorical question #####<br>The king's counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha's prophecy of plenty of food: "See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) <br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 06:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../05/intro.md) | [>>](../07/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: "The group of prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: "let us go beside the Jordan River" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha's servants to show him honor.
|
||||
2KI 6 4 id1n 0 General Information: Elisha goes with the prophets to cut trees.
|
||||
2KI 6 5 bz3i 0 the ax head fell into the water The ax head refers to the blade of the ax. This means that the ax head came loose from its the handle and fell into the water. Alternate translation: "the ax head separated from the handle and fell into the water"
|
||||
2KI 6 5 aig1 0 Oh no The man said this to show that he was upset and frustrated. If you have a way of expressing these emotions in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
2KI 6 5 e14a figs-activepassive 0 it was borrowed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I borrowed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 6 6 b5x5 0 So the man of God said "So Elisha, the man of God, asked"
|
||||
2KI 6 6 vgb6 0 He then cut off a stick, threw it in the water, and made the iron float God uses Elisha to perform a miracle. The ax head rises to the surface of the water and it stays there so the prophet can pick it up.
|
||||
2KI 6 6 q3qa 0 made the iron float "caused the iron to float"
|
||||
2KI 6 6 tcc9 0 the iron "the ax head." The ax head was made of iron.
|
||||
2KI 6 7 5855 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 6 8 q2d7 0 Now the king of Aram was waging war against Israel "When the king of Aram was at war with Israel,"
|
||||
2KI 6 8 qf7l 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
2KI 6 8 iyb8 figs-quotations 0 saying, "My camp will be in such and such a place The king of Aram was telling his counselors where to set up the camp. Here the phrase "such and such" is a way to refer to the information of the location of the camp without writing it out. If this phase does not translate well into your language this may be written as indirect speech. Alternate translation: "and told them where his camp would be located" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
2KI 6 9 k7a6 0 the man of God "Elisha the man of God"
|
||||
2KI 6 9 e7xw 0 Be careful not to pass that place, for the Arameans are going down there Elisha knew the specific place that the Arameans were going to set up their camp and advised the king of Israel for his soldiers to avoid that area.
|
||||
2KI 6 10 ta6i 0 to the place about which the man of God had spoken and warned him This refers to the place that Elisha had warned the king about in [2 Kings 6:9](../06/09.md).
|
||||
2KI 6 10 dp7h figs-explicit 0 More than once or twice, when the king went there, he was on his guard Elisha would warn the king of where the Aramean army would attack so that he could alert the people before the attack happened. Alternate translation: "Elisha warned the king of Israel in this way several times and the Israelites were able to stay safe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 6 11 uas1 figs-rquestion 0 Will you not tell me who among us is for the king of Israel? The king of Aram assumes there is a traitor among his soldiers who is giving information to the Israelite king. He uses this rhetorical question to try to find out who that traitor is. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Tell me which of you is for the king of Israel!" or "Tell me which of you is revealing our plans to the king of Israel!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 6 11 i6k1 figs-idiom 0 is for the king of Israel "To be for someone" means to be loyal to that person. In this case, it means that they would give information to help the king of Israel. Alternate translation: "is helping the king of Israel" or "is loyal to the king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 12 j6i2 figs-explicit 0 No The servant is saying that none of the king's soldiers are giving information to the king of Israel. Alternate translation: "It is none of us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 6 12 utm2 0 my master, king This refers to the king of Aram.
|
||||
2KI 6 12 kf93 0 the words that you speak in your own bedroom "what you say in the privacy of your own bedroom"
|
||||
2KI 6 13 zc42 figs-metonymy 0 I may send men and capture him The king plans to send the men to capture Elisha for him. The king does not plan to capture him himself. Alternate translation: "I may send men to capture him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 6 13 dwq5 0 See This word is used here to draw the king's attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: "Listen"
|
||||
2KI 6 13 j6jn 0 he is in Dothan "Elisha is in Dothan"
|
||||
2KI 6 13 q8tp translate-names 0 Dothan This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 6 14 m6bp 0 So the king This refers to the king of Aram.
|
||||
2KI 6 15 bva6 0 the man of God "Elisha" or "Elisha the man of God"
|
||||
2KI 6 15 s75p 0 behold The word "behold" here shows that the servant was surprised by what he saw.
|
||||
2KI 6 15 ic1z 0 had risen early and gone outside, behold "got up early in the morning and went outside, and he saw"
|
||||
2KI 6 15 nj18 figs-explicit 0 His servant said to him The servant went back inside the house to tell Elisha what he had seen. Alternate translation: "The servant went back inside and said to Elisha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 6 16 akl9 figs-idiom 0 those who are with us are more than those who are with them "To be with someone" in battle means to fight for their side. Alternate translation: "those who are on our side in the battle are more than those who are on their side" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 17 lck2 figs-idiom 0 open his eyes that he may see Elisha is asking that his servant may be able to see things that other people cannot see, namely the horses and chariots of fire that are around them. Alternate translation: "make him able to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 17 z4r5 0 he saw. Behold "he could see. What he saw was that"
|
||||
2KI 6 17 z6di 0 Behold The word "Behold" here shows that the servant was surprised by what he saw.
|
||||
2KI 6 17 si9b 0 the mountain was full of horses "the mountainside was covered with horses"
|
||||
2KI 6 17 qyw8 figs-metonymy 0 around Elisha This refers to the city where Elisha is. Alternate translation: "around the city where Elisha was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 6 18 a675 0 these people This refers to the Aramean soldiers.
|
||||
2KI 6 18 v378 0 Strike these people blind "Cause these people to be blind!" This refers to Yahweh causing them to be unable to see clearly.
|
||||
2KI 6 19 w7lp figs-explicit 0 This is not the way, neither is this the city Elisha confuses the Arameans by telling them that they are not at the city they are searching for. Alternate translation: "This is not the way, neither is this the city you are looking for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 6 20 i4n4 0 It came about that "It happened that" or "Then,"
|
||||
2KI 6 20 ns1b figs-idiom 0 open the eyes of these men that they may see Elisha is asking Yahweh to cause the men to see clearly again. Alternate translation: "allow these men to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 20 vd3f figs-idiom 0 Yahweh opened their eyes and they saw Yahweh allowed the men to see clearly again. Alternate translation: "Yahweh took away their blindness" or "Yahweh allowed them to see clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 20 jcr4 0 behold The word "behold" here shows that the Arameans were surprised by what they saw.
|
||||
2KI 6 21 y74c 0 when he saw them "when he saw the Aramean soldiers"
|
||||
2KI 6 21 r85j 0 My father The king is speaking to Elisha the prophet and calling him "father" to show respect.
|
||||
2KI 6 21 w4i5 figs-metonymy 0 should I kill them? Should I kill them? Here the king of Israel is referring to his army as himself. Alternate translation: "Should I order my army to kill these enemy soldiers?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 6 22 we2x 0 Elisha answered Elisha was replying to the king of Israel's question.
|
||||
2KI 6 22 uvl9 figs-rquestion 0 Would you kill those whom you had taken captive with your sword and bow? Elisha uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the king and tell him not to kill these men. The words "sword and bow" are a metonym for war in which soldiers use swords and bows and arrows. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You would not kill men whom you had captured in war, so you should not kill these men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 6 22 p6iq figs-synecdoche 0 Put bread and water before them, that they may eat and drink Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "Give them food to eat and water to drink" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 6 22 ga8c 0 go to their master This refers to the king of Aram.
|
||||
2KI 6 23 bl78 figs-metonymy 0 So the king prepared much food for them The king ordered his servants to prepare the food. He did not prepare the food himself. Alternate translation: "Then the king ordered his servants to prepare a lot of food for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 6 23 ssk3 0 Those bands "Those groups"
|
||||
2KI 6 23 yc6t figs-explicit 0 did not return for a long time into the land of Israel This means that they did not attack Israel for a long time. Alternate translation: "stopped attacking the land of Israel for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 6 24 wce5 translate-names 0 Ben Hadad The name of the king of Aram. His name means "son of Hadad." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 6 24 qq7j figs-synecdoche 0 attacked Samaria The king and his army attacked Samaria. Alternate translation: "they attacked Samaria" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 6 25 qv4k 0 Behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2KI 6 25 fhe7 figs-activepassive 0 a donkey's head was sold for This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a donkey's head cost" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 6 25 w1hd translate-numbers 0 eighty pieces of silver "80 pieces of silver" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 6 25 zt5y translate-bvolume 0 the fourth part of a kab This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: "a fourth part of a liter" or "a quarter of a liter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
2KI 6 25 qsq1 translate-fraction 0 the fourth part This is one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: "one fourth" or "a quarter" or "1/4" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
2KI 6 25 rs62 figs-ellipsis 0 dove's dung for The words "was sold for" are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: "dove's dung was sold for" or "dove's dung cost" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2KI 6 26 s9jn 0 was passing by on the wall "walking on top of the city wall"
|
||||
2KI 6 26 ver8 0 my master The woman referred to the king by this name to show him respect.
|
||||
2KI 6 27 hhf3 0 He said "The king of Israel answered the woman,"
|
||||
2KI 6 27 i7qs figs-rquestion 0 If Yahweh does not help you, how can I help you? The king uses this rhetorical question to tell the woman that he cannot help her. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "If Yahweh is not helping you, then I cannot help you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 6 27 x15q figs-rquestion 0 Is there anything coming from the threshing floor or winepress? The king uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that there is no food available. Here the threshing floor refers to grain and the winepress refers to wine. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "There is nothing coming from the threshing floor or the winepress." or "There is no food to harvest or any grapes to make wine to drink." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 6 28 ud9v 0 The king continued "The king said." This means that they continued talking.
|
||||
2KI 6 29 x1zj 0 we boiled "we cooked"
|
||||
2KI 6 30 b5qa figs-metonymy 0 heard the words of the woman The words "the words" are a metonym for what the woman said. Alternate translation: "heard the woman tell what she and the other woman had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 6 30 run8 translate-symaction 0 he tore his clothes The king ripped his outer garment to show his distress. Alternate translation: "he tore his clothes in grief" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 6 30 ht3d 0 now he was passing by on the wall He had been walking on the city wall when the woman called out to him in [2 Kings 6:24](../06/24.md). Now he continued walking along it.
|
||||
2KI 6 30 ss3c translate-symaction 0 he had sackcloth underneath, against his skin By wearing sackcloth even for his undergarments, the king showed that he was very sad and upset. Alternate translation: "he had sackcloth underneath his outer garment, against his skin" or "he was wearing sackcloth underneath his robe because he was very upset" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 6 31 uj2p figs-euphemism 0 May God do so to me, and more also The king is saying he hopes God will punish him and even kill him if Elisha the prophet does not die because of the things that have happened in the city of Samaria. Alternate translation: "May God punish me and kill me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 6 31 se8b figs-explicit 0 if the head of Elisha son of Shaphat remains on him today This refers to Elisha dying, specifically be being beheaded. Alternate translation: "if Elisha son of Shaphat is not beheaded today" or "if my soldiers do not behead Elisha son of Shaphat today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 6 32 l5iz figs-idiom 0 The king sent a man from before him "To be before the king" means to be one of his servants. Alternate translation: "The king of Israel sent one of his servants as a messenger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 32 q454 figs-explicit 0 when the messenger came to Elisha, he said to the elders Here Elisha is speaking to the elders right before the king's messenger arrived. Alternate translation: "when the messenger had almost arrived, Elisha said to the elders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 6 32 n9c4 figs-rquestion 0 See how this son of a murderer has sent to take away my head? Elisha uses this rhetorical question to draw attention to the kings messenger and to insult the king. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "See, this son of a murderer has sent someone to remove my head!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 6 32 vw57 figs-idiom 0 son of a murderer This means that the king of Israel has the characteristics of a murderer. Alternate translation: "this man who is like a murderer" or "that murderer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 32 evx7 figs-ellipsis 0 has sent to It is understood that he sent a person. Alternate translation: "has sent someone to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2KI 6 32 xt8t figs-euphemism 0 to take away my head This means to behead him. Alternate translation: "to cut off my head" or "to behead me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 6 32 nrb2 0 Look, when Elisha uses this word here to draw the elder's attention to what he says next. Alternate translation: "Listen to what I want you to do: when"
|
||||
2KI 6 32 sy1a figs-idiom 0 hold the door shut against him If a door is shut against someone it means that it is closed and that they may not enter through it. Alternate translation: "hold the door shut so that he cannot come in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 32 m2uv figs-rquestion 0 Is not the sound of his master's feet behind him? Elisha uses this question to assure the elders that the king is coming not far behind him. This rhetorical question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "The sound of his master's feet is right behind him." or "The king will be coming along soon after he arrives." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 6 33 uca5 0 behold, the messenger The word "behold" alerts us to the arrival of the messenger.
|
||||
2KI 6 33 qg92 figs-explicit 0 the messenger came down to him The messenger arrived, and so did the king, as Elisha had said he would. The phrase "came down to him" means that they arrived at the place where he was. Alternate translation: "the messenger and the king arrived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold "Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important"
|
||||
2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble "Indeed, this trouble." The word "behold" here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase "this trouble" refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
|
||||
2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?" or "I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The stories of Elisha's miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Fear #####<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. <br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 07:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../06/intro.md) | [>>](../08/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour ... two measures of barley Here the word "measure" translates the word "seah," which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: "7 liters of fine flour ... 14 liters of barley" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: "about 11 grams of silver" or "one silver coin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
2KI 7 2 su6x figs-metaphor 0 the captain on whose hand the king leaned A high ranking captain who was the king's personal assistant is spoken of as if he was a person on whom the king leaned his hand. Alternate translation: "the captain who was close to the king" or "the captain who was the king's personal assistant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 7 2 s4x6 figs-metaphor 0 even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven Yahweh causing much rain to fall in order to make the crops grow is spoken of as if Yahweh were opening windows in heaven through which he pours down rain. Alternate translation: "even if Yahweh were to cause much rain to fall from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 7 2 wdq1 figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "this could never happen!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 7 2 wqh6 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase "with your own eyes" emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. Alternate translation: "you yourself will watch these things happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 7 2 d4g8 0 but you will not eat any of it "but you will not eat any of the flour or barely"
|
||||
2KI 7 3 fjf7 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
2KI 7 3 bwd4 figs-rquestion 0 Why should we sit here until we die? Although there were four men, probably only one of them asks this question. The question is rhetorical and emphasizes that they should not do this. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Certainly we should not sit here until we die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 7 4 phg1 0 If they keep us alive, we will live, and if they kill us, we will only die The four men with leprosy are saying that the Arameans might feed them so that they can live, or they might kill them, which would be no worse since they would die anyway.
|
||||
2KI 7 5 s9aa 0 at twilight This refers to the early evening after the sun has set, but before it is dark.
|
||||
2KI 7 5 wz76 0 the outermost part "the edge"
|
||||
2KI 7 6 mi4l 0 the Aramean army hear a noise of chariots, and a noise of horses—the noise of another large army The soldiers of the Aramean army heard noises that sounded like a large army approaching to battle them. This was not an actual army, but the Lord had made them hear these sounds.
|
||||
2KI 7 6 ue8p 0 they said to each other "the Aramean soldiers said to each other"
|
||||
2KI 7 6 msm4 figs-synecdoche 0 the kings of the Hittites and Egyptians Here the word "kings" represents the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: "the armies of the Hittites and the Egyptians" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 7 6 z55a 0 to come against us "to fight us" or "to attack us"
|
||||
2KI 7 7 q69m 0 General Information: This is what happened after the Lord caused the Aramean soldiers to think they heard a large enemy army approaching their camp.
|
||||
2KI 7 7 nsr2 0 in the twilight This refers to the early evening after the sun has set, but before it is dark.
|
||||
2KI 7 8 pq49 0 plunder This refers to items that a conquering army takes from another army that they have defeated. Here it refers to "silver and gold and clothes."
|
||||
2KI 7 9 rl1z 0 until daybreak "until morning"
|
||||
2KI 7 9 bw6k figs-metaphor 0 punishment will overtake us Someone punishing the four men is spoken of as if punishment were a person who captures them. Alternate translation: "the people will punish us" or "someone will punish us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2KI 7 9 mg3r figs-metonymy 0 tell the king's household Here the word "household" represents the people who live in the king's palace. Alternate translation: "tell the king and his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 7 10 n961 figs-explicit 0 as they were The implicit information may be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "as they were when the soldiers were still there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 7 11 c178 figs-activepassive 0 then it was told inside the king's household This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "then people told it inside the king's household" or "then people told it to the king and those in his palace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 7 12 i2pp 0 have done to us "are planning to do to us" or "have done to deceive us"
|
||||
2KI 7 12 w1yt 0 take them alive This means that they would capture the people and not kill them.
|
||||
2KI 7 13 sp83 figs-explicit 0 the horses that remain, which are left in the city Many of the horses belonging to the Israelites had died because of the famine. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "the horses in the city that are still alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 7 13 gv7r figs-explicit 0 see The implicit information about what he wanted to see may be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "see if what these lepers have said is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 7 14 ns26 figs-explicit 0 Go and see The implicit information about what the king wanted them to see may be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Go and see if what these lepers have said is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 7 15 zcq2 0 They went after them to the Jordan "They followed the path the Aramean army took all the way to the Jordan River"
|
||||
2KI 7 15 l1aa figs-hyperbole 0 all the road was full of clothes and equipment This is an exaggeration that means the men saw these items scattered along the road as they traveled. Alternate translation: "there were clothes and equipment all along the road" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 7 16 e95z 0 plundered the camp This refers to taking items from a defeated army.
|
||||
2KI 7 16 pu67 figs-activepassive 0 So a measure of fine flour was sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So people sold a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 7 16 eh13 translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour ... two measures of barley Here the word "measure" translates the word "seah," which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: "7 liters of fine flour ... 14 liters of barley" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
2KI 7 16 pys5 translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: "about 11 grams of silver" or "one silver coin"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
2KI 7 16 tv5d figs-metonymy 0 just as the word of Yahweh had said Here "word" represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: "just as Yahweh had said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 7 17 hws6 figs-metaphor 0 the captain on whose hand he had leaned A high ranking captain who was the king's personal assistant is spoken of as if he were a person on whom the king leaned his hand. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: "the captain who was close to the king" or "the captain who was the king's personal assistant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 7 17 r27e 0 trampled him down The crowd of people were in such a rush to get to the food in the camp that they knocked over the man and trampled him to death.
|
||||
2KI 7 18 a3ew writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In this verse, the writer summarizes what happened by repeating the events that he described in [2 Kings 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
2KI 7 18 ky49 0 About this time "About this time tomorrow"
|
||||
2KI 7 18 y32g translate-bvolume 0 two measures of barley ... a measure of fine flour Here the word "measure" translates the word "seah," which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: "14 liters of barley ... 7 liters of fine flour" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
2KI 7 18 kz43 translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: "about 11 grams of silver" or "one silver coin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
2KI 7 19 n3ly writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In this verse, the writer summarizes what happened by repeating the events that he described in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
2KI 7 19 g1xx 0 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
2KI 7 19 gkc2 figs-metaphor 0 even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven Yahweh causing much rain to fall in order to make the crops grow is spoken of as if Yahweh were opening windows in heaven through which he pours down rain. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: "even if Yahweh were to cause much rain to fall from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. This question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: "this could never happen!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase "with your own eyes" emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: "you yourself will watch these things happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it "but you will not eat any of the flour or barley"
|
||||
2KI 7 20 c238 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The stories of of Elisha's miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Kings #####<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 08:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../07/intro.md) | [>>](../09/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
|
||||
2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life "he had caused to become alive again"
|
||||
2KI 8 1 imp7 0 Arise, and go To arise here is for a person to stop what he is doing and begin to do what he needs to do. Alternate translation: "Do as I say, and go"
|
||||
2KI 8 2 j2gk 0 the woman arose and she obeyed the word of the man of God To arise here is for a person to stop what he is doing and begin to do what he needs to do. She may have been standing when she heard Elisha speak and decided to go.
|
||||
2KI 8 2 q2bu 0 the man of God "Elisha, the man of God"
|
||||
2KI 8 3 u7ww 0 to the king This refers to the king of Israel.
|
||||
2KI 8 3 z25q figs-explicit 0 for her house and for her land While the woman was gone, her home and property were sieged. She is begging for them to be returned to her. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "for her home and her property to be returned to her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 4 a78n writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells us background information about what the king was doing when the woman arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2KI 8 5 dt7a 0 had restored to life the child who was dead "had caused the child who was dead to become alive again"
|
||||
2KI 8 5 yfr8 figs-explicit 0 for her house and land While the woman was gone, her home and property were sieged. She is begging for them to be returned to her. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "for her home and her property to be returned to her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 6 zv9x figs-explicit 0 about her son This refers to the story of her son dying and Elisha bringing him back to life. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "about what had happened to her son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 6 lmk8 figs-metonymy 0 all the harvests of her fields This metonym refers to the amount of money that the harvests of her fields were worth while she was away. Alternate translation: "all the profit from the harvests of her fields" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 7 e6xa translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of the king of Aram. His name means "son of Hadad." See how you translated this man's name in [2 Kings 6:24](../06/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 8 8 ds2t translate-names 0 Hazael This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 8 8 q5ru figs-synecdoche 0 Take a gift Hazael was to take many gifts, not just one. Alternate translation: "take many gifts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 8 8 gw6t figs-idiom 0 in your hand The phrase "in your hand" is an idiom meaning for him to take the gifts with him. Alternate translation: "with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 8 8 weg2 0 the man of God "Elisha, the man of God"
|
||||
2KI 8 8 ks64 0 consult with Yahweh through him, saying "ask Elisha to ask Yahweh"
|
||||
2KI 8 9 bpb7 0 carried by forty camels This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which forty camels carried"
|
||||
2KI 8 9 n2g2 translate-numbers 0 forty camels "40 camels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 8 9 sg7r figs-metaphor 0 Your son Ben Hadad king of Aram Ben Hadad was not actually Elisha's son, but Hazael called him that to show a close relationship between them. Alternate translation: "Ben Hadad, the king of Aram, who is like a son to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 8 10 b9d9 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 8 11 y1jt 0 until he was ashamed "until Hazael felt uncomfortable"
|
||||
2KI 8 12 c1pw 0 my master Hazael refers to Elisha this way to honor him.
|
||||
2KI 8 12 k88j 0 Because I know God has shown Elisha what will take place in the future.
|
||||
2KI 8 12 cp79 figs-synecdoche 0 you will do The word "you" represents Hazael and refers to himself and the soldiers under his control when he is king. Alternate translation: "you will cause to happen" or "you will order your soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 8 12 rs1h figs-metonymy 0 You will set ... you will kill The word "you" represents Hazel but here refers to his soldiers and not to Hazael personally. Alternate translation: "You soldiers will set ... your soldiers will kill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 12 mwe9 0 dash in pieces their little ones "crush their little children." This is a brutal description of the soldiers killing children.
|
||||
2KI 8 12 c5cf figs-metonymy 0 kill their young men with the sword This means that the men will be killed in battle. The sword was the main weapon used in battle. Alternate translation: "kill their young men in battle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 12 m5j3 figs-explicit 0 rip open their pregnant women Specifically this refers to tear open their stomachs. Alternate translation: "rip open the stomachs of their pregnant women with swords" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 13 t6fk figs-rquestion 0 Who is your servant, that he should do this great thing? Hazel refers to himself here as Elisha's servant. Hazel uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not think he could do the terrible things that Elisha has said. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I could never do such great things!" or "Who am I, that I would have the power to do such things?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 8 13 jrg4 0 this great thing "this terrible thing." Here the word "great" refers to something that has a large effect and is terrible.
|
||||
2KI 8 13 pk37 figs-metaphor 0 He is only a dog Hazael is talking about himself. He speaks of his low status and lack of influence by comparing himself to a dog. Here a dog represents a lowly animal. Alternate translation: "I am as powerless as a dog" or "I am as powerless as a lowly animal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 8 14 u24x 0 came to his master The phrase "his master" refers to Ben Hadad.
|
||||
2KI 8 15 k77k figs-explicit 0 face so that he died This means that Ben Hadad suffocated under the wet blanket. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "face. Ben Hadad was unable to breathe through it, and so he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 16 x6vk 0 General Information: Jehoram becomes king of Judah.
|
||||
2KI 8 16 twh9 figs-explicit 0 In the fifth year of Joram son of Ahab, king of Israel This describes the time that Jehoram began to reign over Judah by stating how long Joram, the current king of Israel, had been reigning. Alternate translation: "In the fifth year that Jorman son of Ahab was king of Israel" or "In year five of the reign of Joram son of Ahab, king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 16 th81 translate-ordinal 0 fifth year "year 5" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 8 16 kr57 0 Jehoram began to reign Jehoram, son of Jehoshaphat, became the king of Judah.
|
||||
2KI 8 17 yy79 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two years old "32 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 8 18 n85x figs-idiom 0 Jehoram walked in the ways of the kings of Israel Here "walking" is an idiom that refers to how he lived and reigned as king. At this time in history, the recent kings of Israel had been evil kings. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Jehoram was an evil king, just as other kings of Israel who ruled before him had been" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 18 dj52 figs-metonymy 0 as the house of Ahab was doing Here the "house" of Ahab refers to the members of Ahab's family and his recent descendants. Ahab is Jehoram father-in-law. Alternate translation: "the same as the rest of the family of Ahab was doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 18 s1wc 0 for he had Ahab's daughter as his wife Jehoram had married king Ahab's daughter.
|
||||
2KI 8 18 p4ym figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in Yahweh's sight The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 8 19 j8s5 figs-metonymy 0 destroy Judah Here "Judah" is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: "destroy the people of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 19 yb5a figs-explicit 0 since he had told him that he would always give him descendants "since Yahweh had told David that he would always give David descendants." This refers to Yahweh's promise to David that his descendants would always rule Judah. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "since he had told David that his descendants would always rule Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 20 g8i2 0 Edom revolted from under "Edom rebelled against"
|
||||
2KI 8 20 lj7q figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Judah Here the word "hand" refers to the control of Judah, and "Judah" refers specifically to the king of Judah. Alternate translation: "the control of the king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 20 m55m 0 they set a king over themselves "they appointed a king to rule over themselves"
|
||||
2KI 8 21 gqd7 figs-explicit 0 Then Jehoram crossed over What was "crossed over" can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Then Jehoram crossed the enemy lines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 22 bue7 0 General Information: King Jehoram of Judah dies and his son Ahaziah becomes king.
|
||||
2KI 8 22 tvz8 0 So Edom has been in rebellion against the rule of Judah to this present day "So after that, Edom was no longer controlled by Judah, and it is still like that"
|
||||
2KI 8 22 za77 figs-metonymy 0 the rule of Judah Here "Judah" refers to the king of Judah. Alternate translation: "the rule of the king of Judah" or "the authority of the king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 22 gu5q 0 to this present day to the time that this book was written
|
||||
2KI 8 22 c7ws figs-explicit 0 Libnah also revolted at the same time Libnah rebelled against the king of Judah just as Edom had. Alternate translation: "During that same time, Libnah also rebelled against the king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 22 ezk7 translate-names 0 Libnah This is another city that was originally part of Judah. Here "Libnah" refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: "the people of Libnah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 23 nxu4 0 As for the other matters concerning Jehoram, all that he did "To read more about the history of Jehoram and what he did,"
|
||||
2KI 8 23 ys1v figs-rquestion 0 are they not written ... Judah? This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Jehoram is in this other book. Alternate translation: "these things are written ... Judah." or "someone has written about them ... Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 8 24 a4g1 figs-euphemism 0 Jehoram rested with his fathers and was buried with them Here "rested" is a polite way of referring to someone dying. After he died, his body was buried in the same place as the bodies of his forefathers. The phrase "was buried" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jehoram died as his ancestors had died, and they buried him with his ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 8 24 a8hw 0 Then Ahaziah his son became king in his place "Then Ahaziah, Jehoram's son, became king after he died"
|
||||
2KI 8 25 xk56 0 General Information: Ahaziah becomes king of Judah.
|
||||
2KI 8 25 f3kd figs-explicit 0 In the twelfth year of Joram son of Ahab, king of Israel This describes the time that Ahaziah began to reign as king of Judah by stating how long Joram, the current king of Israel, had reigned. Alternate translation: "in the twelfth year that Joram son of Ahab was king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 25 x65c translate-ordinal 0 twelfth year "12th year" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 8 26 jxz8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years "22 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 8 26 ja9u translate-names 0 Athaliah ... Omri Athaliah is the name of a woman. Omri is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 8 27 tvy6 figs-idiom 0 Ahaziah walked in the ways of Here "walking" refers his behavior or the way in which he lived. Alternate translation: "Ahaziah lived the same way as the others in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 8 27 a5ad figs-metonymy 0 the house of Ahab Here the "house" of Ahab refers to his family. Alternate translation: "the family of Ahab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 8 27 r7k2 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 8 27 h1s1 figs-explicit 0 a son-in-law to the house of Ahab This explains Ahaziah's family relationship to Ahab. Ahaziah's father was married to Ahab's daughter. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "the son of Ahab's son-in-law" or "a grandson of King Ahab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 8 28 hi68 figs-synecdoche 0 Ahaziah went with Joram son of Ahab, to fight against Hazael, king of Aram The names of the three kings listed here are synecdoches and refer also to their armies that accompany them. Alternate translation: "Ahaziah's army joined the army of King Joram of Israel to fight against the army of King Hazael of Aram" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to heal" or "to recover" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here "Hazael" refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: "the army of Hazael king of Aram" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Arameans had wounded Joram" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### King Jehu #####<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 09:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../08/intro.md) | [>>](../10/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: "the group of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase "in your hand" refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: "with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 2 bsu9 translate-names 0 Jehu son of Jehoshaphat son of Nimshi This means that Jehoshaphat is Jehu's father and that Nimshi is Jehoshapat's father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 2 suq1 0 companions These are the people with whom Jehu was sitting.
|
||||
2KI 9 2 y74x 0 conduct him to "go along with him to" or "take him along to"
|
||||
2KI 9 2 ycw4 0 an inner chamber "a private room"
|
||||
2KI 9 3 5624 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 9 4 9d2e General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 9 5 s5qa 0 behold The writer uses the word "behold" to direct attention to what follows. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
2KI 9 5 nk22 figs-explicit 0 the captains of the army were sitting Jehu was sitting among the captains. You may introduce Jehu to the story line here if this is necessary in your language. Alternate translation: "Jehu and some other army officers were sitting together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 5 y24h 0 To which of us The word "us" refers to Jehu and the other army captains.
|
||||
2KI 9 6 7e6a General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 9 7 n5fj 0 General Information: The young prophet continues to speak to Jehu, whom he had just anointed as king over Israel.
|
||||
2KI 9 7 e949 figs-metonymy 0 I may avenge the blood of my servants the prophets, and the blood of all the servants of Yahweh Here the "blood" of the prophets and the servants refers to their deaths. Alternate translation: "I may avenge the deaths of my servants the prophets and all the servants of Yahweh" or "so that I may punish them for murdering my servants the prophets and all the servants of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 9 7 v3iw figs-ellipsis 0 the blood The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: "avenge the blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2KI 9 7 t494 figs-activepassive 0 who were murdered by the hand of Jezebel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom Jezebel commanded her servants to murder" or "whose deaths were commanded by Jezebel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 9 7 f5vj figs-metonymy 0 by the hand of Jezebel This means that Jezebel commanded the people to be killed. Alternate translation: "by an order from Jezebel" or "by Jezebel's command" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 9 8 xlv4 figs-euphemism 0 For the whole family of Ahab will perish, and I will cut off from Ahab every male child Here to be "cut off" means to be killed. Alternate translation: "For the whole family of Ahab will perish, and I will cause every male child in his family to be killed" or "Every member of Ahab's family will die, including every male child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 9 8 nm7u figs-synecdoche 0 every male child This phrase is used to refer to every male, but it specifies "child" to emphasize that it includes children. Alternate translation: "every male" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 9 9 wgr2 0 General Information: The young prophet continues to speak the words of Yahweh to Jehu, whom he had just anointed as king over Israel.
|
||||
2KI 9 9 ev98 figs-explicit 0 I will make the house of Ahab like This means that God will destroy Ahab and his family just as he destroyed Jeroboam and Baasha and their families. Alternate translation: "I will get rid of the house of Ahab like I got rid of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 9 t27a figs-metonymy 0 the house of This phrase is used in this verse three times. Each time, the word "house" refers to the "family" of the man specified. Alternate translation: "the family of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 9 9 xb8q translate-transliterate 0 Nebat ... Ahijah These are the names of men. Translate the name "Nebat" the same as you did in [2 Kings 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
2KI 9 10 lvi6 figs-explicit 0 The dogs will eat Jezebel This means that the dogs will eat her dead body. Alternate translation: "Dogs will eat the dead body of Jezebel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 11 b369 0 the servants of his master This refers to the other officers who were serving King Ahab.
|
||||
2KI 9 11 p1vq 0 mad fellow "crazy man"
|
||||
2KI 9 11 g6by 0 You know the man and the kinds of things he says Jehu says that he is a young prophet and they all are familiar with the kinds of things young prophets generally say. Alternate translation: "You know what kinds of things young prophets like him say"
|
||||
2KI 9 12 vtu9 0 Tell us "Tell us what he said"
|
||||
2KI 9 12 hqz3 0 He said this and that to me "He talked about some things"
|
||||
2KI 9 13 zdb5 figs-explicit 0 took off his outer garment and put it under Jehu In this culture, putting clothing on the ground was a way of honoring the king, so that his feet would not touch the dirty ground. Alternate translation: "took off their outer clothes and put them in front of Jehu for him to walk on" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 13 ex32 figs-synecdoche 0 They blew the trumpet and said Not every man blew a trumpet. It is likely only one man blew a trumpet. Alternate translation: "One of them blew the trumpet and they all said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 9 14 hv9p translate-names 0 Nimshi Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [2 Kings 9:2](../09/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 14 s5nw writing-background 0 Now Joram This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about about how Joram was wounded and went to recover in Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2KI 9 14 pd6w figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel These refers only to the Israelite army and not to everyone who lives in Israel. Alternate translation: "he and his army" or "he and the Israelite army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 9 14 w256 translate-names 0 Hazael Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:8](../08/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 15 lga8 figs-activepassive 0 to be healed of This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to recover from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 9 15 py61 figs-explicit 0 the wounds that the Arameans had given him This means that he was wounded in battle with the Arameans. Alternate translation: "wounds that Joram got during the battle with the Aramean army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 15 v2kz figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram This refers to Hazael and his army. Alternate translation: "against Hazael king of Aram and his army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 9 15 u6gv 0 Jehu said to the servants of Joram This refers to the officers who were with Joram at Ramoth Gilead.
|
||||
2KI 9 15 tk4f figs-explicit 0 If this is your opinion "If you are in agreement with me" Jehu uses this phrase to refer to if people are supportive of him being king and of his decisions. Alternate translation: "If you truly want me to be your king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 15 a8i6 figs-explicit 0 in order to go tell this news in Jezreel This refers to telling Joram and his army of Jehu's plans. Alternate translation: "to warn king Joram and his army in Jezreel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 16 w7v3 writing-background 0 Now Ahaziah The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about Ahaziah visiting Joram. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2KI 9 17 d5k3 0 watchman guard
|
||||
2KI 9 17 fqp2 0 the company of Jehu as he came at a distance "Jehu and his men as they were still far away"
|
||||
2KI 9 18 v71n figs-rquestion 0 What have you to do with peace? Jehu uses this rhetorical question to tell the messenger that it is none of his concern if he comes in peace or not. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is not your concern if I have come in peace!" or "It is not for you to know if I have come in peace!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 9 18 a578 0 The messenger has met them, but he is not coming back The watchman told King Joram that the man he sent out is not coming back with a reply to the king's question.
|
||||
2KI 9 19 pk6m 0 Then he sent out a second man on horseback, who came to them "Then king Joram sent a second messenger riding a horse, who went out to meet Jehu and his army"
|
||||
2KI 9 19 c4nc translate-ordinal 0 a second man Joram had already sent one man. This was the next. Alternate translation: "another man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 9 19 rg7f figs-rquestion 0 What have you to do with peace? Jehu uses this rhetorical question to tell the messenger that it is none of his concern if he comes in peace or not. This may be written as a statement. See how you translated this question in [2 Kings 9:18](../09/18.md). Alternate translation: "It is not your concern if I have come in peace!" or "It is not for you to know if I have come in peace!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 9 20 dp92 figs-activepassive 0 For the way that the chariot is being driven is the way that Jehu son of Nimshi drives This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Because the driver of the chariot drives the same way that Jehu son of Nimshi drives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 9 21 if9v 0 each in his chariot "each in his own chariot"
|
||||
2KI 9 21 tg65 0 They found him at "When they reached Jehu, he was at"
|
||||
2KI 9 21 q3cn translate-names 0 Naboth This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 21 byn3 translate-names 0 Jezreelite This refers to a person from Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 22 uds6 figs-rquestion 0 What peace is there, when the idolatrous acts of prostitution and witchcraft of your mother Jezebel are so many? Jehu uses this rhetorical question to state why he is not coming in peace. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "There can be no peace as long as your mother Jezebel practices and promotes so much idolatry in the form of prostitution and witchcraft." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 9 23 nse3 0 turned his chariot and fled "turned his chariot around to try to flee"
|
||||
2KI 9 23 nc8t 0 treachery trickery or deception
|
||||
2KI 9 24 zn2r 0 with his full strength "with all of his strength" or "with all of his power"
|
||||
2KI 9 24 cdj4 figs-explicit 0 he sank down in his chariot Joram died from being shot with arrow. Alternate translation: "Joram fell down dead in his chariot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 25 w6pd translate-names 0 Bidkar This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 25 ei1x 0 Pick him up and throw him "Pick up his dead body and throw it" or "Take his corpse and throw it"
|
||||
2KI 9 25 mp87 0 Think about how "Remember"
|
||||
2KI 9 25 t4d7 figs-explicit 0 after Ahab his father This means that they rode in the chariot behind Ahab's chariot. Alternate translation: "behind his father Ahab's chariot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 25 x3uz 0 Yahweh placed this prophecy against him "Yahweh spoke this prophecy against Ahab"
|
||||
2KI 9 26 a9nj figs-explicit 0 I will surely make you pay for it This means that he will punish Ahab as he deserves for the evil he has done. Alternate translation: "I will give you what you deserve for the evil you have done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 26 p73v 0 pick him up and throw him on this field "take Joram's dead body and throw it into the field of Naboth"
|
||||
2KI 9 26 y67y 0 according to the word of Yahweh "to fulfill the prophecy spoken to us"
|
||||
2KI 9 27 gu34 0 General Information: This is the account of what happened to Ahaziah, the king of Judah, after Jehu killed Joram.
|
||||
2KI 9 27 z52z 0 saw this "saw what happened to Joram"
|
||||
2KI 9 27 yl6p translate-names 0 Beth Haggan ... Gur ... Ibleam ... Megiddo These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 27 z7k2 figs-activepassive 0 at the ascent of Gur The word "ascent" means that they were going up hill while travelling on the road to Gur. Alternate translation: "on the road leading up to Gur" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 9 28 bl6s 0 his fathers "his ancestors"
|
||||
2KI 9 29 dnx1 figs-explicit 0 in the eleventh year of Joram son of Ahab This describes the time that Ahaziah began to reign by stating how long the current king of Israel had reigned. Alternate translation: "in the eleventh year that Joram son of Ahab was king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 29 j1he translate-ordinal 0 eleventh year "11th year" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 9 30 fnb3 0 painted her eyes, arranged her hair "put on makeup, made her hair look nice"
|
||||
2KI 9 31 fcb2 figs-rquestion 0 Are you coming in peace, you Zimri, your master's murderer? Jezebel uses this rhetorical question to accuse Jehu of not coming peacefully. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not coming in peace, you Zimri, your master's murderer!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 9 31 p3ch figs-metaphor 0 you Zimri, your master's murderer Here Jezebel calls Jehu "Zimri" to say that he is a murderer. Zimri was a commander of the army of Israel who murdered the king of Israel because he wanted to be king. Alternate translation: "you murdered your master, just like Zimri murdered his master" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 9 31 z2ve translate-names 0 Zimri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 32 pup7 figs-idiom 0 Who is on my side To "be on someone's side" means to be loyal to them and supportive of them. Alternate translation: "Who is loyal to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 9 33 v8nz 0 Throw her down Jehu was telling the eunuchs to throw Jezebel out of the window.
|
||||
2KI 9 33 fj4y figs-euphemism 0 So they threw Jezebel down The eunuchs threw Jezebel out of the high window and she died when she hit the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 9 33 ip8k figs-explicit 0 Jehu trampled her underfoot This means that he drove his horses over her body. Alternate translation: "Jehu's horses that were pulling his chariot trampled her body under their feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 34 p8vf figs-idiom 0 See now to The phrase "see now to" means to give your attention to whatever is specified. Alternate translation: "Now go to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 9 34 dj2x figs-explicit 0 for she is a king's daughter Since Jezebel was the daughter of a king, it was necessary to bury her properly. Alternate translation: "because she is a king's daughter and therefore should be buried properly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 9 35 v3xk 0 they found no more of her than "they found no more of her body than" This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "all they found that was left of her body were"
|
||||
2KI 9 35 l1m8 0 the palms of her hands The palm is the inner part of the hand.
|
||||
2KI 9 36 pqz3 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This refers to someone from the city of Tishbe. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 9 37 kim4 figs-simile 0 the body of Jezebel will be like dung on the surface of the fields ... so that no one will be able to say This speaks of the pieces of Jezebel's body being scattered in the field as if they were dung spread in the field. Since the pieces of her body were so small and spread out there was nothing that could be collected and buried. Alternate translation: "the pieces of Jezebel's body will be scattered like dung in the fields ... so that no one will be able to recognize them and say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 9 37 xj6d 0 dung manure, specifically dung used as a fertilizer
|
||||
2KI 9 37 ayb5 0 so that no one will be able to say, "This is Jezebel." "so that no one will be able to recognize her body." or "so no one will be able to tell this was Jezebel."
|
||||
2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes #<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>God's prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab's descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 10:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../09/intro.md) | [>>](../11/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 10 1 w4rf translate-numbers 0 seventy descendants "70 descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 10 1 bud2 figs-metonymy 0 Jehu wrote letters and sent them to Samaria This means that Jehu sent a messenger to deliver the letters. Alternate translation: "Jehu wrote letters and sent a messenger to deliver them in Samaria" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 2 c072 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 10 3 fdt6 figs-metonymy 0 set him on his father's throne Here, sitting on the king's throne means to be appointed as king. Alternate translation: "make him king in his father's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 3 x59q figs-synecdoche 0 for your master's royal line "your master's descendants." Here the man that they selected to be king is referred to as Ahab's royal line of descendants. Alternate translation: "to defend your master's descendant" or "to defend him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 10 4 m1vq 0 But they were terrified "Then they were very afraid"
|
||||
2KI 10 4 h24j 0 the two kings "two kings, Joram and Ahaziah"
|
||||
2KI 10 4 lh37 0 could not stand before Jehu Here "stand" means to be able to endure under trouble. Alternate translation: "could not endure against Jehu" or "could not resist Jehu"
|
||||
2KI 10 4 ymj8 figs-rquestion 0 So how can we stand? The descendants use the rhetorical question to imply that they cannot stand against Jehu. Alternate translation: "We cannot stand against him either!" or "We cannot resist him either!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 10 5 imx5 0 the man who was over the city "the mayor of the city." Here to be "over" something means to have authority and responsibility over it. Alternate translation: "the man who was in charge of the city"
|
||||
2KI 10 5 r52c figs-explicit 0 they who raised the children This refers to the people who raised the king's children. Alternate translation: "they who raised the king's children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 10 5 h9q4 figs-metaphor 0 Do what is good in your eyes Here Jehu's "eyes" refer to his "sight." His "sight" refers to what he thinks. Alternate translation: "Do what you judge to be right" or "Do whatever you think is the best" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 10 6 sb9l translate-ordinal 0 wrote a letter the second time to them Joram had written one letter. This was the next. Alternate translation: "again wrote a letter to them" or "wrote another letter to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 10 6 c3rg figs-idiom 0 on my side To "be on someone's side" means to be loyal to them and supportive of them. Alternate translation: "loyal to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 6 g3if 0 listen to hear and obey
|
||||
2KI 10 6 hjr8 figs-metonymy 0 to my voice Here Jehu's "voice" refer to what he says. Alternate translation: "to what I say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 6 hij4 figs-explicit 0 you must take the heads ... and come to me It is implied that they are to bring the heads of the Ahab's descendant and present them to Jehu. Alternate translation: "you must take the heads ... and bring them to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 10 6 v7id figs-euphemism 0 you must take the heads of the men of your master's descendants This refers to killing them and removing their heads. Alternate translation: "kill your master's descendants and cut off their heads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 10 6 qps2 translate-numbers 0 seventy in number "70 in number" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 10 6 xl7y figs-idiom 0 who were bringing them up This means that they were supervising them and teaching them. Alternate translation: "who were raising them" or "who were supervising them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 7 by3v translate-numbers 0 seventy persons "70 persons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 10 7 dj3k figs-metonymy 0 sent them to Jehu This means that they sent people to deliver the baskets to Jehu. Alternate translation: "sent people to take them to Jehu" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 8 jl7j 0 of the king's sons "of Ahab's descendants"
|
||||
2KI 10 9 r1rc 0 Jehu went out and stood "Jehu went to the city gate and stood before the people"
|
||||
2KI 10 9 k9nc figs-explicit 0 You are innocent It can be stated clearly what they were innocent of. Possible meanings are 1) Alternate translation: "You are innocent of what happened to Joram" or 2) this means that they are not held responsible for the deaths of Joram's family. Alternate translation: "You are innocent of what happened to Joram and his family" or "You are innocent of this matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 10 9 dic5 0 See Jehu uses this word here to draw the peoples' attention to what he says next. Alternate translation: "Listen" or "Hear my words"
|
||||
2KI 10 9 apq9 figs-rquestion 0 but who killed all these? Jehu uses a rhetorical question to cause the people to think deeply about the situation. This can be written as a statement. Possible meanings are 1) Alternate translation: "but the men of Samaria are responsible for killing Ahab's 70 descendants" or 2) Alternate translation: "but it was Yahweh's will for these men to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 10 10 tky4 0 certainly realize "understand" or "be aware of the fact that"
|
||||
2KI 10 10 qm1a figs-metaphor 0 no part of Yahweh's word ... will fall to the ground This speaks of everything happening that Yahweh has said will happen as if it were something that did not die and fall to the ground. Alternate translation: "No part of Yahweh's word ... will fail" or "every part of Yahweh's word ... will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 10 10 dxa2 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has done This speaks of Yahweh causing Ahab's descendants to be killed as if he killed them himself. Alternate translation: "Yahweh has caused to happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 10 11 q6ub figs-metonymy 0 So Jehu killed all ... and his priests Jehu did not kill all of these people personally, rather he commanded for them to be killed. Alternate translation: "So Jehu commanded for all ... to be killed" or "So Jehu commanded for all ... to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 11 yv9x 0 all who remained "all who were alive" or "all who were left"
|
||||
2KI 10 11 m7rb figs-euphemism 0 until none of them remained This means that they had all been killed. Alternate translation: "until all of them had been killed" or "until all of them were dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 10 12 s861 translate-names 0 Beth Eked of the shepherd This was the name of a place where sheep were sheared. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 10 13 h9iy 0 going down to greet "going to visit"
|
||||
2KI 10 13 w59s 0 the children of the king "the children of King Joram"
|
||||
2KI 10 14 rz36 figs-idiom 0 Take them alive This means to capture them, but not to kill them. Alternate translation: "Seize them" or "Capture them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 14 v6f8 0 So they took them alive "So they captured them"
|
||||
2KI 10 14 q8s9 translate-numbers 0 forty-two men "42 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 10 14 b7wx 0 He did not leave any of them alive This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "He killed all of them"
|
||||
2KI 10 15 hcx6 translate-names 0 Jehonadab son of Recab This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 10 15 fmq7 figs-metonymy 0 Is your heart with me, as my heart is with yours? ... "It is." Here a person's "heart" refers to their loyality. If a person's loyalty is "with someone," it means that they are loyal to that person. Alternate translation: "Will you be loyal to me, as I will be loyal to you? ... 'I will.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 15 xmz8 translate-symaction 0 If it is, give me your hand "If so, put your hand in mine" or "If so, let us shake hands" In many cultures, when two people shake hands, it confirms their agreement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 10 16 rl1m figs-abstractnouns 0 see my zeal The word "zeal" may be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: "see how zealous I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 10 17 kbl6 0 royal line "entire royal family"
|
||||
2KI 10 17 st48 figs-activepassive 0 just as was told them before by the word of Yahweh, which he had spoken to Elijah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy that Elijah had spoken, which Yahweh gave to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 10 18 da4q 0 gathered all the people together "called all the people and had them come to where he was"
|
||||
2KI 10 18 gl45 0 all the people together "all the people of Samaria"
|
||||
2KI 10 18 yq9j 0 serve him much "serve him much more than Ahab"
|
||||
2KI 10 19 qw51 0 Let no one be left out "Do not leave anyone out"
|
||||
2KI 10 19 r6m8 figs-explicit 0 Whoever does not come will not live This means that if they do not come they will be executed. Alternate translation: "We will execute anyone who does not come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 10 20 h3ia figs-idiom 0 Set a time This means to designate and prepare a period of time for something. In this case they were to prepare for an assembly for Baal. Alternate translation: "Prepare" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 21 g86v figs-explicit 0 Then Jehu sent This means that he sent messengers to take this message throughout the land. Alternate translation: "Then Jehu sent messengers" or "Then Jehu sent the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 10 21 sj5t figs-doublenegatives 0 so that there was not a man left who did not come This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "so that every worshiper of Baal was there" or "so that every man came" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2KI 10 21 uy4m figs-activepassive 0 it was filled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they filled it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 10 22 d5j3 figs-idiom 0 who kept the priest's wardrobe Here "to keep" something means to care for it and oversee it. Alternate translation: "who was in charge of the priest's wardrobe" or "who cared for the priest's wardrobe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 23 hbh1 0 he said to the worshipers of Baal "Jehu said to the people who were in the temple to worship Baal"
|
||||
2KI 10 23 p3nc 0 but the worshipers of Baal alone "but that only worshipers of Baal are here"
|
||||
2KI 10 24 qp6c figs-metonymy 0 If any of the men whom I bring into your hands escapes Here the "hands" of the men refer to their "control." By being stationed around the temple they were in control of the situation and it was up to them whether people were able to escape or not. Alternate translation: "If any of these men that I brought into your control escapes" or "If any of the men that are inside gets away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 24 vh3i 0 whoever lets that man escape, his life will be taken for the life of the one who escaped "we will kill the man who let him escape"
|
||||
2KI 10 24 tel9 figs-activepassive 0 his life will be taken This can be stated in active form. This is a polite way to refer to a person being killed. Alternate translation: "we will take his life" or "we will kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 10 24 e792 figs-metonymy 0 for the life of the one "in exchange for the life of the man." Here this man is referred to by his "life" to emphasize that he did not die. Alternate translation: "for the man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 25 qf9l figs-explicit 0 he said to the guard and to the captains You may need to state that Jehu came out of the temple before he spoke to the guard. Alternate translation: "he went back outside of the temple of Baal and said to the guards and captains" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 10 25 t2x5 figs-synecdoche 0 with the edge of the sword The men used swords to kill the worshipers of Baal. This phrase refers to their swords. Alternate translation: "with their swords" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 10 25 pcm3 figs-explicit 0 threw them out This means that threw the dead bodies of the people out of the temple. Alternate translation: "threw their dead bodies out of the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 10 26 e5b3 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 10 27 g8xj 0 made it a latrine "made it a public toilet" A latrine is a bathroom, or a toilet area, usually for a camp or buildings used to house soldiers.
|
||||
2KI 10 27 zr1r figs-idiom 0 which it is to this day This means that something has remained in a certain condition until the present time. Alternate translation: "and since then it has always been that way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 28 4541 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 10 29 b11b figs-metaphor 0 did not leave the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat This speaks of Jehu committing the same sins that Jeroboam committed, as if Jeroboam's sins were a place that Jehu did not leave. Alternate translation: "did not stop committing the kinds of sins that Jeroboam son of Nebat had committed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 10 29 yas2 translate-names 0 Nebat See how you translated this man's name in [2 Kings 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 10 30 l9pm 0 in executing "in carrying out" or "in accomplishing"
|
||||
2KI 10 30 qe59 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in my eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "what I judge to be right" or "what I consider to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 10 30 v6lk figs-metonymy 0 the house of Ahab Here Ahab's "house" refers to his "family." Alternate translation: "the family of Ahab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 30 ufu9 figs-metonymy 0 all that was in my heart Here the "heart" represents "desire." Alternate translation: "all that I desired for you to do" or "all that I wanted you to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 30 t8ua figs-metonymy 0 sit on the throne Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: "be the kings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 30 e1jz translate-ordinal 0 to the fourth generation This refers to his son, grandson, great-grandson, and great-great-grandson. Alternate translation: "to the 4th generation" or "for four more generations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 10 31 t6dt figs-idiom 0 Jehu took no care to walk in the law of Yahweh Here "walking" refers to "living." Alternate translation: "Jehu was not careful to live according to the law of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 31 k8mn figs-metonymy 0 with all his heart Here the "heart" refers to a person's will and desire. Alternate translation: "in everything that he did" or "with all of his will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 10 31 dsa7 figs-idiom 0 He did not turn away from the sins of Jeroboam To "turn away" from something means to stop doing it. Alternate translation: "Jehu did not stop from sinning in the same ways as Jeroboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 10 32 v39i 0 began to cut off regions from Israel "began to cause the territory controlled by Israel to become smaller"
|
||||
2KI 10 32 lup5 0 regions areas of land
|
||||
2KI 10 32 nr1q figs-synecdoche 0 Hazael defeated Here "Hazael" refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: "Hazael and his army" or "King Hazael's Aramean army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 10 32 ar6f translate-names 0 Hazael See how you translated this king's name in [2 Kings 8:8](../08/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 10 33 n3me 0 from the Jordan eastward "from the land east of the Jordan"
|
||||
2KI 10 33 ef2f translate-names 0 Aroer ... Bashan These are all names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 10 33 u9im translate-names 0 the Arnon "the Arnon River" This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 10 34 dhn9 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 10 35 ka9p figs-euphemism 0 Jehu slept with his ancestors, and they buried him in Samaria This means that Jehu died. This speaks of him being buried where his ancestors were buried as if he were sleeping with them. Alternate translation: "Jehu died and they buried him in Samaria, where they had also buried his ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 10 35 g2qi translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 10 36 m23h 0 The time that Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria was twenty-eight years "Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria for twenty-eight years"
|
||||
2KI 10 36 e9ns translate-numbers 0 twenty-eight years "28 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Athaliah's evil actions #####<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 11:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../10/intro.md) | [>>](../12/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 11 1 q8ru translate-names 0 Athaliah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 11 1 ed43 0 saw that her son was dead "became aware that her son was dead"
|
||||
2KI 11 1 vmz8 figs-explicit 0 she arose and killed all the royal children Athaliah did not personally kill the children. Alternate translation: "she commanded her servants to kill all the members of Ahaziah's family who might become king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 11 2 e2rn 0 took Joash son of Ahaziah, and hid him away from among the king's sons who were killed, along with his nurse; she put them into a bedroom. They hid him from Athaliah so that he was not killed. "took Ahaziah's very young son Joash and hid him and his nursemaid in a bedroom in the temple. So he was not killed"
|
||||
2KI 11 2 ys17 translate-names 0 Jehosheba This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 11 2 b2rw 0 Joash This is the name of a man.
|
||||
2KI 11 3 x9bc figs-activepassive 0 He remained with her six years, hidden in the house of Yahweh, while Athaliah reigned over the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Joash and Jehosheba hid him in the house of Yahweh for six years while Athaliah ruled the land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 11 3 sm9g figs-metonymy 0 land This is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: "people of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 11 4 qlj7 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of what happens after Joash, the son of King Azahiah, was hidden in the temple after all King Azahiah's other descendants were killed.
|
||||
2KI 11 4 lft4 translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year "In the seventh year of Athaliah's reign" or "In year 7 of Athaliah's reign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 11 4 n18c translate-names 0 Jehoiada the high priest (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 11 4 f6wi translate-numbers 0 the commanders of hundreds The phrases "commander of hundreds" is probably an official title for a military officer. Possible meanings are 1) the word "hundreds" represents the exact amount of soldiers that each of these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 100 soldiers" or 2) the word translated as "hundreds" does not represent an exact number, but is the name of a military division. Alternate translation: "the commanders of military divisions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 11 4 pvj6 0 Carites This is the name of a particular group of the royal guards.
|
||||
2KI 11 4 dar3 0 brought them to himself "had them come to meet with him." Jehoiada, the high priest, had these military men report to him at the temple.
|
||||
2KI 11 4 ycq8 0 Then he showed them the king's son Jehoiada revealed to them that Joash, King Azahiah's son, was still alive.
|
||||
2KI 11 5 99b6 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 11 6 a434 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 11 7 ap6i 0 General Information: Jehoiada continues giving directions to the soldiers who will protect King Joash.
|
||||
2KI 11 7 z17v figs-explicit 0 for the king They were to keep watch for the purpose of protecting the king from harm. Alternate translation: "in order to protect King Joash" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 11 8 jp1k 0 Whoever enters within your ranks "Anyone who tries to go past you while you are protecting King Joash." A rank refers to a line of soldiers.
|
||||
2KI 11 8 d88v figs-activepassive 0 let him be killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you must kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 11 8 ck5g figs-merism 0 You must stay with the king when he goes out, and when he comes in These two opposite things are a merism that refers to everything the king does. Alternate translation: "You must stay near the king at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2KI 11 9 ry72 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of hundreds The phrase "commander of hundreds" is probably an official title for a military officer. Possible meanings are 1) the word "hundreds" represents the exact amount of soldiers that each of these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 100 soldiers" or 2) the word translated as "hundreds" does not represent an exact number, but is the name of a military division. Alternate translation: "the commanders of military divisions" See how you translated this in [2 Kings 11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 11 9 duu3 0 Each one "Each commander"
|
||||
2KI 11 10 jsa1 0 were in the house of Yahweh "were stored in the temple"
|
||||
2KI 11 11 tzd5 0 from the right side of the temple to the left side, near the altar and the temple Some versions translate the first two occurrences of "temple" as "palace." These versions say, "from the right side of the palace to the left side of the palace, near the altar and the temple."
|
||||
2KI 11 12 bh8m 0 brought out the king's son Joash Jehoiada, the high priest, brought king Ahaziah's son, Joash, out from the temple apartment where he had been raised in hiding.
|
||||
2KI 11 12 i4yu 0 gave him the covenant decrees "presented him with the book of the law"
|
||||
2KI 11 12 z9x3 translate-symaction 0 anointed him The priest poured olive oil on the head of Joash as a symbol that he was now the king. Alternate translation: "poured some olive oil on Joash's head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 11 12 sz23 0 clapped their hands Clapping their hands was a sign of the happiness of the people at the anointing of the new king.
|
||||
2KI 11 13 xrt9 0 the noise of the guard This refers to the noise made by all the soldiers.
|
||||
2KI 11 13 c8pr 0 she came to the people in the house of Yahweh "she came to where the people had gathered at the temple"
|
||||
2KI 11 14 ty2h 0 She looked, and, behold, the king was standing "When she arrived, she was surprised to see King Joash standing"
|
||||
2KI 11 14 tnu7 0 by the pillar "by one of the pillars of the temple"
|
||||
2KI 11 14 le1p 0 as the custom was "which was the usual place for the king to stand"
|
||||
2KI 11 14 xwj4 0 the trumpeters "the people who played the trumpets"
|
||||
2KI 11 14 kxx4 translate-symaction 0 Athaliah tore her clothes She tore her clothes to express that she was very upset and angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 11 14 tc82 0 Treason! Treason! "You are traitors! You have betrayed me!"
|
||||
2KI 11 15 y8gb translate-numbers 0 the commanders of hundreds The phrase "commander of hundreds" is probably an official title for a military officer. Possible meanings are 1) the word "hundreds" represents the exact amount of soldiers that each of these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 100 soldiers" or 2) the word translated as "hundreds" does not represent an exact number, but is the name of a military division. Alternate translation: "the commanders of military divisions" See how you translated this in [2 Kings 11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 11 15 i3h1 0 Bring her out between the ranks "Take her away between two rows of guards" or "Lead her away with a row of soldiers on each side of her." Ranks are lines or rows of soldiers.
|
||||
2KI 11 15 f3f3 figs-explicit 0 Anyone who follows her It is implied that a person who followed her would be trying to help her. Alternate translation: "Anyone who follows to try to rescue her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 11 16 x4a6 0 they seized her as she reached the place where the horses enter the palace grounds Some versions translate this as "the guards seized her and took her to the palace, to the place where horses enter the courtyard."
|
||||
2KI 11 17 uxx6 0 also between the king and the people "also made a covenant between the king and the people"
|
||||
2KI 11 18 qgd8 figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land This is a generalization to show that a large group of people tore down the temple of Baal. Alternate translation: a large number of the people of the land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 11 18 tn2k 0 the house of Baal "the temple of Baal"
|
||||
2KI 11 18 qky4 translate-names 0 Mattan This is the name of a male priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 11 19 u5jn 0 General Information: They take the new king, Joash, from the temple to the palace.
|
||||
2KI 11 19 u1k5 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of hundreds The phrase "commander of hundreds" is probably an official title for a military officer. Possible meanings are 1) the word "hundreds" represents the exact amount of soldiers that each of these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 100 soldiers" or 2) the word translated as "hundreds" does not represent an exact number, but is the name of a military division. Alternate translation: "the commanders of military divisions" See how you translated this in [2 Kings 11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 11 19 yh95 0 Carites This is the name of a particular group of the royal guards.
|
||||
2KI 11 19 j4wu 0 brought down the king from the house of Yahweh and they went into the king's house "brought the king from the temple to the palace"
|
||||
2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: "many people in the land rejoiced" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet "the city was calm" or "the city was peaceful"
|
||||
2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old "Joash was 7 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Temple #####<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 12:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../11/intro.md) | [>>](../13/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu "During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began "Joash began to reign over Judah"
|
||||
2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 12 1 j5kp 0 Zibiah, of Beersheba "Zibiah, from the city of Beersheba"
|
||||
2KI 12 2 ef2r figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "what Yahweh judges to be right" or "what Yahweh considers to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 12 2 zt6j 0 instructing him "teaching him"
|
||||
2KI 12 3 wpe8 figs-activepassive 0 But the high places were not taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But the people did not destroy the high places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 12 3 u656 figs-explicit 0 The people still sacrificed and burned incense on the high places Yawheh forbid the people to worship at these place. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "The people continued to go to places that were unacceptable to Yahweh, to make sacrifices and burn incense" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 12 4 spc4 0 the money that is brought in as sacred offerings into the house of Yahweh This refers to money that people gave to support the temple. This money came in three forms that are described in the rest of the sentence.
|
||||
2KI 12 5 9e51 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 12 6 zsi3 0 by the twenty-third year of King Joash "when Joash had been king for twenty three years"
|
||||
2KI 12 7 pm11 figs-rquestion 0 Why have you not repaired anything in the temple? Joash asks this question to rebuke the priests. Alternate translation: "You should have been repairing the temple!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 12 7 jj8t 0 give it to those who can make the repairs "pay workers who will do the repairs"
|
||||
2KI 12 8 4c63 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 12 9 c517 0 Instead, Jehoiada "Instead of the priests collecting the money, Jehoiada"
|
||||
2KI 12 9 zfe8 0 on the right side as one comes into the house of Yahweh "on the right side of the entrance to the temple"
|
||||
2KI 12 9 sf7a 0 put into it "put into the chest" or "put in the box"
|
||||
2KI 12 9 fa63 figs-activepassive 0 the money that was brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the money that people brought" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 12 10 qbt6 0 put the money in bags and then count it Many versions put this in a more logical order such as "count the money and put it in bags."
|
||||
2KI 12 10 dcd8 0 put the money in bags Possible meanings are 1) "put the money in bags" or 2) "tied up the money in bags" .
|
||||
2KI 12 10 ri1a 0 the money found "the money that they found in the chest"
|
||||
2KI 12 11 fj3g 0 weighed out "counted"
|
||||
2KI 12 11 uk5g figs-synecdoche 0 into the hands of men Here "hands" refers to the men. Alternate translation: "to men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 12 11 ldg6 0 who took care of the temple "who repaired the temple"
|
||||
2KI 12 11 stw3 0 carpenters people who build and repair things made of wood
|
||||
2KI 12 12 ccn6 0 masons people who build with stone
|
||||
2KI 12 12 l79i 0 stonecutters people who cut stones into the correct size and shape
|
||||
2KI 12 12 nj3x 0 for buying timber and cutting stone "to buy wood and to cut stone"
|
||||
2KI 12 12 azk6 0 for all that was needed to be paid to repair it "to pay for all of the needed repairs"
|
||||
2KI 12 13 v3c8 0 did not pay to make for it any "was not spent to pay for any of the temple's"
|
||||
2KI 12 13 al8w 0 silver cups, lamp trimmers, basins, trumpets, or any gold or silver furnishing These are items that would have been used by the priests for various temple tasks, such as sacrifices or festivals.
|
||||
2KI 12 14 04cb General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 12 15 yl27 figs-activepassive 0 they did not require the money paid for repairs to be accounted for by the men who received it and paid it to the workmen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they did not require the men who received the money and paid the workmen for the repairs to account for the money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 12 15 d5vz 0 to be accounted for to keep a record of how much money was received and spent
|
||||
2KI 12 16 frz5 figs-explicit 0 the money for the guilt offerings and the money for the sin offerings was not brought into the temple of Yahweh It is implied that this money was not used for the repairs. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they did not use the money from the guilt offerings and the sin offerings to pay for the repairs to the temple of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 12 17 lxs4 figs-synecdoche 0 Hazael king of Aram attacked ... Hazael then turned to attack This refers to Hazael's army as well as to Hazael. Alternate translation: "Hazael king of Aram and his army attacked ... Then they turned to attack" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 12 17 h8n3 translate-names 0 Hazael This is the name of the king of the country of Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 12 17 l227 0 took it "defeated and took control of it"
|
||||
2KI 12 18 jt6e figs-metaphor 0 Jehoshaphat and Jehoram and Ahaziah, his fathers These men were previous kings of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 12 18 g6qu 0 set apart "dedicated"
|
||||
2KI 12 18 uqk6 0 the gold that was found in the storerooms "the gold that was stored in the storerooms"
|
||||
2KI 12 18 yc4i 0 Then Hazael went away from Jerusalem The gifts Joash gave Hazael convinced him not to attack Jerusalem. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "So Hazael stopped attacking Jerusalem and left"
|
||||
2KI 12 19 vzj6 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? This question is used to remind the reader that these things are recorded. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 12 20 bpc3 translate-names 0 Silla The location of this place is unknown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 12 21 a67i translate-names 0 Jozabad ... Shimeath ... Jehozabad ... Shomer ... Amaziah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 12 21 c8xh 0 with his ancestors "in the place where his ancestors were buried"
|
||||
2KI 12 21 jic7 0 became king in his place "became the next king of Judah"
|
||||
2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>This is the last chapter about Elisha.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Elisha's death #####<br>The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Metaphor #####<br><br>The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to "The chariot of Israel and the horsemen." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 13:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../12/intro.md) | [>>](../14/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 13 1 x3b7 translate-numbers 0 In the twenty-third year of Joash son of Ahaziah king of Judah "After Joash had been ruling Judah for almost 23 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 13 1 k11v 0 reign over Israel in Samaria "rule over the kingdom of Israel located in Samaria"
|
||||
2KI 13 1 sr5w 0 he reigned seventeen years "Jehoahaz was king for 17 years"
|
||||
2KI 13 2 a5vp figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 2 dmd4 0 followed the sins of Jeroboam "did the same sins as Jeroboam"
|
||||
2KI 13 2 r613 figs-metaphor 0 Jehoahaz did not turn away from them Here stopping his sin is spoken of as if he turned away from them. This can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Jehoahaz did not stop doing the sins of Jeroboam" or "Jehoahaz continued to do the same sins as Jeroboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 3 sii1 figs-metaphor 0 The anger of Yahweh burned against Israel Yahweh becoming angry with Israel is spoken of as if his anger was a fire that burned. Alternate translation: "Then Yahweh became very angry with Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 3 u4tp figs-metonymy 0 gave them continually into the hand of Hazael king of Aram and into the hand of Ben Hadad son of Hazael Here "them" refers to Israel and "hand" refers to the power to control them. Alternate translation: "allowed Hazael the king of Aram, and Ben Hadad, his son, to repeatedly defeat the Israelites in battle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 13 4 hcy2 0 implored Yahweh "prayed to Yahweh"
|
||||
2KI 13 4 ghi9 figs-abstractnouns 0 he saw the oppression of Israel, how the king of Aram was oppressing them These two phrases mean the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract noun "oppression" means the same as "the king of Aram was oppressing them." Alternate translation: "he saw how severely the king of Aram was oppressing Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 13 5 n7zw 0 a rescuer "someone to rescue them"
|
||||
2KI 13 5 lp9p figs-metonymy 0 they escaped from the hand of the Arameans Here "hand" refers to the power to control them. Alternate translation: "he enabled them to be free from Aram's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 13 6 jts3 figs-metaphor 0 they did not depart from the sins of the house of Jeroboam To stop sinning is spoken of as if they departed from the sins. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Israel did not stop doing the same sins as Jeroboam had done" or "Israel continued to commit the same sins as Jeroboam had committed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 6 yu8j 0 house of Jeroboam "the family of Jeroboam"
|
||||
2KI 13 7 y28l 0 had destroyed them "had defeated the army of Jehoahaz"
|
||||
2KI 13 7 rn9h figs-simile 0 made them like the chaff at threshing time The Aramean army had so severely defeated the army of Israel that what remained was so worthless that it is compared to wheat chaff that the laborers walk on at harvest time. Alternate translation: "had crushed them as workers crush chaff under their feet at harvest time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2KI 13 8 pi49 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 13 9 kb13 figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors This is a polite way of saying that he died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 13 10 dwi8 translate-numbers 0 In the thirty-seventh year of Joash king of Judah "After Joash had ruled Judah for almost 37 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 13 10 j1vy 0 the reign of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz began over Israel in Samaria "Jehoash son of Jehoahaz began to rule over Israel in Samaria"
|
||||
2KI 13 10 l84r translate-names 0 Jehoash This was a king of Israel who was the son of Jehoahaz. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 13 11 sa6k figs-metaphor 0 He did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here "sight" represents God's thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "He did things that Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 11 ird8 figs-metaphor 0 He did not leave behind any of the sins of Jeroboam To stop sinning is spoken of as if he left behind the sins. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Jehoash did not stop committing the same sins as Jeroboam" or "Jehoash kept committing the same sins as Jeroboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 11 gt2b 0 by which he had made Israel to sin "by which Jeroboam had caused Israel to sin"
|
||||
2KI 13 11 jsm8 figs-metaphor 0 but he walked in them To sin is spoken of as if he was walking along a sinful path. Alternate translation: "but Jehoash continued to do these same sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 12 h7yt figs-metonymy 0 his might by which he fought against Amaziah king of Judah Here the strength of Jehoash's army is spoken of as Jehoash's "might." Alternate translation: "the power that his army showed when they fought against the army of Amaziah king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 13 12 u7z4 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 13 13 q8g6 figs-euphemism 0 Jehoash slept with his ancestors This a polite way to say that Jehoash died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 13 13 il21 figs-metonymy 0 Jeroboam sat on his throne Here "sat on his throne" refers to ruling as king. Alternate translation: "Jeroboam became king after him" or "Jeroboam began to rule after him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 13 14 jr12 0 wept over him "wept because Elisha was sick"
|
||||
2KI 13 14 h3da 0 My father, my father Elisha was not the king's literal father. King Joash used this term as a sign of respect.
|
||||
2KI 13 14 r8bv figs-explicit 0 the chariots of Israel and the horsemen are taking you away This is a reference to Elijah going to heaven in [2 Kings 2:11](../02/11.md) and [2 Kings 2:12](../02/12.md). Joash uses this phrase to say that Elisha was going to die. Alternate translation: "the chariots of Israel and the horsemen are taking you to heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 13 14 tj6k figs-explicit 0 the horsemen This refers to the men who drove the chariots. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the drivers of the chariots" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 13 15 ebc7 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 13 16 6e05 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 13 17 we66 0 General Information: Elisha continues to talk to Joash, king of Israel.
|
||||
2KI 13 17 b7d1 0 Open the window eastward "open the window that faces east" or "open that window towards the east"
|
||||
2KI 13 17 dd2b figs-explicit 0 so he opened it Since this happens after Joash takes the bow and arrows, he may have had a servant open the window. Alternate translation: "So a servant opened it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 13 17 wid3 0 he shot "Joash shot the arrow"
|
||||
2KI 13 17 lul1 figs-explicit 0 This is Yahweh's arrow of victory, the arrow of victory over Aram The relationship between the arrow and victory can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "This arrow is a sign from Yahweh that he will give you victory over Aram" or "This arrow symbolizes the victory Yahweh will give you over Aram" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 13 17 gh9y translate-names 0 Aphek This was a city in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 13 18 e1ce General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 13 19 zg7e 0 But the man of God was angry with him "But Elisha was angry with King Joash"
|
||||
2KI 13 19 it9v 0 until you annihilated it "until you completely destroyed it" or "until they were completely wiped out"
|
||||
2KI 13 20 jpb8 writing-background 0 Now This word marks a break in the main story line. This new section gives background information for the part of the story that follows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
2KI 13 20 eqh3 0 at the beginning of the year "each year during spring"
|
||||
2KI 13 21 kn7h 0 As they were burying a certain man "As some Israelites were burying a man's body"
|
||||
2KI 13 21 c2yj figs-explicit 0 they saw a group of Moabites It can be made explicit that they were afraid of the Moabites. Alternate translation: "they saw a group of Moabite raiders coming toward them and they were afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 13 21 bnq2 0 Elisha's grave "the grave where Elisha was buried"
|
||||
2KI 13 21 u91l figs-explicit 0 As soon as the man touched Elisha's bones Here "the man" refers to his dead body. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "As soon as the dead man's body touched the bones of Elisha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 13 21 xm7e 0 he revived and stood up on his feet "the dead man came back to life and stood up"
|
||||
2KI 13 22 446e General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 13 23 xdv2 0 But Yahweh was gracious to Israel, and had compassion on them and concern for them It may be helpful to divide this sentence into shorter parts. Alternate translation: "But Yahweh was very kind to the Israelite people. He helped them"
|
||||
2KI 13 23 rh9e figs-explicit 0 So Yahweh did not destroy them Yahweh's covenant is the reason he did not destroy Israel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "This is the reason that Yahweh did not destroy them" or "Because of his covenant, Yahweh did not destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 13 23 w4jq figs-metaphor 0 has not driven them away from his presence Yahweh's rejection is spoken of as if he had physically driven Israel away from where he was. Alternate translation: "has not rejected them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 24 pn16 translate-names 0 Hazael ... Ben Hadad These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 13 24 z9i4 0 became king in his place "became king after him"
|
||||
2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash ... Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here "Jehoash" and "him" refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: "Jehoash's army attacked Ben Hadad's army three times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel "Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured"
|
||||
2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Pride #####<br>Pride in one's success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him. <br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 14:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../13/intro.md) | [>>](../15/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel "When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years"
|
||||
2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign "Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah"
|
||||
2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign "He was 25 years old when he became king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 14 2 qq8d translate-numbers 0 he reigned twenty-nine years in Jerusalem "he was the king in Jerusalem for 29 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 14 2 bez2 translate-names 0 Jehoaddan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 14 3 s1dn figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh, yet not like David his father Here "the eyes of Yahweh" refers to his sight, and his sight refers to his judgment. Alternate translation: "Amaziah did many things that pleased Yahweh, but he did not do as many things that pleased Yahweh as King David had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 14 3 u7ik figs-explicit 0 He did everything that Joash, his father, had done Joash obeyed Yahweh and did good things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "He did the same good things that his father Joash had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 14 4 xtm4 0 General Information: The story of Amaziah's rule as king of Judah continues.
|
||||
2KI 14 4 uy97 figs-activepassive 0 But the high places were not taken away This can be stated in active form. The high places were used for pagan worship. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "But he did not remove the high places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 14 4 jkh2 figs-explicit 0 sacrificed and burned incense at the high places The high places were used for pagan worship. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "sacrificed and burned incense to pagan gods at the high places"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 14 5 l8qk writing-newevent 0 It came about This is used to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
2KI 14 5 d25b figs-activepassive 0 as soon as his rule was well established This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as soon as Amaziah securely established his royal rule and kingly authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 14 5 cd1j figs-explicit 0 he killed the servants Amaziah probably ordered other people to kill the officials. Alternate translation: "he made his servants execute the officials" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 14 6 nq56 0 General Information: The narrator tells about what king Amaziah did after his father King Joash was murdered.
|
||||
2KI 14 6 f6e7 figs-synecdoche 0 Yet he did not put the sons of the murderers to death King Amaziah did not order his servants to kill the children of the men who killed his father. If he was going to have them executed though, he would have commanded his servants do it, he would not have done it himself. Alternate translation: "But he did not tell his servants to execute those officials' children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 6 xz2e figs-activepassive 0 The fathers must not be put to death for their children, neither must the children be put to death for their parents This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People must not kill the fathers for the sins of their children, and they must not kill the children for the sins of their parents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 14 6 i2xx figs-activepassive 0 every person must be put to death for his own sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "every person must die for his own sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 14 7 s7bx figs-synecdoche 0 He killed Here "He" refers to his army. Alternate translation: "Amaziah's army killed" or "Amaziah's soldiers killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 7 ivl5 translate-numbers 0 ten thousand soldiers "10,000 soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 14 7 th9a 0 Valley of Salt This is the name of a place that is located south of the Dead Sea.
|
||||
2KI 14 7 p37c figs-synecdoche 0 he also took Sela in war Here the word "he" refers to King amaziah and represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: "King Amaziah's army captured the city of Sela" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 7 n6i2 translate-names 0 Sela ... Joktheel They renamed the city of Sela. The new name was Joktheel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 14 8 wa4f figs-synecdoche 0 Then Amaziah sent messengers to Jehoash son of Jehoahaz son of Jehu king of Israel, saying, "Come, let us meet each other face to face in battle." Here "each other" also included their armies. Alternate translation: "Then Amaziah sent messengers to King Jehoash of Israel, saying, 'Come here and let us and our armies fight each other in battle.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 9 c44n figs-metaphor 0 A thistle that was in Lebanon ... trampled down the thistle This is a word picture and a riddle. A cedar tree is great and a thistle is small and worthless. Jehoash compares himself to the cedar and Amaziah to the thistle and warns Amaziah not to attack. If you have a similar comparison in your own language, you can use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 14 9 m2ge 0 thistle type of bush with thorns
|
||||
2KI 14 9 thw3 figs-quotations 0 saying, 'Give your daughter to my son for a wife,' This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "asking the cedar to give his daughter to the thistle's son for a wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
2KI 14 10 uh7l 0 You have indeed attacked Edom This is the warning part of Jehoash's message to Amaziah. "Amaziah, you have definitely defeated Edom"
|
||||
2KI 14 10 y8jc figs-idiom 0 your heart has lifted you up This is an idiom that refers to being proud. Alternate translation: "you are very proud of what you have done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 14 10 t29y 0 Take pride in your victory "Be content with your victory"
|
||||
2KI 14 10 ik12 figs-rquestion 0 for why should you cause yourself trouble and fall Jehoash uses this question to warn Amaziah not to attack him. Alternate translation: "for you should not cause trouble for yourself and suffer defeat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 14 11 tc12 figs-metonymy 0 But Amaziah would not listen Here "listen" refers to obeying the warning. Alternate translation: "However, Amaziah would not obey Jehoash's warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 14 11 dxk2 figs-synecdoche 0 So Jehoash king of Israel attacked ... Amaziah king of Judah met each other The armies of these kings went to battle with them. Alternate translation: "So Jehoash and his army went to fight Amaziah and his army and they met each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 11 tea6 translate-names 0 Beth Shemesh This is a town in Judah near the border of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 14 12 iqd2 figs-activepassive 0 Judah was defeated by Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Israel defeated Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 14 12 s7x5 0 every man fled home "all the men in the army of Judah ran home"
|
||||
2KI 14 13 pau5 0 General Information: This is what happened after the army of Israel defeated the army of Judah at Beth Shemesh.
|
||||
2KI 14 13 r9xl figs-synecdoche 0 He came Here "He" refers to Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: "Jehoash and his army came ... Jehoash's soldiers took" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 13 y4k8 translate-names 0 Ephraim Gate ... Corner Gate There are the names of gates in the wall of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 14 13 vqd2 translate-numbers 0 four hundred cubits "about 180 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 14 13 b9as translate-bdistance 0 cubits A cubit was about 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
2KI 14 14 phn9 figs-synecdoche 0 He took Here "He" refers to Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: "Jehoash and his army came ... Jehoash's soldiers took" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 14 x427 figs-explicit 0 with hostages also, and returned to Samaria This implies that Jehoash needed to take these hostages to prevent Amaziah from attacking again. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "and they also took to Samaria some prisoners to make sure that Amaziah would cause them no more trouble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 14 15 t4dy figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 14 16 vt46 figs-euphemism 0 Then Jehoash slept with his ancestors This is a polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: "Then Jehoash died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 14 16 adn8 0 became king in his place "became king after him"
|
||||
2KI 14 17 8e13 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 14 18 xq4q figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? This question is used to remind the reader that these things are recorded. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 14 19 y5yc 0 They made a conspiracy against Amaziah in Jerusalem A conspiracy is a secret plan to do harm to someone or something. Alternate translation: "Some people in Jerusalem plotted against Amaziah"
|
||||
2KI 14 19 is8m translate-names 0 Lachish This is a city in southwestern Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 14 19 mf5g 0 but they sent men after him to Lachish The men who made the conspiracy sent other men to follow Amaziah to Lachish.
|
||||
2KI 14 20 gt9h 0 General Information: This is what happened after the death of King Amaziah.
|
||||
2KI 14 20 z4r2 0 They brought him back on horses "They brought Amaziah's body back on horses"
|
||||
2KI 14 21 rm6a figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Azariah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah This is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: "The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Azariah and made him king after his father, Amaziah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 14 21 rt3h 0 Azariah This king is better known today by the name "Uzziah."
|
||||
2KI 14 22 f5zb figs-synecdoche 0 It was Azariah who rebuilt Elath Azariah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: "It was Azariah who ordered Elath to be rebuilt" or "It was Azariah who supervised the rebuilding of Elath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 22 j6in translate-names 0 Elath a city in Judah (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 14 22 p27q 0 restored it to Judah "returned it to Judah"
|
||||
2KI 14 22 q5yk figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors This is a poetic way to say he died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 14 23 mn4e 0 General Information: This describes what King Uzziah did after he became king.
|
||||
2KI 14 23 yl7k translate-numbers 0 In the fifteenth year of Amaziah "In year 15 of Amaziah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 14 23 b29p translate-numbers 0 forty-one years "41 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 14 24 w3y6 figs-metaphor 0 evil in the sight of Yahweh Here "sight" is a metaphor for judging or considering. Alternate translation: "evil according to Yahweh" or "what Yahweh considered to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 14 24 ic6v figs-metaphor 0 He did not depart from any of the sins of Jeroboam To stop sinning is spoken of as leaving a path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "He did not stop committing the same sins as Jeroboam" or "He continued to commit the same sins as Jeroboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 14 25 n18g figs-metonymy 0 He restored the border This means his army restored the land up to the border. Alternate translation: "His soldiers conquered again some of the territory that had previously belonged to Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 14 25 i4vs translate-names 0 Lebo Hamath This city was also called Hamath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 14 25 k2lt 0 the Sea of the Arabah "the Dead Sea"
|
||||
2KI 14 26 fux4 figs-metaphor 0 it was very bitter Suffering that was difficult is spoken of as if it had a bitter taste. Alternate translation: "it was very difficult" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 14 26 p9i4 0 there was no rescuer for Israel "there was no one who could rescue Israel"
|
||||
2KI 14 27 lz2i figs-metaphor 0 blot out To completely destroy Israel is spoken of as if Yahweh wiped them away with a cloth. Alternate translation: "completely destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 14 27 v5n5 figs-metonymy 0 the name of Israel Here "the name of Israel" represents all of Israel and its inhabitants. Alternate translation: "the Israelite people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 14 27 b5t9 0 under heaven "on earth"
|
||||
2KI 14 27 tjk3 figs-metonymy 0 he saved them by the hand of Jeroboam son of Jehoash Here "hand" is a metonym for power. Also, "Jehoash" is a synecdoche representing Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: "he enabled King Jeroboam and his army to rescue them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 14 28 ka1r figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 14 29 eq5q figs-euphemism 0 Jeroboam slept with his ancestors, with the kings of Israel This is a polite way to say that he died and was buried. Alternate translation: "Jeroboam died, and was buried where the other kings of Israel were buried" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes #<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Israel's evil #####<br>Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) <br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 15:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../14/intro.md) | [>>](../16/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 15 1 e5x2 figs-explicit 0 In the twenty-seventh year of Jeroboam It can be stated clearly that this is the twenty-seventh year of his reign. Alternate translation: "In year 27 of the reign of Jeroboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 1 kyq4 0 Azariah This king is better known today by the name "Uzziah."
|
||||
2KI 15 2 ric2 translate-names 0 Jekoliah This is the name of Azariah's mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 3 dct6 0 He did what was right "Azariah did what was right"
|
||||
2KI 15 3 tc2q figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "what was right in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 4 v4ck figs-activepassive 0 the high places were not taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one took away the high places" or "Azariah did not have anyone take the high places away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 15 4 kum4 figs-metaphor 0 were not taken away Being taken away represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: "were not destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 5 a3rs figs-abstractnouns 0 to the day of his death The abstract noun "death" can be expressed with the verb "die." Alternate translation: "until the day he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 15 5 gk1i 0 Jotham, the king's son, was over the household The word "household" refers to the people living in the king's palace. Because Azariah was a leper, he had to live in a separate house. So his son, Jotham, took charge over the palace.
|
||||
2KI 15 5 pz41 figs-metaphor 0 was over the household Being over the household represents having authority over those in it. Alternate translation: "was in charge of the household" or "had authority over those in Azariah's palace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 6 i6ew figs-rquestion 0 are they not written ... Judah? This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Azariah is in this other book. This can also be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are written ... Judah." or "you can read about them ... Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 15 7 h3ex figs-metaphor 0 Azariah slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: "Azariah died as his ancestors had" or "like his ancestors, Azariah died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 15 7 cv1f 0 they buried him with his ancestors "his family buried him where his ancestors had been buried"
|
||||
2KI 15 7 xj9r figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Azariah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 8 n87b figs-explicit 0 In the thirty-eighth year of Azariah king of Judah It can be stated clearly that this is the thirty-eighth year of his reign. Alternate translation: "In year 38 of the reign of Azariah king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 8 ndd5 0 Zechariah son of Jeroboam This Jeroboam was the second king of Israel that had that name. He was the son of King Jehoash.
|
||||
2KI 15 8 rx4x 0 reigned over Israel in Samaria for six months Samaria is the city that Zechariah lived in when he was king of Israel. Alternate translation: "lived in Samaria and reigned over Israel for six months"
|
||||
2KI 15 9 chp9 0 He did what was evil "Zechariah did what was evil"
|
||||
2KI 15 9 z35l figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 9 s24j figs-metaphor 0 He did not depart from the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat Departing from sins represents refusing to do those sins. Alternate translation: "Zechariah did not refuse to commit the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat" or "He sinned as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 9 tf55 0 Jeroboam son of Nebat This Jeroboam was the first king of the ten northern tribes that made up the kingdom of Israel.
|
||||
2KI 15 9 jf9j figs-metonymy 0 who had caused Israel to sin Here the word "Israel" represents the people of the kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: "who had caused the people of Israel to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 15 10 p3db translate-names 0 Shallum ... Jabesh These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 10 e54l 0 against Zechariah "against King Zechariah"
|
||||
2KI 15 10 zj8z translate-names 0 Ibleam This was the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 10 xu2j 0 Then he became king in his place "Then Shallum became king in Zechariah's place"
|
||||
2KI 15 11 rh7h figs-activepassive 0 they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 15 12 e1b4 figs-explicit 0 This was the word of Yahweh It can be stated clearly that the events described in verse 10 fulfilled the word of Yahweh. Alternate translation: "What happened to Zechariah was according to the word of Yahweh" or "What happened to Zechariah fulfilled the word of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 15 12 x3sm figs-metonymy 0 Your descendants will sit on the throne of Israel to the fourth generation Sitting on the throne represents being the king. Alternate translation: "Your descendants will be the kings of Israel for four generations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 15 13 z5db figs-explicit 0 in the thirty-ninth year of Azariah king of Judah It can be stated clearly that this is the thirty-ninth year of his reign. Alternate translation: "in year 39 of the reign of Azariah king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 13 jep2 translate-names 0 Shallum ... Jabesh These are the names of two men. See how you translated these names in [2 Kings 15:10](../15/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 13 wql8 figs-explicit 0 he reigned only one month in Samaria Samaria is the city that he lived in when was king of Israel. Alternate translation: "Shallum lived in Samaria and reigned over Israel for only one month" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 15 14 y7eg translate-names 0 Menahem ... Gadi These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 14 tv6u figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Shallum" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 15 t6xd figs-explicit 0 the conspiracy that he formed The abstract noun "conspiracy" can be translated with the verb "plan." It can be stated clearly what this conspiracy was. Alternate translation: "how he planned to murder King Zechariah" or "and how he murdered King Zechariah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 15 15 nd96 figs-activepassive 0 they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 15 16 pmb9 translate-names 0 Tiphsah This is the name of a city. Some versions have "Tappuah," which is the name of another city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 17 wu8n figs-explicit 0 In the thirty-ninth year of Azariah king of Judah It can be stated clearly that this is the thirty-ninth year of his reign. Alternate translation: "In year 39 of the reign of Azariah king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 18 pk5a figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 18 xfk1 figs-abstractnouns 0 For his whole life The abstract noun "life" can be translated with the verb "live." Alternate translation: "The whole time that he lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 15 18 y9u5 figs-metaphor 0 he did not depart from the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat Departing from sins represents refusing to do those sins. Alternate translation: "Zechariah did not refuse to commit the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat" or "He sinned as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 18 pj1m figs-metonymy 0 who had caused Israel to sin Here the word "Israel" represents the people of the kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: "who had caused the people of Israel to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 15 19 r6vc figs-synecdoche 0 Pul the king of Assyria came against the land The phrase "Pul the king of Assyria" represents Pul and his army. Alternate translation: "Pul the king of Assyria came with his army against the land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 15 19 s53r translate-names 0 Pul the king of Assyria Pul is the name of a man who was king of Assyria. He was also named Tiglath-Pileser. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 19 wap9 figs-idiom 0 came against the land The phrase "came against" is an idiom meaning to attack. "The land" refers to the land of Israel and represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: "came with his army to attack the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 15 19 s8m5 translate-numbers 0 one thousand talents of silver "1000 talents of silver." You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "thirty-three thousand kilograms of silver" or "thirty-three metric tons of silver" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
2KI 15 19 ft85 figs-abstractnouns 0 so that Pul's support might be with him The abstract noun "support" can be translated with the verb "support." Alternate translation: "so that Pul might support him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 15 19 wx2a figs-metaphor 0 to strengthen the kingdom of Israel in his hand Having the kingdom in his hand represents ruling the kingdom. Alternate translation: "to strengthen his rule over the kingdom of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 20 nd7g 0 exacted this money from Israel "took this money from Israel"
|
||||
2KI 15 20 b1hv translate-bmoney 0 fifty shekels of silver You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "six hundred grams of silver" or "three-fifths of a kilogram of silver" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
2KI 15 20 qz7q 0 did not stay there in the land "did not stay there in Israel"
|
||||
2KI 15 21 w6zx figs-rquestion 0 are they not written ... Israel? This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Menahem is in this other book. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in The Book of the Events of the Kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 15 22 a3i4 figs-metaphor 0 Menahem slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 10:35](../10/35.md). Alternate translation: "Menahem died as his ancestors had" or "like his ancestors, Menahem died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 15 22 l6tw translate-names 0 Pekahiah This a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 22 axh7 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Menahem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 23 c1p9 figs-explicit 0 In the fiftieth year of Azariah king of Judah It can be stated clearly that this is the fiftieth year of his reign. Alternate translation: "In year 50 of the reign of Azariah king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 23 w1fe translate-names 0 Pekahiah This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 24 yt2s figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 24 n1vt figs-metaphor 0 He did not leave behind the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat Leaving behind sins represents refusing to do those sins. Alternate translation: "Pekahiah did not refuse to commit the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat" or "He sinned as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 24 v24h figs-metonymy 0 he had caused Israel to sin Here the word "Israel" represents the people of the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 15 25 iu97 translate-names 0 Pekah ... Remaliah These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 25 f5xz 0 conspired against him "secretly planned to kill Pekahiah"
|
||||
2KI 15 25 b6dd translate-numbers 0 fifty men "50 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 25 l8ei translate-names 0 Argob ... Arieh These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 25 lc6k 0 the citadel of the king's palace "the fortified part of the king's palace" or "the safe place in the king's palace"
|
||||
2KI 15 25 qu35 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Pekahiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 26 yea7 figs-activepassive 0 they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 15 27 hh72 figs-explicit 0 In the fifty-second year of Azariah king of Judah It can be stated clearly that this is the fifty-second year of his reign. Alternate translation: "In year 52 of the reign of Azariah king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 28 f2fs figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 28 wpl3 figs-metaphor 0 He did not depart from the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat Departing from sins represents refusing to do those sins. Alternate translation: "Zechariah did not refuse to commit the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat" or "He sinned as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 29 q5s8 figs-explicit 0 In the days of Pekah king of Israel It can be stated clearly that this refers to the time of Pekah's reign. Alternate translation: "In the days of the reign of Pekah king of Israel" or "During the time that Pekah was king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 15 29 wj1u translate-names 0 Tiglath-Pileser In [2 Kings 15:19](../15/19.md) this man was called "Pul." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 29 fgz6 translate-names 0 Ijon ... Abel Beth Maacah ... Janoah ... Kedesh ... Hazor ... Gilead ... Galilee ... Naphtali These are the names of cities or regions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 29 c6cs figs-synecdoche 0 He carried away the people to Assyria Here "He" refers to Tiglath-Pileser and represents him and his army. Carrying the people to Assyria represents forcing them to go to Assyria. Alternate translation: "He and his army forced the people to go to Assyria (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 29 d5la figs-explicit 0 the people It can be stated clearly which people these are. Alternate translation: "the people of those places" or "the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 15 30 v22a translate-names 0 Hoshea ... Elah These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 30 k3bf 0 a conspiracy A conspiracy is a secret plan by a group to do harm to someone or something.
|
||||
2KI 15 30 q13k 0 He attacked him and killed him "Hoshea attacked Pekah and killed him"
|
||||
2KI 15 30 d345 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Pekah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 30 h8ux figs-explicit 0 in the twentieth year of Jotham son of Uzziah It can be stated clearly that this is the twentieth year of his reign. Alternate translation: "In year 20 of the reign of Jotham son of Uzziah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 31 e8hz figs-activepassive 0 they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 15 32 l454 figs-explicit 0 In the second year of Pekah son of Remaliah, king of Israel It can be stated clearly that this is the second year of his reign. Alternate translation: "In year 2 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah, king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 32 aht7 0 Jotham son of Azariah, king of Judah began to reign "Jotham son of Azariah, king of Judah became king of Judah"
|
||||
2KI 15 33 w1ag translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old ... sixteen years "He was 25 years old ... 16 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 15 33 xz2x translate-names 0 Jerushah This is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 34 r4gi figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "what was right in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 35 nad3 figs-activepassive 0 the high places were not taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one took away the high places" or "Jotham did not have anyone take the high places away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 15 35 y74d figs-metaphor 0 were not taken away Being taken away represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: "were not destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 15 35 mws8 figs-metonymy 0 Jotham built the upper gate "Jotham built" represents Jotham making his workers build it. Alternate translation: "Jotham had his workers build the upper gate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 15 36 h17b figs-rquestion 0 are they not written ... Judah? This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Jotham is in this other book. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in The Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 15 37 ct5w figs-explicit 0 In those days This refers to a time period. What time period this refers to can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "During that time" or "While Jotham was king of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 15 37 w42k translate-names 0 Rezin This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah ... Remaliah These are men's names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: "Jotham died as his ancestors had" or "Like his ancestors, Jotham died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Jotham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes #<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Ahaz #####<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 16:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../15/intro.md) | [>>](../17/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: "In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah ... Remaliah These are men's names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "what was right in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh his God considers to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 16 2 f9pl 0 as David his ancestor had done David had done what is right.
|
||||
2KI 16 3 a1c2 figs-metaphor 0 he walked in the way of the kings of Israel Walking represents behavior and actions. Alternate translation: "King Ahaz acted the same way that the kings of Israel had acted" or "he did the things that the kings of Israel had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 16 3 i9td figs-metaphor 0 following the detestable practices of the nations Here "following" represents doing what others do. Alternate translation: "copying the disgusting things that the other nations did, the nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 16 3 k9uv figs-metonymy 0 the nations The word "nations" represents the people of other nations. Here it refers to the people of the nations who had lived in that land. Alternate translation: "the people of other nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 16 3 ad1q 0 which Yahweh had driven out "Drive out" means "force out." Alternate translation: "which Yahweh had forced to leave"
|
||||
2KI 16 3 q89d figs-explicit 0 before the people of Israel The people of those nations fled as the people of Israel moved into the land. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "before the people of Israel who moved into the land" or "as the people of Israel moved into the land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 16 4 nl1p 0 the high places, on the hilltops, and under every green tree These are places where the people of the other nations worshiped their false gods.
|
||||
2KI 16 4 zjl2 figs-hyperbole 0 under every green tree God wanted his people to offer sacrifices to him in Jerusalem. The word "every" here is an exaggeration to show how determined King Ahaz was to disobey God by offering sacrifices in many other places instead. Alternate translation: "under many green trees" or "under many green trees around the country" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 16 5 u3ts translate-names 0 Rezin ... Pekah ... Remaliah These are men's names. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 16 5 hx16 figs-synecdoche 0 besieged Ahaz Ahaz was in Jerusalem. Here "Ahaz" represents himself and the people who were in Jerusalem with him. Alternate translation: "surrounded the city with Ahaz in it" or "surrounded Ahaz and the others in the city with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 16 6 ew5k figs-metonymy 0 recovered Elath for Aram Here "Aram" represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: "took back control of the city of Elath for the people of Aram" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 16 6 axm2 translate-names 0 Elath This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [2 Kings 14:22](../14/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 16 6 g7gx 0 drove the men of Judah out of Elath "forced the men of Judah to leave Elath"
|
||||
2KI 16 6 gm8c 0 to this day This means to the time of the writing of this book.
|
||||
2KI 16 7 x3by translate-names 0 Tiglath-Pileser In [2 Kings 15:19](../15/19.md) this man was called "Pul." See how you translated his name in [2 Kings 15:29](../15/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 16 7 h92a figs-metaphor 0 I am your servant and your son Being a servant and a son represents submitting to someone's authority. Alternate translation: "I will obey you as if I were your servant or your son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 16 7 f7js figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of the king of Aram and from the hand of the king of Israel The hand is a metonym that represents power. Alternate translation: "from the power of the king of Aram and from the power of the king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 16 7 dh2h figs-synecdoche 0 who have attacked me The kings attacking Ahaz represent the armies of those kings attacking Ahaz and his people. Alternate translation: "who have attacked me with their armies" or "whose armies have attacked me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 16 8 5026 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 16 9 u25g figs-synecdoche 0 the king of Assyria went up against Damascus The word "king" represents the king and his army. Also, Damascus represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: "the king of Assyria and his army attacked the people of Damascus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 16 9 zd43 figs-metaphor 0 carried off its people as prisoners to Kir Carrying off the people represents forcing them to go away. Alternate translation: "made the people his prisoners and forced them to go to Kir" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 16 9 dr4d translate-names 0 Kir Possible meanings are 1) this is the name of a city or 2) this word means "city" and refers to the capital city of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 16 10 l6c6 figs-activepassive 0 the design for all the workmanship needed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the instructions that the workers needed in order to build it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 16 11 7088 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 16 12 aeb4 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 16 13 jf6b 0 General Information: This is what King Ahaz did after he returned from Damascus and visited the new altar which Uriah the priest had built for him.
|
||||
2KI 16 13 w1tk 0 He made his burnt offering "King Ahaz made his burnt offering"
|
||||
2KI 16 13 rn3y 0 on the altar This refers to the altar that King Ahaz told Uriah to build.
|
||||
2KI 16 14 g4cd 0 from the front of the temple ... from between his altar and the temple of Yahweh Both of these phrases tell where the bronze altar was. They refer to the same place.
|
||||
2KI 16 15 v2xm 0 the large altar This refers to the new altar that Ahaz told Uriah to build.
|
||||
2KI 16 15 cj8m figs-123person 0 the king's burnt offering and his grain offering When Ahaz said "the king" and "his," he was referring to himself. The king treated his offerings as special. Alternate translation: "my burnt offering and my grain offering" or "the royal burnt offering and royal grain offering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2KI 16 16 96ef General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 16 17 y1g1 0 the portable stands "the movable stands" or "the carts." These stands had wheels on them so they could be moved around.
|
||||
2KI 16 17 p7hv 0 he also took down the sea "he also removed the large bowl." The "sea" was a huge basin or water bowl that was made of bronze.
|
||||
2KI 16 18 h1v3 figs-explicit 0 because of the king of Assyria Why they did this can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "to please the king of Assyria" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 16 19 wqa8 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written ... Judah? This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Ahaz is in this other book. This can also be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in The Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah." or "someone has written about them in The Book ... Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 16 20 c5rk figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: "Ahaz died as his ancestors had" or "like his ancestors, Ahaz died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 16 20 wbc9 figs-activepassive 0 was buried with his ancestors This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people buried him with his ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 16 20 y1p2 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Ahaz" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Idol worship #####<br><br>Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel's territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 17:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../16/intro.md) | [>>](../18/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 17 1 jz6k 0 Hoshea son of Elah Hoshea became the king of the northern kingdom of Israel.
|
||||
2KI 17 1 b3fa translate-names 0 Elah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 1 y37g translate-names 0 He ruled in Samaria Samaria was the capital city of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 2 l76g figs-metaphor 0 evil in the sight of Yahweh He did not obey Yahweh's laws as given to Moses. "In the sight of" is metaphor for judgment or opinion. Alternate translation: "evil to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 17 3 rsa4 translate-names 0 Shalmaneser This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 3 c29v 0 Hoshea became his servant and brought him tribute Hoshea did as the King of Assyria commanded and brought money to him so that the King would not destroy Israel.
|
||||
2KI 17 4 zb5f translate-names 0 So This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 4 c7zr 0 year by year "every year"
|
||||
2KI 17 4 z8ag 0 shut him up and bound him in prison "put Hoshea in prison"
|
||||
2KI 17 5 de7d 0 besieged it put troops around the city in order to force it to surrender
|
||||
2KI 17 6 ue2e figs-metonymy 0 carried Israel away to Assyria The name "Israel" is metonymy for the people living there. Alternate translation: "took the Israelite people to Assyria" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 17 6 j5lr translate-names 0 Halah ... Habor River ... Gozan These are the names of locations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 6 sgu8 translate-names 0 Medes This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 7 sg9j 0 General Information: The narrative pauses to summarize Yahweh's judgment on Israel.
|
||||
2KI 17 7 rdg7 0 This captivity This refers to the capture of the Israelites by the Assyrians.
|
||||
2KI 17 7 yaq6 figs-metonymy 0 the hand of "Hand" is metonymy for control, authority or power. Alternate translation: "the control of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 17 8 zgq1 figs-metaphor 0 walking in the practices "Walking" is metaphor for the ways or patterns of behavior people use in their lives. Alternate translation: "doing the activities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 17 9 nc6f 0 General Information: The narrative continues to summarize Yahweh's judgment on Israel.
|
||||
2KI 17 10 ry45 figs-hyperbole 0 on every high hill and under every green tree These are exaggerations to show that worship of false gods was widespread. Alternate translation: "on high hills and under green trees everywhere" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 17 11 bjz7 0 General Information: The narrative continues to summarize Yahweh's judgment on Israel.
|
||||
2KI 17 11 iv69 0 performed wicked things to provoke Yahweh to anger Possible ways to render this: 1) "did many wicked things that caused Yahweh to become angry" or 2) "did many sinful things that made Yahweh angry"
|
||||
2KI 17 12 um9h 0 about which Yahweh had said to them "about which Yahweh had warned them"
|
||||
2KI 17 13 pf5x 0 General Information: The narrative continues to summarize Yahweh's judgment on Israel.
|
||||
2KI 17 13 l95x 0 Yahweh had testified ... by every prophet Yahweh spoke through the prophets.
|
||||
2KI 17 13 u47j 0 Turn from your evil ways "Stop doing the evil things you have been doing"
|
||||
2KI 17 13 k7g1 0 I sent to you by my servants the prophets The prophets were sent by Yahweh to remind the people of God's Laws and to obey them.
|
||||
2KI 17 14 ji6d 0 General Information: The summary of Yahweh's judgment on Israel continues.
|
||||
2KI 17 14 q327 0 they were very stubborn They were unwilling to follow God's laws and rely on Yahweh as their God.
|
||||
2KI 17 15 djv4 0 rejected his statutes They refused to obey God's Laws.
|
||||
2KI 17 15 wv5m 0 They followed useless practices They followed the practices of the people around them.
|
||||
2KI 17 15 e99s 0 not to imitate "not to copy"
|
||||
2KI 17 16 qih1 0 General Information: The summary of Yahweh's judgment on Israel continues.
|
||||
2KI 17 16 n1a8 0 cast metal figures Cast metal figures are objects made by pouring melted metal into a form (or mold) to make a shape.
|
||||
2KI 17 17 hy71 0 used ... enchantments used magic to say what would happen in the future
|
||||
2KI 17 17 vek9 figs-metaphor 0 sold themselves to do that which was evil in the sight of Yahweh To "sell themselves" is a metaphor for committing completely to do that which was evil. Alternate translation: "committed themselves to do things that Yahweh said were evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 17 18 x1zd figs-metonymy 0 removed them out of his sight "Sight" is metonymy for being within the attention of Yahweh so he no longer cared for them. Alternate translation: "removed them from his attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 17 19 p16f 0 General Information: The summary of Yahweh's judgment on Israel includes how Judah also fell into idolatry.
|
||||
2KI 17 19 cg6k figs-metonymy 0 Judah The location "Judah" is metonymy for the people that live there. Alternate translation: "the people of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 17 20 d8a3 0 he afflicted them "Yahweh punished the Israelites"
|
||||
2KI 17 20 g1yc figs-metonymy 0 gave them into the hand of those who would take the possession as spoil "Hand" is metonymy for control, power or authority. Alternate translation: "handed them over to those who robbed them of their property" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 17 20 vab6 figs-metaphor 0 until he had cast them out of his sight "his sight" is metaphor for attention and caring. Alternate translation: "until he got rid of them all" or "until they were no longer in his presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 17 21 jfw7 0 General Information: The reason for Yahweh's judgment on Israel continues by relating the history behind it.
|
||||
2KI 17 21 f8vi figs-metaphor 0 He tore Israel "He tore" here is a metaphor for violent removal. Alternate translation: "Yahweh removed the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 17 21 tq3s 0 from the royal line of David "from the rule of David's descendants"
|
||||
2KI 17 21 czk6 0 drove Israel away from following Yahweh "turned the people of Israel away from following Yahweh"
|
||||
2KI 17 22 e5r7 0 they did not depart from them "the Israelites did not stop committing these sins" or "they did not turn away from those sins"
|
||||
2KI 17 23 j42u figs-metaphor 0 so Yahweh removed Israel from his sight "Sight" here is a metaphor for attention and care. Alternate translation: "so Yahweh removed the people of Israel from his attention and care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 17 24 wn3n 0 General Information: Yahweh's judgment continues against the new Assyrian inhabitants who practice their pagan religions.
|
||||
2KI 17 24 f8bq translate-names 0 Kuthah ... Avva ... Hamath ... Sepharvaim These are places in the Assyrian empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 25 ka1w 0 It happened at the beginning of their residence there that "When those people first lived there"
|
||||
2KI 17 26 k4vb 0 The nations that you have carried away and placed in the cities of Samaria "The people you have moved from other lands and sent to live in the cities of Samaria"
|
||||
2KI 17 26 k3lc 0 do not know the practices required by the god of the land "do not know how to worship the God that the Israelites worshiped in this land"
|
||||
2KI 17 27 f22x 0 Take one of the priests there whom you brought from there "Take a priest who came from Samaria back there"
|
||||
2KI 17 27 cv65 0 let him teach them "let the Samaritan priest teach the people who are living there now"
|
||||
2KI 17 28 cf9c General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 17 29 9797 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 17 30 fz4p translate-names 0 Succoth Benoth ... Nergal ... Ashima These are the names of gods, both male and female. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 30 pu6z translate-names 0 Kuthah ... Hamath These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 31 dl97 translate-names 0 Nibhaz ... Tartak These are the names of gods, both male and female. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 31 s6iw translate-names 0 Avvites ... Sepharvites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 17 31 ksc4 0 burned their children in the fire "sacrificed their own children" or "burned their children in fire as an offering"
|
||||
2KI 17 32 uw4e 0 They This refers to the pagan people that the king of Assyria moved into the cities of Samaria.
|
||||
2KI 17 33 b8e7 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 17 34 z9z7 0 they persist in their old customs "they continue in the same habits as before"
|
||||
2KI 17 34 t4ss 0 They neither honor Yahweh The people were only interested in appeasing Yahweh. They were either not interested or not aware Yahweh was interested in a relationship with them.
|
||||
2KI 17 35 52d2 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 17 36 fm9a 0 General Information: The summary comes toward the end with an appeal to worship only Yahweh.
|
||||
2KI 17 36 xf5k figs-metonymy 0 with great power and a raised arm The phrase "raised arm" is metonymy for displaying power and means basically the same thing as "great power." Alternate translation: "with very great power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2KI 17 37 q8ze 0 keep them "obey them"
|
||||
2KI 17 38 8954 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 17 39 gc8w 0 General Information: The summary now ends with an appeal to worship only Yahweh and a description of the sins of the people.
|
||||
2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen "Listen" here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: "They did not obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods.
|
||||
2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day "and have continued ever since." The phrase "this day" refers to the time period in which the writer lived.
|
||||
2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign. <br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Trust in Yahweh #####<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 18:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../17/intro.md) | [>>](../19/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz.
|
||||
2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea ... Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 2 zuh6 translate-names 0 Abijah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 3 asi6 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh "In the eyes" here is a metaphor for Yahweh's attention and care. Alternate translation: "King Hezekiah did what was right to Yahweh" or "Hezekiah did things that Yahweh said are right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 18 4 sa1z 0 General Information: The story of King Hezekiah's reign continues.
|
||||
2KI 18 4 qf1l 0 He removed the high places, destroyed the stone pillars, and cut down the Asherah poles "Hezekiah removed the high places of worship, smashed into pieces the memorial stones, and cut down the wooden poles of Asherah"
|
||||
2KI 18 4 rbd2 translate-names 0 Nehushtan This name could be translated "Bronze Serpent Idol." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 5 9a09 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 18 6 c8k4 0 General Information: The story of King Hezekiah's reign continues.
|
||||
2KI 18 6 pl2n figs-metaphor 0 he held on to Yahweh To "hold on" is metaphor for staying loyal and attached. Alternate translation: "Hezekiah stayed loyal to Yahweh" or "Hezekiah remained faithful to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 18 7 q5ms 0 wherever he went he prospered "wherever Hezekiah went he was successful"
|
||||
2KI 18 8 jru2 0 fortified city city with a wall all around it
|
||||
2KI 18 9 why1 translate-names 0 Hoshea ... Elah ... Shalmaneser These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 10 ee91 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 18 11 s3p4 translate-names 0 Halah ... Habor River ... Gozan These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 11 nn5t translate-names 0 Medes This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 11 g59s 0 So the king of Assyria carried Israel away to Assyria "So the king of Assyria commanded his army to take the Israelites away from their homes, and he made them live in Assyria"
|
||||
2KI 18 12 u5f8 figs-metonymy 0 the voice of Yahweh "Voice" is metonymy for the message about the command of Yahweh. Alternate translation: "the command of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 18 13 n6yr translate-names 0 Sennacherib This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 13 s9ts 0 fortified cities Cities with walls around them for protection. See how you translated "fortified city" in [2 Kings 18:8](../18/08.md).
|
||||
2KI 18 14 bt6k translate-names 0 Lachish This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 14 bdx1 figs-explicit 0 Withdraw from me This expression assumes that "me" represents the kingdom of Hezekiah. Alternate translation: "Take your army out of my territory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 18 14 fw46 0 Whatever you put on me I will bear "I will pay you whatever you demand of me"
|
||||
2KI 18 14 w755 translate-bmoney 0 talents This is the name of type of weight that was used for money. One talent weighted about 33 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
2KI 18 15 w5qx 0 treasuries This was the place in the palace where money and valuable things were stored.
|
||||
2KI 18 16 05ab General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 18 17 rw3n 0 the king of Assyria mobilized his great army, sending Tartan and Rabsaris and the chief commander Sennacherib sent a group of men from his army to Jerusalem to meet with King Hezekiah, including officials named Tartan and Rabsaris.
|
||||
2KI 18 17 iz1r translate-names 0 Tartan ... Rabsaris Some Bibles translate these as proper names. Other versions of the Bible translate them as titles. Alternate translation: "the Tartan ... the Rabsaris" or "the leader of the soldier ... a court official" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 17 hnu8 translate-names 0 Lachish This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 17 hq5b 0 the conduit of the upper pool the channel where the water stored in the "upper pool" flows into the city of Jerusalem
|
||||
2KI 18 17 wj5c 0 stood by it "and waited there for King Hezekiah to meet with them"
|
||||
2KI 18 18 f4ny translate-names 0 Eliakim ... Hilkiah ... Shebna ... Joah ... Asaph These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 19 mt3a 0 General Information: Rabshakeh continues telling the message from the king of Assyria to King Hezekiah's men.
|
||||
2KI 18 19 fj2e figs-rquestion 0 What is the source of your confidence? The King of Assyria (through his messenger Rabshakeh) wants to make King Hezekiah doubt himself and Egypt's support. He does not ask this question looking for an answer. Alternate translation: "You have no reason to think that you can defeat me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 20 l4ks figs-rquestion 0 In whom are you trusting, that you should rebel against me? The King of Assyria (through his messenger Rabshakeh) wants to make King Hezekiah doubt himself and Egypt's support. He does not ask this question looking for an answer. Alternate translation: "You cannot trust anyone to help you rebel against me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 21 l67d figs-metaphor 0 walking stick of this bruised reed of Egypt The King of Assyria compares Egypt to a weak walking stick; you expect that it will support you when you lean on it, but instead it breaks and cuts you. Alternate translation: "the weak support from Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 18 21 vl81 figs-metaphor 0 but if a man leans ... and pierce it The speaker is extending the metaphor by describing what happens when a reed is used as a support. Alternate translation: "but if someone uses this for support, he will be injured" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 18 22 im2y 0 General Information: Rabshakeh continues telling the message from the king of Assyria to King Hezekiah's men.
|
||||
2KI 18 22 vr43 figs-rquestion 0 is not he the one whose high places ... Jerusalem'? This question assumes the listeners know the answer and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You need to remember that he is the one whose high places ... Jerusalem'!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 23 50cd General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 18 24 sn27 0 General Information: Rabshakeh continues telling the message from the king of Assyria to King Hezekiah's men.
|
||||
2KI 18 24 pmx6 figs-rquestion 0 How could you resist even one captain of the least of my master's servants? He asks this question to emphasize that the army of Hezekiah does not have the resources to fight. He also uses exaggeration to mock Hezekiah's army. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are 1) "You could not defeat even one of the least of the king's soldiers." or 2) "You could not defeat a group of the king's soldiers commanded by his least important officer." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 18 25 s1nk figs-rquestion 0 Have I traveled up here without Yahweh to fight against this place and destroy it? He asks this question to emphasize that Yahweh is behind his success to obey the command to destroy Israel. Alternate translation: "Yahweh himself told us to come here and destroy this land!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 26 i5v3 translate-names 0 Eliakim ... Hilkiah ... Shebnah ... Joah Translate the names of these men as in [2 Kings 18:18](../18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 26 t7mk figs-metonymy 0 in the ears of the people who are on the wall "In the ears" is metonymy for being able to listen. Alternate translation: "because the people standing on the city wall will hear it and be afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 18 27 kju3 figs-rquestion 0 Has my master sent me to your master and to you to speak these words? Has he not sent me to the men who sit on the wall, who will have to eat their own dung and drink their own urine with you? He asks these questions assuming the listeners know the answers to emphasize their intention to destroy and humiliate the leaders and people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "My master sent me not only to you and your master, but also to speak to the people in this city, who will suffer with you when they have to eat their own dung and drink their own urine to survive." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 28 c7fb General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 18 29 es79 figs-metonymy 0 from my power "my power" is metonymy for the ability of the king himself. Alternate translation: "from me" or "from the power of my army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 18 30 x8a6 figs-activepassive 0 this city will not be given into the hand of the king of Assyria This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh will never allow the king of Assyria's army to take this city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 18 30 zg7s figs-metonymy 0 the hand "Hand" is metonymy for control, authority and power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 18 31 e5tl 0 Make peace with me and come out to me "Come out of the city and surrender to me" or "Make an agreement with me to surrender, and come out of the city to me"
|
||||
2KI 18 31 c7we figs-metaphor 0 his own vine ... his own fig tree ... his own cistern These sources of food and water are metaphors for security and plenty. This also was a common way of expressing this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 18 32 hw3y figs-metaphor 0 a land of grain and new wine ... bread and vineyards ... olive trees and honey These are metaphors for having good things and plenty in daily life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 18 33 jbv2 0 General Information: Rabshakeh continues telling the message from the king of Assyria to King Hezekiah's men.
|
||||
2KI 18 33 yg4w figs-rquestion 0 Has any of the gods ... Assyria? He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: "None the gods of the peoples have rescued them ... Assyria." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 34 v6ap figs-rquestion 0 Where are the gods of ... Arpad? He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: "I have destroyed the gods of ... Arpad!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 34 vmd2 translate-names 0 Hamath ... Arpad ... Sepharvaim ... Hena ... Ivvah ... Samaria These are the names of places that represent the people living there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 34 h7d8 figs-metonymy 0 out of my hand "Hand" is metonymy for control, power, or authority. Alternate translation: "out from my control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 18 35 tq6t figs-rquestion 0 is there any god who has rescued his land from my power? He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: "No god has rescued his land from my power." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 35 a9gn figs-metonymy 0 from my power "My power" is metonymy for the person whose has the power. Alternate translation: "from me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 18 35 pg2h figs-rquestion 0 How could Yahweh save Jerusalem from my might? He asks this question for emphasis because they know the answer. Alternate translation: "There is no way Yahweh can save Jerusalem from my might!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 18 36 6725 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 18 37 qv1k translate-names 0 Eliakim ... Shebna ... Joah ... Asaph These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 18 37 ve84 0 who was over the household "who managed the king's palace"
|
||||
2KI 18 37 ew4c 0 the recorder "the history keeper"
|
||||
2KI 18 37 k5bu 0 chief commander and is the translation of the Hebrew; some see this as a personal name, "Rabshakeh"
|
||||
2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### God's power #####<br>God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God. <br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Idiom #####<br><br>"The virgin daughter of Zion" here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. "The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn" means that "the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 19:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../18/intro.md) | [>>](../20/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 19 1 kae1 0 house of Yahweh This is another way of saying "temple of Yahweh."
|
||||
2KI 19 2 aw2h translate-names 0 Eliakim ... Shebna ... Isaiah ... Amoz These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 19 2 vdb3 0 He sent Eliakim "Hezekiah sent Eliakim"
|
||||
2KI 19 2 jv2y 0 all covered with sackcloth "all wearing sackcloth"
|
||||
2KI 19 3 efp5 0 This day is a day of distress "This is a time of distress"
|
||||
2KI 19 3 a7nz figs-metaphor 0 the children have come to the time of birth, but there is no strength for them to be born This is a metaphor to describe how the people and their leaders have become so weak and unable to fight the enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 19 4 nz1q 0 all the words of the chief commander "everything that the chief commander has said"
|
||||
2KI 19 4 dcy4 figs-metaphor 0 lift up your prayer This a common way (an idiom) to use the action of lifting to metaphorically represent praying earnestly to Yahweh who is above us. Alternate translation: "pray earnestly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 19 5 d203 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 19 6 df6a General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 19 7 r6aq 0 I will put a spirit in him, and he will hear a certain report and go back to his own land "I will control the attitude of the king of Assyria, so when he hears a report, he will want to return to his own country"
|
||||
2KI 19 7 y85x 0 I will put a spirit in him "I will influence his thinking" or "I will cause him to think differently." Here "spirit" probably refers to his attitude and thoughts, rather than to a spirit being.
|
||||
2KI 19 7 h1aj figs-metonymy 0 I will cause him to fall by the sword "Fall by the sword" is metonymy for being killed. Alternate translation: "I will cause him to die by the sword" or "I will cause some men to kill him with a sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 19 8 qdm5 0 the chief commander "the official from Assyria in charge under the king"
|
||||
2KI 19 8 z994 0 found the king of Assyria fighting "discovered that the Assyrian army was fighting"
|
||||
2KI 19 8 z9m6 translate-names 0 Libnah ... Lachish The names of cities in the kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 19 9 qp2v translate-names 0 Sennacherib ... Tirhakah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 19 9 v22s 0 had mobilized to fight against him "had prepared his army to fight against Assyria"
|
||||
2KI 19 9 qsw8 0 so he sent "so Sennacherib sent"
|
||||
2KI 19 9 mjm3 0 a message This message was written in a letter.
|
||||
2KI 19 10 gg2n 0 General Information: This is the message that King Sennacharib of Assyria sent to King Hezekiah.
|
||||
2KI 19 10 rv7t 0 Do not let your God in whom you trust deceive you, saying "Do not believe your God in whom you trust. He is lying when he says"
|
||||
2KI 19 10 rl75 figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the king of Assyria "Hand" is metonymy for control, authority or power. Alternate translation: "the control of the government of Assyria" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 19 11 yi6z 0 See, you have heard "Notice, you have heard" or "You have certainly heard." Here "see" was used to draw attention to what he was about to say next.
|
||||
2KI 19 11 rg7k figs-rquestion 0 So will you be rescued? Sennacharib used this question to emphasize that God will not be able to rescue them. Alternate translation: "Your God will not rescue you!" or "You will not be able to escape either!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 19 12 h82z 0 General Information: King Sennacharib's message to King Hezekiah continues.
|
||||
2KI 19 12 t2qt figs-rquestion 0 Have the gods of the nations rescued them, the nations ... destroyed: Gozan ... Assar? This question assumes Hezekiah knows the answer and provides emphasis. Alternate translation: "The gods of the nations, the nations ... destroyed—Gozan ... Assar—certainly did not rescue them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 19 12 qh8k 0 my fathers "the previous kings of Assyria" or "the armies of the previous kings of Assyria"
|
||||
2KI 19 12 jlk5 translate-names 0 Gozan ... Haran ... Rezeph ... Eden ... Tel Assar These are all place names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 19 13 qr8p translate-names 0 Hamath ... Arpad ... Sepharvaim ... Hena ... Ivvah These are all place names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 19 14 rl14 0 this letter This refers to the letter that King Sennacherib of Assyria sent to Hezekiah ([2 Kings 19:8](../19/08.md)).
|
||||
2KI 19 15 tj35 figs-explicit 0 you who sit above the cherubim You may need to make explicit that the cherubim are those on the lid of the ark of the covenant. The biblical writers often spoke of the ark of the covenant as if it were Yahweh's footstool upon which he rested his feet as he sat on his throne in heaven above. Alternate translation: "you who sit on your throne above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 19 16 q3iu 0 General Information: King Hezekiah continues praying to Yahweh after receiving the letter from King Sennacherib of Assyria.
|
||||
2KI 19 16 ww68 figs-parallelism 0 Turn your ear, Yahweh, and listen. Open your eyes, Yahweh, and see Both of these sentences urge Yahweh to pay attention to the things that Sennacherib is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 19 16 l4xg figs-doublet 0 Turn your ear, Yahweh, and listen The words "Turn your ear" and "listen" mean the same thing and add emphasis to the plea. Alternate translation: "Yahweh, please listen to what he is saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2KI 19 16 ts43 figs-doublet 0 Open your eyes, Yahweh, and see The words "Open your eyes" and "see" mean the same thing and add emphasis to the plea. Alternate translation: "Yahweh, please pay attention to what is happening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2KI 19 17 93b8 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 19 18 j5ic 0 They have put their gods into the fire "The Assyrian kings have burned up the gods of the other nations"
|
||||
2KI 19 18 eb8e 0 Assyrians have destroyed them "Assyrians have destroyed both the nations and the nations' gods"
|
||||
2KI 19 19 u5fs 0 General Information: King Hezekiah continues praying to Yahweh after receiving the letter from King Sennacherib of Assyria.
|
||||
2KI 19 19 wfb4 0 I implore you "I beg of you"
|
||||
2KI 19 19 d477 0 from his power "from the power of the King of Assyria" or "from the armies of the King of Assyria"
|
||||
2KI 19 20 a8e1 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 19 21 x6cw figs-metaphor 0 The virgin daughter of Zion "Virgin daughter" here is a metaphor for the people of Jerusalem as if they are young, vibrant and beautiful. The term "daughter" was used to give personal characteristics to cities by some biblical writers. Alternate translation: "The beautiful people of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2KI 19 21 rt7t figs-parallelism 0 The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn. The daughter of Jerusalem shakes her head at you. Both of these sentences intend to give the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 19 21 nn9v figs-metaphor 0 The daughter of Jerusalem "Daughter" is metaphor for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "The people of the city of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 19 21 m7lx figs-metaphor 0 shakes her head at you This action is a metaphor to represent disdain at the pride of the Assyrians. Alternate translation: "scorns you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 19 22 j2sr figs-rquestion 0 Whom have you defied and insulted? Against whom have you exalted your voice and lifted up your eyes in pride? Against the Holy One of Israel! Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to rebuke Sennacherib. Alternate translation: "You have defied and insulted me! You have exalted your voice and lifted up your eyes in pride against me, the Holy One of Israel!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 19 22 xs5l figs-metonymy 0 lifted up your eyes in pride "lifted up your eyes in pride" is metonymy for a haughty or arrogant facial expression. Alternate translation: "looked at very proudly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 19 22 bu8e 0 the Holy One of Israel An expression for the God of Israel, Yahweh.
|
||||
2KI 19 23 xfl9 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: This continues the message from Yahweh given by Isaiah, the prophet, to King Hezekiah concerning King Sennacherib. It uses parallelism throughout. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 19 23 l4ei 0 you have defied the Lord To "defy" is to openly resist or mock.
|
||||
2KI 19 23 fz73 figs-synecdoche 0 I have gone up ... I will cut down ... I will enter These boasts made by Sennacherib could only be fulfilled by his army. The pronoun "I" represents him and his army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 19 24 q99y figs-hyperbole 0 I dried up all the rivers of Egypt under the soles of my feet. This is a boast that Sennacherib has so many soldiers that their feet dry up the water when they cross a river. This is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of soldiers he has. Alternate translation: "And by marching through the streams of Egypt, we dried them all up!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 19 25 ay9r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: This continues the message from Yahweh, given by Isaiah, the prophet, for King Hezekiah concerning King Sennecherib. It uses parallelism throughout. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 19 25 r3ai figs-rquestion 0 Have you not heard how ... times? To make the point strongly this question assumes the listener knows the answer. Alternate translation: "Surely you know how ... times." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 19 25 pi5d 0 impregnable cities "cities that cannot be captured" or "cities surrounded by high walls"
|
||||
2KI 19 26 cp3z figs-metaphor 0 plants in the field, green grass This metaphor compares the weak victims of the Assyrian advance to fragile plants. Alternate translation: "as frail as plants and grass in the fields" or "as weak as shallow rooted plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 19 26 u3mn figs-metaphor 0 the grass on the roof or in the field, burned before it has grown up This continues the metaphor comparing the weak victims of the Assyrian advance to fragile plants in difficult conditions for growing fully. Alternate translation: "like grass before it has matured" or "like grass before it has grown tall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 19 27 c9r7 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: This continues the message from Yahweh, given by Isaiah, the prophet, for King Hezekiah concerning King Sennecherib. It uses parallelism throughout. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 19 27 u4xv 0 raging against me "angry shouting about me"
|
||||
2KI 19 28 sm7p figs-metonymy 0 because your arrogance has reached my ears "Ears" are metonymy for listening or hearing. Alternate translation: "because I have heard your proud words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 19 28 m3jm figs-metaphor 0 I will put my hook in your nose, and my bit in your mouth A "hook" and a "bit" (to control a horse) are metaphors for Yahweh's control of Sennacherib. Alternate translation: "I will lead you like an animal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 19 28 c2rz figs-explicit 0 I will turn you back the way you came That Sennacherib will return home before he can conquer Jerusalem can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "I will make you return to your own country the same way you came, without conquering Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 19 29 nx9r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Here Isaiah is talking to King Hezekiah. He continues using parallelism throughout. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 19 29 gx3t 0 grows wild "grows without having been planted"
|
||||
2KI 19 30 gtq1 figs-metaphor 0 The remnant of the house of Judah that survives will again take root and bear fruit This metaphor compares restoration of the remnant to plantings that take hold and produce results. Alternate translation: "The people of Judah who remain alive will restore their lives and prosperity" or "The people who remain in Judah will prosper and have many children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 19 31 q41h 0 The zeal of Yahweh of hosts will do this "The strong action of Yahweh will make this happen"
|
||||
2KI 19 32 q83i figs-parallelism 0 General Information: This is the end of the message from Yahweh, spoken through the prophet Isaiah to King Hezekiah. It uses parallelism throughout. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 19 32 l47x figs-metonymy 0 nor shoot an arrow here "Arrow" is metonymy representing all tools of warfare and destruction. Alternate translation: "nor do any fighting here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 19 32 u923 0 or build up a siege ramp against it "and they will not even build up high mounds of earth against the city wall to enable them to attack the city"
|
||||
2KI 19 33 r75c figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh's declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Alternate translation: "this is what Yahweh has declared" or "this is what I, Yahweh, have declared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2KI 19 34 pa6n 0 for my own sake and for my servant David's sake "for the sake of my own reputation and because of what I promised to King David, who served me well"
|
||||
2KI 19 35 n87u 0 It came about "It happened"
|
||||
2KI 19 35 g563 translate-numbers 0 185,000 soldiers "one hundred eighty-five thousand soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 19 35 d5f2 0 When the men arose "When the men who were left alive got up"
|
||||
2KI 19 36 a39b General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 19 37 txi6 translate-names 0 Adrammelek ... Sharezer ... Esarhaddon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Kings 20 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>This chapter finishes the story of Hezekiah. <br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Hezekiah's additional time #####<br>God hears the distressed call of his faithful believers. Hezekiah was dying but when he prayed, God gave him 15 more years of life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 20:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../19/intro.md) | [>>](../21/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 20 1 dhm5 figs-metonymy 0 Set your house in order "House" is metonymy for what was under Hezekiah's control. Alternate translation: "Give final instructions to your household and government" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 20 2 0e2d General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 20 3 y2ay figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is a common way of speaking, an idiom, urging Yahweh to remember. Alternate translation: "remember" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 20 3 vts1 figs-idiom 0 walked This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "lived my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 20 3 mv7z figs-metaphor 0 good in your sight Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "in your judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 20 4 ad2v figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh came "Word" represents the message Yahweh revealed to Isaiah. This is a common way of speaking, an idiom. Alternate translation: "Yahweh spoke his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 20 5 j5zi figs-parallelism 0 I have heard your prayer, and I have seen your tears The second part reinforces the first part to make one message by using parallelism. Alternate translation: "I have heard your prayers and seen your tears" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 20 5 jaq6 0 on the third day "two days from now" The day Isaiah said this was the first day, so "the third day" would be the same as "two days from now."
|
||||
2KI 20 6 y6h7 0 General Information: The message from Yahweh to King Hezekiah through the prophet Isaiah continues.
|
||||
2KI 20 6 p9us translate-numbers 0 fifteen years 15 years (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 20 6 tej9 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of the king of Assyria "Hand" is metonymy for power, authority and control. Alternate translation: "from the control of the king of Assyria" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 20 7 y9eu 0 lump of figs "paste made of boiled figs"
|
||||
2KI 20 7 xl9g 0 They did so and put it on his boil "Hezekiah's servants did this and put the paste on Hezekiah's sore"
|
||||
2KI 20 8 d820 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 20 9 kr84 figs-explicit 0 Shall the shadow go forward ten steps, or go back ten steps? The source of "the shadow" can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Do you want Yahweh to make the shadow caused by the sunlight on the stairway to go forward ten steps or to go back ten steps?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 20 9 wf56 0 ten steps This expression refers to the "stairway of Ahaz" in [2 Kings 20:11](../20/11.md). This was probably a special stairway built for King Ahaz in such a way that its steps marked the hours of daylight as the sun's rays advanced along them. In this way, the staircase served to tell the time during the day.
|
||||
2KI 20 10 tm24 figs-explicit 0 It is an easy thing for the shadow to go forward ten steps Why "it is an easy thing" can be stated clearly. "It is easy to cause the shadow to move forward ten steps, because that is the normal thing for it to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 20 11 n148 figs-explicit 0 the stairway of Ahaz This was probably a special stairway built for King Ahaz in such a way that its steps marked the hours of daylight as the sun's rays advanced along them. In this way, the staircase served to tell the time during the day. Alternate translation: "the steps that had been built for King Ahaz" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 20 12 q3u5 translate-names 0 Marduk-Baladan ... Baladan These are the names of the king of Babylon and his son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 20 13 dh37 0 listened to those letters “carefully considered those letters” or “heard the message from the king of Babylon”
|
||||
2KI 20 13 zgg3 figs-doublenegatives 0 There was nothing in his house, nor in all his kingdom, that Hezekiah did not show them Here "There was nothing ... did not show them" is an exaggeration used for emphasis. It means Hezekiah showed them all of his most valuable things. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Hezekiah showed him absolutely everything valuable in his house and in all his kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 20 14 neq3 0 these men This refers to the men sent to King Hezekiah with a message and gifts from Marduk-Baladan.
|
||||
2KI 20 15 fkx7 figs-hyperbole 0 They have seen everything in my house. There is nothing among my valuable things that I have not shown them Hezekiah repeats the same idea in two ways to emphasize his point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2KI 20 15 mau7 figs-doublenegatives 0 There is nothing among my valuable things that I have not shown them "Nothing" and "not" cancel each other out to make the idea positive. This exaggeration is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I showed them absolutely every one of my valuable things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2KI 20 16 yw6e figs-explicit 0 So Isaiah said to Hezekiah Why Isaiah spoke can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "So, because Isaiah knew Hezekiah had been foolish to show the men all his valuable things, Isaiah said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 20 16 nu7p 0 the word of Yahweh "the message of Yahweh"
|
||||
2KI 20 17 wr4s 0 Look, the days are about to come when "Listen to me, someday there will come a time when"; "Look" is used to draw attention to what Isaiah is about to tell Hezekiah.
|
||||
2KI 20 17 dsd6 figs-synecdoche 0 the days "Days" is synecdoche to refer to an undefined span of time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 20 18 96b8 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 20 19 aw9p 0 For he thought "Because Hezekiah thought"
|
||||
2KI 20 19 jej2 figs-rquestion 0 Will there not be peace and stability in my days? Hezekiah asks this question for emphasis knowing the answer already. Alternate translation: "I can be sure that there will be peace and stability in my days." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 20 20 fgv7 0 pool A small area of still water for storage
|
||||
2KI 20 20 xm9s 0 conduit A tunnel for carrying the water
|
||||
2KI 20 20 v69i figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? This question is used to remind the reader that these things are recorded. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 20 21 728a General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes #<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### God's judgment #####<br>God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Simile #####<br><br>"I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down" means "God would completely destroy Jerusalem." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 21:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../20/intro.md) | [>>](../22/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 21 1 cuc4 translate-names 0 Hephzibah The mother of King Manasseh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 21 2 k3ux figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 21 2 qx6p 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is "including the disgusting things."
|
||||
2KI 21 3 i746 figs-metonymy 0 he rebuilt the high places ... he built altars for Baal, made an Asherah pole Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: "he had the high places rebuilt ... he had altars built for Baal, had an Asherah pole made" or "he had his workers rebuild the high places ... he had them build altars for Baal, make an Asherah pole" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 4 kq9h 0 General Information: The story of King Manasseh's reign continues.
|
||||
2KI 21 4 tf5j figs-metonymy 0 It is in Jerusalem that my name will be forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: "Jerusalem is where I will forever make known who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 5 lm3d figs-explicit 0 He built altars for all the stars of heaven in the two courtyards of the house of Yahweh It is implied that he built these altars so people could make sacrifices and worship the stars. Also, he would not have built these altars himself, rather he would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: "He had his workers build altars in the two courtyards of the house of Yahweh so that the people could worship the stars and offer them sacrifices" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 6 nlv5 figs-explicit 0 He caused his son to pass through the fire You may need to make explicit why he caused his son be put into the fire and what happened after he did so. Alternate translation: "He burned his son to death as an offering to his gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 21 6 qw58 0 consulted with "asked for information from"
|
||||
2KI 21 6 p47l figs-metaphor 0 much evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "many things that were evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "many things that Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 21 7 ub5i 0 General Information: The story of King Manasseh's reign continues.
|
||||
2KI 21 7 sss9 figs-metonymy 0 that he had made Manasseh probably did not do the work. His servants would have done the work. Alternate translation: "that Manasseh had ordered his servants to make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 7 p35n figs-metonymy 0 that I will put my name forever Here Yahweh putting his "name" on the temple represents him designating it as the place to worship him. Alternate translation: "where I want people to worship me forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 8 ysn5 figs-synecdoche 0 the feet of Israel The feet are a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: "the people of Israel" or "the Israelites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 21 9 g14q figs-metonymy 0 even more than the nations that Yahweh had destroyed before the people of Israel Here "nations" refers to the people who had lived in the land of Canaan before the Israelites had arrived. Alternate translation: "even more than the people whom Yahweh had destroyed as the people of Israel advanced through the land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 13 j6kz figs-metaphor 0 stretch over Jerusalem the measuring line used against Samaria, and the plumb line used against the house of Ahab The words "measuring line" and "plumb line" are metaphors for the standards Yahweh uses to judge people. Alternate translation: "judge Jerusalem using the same measure I used when I judged Samaria and the house of Ahab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 21 13 vp2y figs-metonymy 0 against Samaria Samaria is the capital city and it represents all the people of the kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: "against the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 13 db7n 0 plumb line a tool made of a heavy weight and a thin rope used to show if a wall is straight
|
||||
2KI 21 13 udx3 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Ahab Here "house" represents family. Alternate translation: "the family of Ahab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 14 n7z2 0 I will throw off "I will abandon" or "I will reject"
|
||||
2KI 21 14 nm49 figs-synecdoche 0 give them into the hand of their enemies Here the "hand" of the enemies refers to their enemies' control. Alternate translation: "let their enemies defeat them and take over their land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 21 15 4c3d General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 21 16 db4v 0 Moreover, Manasseh "Also, Manasseh" or "In addition, Manasseh"
|
||||
2KI 21 16 f4ns figs-metonymy 0 Manasseh shed much innocent blood The words "shed much innocent blood" are a metonym for killing people violently. It might be best to translate this so the reader understands that other people helped Manasseh do this. Alternate translation: "Manasseh ordered his soldiers to kill many innocent people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 21 16 sx9u figs-hyperbole 0 he had filled Jerusalem from one end to another with death This hyperbole emphasizes the great number of people Manasseh had killed throughout Jerusalem. The abstract noun "death" can be stated as "dead people." Alternate translation: "there were very many dead people throughout Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 21 16 ff48 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 21 17 ce1p figs-activepassive 0 are they not written ... Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are written ... Judah." or "you can find them ... Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 21 18 i542 figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors and This is a polite way of saying he "died, as his ancestors had, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 21 18 rhh9 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza Possible meanings are 1) "the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza" or 2) "Uzza Garden." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 21 18 b29b translate-names 0 Amon This is a man's name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 21 19 np3n translate-names 0 Amon ... Haruz These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 21 19 wqq6 translate-names 0 Meshullemeth This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 21 19 qwh8 translate-names 0 Jotbah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 21 20 xn3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 21 21 hks2 figs-metaphor 0 followed in all the way that his father had walked in "walked in all the ways that his father walked in." The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "lived completely the way his father had lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 21 22 r996 0 He abandoned Yahweh "He went away from Yahweh" or "He paid no more attention to Yahweh"
|
||||
2KI 21 23 km8a 0 conspired against him "made plans and worked together to harm him"
|
||||
2KI 21 24 pwu1 figs-hyperbole 0 the people of the land This is a generalization. Alternate translation: "some of the people in Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against "made plans and worked together to harm." See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md).
|
||||
2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written ... Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are written ... Judah." or "you can find them ... Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza Possible meanings are 1) "the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza" or 2) "Uzza Garden." See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### The law #####<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah's lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 22:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../21/intro.md) | [>>](../23/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years "31 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 1 vv8d translate-names 0 Bozkath This is the name of a town in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 2 q688 figs-metonymy 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here "eyes" represents Yahweh's thoughts or what he considered about something. Alternate translation: "He did what Yahweh considered to be right" or "He did what was right according to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 22 2 ly8g figs-metaphor 0 He walked in all the way of David his ancestor "He walked in all the ways of David his ancestor" Josiah behaving as David did is spoken of as if he walked on the same road or way as David. Alternate translation: "He lived the way David his ancestor had lived" or "He followed the example of David his ancestor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 22 2 n1m8 figs-metaphor 0 he did not turn away either to the right or to the left To fully obey Yahweh is spoken of as if a person were on the correct road and never turned from it. Alternate translation: "he did not do anything that would displease Yahweh" or "he fully obeyed all the laws of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 22 3 p4bf 0 It came about that If your language has a way to mark the beginning of a new part of the story, consider using it here.
|
||||
2KI 22 3 hab4 translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year "Eighteenth" is the ordinal form of 18. Alternate translation: "year 18" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 22 3 kxh4 translate-names 0 Shaphan ... Azaliah ... Meshullam These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 4 alb5 0 Go up to Hilkiah The phrase "Go up" is used because Yahweh's temple was higher in elevation than where King Josiah was located. Alternate translation: "Go to Hilkiah"
|
||||
2KI 22 4 dub3 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 4 sf26 figs-activepassive 0 that has been brought into the house of Yahweh, which the temple guards have gathered from the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the temple guards who gathered the money from the people brought into the temple of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 22 4 xz1u 0 house of Yahweh This is another name for the "temple" (verse 3).
|
||||
2KI 22 5 g4kj 0 house of Yahweh ... in the temple Here "house of Yahweh" and "temple" mean the same thing.
|
||||
2KI 22 5 xuv8 figs-synecdoche 0 Let it be given into the hand of the workmen Here "hand" represents the workmen as a whole. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Tell Hilkiah to give the money to the workmen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 22 6 li9c 0 General Information: The message from King Josiah to Hilkiah, the high priest, continues.
|
||||
2KI 22 6 i313 0 Let them give money Here "them" refers to the workmen who are in charge of the house of Yahweh in [2 Kings 22:5](../22/05.md).
|
||||
2KI 22 6 r9kj 0 the carpenters, the builders, and the masons These are the same as the workmen who are in the house of Yahweh in [2 Kings 22:5](../22/05.md). Here the workers are described in more detail.
|
||||
2KI 22 6 j71y 0 carpenters workers who build with wood
|
||||
2KI 22 6 ql4r 0 masons workers who build with stone
|
||||
2KI 22 7 ieq6 0 was given to them ... because they handled Here "them" and "they" refer to the workmen who are in charge of the house of Yahweh in [2 Kings 22:5](../22/05.md).
|
||||
2KI 22 7 hkm7 figs-activepassive 0 no accounting was required for the money that was given to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the workmen who were in charge did not have to report how they used the money that the temple guards gave them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 22 7 dt6w 0 because they handled it faithfully "because they used the money honestly"
|
||||
2KI 22 8 hf68 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 18:18](../18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 8 n1xt 0 the book of the law Most likely these laws were written on a scroll. A scroll was a type of book made of one long, rolled-up sheet of papyrus or leather.
|
||||
2KI 22 9 xt1w figs-synecdoche 0 given it into the hand of the workmen Here "hand" represents the workmen as a whole. Alternate translation: "given it to the workmen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 22 10 9303 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 22 11 jl4t 0 It came about that If your language has a way to mark the beginning of a new part of the story, consider using it here.
|
||||
2KI 22 11 nye3 figs-metonymy 0 had heard the words of the law Here "words" represents the message of the law. Alternate translation: "had heard the laws that were written in the book" or "had heard the laws that were written in the scroll" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 22 11 d65n translate-symaction 0 he tore his clothes This is a symbolic action that indicates intense grief or sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 22 12 qm31 translate-names 0 Ahikam ... Shaphan ... Akbor ... Micaiah ... Asaiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 13 xl33 0 Go and consult with Yahweh It is made clear in 22:14 that the king means for the men to go to the prophetess of Yahweh to determine Yahweh's will.
|
||||
2KI 22 13 r823 0 consult to go to someone to ask for advice
|
||||
2KI 22 13 u6an figs-synecdoche 0 the words of this book that has been found Here "words" represents the laws. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the laws in this book that Hilkiah has found" (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 22 13 u2jp figs-metaphor 0 For great is the anger of Yahweh that has been kindled against us Yahweh's anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that was lit. Alternate translation: "For Yahweh is very angry with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 22 13 e5fi figs-activepassive 0 all that was written concerning us This refers to the law that was given to Israel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all that Moses wrote in the law that we should do" or "all the laws that God gave through Moses to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 22 14 hj95 translate-names 0 Huldah This is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 14 lc23 translate-names 0 Shallum ... Tikvah ... Harhas These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 22 14 fia7 0 keeper of the wardrobe Possible meanings are 1) the person who took care of the clothing that priests wore in the temple or 2) the person who took care of the king's clothing.
|
||||
2KI 22 14 at8l figs-explicit 0 she lived in Jerusalem in the second quarter Here "second quarter" refers to the new part of the city that was built on the north side of Jerusalem. Also, "second" is the ordinal form of 2. Alternate translation: "she lived in Jerusalem in the new part of the city" or "she lived in the new part of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 22 15 lf4s 0 the man who sent you to me Here "the man" refers to King Josiah.
|
||||
2KI 22 16 y4st figs-metaphor 0 I will bring disaster to this place and to its inhabitants Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that he could bring to a place. Alternate translation: "I will cause terrible things to happen to this place and to those who live there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 22 16 p6qx figs-synecdoche 0 to this place "to Jerusalem." This refers to the city of Jerusalem which represents the whole land of Judah. Alternate translation: "to Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 22 17 vf9u 0 General Information: The message Yahweh sent to King Josiah through Huldah, the prophetess, continues.
|
||||
2KI 22 17 syg8 figs-metaphor 0 my anger has been kindled against this place, and it will not be extinguished Yahweh's anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that was lit. Alternate translation: "my anger against this place is like a fire that cannot be put out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 22 17 c75r figs-metonymy 0 this place Here "place" represents the people who live in Jerusalem and Judah. Alternate translation: "these people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 22 18 a12h figs-metonymy 0 About the words that you heard Here "words" represents the message that Huldah just spoke. Alternate translation: "About the message that you heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 22 19 cu8x figs-metonymy 0 because your heart was tender Here "heart" represents a person's inner being. Feeling sorry is spoken of as if the heart were tender. Alternate translation: "because you felt sorry" or "because you repented" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 22 19 ef3w figs-abstractnouns 0 that they would become a desolation and a curse The abstract nouns "desolation" and "curse" can be stated as an adjective and a verb. Alternate translation: "that I would make the land desolate and would curse them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 22 19 tca8 translate-symaction 0 torn your clothes This is a symbolic action that indicates intense grief or sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
2KI 22 19 u682 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh's declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 19:33](../19/33.md). Alternate translation: "this is what Yahweh has declared" or "this is what I, Yahweh, have declared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2KI 22 20 t38r 0 General Information: This is the end of the message from Yahweh to King Josiah through the prophetess Huldah.
|
||||
2KI 22 20 cn5j figs-parallelism 0 See, I will gather you to your ancestors, and you will be gathered to your grave in peace Both statements mean basically the same thing. They are polite ways of saying he will die. Alternate translation: "So I will allow you to die and be buried peacefully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here "will not see" represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: "You will not experience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here "eyes" represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: "the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter. <br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Ending idolatry #####<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 23:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../22/intro.md) | [>>](../24/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: "many other people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: "from the least important to the most important" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing "Then the king read aloud so that they could hear"
|
||||
2KI 23 2 wxs2 figs-activepassive 0 that had been found In [2 Kings 22:8](../22/08.md) it states that Hilkiah found the book. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "that Hilkiah had found" or "that they had found" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 23 3 lg2w figs-metaphor 0 walk after Yahweh The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path, and "to walk after" someone is a metonym for doing what that other person does or wants others to do. Alternate translation: "live obeying Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 3 v7nf figs-doublet 0 his commandments, his regulations, and his statutes These words all share similar meanings. Together they emphasize everything that Yahweh had commanded in the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2KI 23 3 jl5a figs-idiom 0 with all his heart and all his soul The idiom "with all his heart" means "completely" and "with all his soul" means "with all his being." These two phrases have similar meanings. Alternate translation: "with all his being" or "with all his energy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2KI 23 3 lb9c figs-activepassive 0 that were written in this book This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "that this book contained" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 23 3 ecz5 figs-idiom 0 stand by the covenant This idiom means to "obey the terms of the covenant." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2KI 23 4 sx3u 0 the priests under him "the other priests who served him"
|
||||
2KI 23 4 vy6i 0 gatekeepers men who guarded the gates to the temple
|
||||
2KI 23 4 i5uk 0 for Baal ... for all the stars "so people could use them to worship Baal ... so people could use them to worship all the stars"
|
||||
2KI 23 4 vje6 figs-metonymy 0 He burned ... and carried The word "he" refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: "he had them burn them ... and carry them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 4 qsq2 translate-names 0 Kidron Valley ... Bethel names of places (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 5 i5fz figs-metonymy 0 He got rid The word "He" refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: "He had them get rid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 5 p31g 0 to Baal, to the sun and the moon, to the planets, and to all the stars "as a way to worship Baal, the sun and the moon, the planets, and all the stars"
|
||||
2KI 23 6 e6wt 0 General Information: This continues to tell what King Josiah did in response to the message from Yahweh.
|
||||
2KI 23 6 ueh3 figs-metonymy 0 He brought out ... and burned it ... He beat it ... and threw The word "he" refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: "He had them bring out ... and burn it ... He had them beat it ... and throw" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 7 vc4c figs-metonymy 0 He cleared The word "He" refers to Josiah. He would have commanded his workers to do these things. Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: "He had them clear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 7 qn4w 0 wove garments "made clothes"
|
||||
2KI 23 8 rlc8 figs-metonymy 0 Josiah brought ... and defiled ... He destroyed Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: "He commanded them to bring ... and to defile ... He had them destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 8 uxq7 translate-names 0 Geba ... Beersheba names of places (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 8 y8lj 0 Joshua (the city governor) "the city ruler named Joshua" or "the city leader named Joshua." This is a different Joshua from the Joshua in the Old Testament Book of Joshua.
|
||||
2KI 23 9 j64s 0 their brothers Here "brothers" refers to their fellow priests who served at the temple.
|
||||
2KI 23 10 yh8e translate-names 0 Topheth ... Ben Hinnom place names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 10 dx37 0 cause his son or his daughter to pass through the fire as a sacrifice to Molech "put his son or his daughter in the fire and burn them as an offering to Molech"
|
||||
2KI 23 11 x7tv figs-explicit 0 He took away It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people, perhaps Hilkiah and "the priests under him" ([2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md)), might have helped Josiah do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 23 11 c4zx 0 the horses Possible meanings are 1) real horses or 2) statues of horses.
|
||||
2KI 23 11 vq7r figs-metonymy 0 had given to the sun Here "given" represents being dedicated for worship. Alternate translation: "had used to worship the sun" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 11 b1bh translate-names 0 Nathan-Melek a man's name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 12 ct7r figs-metonymy 0 Josiah the king destroyed ... Josiah smashed ... and threw Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: "Josiah the king commanded them to destroy ... He had them smash ... had them throw" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 12 xs4w figs-metonymy 0 the kings of Judah had made ... Manasseh had made Manasseh and the kings of Judah probably commanded their workers to make these things. Alternate translation: "the kings of Judah had had their workers make ... Manasseh had had his workers make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 12 dwd6 translate-names 0 Kidron Valley place name. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 13 d24c figs-metonymy 0 The king ruined Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: "He had them ruin ... He had them break ... they filled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 13 uf9z figs-metonymy 0 Solomon the king of Israel had built Solomon would have commanded his workers to do these things. Alternate translation: "Solomon the king of Israel had had his workers build" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 14 wk4z figs-metonymy 0 He broke ... he filled Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: "He had them break ... they filled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 14 kaf7 figs-explicit 0 filled those places with the bones of human beings "covered the ground with human bones so people could not use it as a shrine anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 23 15 q6gc figs-explicit 0 Josiah also completely destroyed ... He also burned ... and beat ... He also burned It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people, perhaps Hilkiah and "the priests under him" ([2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md)), might have helped Josiah do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 23 16 i3m8 0 spoke of these things beforehand "had said that these things would happen"
|
||||
2KI 23 17 ma41 0 monument marker or statue that honors a person. A tomb is one kind of monument.
|
||||
2KI 23 18 wbg1 0 So they let his bones alone, along with the bones of "So they did not touch his bones or the bones of"
|
||||
2KI 23 19 fe2v figs-explicit 0 Josiah removed ... He did It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people, perhaps Hilkiah and "the priests under him" ([2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md)), might have helped Josiah do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 23 19 q3bs figs-explicit 0 the kings of Israel had made It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people, probably the kings' workers, might have helped the kings make these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 23 19 g6dz 0 what had been done "what he had done"
|
||||
2KI 23 20 i9c6 figs-explicit 0 He slaughtered ... he burned It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people, perhaps Hilkiah and "the priests under him" ([2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md)), might have helped Josiah do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 23 20 ub7s figs-explicit 0 he burned human bones on them You may need to make explicit why he burned the bones. "he burned human bones on them so no one would use them again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 23 21 f44h 0 Keep the Passover "You must celebrate the Passover"
|
||||
2KI 23 22 rbl1 figs-activepassive 0 Such a Passover celebration had never been held from the days of This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "The descendants of Israel had not celebrated the Passover festival in such a great way in the time of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 23 22 qy57 figs-metonymy 0 ruled Israel The name "Israel" is a metonym for "the descendants of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 22 m8ft 0 the days of the kings of Israel or Judah "the time when the people of Israel had their own king and the people of Judah had their own king"
|
||||
2KI 23 23 elp8 figs-activepassive 0 this Passover of Yahweh was celebrated This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people of Judah celebrated this Passover of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 23 24 j8ze 0 banished ... spirits "forced those ... spirits to leave" or "made a law that those ... spirits had to leave"
|
||||
2KI 23 24 lu65 0 those who talked with the dead or with spirits See how you translated "those who talked with the dead and ... those who talked with spirits," in [2 Kings 21:6](../21/06.md).
|
||||
2KI 23 24 b9hr 0 fetishes things that people wrongly believe have special power
|
||||
2KI 23 25 tg6s 0 who turned to Yahweh "who gave himself completely to Yahweh"
|
||||
2KI 23 25 evf3 0 Nor did any king like Josiah arise after him "And since then there has never been a king who was like Josiah"
|
||||
2KI 23 26 p9h5 0 Nevertheless The writer uses this word to show that even though all of these things that Josiah did were good, Yahweh was still angry with Judah.
|
||||
2KI 23 26 cls6 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh did not turn away from the burning of his fierce anger, which burned against Fire is a metaphor for anger, and starting a fire is a metaphor for becoming angry. The abstract noun "anger" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "Yahweh did not stop being fierce because he was angry with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 23 26 a2wd 0 had done to provoke him "had done to cause him to be angry"
|
||||
2KI 23 27 d6xf 0 out of my sight "from where I am" or "from being near me"
|
||||
2KI 23 27 bsh5 figs-metonymy 0 My name will be there The name is a metonym for the honor that people should give to the person. Alternate translation: "People should worship me there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 28 h614 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written ... Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "you can find them ... Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 23 29 sap6 0 In his days, Pharaoh Necho, king of Egypt "During the time of Josiah, Pharaoh Necho, king of Egypt"
|
||||
2KI 23 29 k8gd translate-names 0 Necho ... Megiddo Necho is the name of a man. Megiddo is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 30 7405 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 23 31 sf3p translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old "23 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 23 31 m2m9 translate-names 0 Hamutal This is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 31 k16l translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 32 z2g6 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 23 33 e9hv translate-names 0 Riblah ... Hamath These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 33 aw37 figs-metonymy 0 put him in chains Being put "in chains" represents being captured and imprisoned. Alternate translation: "put him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 23 33 iwc7 0 fined Judah "forced the people of Judah to give him"
|
||||
2KI 23 33 g4w9 translate-bmoney 0 one hundred talents ... one talent A talent was about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: "3,300 kilograms ... 33 kilograms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
2KI 23 34 4bca General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 23 35 i68u 0 Jehoikim taxed the land "Jehoikim collected taxes from the people who owned land"
|
||||
2KI 23 35 v24z 0 people of the land "people of the land of Judah." Possible meanings are 1) "the people who lived in the land of Judah" or 2) "the richest and most powerful of those who lived in Judah."
|
||||
2KI 23 36 s72q translate-names 0 Zebidah This is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br>##### God's punishment #####<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 24:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../23/intro.md) | [>>](../25/intro.md)__
|
||||
2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim's days "During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah"
|
||||
2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: "attacked and defeated Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken" or "This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 24 3 d357 0 It was certainly at the mouth of Yahweh Some versions have, "It was certainly because of the wrath of Yahweh," which is just as good a reading of the original text. If translators have access to versions in major languages in their region, they should probably follow their choice.
|
||||
2KI 24 3 nnw7 figs-metonymy 0 at the mouth of Yahweh Here "mouth" represents Yahweh's command. Alternate translation: "as Yahweh had commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 24 3 eb3l 0 remove them out of his sight "get rid of them" or "destroy them"
|
||||
2KI 24 4 bik2 figs-metonymy 0 innocent blood that he shed Blood is a metonym for innocent life, and shedding blood is a metonym for killing innocent people. Alternate translation: "innocent people whom he killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 24 4 xy8v figs-metonymy 0 he filled Jerusalem with innocent blood Blood is a metonym for innocent life, and shedding blood is a metonym for killing innocent people. Alternate translation: "he killed many innocent people in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 24 5 en3p figs-activepassive 0 are they not written ... Judah? This is written as a rhetorical question because at the time this was written people were already aware of this information. This can be written as a statement. It can be translated in active form. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: "they are indeed written ... Judah." or "you can find them ... Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2KI 24 6 nt1z figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Sleeping is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: "died and was buried along with his ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2KI 24 7 yjf2 0 The king of Egypt did not attack any more out of his land "The king of Egypt did not come out of his land any more to attack other people groups"
|
||||
2KI 24 8 zka9 translate-names 0 Nehushta ... Elnathan Nehushta is the name of a woman. Elnathan is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 24 9 w6b8 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 24 9 gi6b figs-hyperbole 0 he did all that his father had done Here "all" is a generalization. It means he did the same sinful things as his father. Alternate translation: "he committed the same kinds of sins his father had committed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 24 10 e738 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 24 11 0c76 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 24 12 ish3 figs-explicit 0 Jehoiachin the king of Judah went out to the king of Babylon, he, his mother, his servants, his princes, and his officers You may need to make explicit why Jehoiachin went out to meet Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: "Jehoiachin the king of Judah, with his mother, his servants, his princes, and his officers, went out to where the king of Babylon was, to surrender to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 24 12 k4kt 0 The king of Babylon captured him in the eighth year of his own reign "After the king of Babylon had been king for more than seven years, he captured Jehoiachin"
|
||||
2KI 24 13 g1jx figs-explicit 0 Solomon king of Israel had made You might want to translate this so the reader understands that Solomon might have had others help him do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 24 14 k5cp figs-metonymy 0 He took into exile all Jerusalem Here "Jerusalem" is a metonym for the people who lived there. And, "all" is a generalization. It means all the most important people Alternate translation: "Nebuchadnezzar took all the important people away from Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 24 14 bf1n 0 the craftsmen and the smiths "the men who knew how to make and repair things that are made from metal"
|
||||
2KI 24 14 fyh1 figs-doublenegatives 0 No one was left except the poorest people in the land This can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: "Only the poorest people in the land still lived there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2KI 24 15 771e General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 24 16 bz73 translate-numbers 0 seven thousand ... one thousand "7,000 ... 1,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 24 17 h6dy translate-names 0 Mattaniah This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 24 18 s1s8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-one ... eleven "21 ... 11" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
2KI 24 18 qfp6 translate-names 0 Hamutal This is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 24 18 zy1q translate-names 0 Jeremiah This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 24 18 fxr8 translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 24 19 wr7q figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 24 20 2e65 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes #<br><br>#### Structure and formatting ####<br><br>This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon. <br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter ####<br><br>##### Zedekiah's revolt #####<br>Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.<br><br>## Links: ##<br><br>* __[2 Kings 25:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../24/intro.md) | __
|
||||
2KI 25 1 pl4l translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 25 1 j1c4 translate-ordinal 0 in the tenth month, and on the tenth day of the month This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of December on Western calendars. This is during the cold season when there may be rain and snow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
2KI 25 1 ty29 figs-metonymy 0 came with all his army against Jerusalem The name "Jerusalem" is a metonym for the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: "came with his whole army to fight against the people of Jerusalem" or "came with his whole army to conquer Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 25 2 db8f General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 25 3 c39x translate-ordinal 0 the ninth day of the fourth month This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The ninth day is near the end of June on Western calendars. This is during the dry season when there is very little or no rain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
2KI 25 3 x5hf 0 the people of the land These are the inhabitants of Jerusalem, including refugees from the surrounding villages that fled to Jerusalem when the war started.
|
||||
2KI 25 4 hev4 figs-activepassive 0 Then the city was broken into This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then the Babylonian army broke into the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 25 4 c1y1 0 all the fighting men "all the warriors"
|
||||
2KI 25 4 yt64 0 by the way of the gate "by using the gate"
|
||||
2KI 25 4 sg4r 0 the Chaldeans Some translations use "Chaldeans" and others use "Babylonians." Both terms refer to the same people group.
|
||||
2KI 25 4 v6j3 0 The king went in the direction of "King Zedekiah also fled and he went toward"
|
||||
2KI 25 5 mvz1 figs-activepassive 0 All his army was scattered away from him This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "His whole army ran away from him" or "The Chaldeans chased away his whole army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 25 6 i9b9 translate-names 0 Riblah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 6 r5qj 0 passed sentence on him "decided what they would do to punish him"
|
||||
2KI 25 7 fh5s figs-synecdoche 0 they slaughtered them before his eyes The eyes are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "they forced king Zedekiah to watch them kill his sons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2KI 25 7 v1ma figs-explicit 0 he put out his eyes "Nebuchadnezzar put out Zedekiah's eyes." It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people might have helped Nebuchadnezzar do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 25 8 xvy1 translate-ordinal 0 in the fifth month, on the seventh day of the month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. The seventh day is near the end of July on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
2KI 25 8 b969 translate-ordinal 0 the nineteenth year This is the ordinal form of the number 19. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 25 8 yy9v translate-names 0 Nebuzaradan This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 9 2f0d General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 25 10 dj6i 0 As for all the walls around Jerusalem, all "This is what happened to all the walls around Jerusalem: all"
|
||||
2KI 25 10 pp2x 0 who were under "who were following the orders of"
|
||||
2KI 25 11 x6c3 0 As for the rest of the people ... city, those "This is what happened to the rest of the people ... city: those"
|
||||
2KI 25 11 xm95 0 the rest of the people who were left in the city "the people who remained in the city"
|
||||
2KI 25 11 i3y2 0 deserted to the king "left the city and gone to be with the king"
|
||||
2KI 25 12 db03 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 25 13 uaq2 0 As for the bronze pillars ... Yahweh, the Chaldeans "This is what happened to the bronze pillars ... Yahweh: the Chaldeans"
|
||||
2KI 25 13 ph6f 0 the stands This refers to the large, moveable bronze stands with bronze wheels and axles. "the moveable bronze stands" or "the bronze stands with wheels"
|
||||
2KI 25 13 l5um 0 the bronze sea "the large bronze basin"
|
||||
2KI 25 13 vyc7 0 broke them into pieces "cut them into pieces" or "chopped them up into small pieces"
|
||||
2KI 25 14 tfz8 0 shovels A shovel was a tool that was used to clean the altar, typically used to move big piles of dirt, sand, or ashes.
|
||||
2KI 25 14 fkz8 0 with which the priests had served in the temple "which the priests had used in the temple service"
|
||||
2KI 25 15 sgl1 figs-explicit 0 The pots for removing ashes You may need to make explicit which ashes are spoken of. Alternate translation: "The pots that were used for removing ashes from the altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 25 16 j7af 0 the sea "the large bronze basin." See how you translated this in [2 Kings 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
2KI 25 16 ser3 0 the stands See how you translated this in [2 Kings 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
2KI 25 17 ak56 translate-bdistance 0 eighteen cubits ... three cubits A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 8.3 meters ... about 1.4 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
2KI 25 17 g6qb 0 a capital of bronze "an artistic, bronze design" or "a bronze piece with designs"
|
||||
2KI 25 17 c2rf 0 latticework This was a design made of crossed strips that looked like a net.
|
||||
2KI 25 17 gr5z 0 all made of bronze "completely made of bronze"
|
||||
2KI 25 18 nm6x 0 The commander of the bodyguard See how you translated this in [2 Kings 25:8](../25/08.md).
|
||||
2KI 25 18 p8z8 translate-names 0 Seraiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 18 nq3n 0 the second priest These words refer to Zephaniah. Another possible meaning is "the priest under Seraiah."
|
||||
2KI 25 18 ske8 0 gatekeepers See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:10](../07/10.md).
|
||||
2KI 25 19 ydp7 0 took prisoner "captured and kept from escaping"
|
||||
2KI 25 19 v5sk 0 an officer who was in charge of soldiers Other translations may read "a eunuch who was in charge of soldiers." A eunuch is a man whose private parts have been removed.
|
||||
2KI 25 19 jax7 0 officer responsible for drafting men into the army Possible meanings are 1) the officer forced men to become soldiers or 2) the officer wrote down the names of the men who became soldiers.
|
||||
2KI 25 20 qh76 0 Nebuzaradan This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 25:8](../25/08.md).
|
||||
2KI 25 20 cl9d 0 Riblah This is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 25:6](../25/06.md).
|
||||
2KI 25 21 dxm3 figs-euphemism 0 put them to death This is a polite way of saying "killed them." It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people might have helped the king do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2KI 25 21 b7iy 0 In this way, Judah went out of its land into exile "So Judah was taken into exile out of its land"
|
||||
2KI 25 21 u6ll figs-metonymy 0 Judah went out of its land Judah, the name of the people group, is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: "the people of Judah went out of their land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 25 22 k15w translate-names 0 Gedaliah ... Ahikam ... Shaphan These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 23 yzs4 translate-names 0 Ishmael ... Nethaniah ... Johanan ... Kareah ... Seraiah ... Tanhumeth ... Jaazaniah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 23 ww42 translate-names 0 Netophathite This refers to a person who is a descendant of a man named Netophah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 23 ytq9 translate-names 0 Maakathite This refers to a person who comes from a place called Maakah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 24 9812 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 25 25 cfc4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the seventh month This is the seventh month on the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 25 25 bt4c translate-names 0 Elishama This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 26 n8hs figs-hyperbole 0 all the people This is a generalization. Alternate translation: "many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2KI 25 26 u3mg figs-merism 0 from the least to the greatest This is a merism that means "everyone," which is a generalization. Alternate translation: "from the least important to the most important" or "everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2KI 25 27 y9pc translate-ordinal 0 in the thirty-seventh year (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 25 27 ggr6 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twelfth month, on the twenty-seventh day of the month This is the twelfth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-seventh day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
2KI 25 27 wz2b translate-names 0 Awel-Marduk This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2KI 25 28 kh12 figs-metonymy 0 a seat more honorable than that of the other kings Giving a good place at the dining table is a metonym for honoring him. Alternate translation: "more honor than the other kings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 25 29 e7s6 figs-metonymy 0 removed Jehoiachin's prison clothes The act of removing Jehoiachins' prison clothes represents making him a free man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 25 29 ahi6 0 at the king's table "with the king and his officials"
|
||||
2KI 25 30 i56q figs-activepassive 0 A regular food allowance was given to him This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "The king made sure that he had a regular food allowance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2KI 21 10 d273 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 21 11 2a1d General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 21 12 6ce4 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 23 1 8d28 General Information: This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
2KI 25 30 pi4e 0 A regular food allowance "Money to buy food"
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1927.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Введение в 3-е послание Иоанна #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общая информация ##<br><br>#### Структура 3-го послания Иоанна ####<br><br>1. Вступление (1:1)<br>1. Ободрение. Наставление относительно гостеприимства (1:2-8)<br>1. Диотреф и Димитрий (1:9-12)<br>1. Заключение (1:13-14)<br><br>#### Кто является автором 3-го послания Иоанна? ####<br><br>В послании нет прямого упоминания об имени автора. Он сам говорит о себе как о "старце" (1:1). Считается, что послание было написано апостолом Иоанном незадолго до его смерти. <br><br>#### Какова основная тема 3-го послания Иоанна? ####<br><br>Иоанн адресует данное послание человеку по имени Гай. Апостол просит его оказать гостеприимство верующим братьям, которые должны были посетить его область. <br><br>#### Как перевести название этой книги? ####<br><br>Вы можете оставить исходное название: "3 Иоанна" или "Третье Иоанна" - или же уточнить: "Третье послание от Иоанна", "Третье послание святого апостола Иоанна" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>## Часть 2: Религиозный и культурный контекст послания ##<br><br>#### Гостеприимство ####<br><br>Гостеприимство было важной древневосточной традицией. Люди должны были проявлять его к странникам и иноземцам, оказывая им помощь в случае необходимости. Во 2-м послании Иоанна апостол говорит верующим не принимать лжеучителей. В 3-м послании Иоанн просит Гая оказать гостеприимство верным учителям Евангелия. <br><br>## Часть 3: Вопросы перевода ##<br><br>#### В каком значении употребляются слова "братья", "дети", "язычники" в этом послании"? ####<br><br>Иоанн несколько раз употребляет слова "братья" и "дети", которые должны быть правильно поняты читателем. В Ветхом Завете слово "братья" использовалось в значении "иудеи". В Новом Завете это слово начало обозначать христиан. Когда Иоанн называет верующих "детьми", это значит, что он лично учил этих людей повиноваться Христу. <br><br>Автор также употребляет понятие "язычник". Прежде это слово обозначало всех, кто не был евреем. Однако в этом послании Иоанн использует его в значении "неверующий".
|
||||
3JN 1 1 rni7 figs-you 0 Общая информация: Это послание носит личный характер, потому что адресовано конкретному человеку - Гаю. Поэтому все личные местоимения ("ты", "твой") здесь употребляются в единственном числе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 От старейшины Речь идёт об Иоанне - апостоле и ученике Иисуса. Он называет себя так или по причине своего преклонного возраста (в некоторых переводах используется сово "старец" вместо "старейшина"), или потому что он являлся лидером церкви. Вы можете уточнить: "Я, Иоанн, старец, пишу..." (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 Гаю Это брат по вере, которому Иоанн адресовал своё послание (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 mp9w ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 whom I love in truth "whom I truly love"
|
||||
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων…σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 чтобы ты был здоров и успешен во всём "чтобы ты преуспевал и был здоров"
|
||||
3JN 1 2 i269 καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή 1 как успешна твоя душа "так же, как преуспевает твоя душа"
|
||||
3JN 1 3 b4zh ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν 1 пришли братья "пришли братья по вере" (речь, по-видимому, идёт о служителях-мужчинах)
|
||||
3JN 1 3 y7q3 figs-metaphor σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς 1 как ты живёшь в истине "о твоём образе жизни, который полностью соответствует Божьей истине"
|
||||
3JN 1 4 w79m figs-metaphor τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα 1 мои дети Иоанн называет верующих в Иисуса своими детьми. Это показывает глубину его любви к ним, поскольку, вероятно, именно он помог им обратиться ко Христу. Альтернативный перевод: "мои дети во Христе" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 5 vl13 0 Связующее утверждение: Иоанн хвалит Гая за то, что он с готовностью принимает странствующих евангелистов. После этого апостол говорит о верных Христу людях, а также об одном человеке, любящем главенствовать.
|
||||
3JN 1 5 tmh1 ἀγαπητέ 1 Дорогой! Это нежное обращение можно отнести ко всем верующим.
|
||||
3JN 1 5 gs6x πιστὸν ποιεῖς 1 Ты поступаешь верно "ты поступаешь в соответствии с Божьей волей" или "ты во всём верен Богу"
|
||||
3JN 1 5 g4gz ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους 1 во всём, что делаешь для братьев и чужестранцев "помогая своим как своим братьям по вере, так и чужим"
|
||||
3JN 1 6 wzf6 οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 Они рассказали о твоей любви перед всем собранием "Они" - то есть чужие братья, о которых сказано в 5-м стихе. Можно сказать: "Эти братья рассказали всем верующим в церкви о том, с какой любовью ты к ним относился".
|
||||
3JN 1 6 pb64 καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας 1 Ты поступишь хорошо, если проводишь их Иоанн благодарит Гая за его помощь верующим.
|
||||
3JN 1 7 d8y1 figs-metonymy γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον 1 Они пошли ради имени Христа "Ради имени Христа" - то есть ради Иисуса. Альтернативный перевод: "потому что они пошли для того, чтобы проповедовать людям об Иисусе" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 ничего не принимали не приняли никакой материально помощи
|
||||
3JN 1 7 hk3p τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 от язычников Речь не идёт только о тех, кто не был евреем, но также о тех, кто не верил в Иисуса.
|
||||
3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 чтобы стать участниками распространения истины "чтобы стать сотрудниками в распространении Евангелия"
|
||||
3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth “The truth” is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. It could mean: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST, or it could mean (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3JN 1 9 tm9q τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Общая информация: "Нас" - то есть Иоанна и его сотрудников (не Гаия) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 церкви Речь идёт об общине, к которой принадлежал Гай.
|
||||
3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 Диотреф Диотреф был одним из членов общины (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 9 dp1v figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 который любит быть главным "любящий первенствовать" или "стремящийся к лидерству"
|
||||
3JN 1 9 rrgg figs-metonymy Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς 1 Diotrophes does not receive us Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3JN 1 10 f6qj λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 1 распространяя злую клевету о нас "как он распространяет о нас ложные дурные слухи"
|
||||
3JN 1 10 wi6a αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 не принимает братьев "не принимает братьев по вере"
|
||||
3JN 1 10 it7p figs-ellipsis τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει 1 запрещает желающим принимать "запрещает принимать их тем, кто охотно это делает"
|
||||
3JN 1 10 g98b ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει 1 выгоняя их из церкви "заставляя их уйти из общины"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 a3z8 ἀγαπητέ 1 Дорогой! Это нежное обращение предназначено для верующих. См., как вы перевели его в [3 Иоанна 1:5](../01/05.md).
|
||||
3JN 1 11 pv24 μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 Не подражай злу "не подражай делам злых людей"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 sz2h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 но подражай добру "Но подражай делам добрых людей" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 11 cm8t ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 тот от Бога "тот истинно принадлежит Богу"
|
||||
3JN 1 11 zan2 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 тот не видел Бога "тот Богу не принадлежит" или "тот не верит в Бога"
|
||||
3JN 1 12 pl7i figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Все говорят о Димитрии только доброе Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "Все, кто знает Димитрия, хорошо отзываются о нём" или "все знакомые Димитрия говорят о нём только хорошее" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Димитрии Вероятно, речь идёт о служителе, который должен посетить Гая и его общину. Иоанн просит Гая позабоиться о Димирии (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 и сама истина Альтернативный перевод: "каждый, кто знает истину, понимает, что Димитрий действительно хороший человек" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 12 mftm figs-ellipsis καὶ ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 свидетельствует об этом Можно уточнить: "Мы также считаем его хорошим человеком" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-explicit καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν 1 And we also bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made explicit here. Alternate translation: “and we also speak well of Demetrius” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 a16a figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here, **we** refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 13 v27c 0 Общая информация: В завершении своего послания Иоанн делает несколько заключительных замечаний, а затем передаёт Гаю привет от друзей.
|
||||
3JN 1 13 am6k figs-doublet οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν 1 не хочу писать тебе чернилами и тростью Речь идёт о том, что Иоанн не хочет больше писать Гаю, потому что желает встретиться с ним лично (а не о том, что Иоанн хочет выбрать другие письменные принадлежности вместо трости и чернил).
|
||||
3JN 1 14 r8i4 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα 1 лицом к лицу Это устойчивое выражение, употребляющееся в значении "лично". Альтернативный перевод: "поговорить с тобой лично" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
3JN 1 15 v8yj εἰρήνη σοι 1 Мир тебе "Пусть Бог даст тебе мир!"
|
||||
3JN 1 15 mhs1 ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι 1 Друзья передают тебе привет "Наши здешние друзья передают тебе привет".
|
||||
3JN 1 15 lq8r ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Передавай привет всем друзьям, каждому лично Или "передавай каждому привет лично от меня".
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 696.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,1302 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Введение в книгу Ездры #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие сведения ##<br><br>#### План книги Ездры ####<br><br>1. Возвращение первых еврейских пленников из Персии в Иерусалим (1:1-2:70)<br>2. Восстанавление и освящение храма в Иерусалиме (3:1-6:22)<br>3. Возвращение ещё большего числа пленников; обучение людей Божьему закону (7:1-8:36)<br>4. Проблема вступления в брак с язычниками и решение этой проблемы (9:1-10:44)<br><br>#### Что представляет собой книга Ездры? ####<br><br>Книга Ездры повествует о том, как Израильский народ вернулся из Вавилона и пытался снова поклоняться Господу в соответствии с требованиями закона. Для этого им нужно было восстановить свой храм, чтобы они могли приносить жертвы Господу. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) <br><br>#### Как следует переводить название этой книги? ####<br><br>Книга названа именем священника Ездры, который привел первую группу евреев из плена обратно в Иудею. Переводчики могут использовать традиционное название «Ездра». Или же они могут выбрать более чёткое название, например, «Книга о Ездре». <br><br>## Часть 2: Важные религиозные и культурные концепции ##<br><br>#### Почему евреям не разрешалось вступать в брак с людьми из других народов? ####<br><br>Язычники поклонялись многим ложным богам. Бог не позволял евреям вступать в брак с людьми из других народов, потому что знал, что из-за этого народ Израиля отойдёт от истинной веры и будет поклоняться ложным богам. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>#### Весь ли народ Израильский вернулся на родину? ####<br><br>Многие евреи остались в Вавилоне, отказавшись возвращаться в Землю Обетованную. Многие из них были успешными в Вавилоне и поэтому решили остаться там. Однако это означало, что они не могли поклоняться Господу в Иерусалиме, как это делали их предки. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Часть 3: Важные проблемы перевода ##<br><br>#### Как книга Ездры использует термин «Израиль»? ####<br><br>Книга Ездры использует термин «Израиль», подразумевая под ним южное царство Иудеи. В основном это были колена Иуды и Вениамина. Остальные десять колен в своё время отказались подчиняться царям из рода Давида. Бог позволил ассирийцам захватить эти десять колен и вывезти их в плен за много лет до пленения Иудейского царства. В результате они смешались с другими народностями и не вернулись в Израильскую землю. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>#### Перечисляются ли события в Книге Ездры в том порядке, в котором они действительно произошли? ####<br><br>Некоторые из событий в Книге Ездры не повествуются в том порядке, в котором они на самом деле произошли. Переводчикам следует обращать внимание на заметки, которые сигнализируют о том, что события, возможно, не соответствуют реальному хронологическому порядку.
|
||||
EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ездра 01 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>В этой главе рассказывается история иудеев, возвращавшихся из Персии в Иудею.<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Царь Кир #####<br><br>Царь Кир позволил народу вернуться, потому что хотел, чтобы они восстановили храм. Те, кто остался, помогли тем, кто ушел, отдав им ценные вещи, чтобы помочь им в пути и переселении. Такая практика была распространена в период правления Кира и использовалась как способ поддержания мира во всём его царстве. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>#### Возможные трудности при переводе этой главы ####<br><br>##### Иудеи #####<br><br>После переселения в Иудею Ветхий Завет фокусируется на истории иудейского народа.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 01:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br>* __[Ездра Введение](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 1 1 7nrv writing-newevent וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת 1 В первый год Это относится к началу царствования царя Кира. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 ath4 figs-explicit וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 Господь пробудил его дух, чтобы исполнить слова Господа, сказанные Иеремией Здесь «сказанный» означает речь. Альтернативный перевод: «Господь сделал то, что Он должен был сделать согласно предсказанию Иеремии». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 qvp1 וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 Господь Это имя Бога, которое Он открыл своему народу в Ветхом Завете. См. словарь для переводчиков о слове Господь (Яхве) и о том, как правильно переводить это слово.
|
||||
EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 Господь пробудил его дух Здесь Кир представлен через его дух. Здесь говорится о Господе, который побуждает в Кире желание действовать, как будто Он «возбуждает» его дух. Альтернативный перевод: «Господь ... дал Киру желание». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 bns6 translate-names לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ 1 приказал царь объявить по всему своему царству В некоторых переводах используется слово "голос" как метонимия, означающая объявление какого-либо сообщения или приказа. В данном случае царство является метонимией, означающей людей, которыми правит царь. Альтернативный перевод: «Кир послал сообщение всем людям, над которыми он правил». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 xkd5 translate-names פָּרַ֔ס 1 объявить ... устно и письменно Это можно перевести в активной форме. Лучше перевести эту фразу так, чтобы читатель понял, что, скорее всего, другие люди помогли Киру отправить сообщение людям, над которыми он правил. Альтернативный перевод: «что написал Кир и прочли его посланники, чтобы весь народ мог услышать». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 t5sz figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **word** refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 savk figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 What Yahweh had said specifically was that, after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made that after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 l953 translate-names יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 y7r9 figs-metonymy מִפִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה 1 by the mouth of Jeremiah Here, **mouth** represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “which Jeremiah announced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 fn3a figs-synecdoche הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus Here the book uses one aspect of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put the desire to act into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 cz5n figs-metaphor הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Here the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put the desire to act into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 n59e grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּֽעֲבֶר 1 The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, he made … to be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 yiq4 figs-metonymy וַיַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּכָל־מַלְכוּת֔וֹ 1 his voice went out throughout all his kingdom **He** means Cyrus. In this context, the **sound** is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 x1wz figs-ellipsis וְגַם־בְּמִכְתָּ֖ב 1 what was written was spoken Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is: Cyrus also put this decree in writing. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “and Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 1 2 arwl figs-informremind יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Все царства земли Здесь «все» - это преувеличение, так как существовали царства, над которыми Кир не правил. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EZR 1 2 aqj5 figs-hyperbole כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 Ему дом в ... Иудее Возможно, вам нужно будет указать, что этот дом был предназначен для того, чтобы люди поклонялись Господу. Альтернативный перевод: «дом в Иудее, где люди смогут поклоняться Ему». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 2 zb3e figs-idiom נָ֣תַן לִ֔י 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has made me the ruler over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 2 dcb6 לִבְנֽוֹת־ל֣וֹ בַ֔יִת 1 Cyrus is not going to do the building personally. Rather, he means that he is giving the Jews, the people who worship Yahweh, permission and support to rebuild his temple, which the Babylonians had destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for the Jews, the people who worship him, to rebuild his temple”
|
||||
EZR 1 2 eapm figs-metaphor בַ֔יִת 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 2 i909 figs-informremind בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 Here Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 1 2 gmx4 translate-names בִּירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 for him a house…in Judah **Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judah** is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 xf34 figs-explicit מִֽי־בָכֶ֣ם מִכָּל־עַמּ֗וֹ 1 Его народа людей, принадлежащих Господу.
|
||||
EZR 1 3 fq6g figs-idiom יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָיו֙ עִמּ֔וֹ וְיַ֕עַל 1 Cyrus wishing that **God** will **be with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful as he goes up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 hz9g figs-idiom וְיַ֕עַל לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Cyrus says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 k839 figs-informremind לִירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּיהוּדָ֑ה 1 Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 gxbj figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 3 o6x4 figs-informremind יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Here Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 t7ux וְכָל־הַנִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ 1 все оставшиеся во всех местах ... пусть помогут им Те израильтяне, которые предпочитают остаться там, где они находятся, должны физически и финансово помочь тем, кто решил пойти в Иерусалим.
|
||||
EZR 1 4 fr03 figs-idiom וְכָל־הַנִּשְׁאָ֗ר 1 This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word **remaining** refers to people who are remaining or left over from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “Any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 vvzw figs-idiom מִֽכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than in one’s native land. **He** means a Jew such as is described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 uoep אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 Saying **where** and **there** together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.”
|
||||
EZR 1 4 p5jk figs-gendernotations יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔וֹ 1 It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term **men** here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 d9rn figs-idiom יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ 1 **Lift** here is an idiom that means help. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 f6tk figs-explicit הַ֨נְּדָבָ֔ה 1 The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in [1:7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and house of Yahweh to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 i39z grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 каждый, в ком Бог пробудил его дух Пробудить дух - это метонимия, которая означает возникновение желания действовать. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эту фразу в [Ездра 1:1](../01/01.md). Альтернативный перевод: «все, кого Бог побудил пойти». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 kkxf figs-idiom וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 In this context, the term **arose** means that these leaders took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then…started making preparations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 hgd0 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 Among the Israelites, the expression father’s house or house of the father originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word house (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
|
||||
EZR 1 5 bezo figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 rt3n translate-names לִֽיהוּדָה֙ וּבִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 These are the names of two of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 s2yg figs-metaphor לְכֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָאֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔וֹ 1 with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up Here the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 ywuq figs-idiom לַעֲל֣וֹת 1 As in [1:3](../01/03.md), the book says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 6 ihv7 figs-hyperbole וְכָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ 1 помогли им Это относится к помощи в работе, которую должны были выполнить люди из предыдущего стиха, в которых Бог пробудил желание пойти и действовать.
|
||||
EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽידֵיהֶ֔ם 1 strengthened their hands Here, **hands** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 6 sc2n לְבַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ 1 This is a reference to the freewill offerings that are also mentioned in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “in addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
|
||||
EZR 1 7 bt1u figs-explicit כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 1 7 bwol translate-names נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 1 **Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 emq3 figs-metaphor וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Мифредат ... Шешбацару Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 j32q figs-explicit וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Рукой Мифредата, хранителя сокровищ Здесь "рукой" - это метафора, означающая, что у человека была власть сделать то, что он хотел. Здесь читатель должен понять, что Кир ожидал от Мифредата таких действий, которые хотел совершить сам Кир. Альтернативный перевод: «поставил над ними Мифредата, казначея» или «поставил ответственным за них Мифредата, казначея». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 m5w3 translate-names מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 хранителя сокровищ чиновника, ответственного за деньги государства; казначея
|
||||
EZR 1 8 wc54 translate-unknown הַגִּזְבָּ֑ר 1 brought them out by the hand of Mithredath the treasurer This term describes the office of a person responsible for all the valuable possessions of a monarch and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 w8rk figs-idiom וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 treasurer **He** means Mithredath, and **them** means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 wb5a translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called **Sheshbazzar** here and in [1:11](../01/11.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [5:16](../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear and generally accepted explanation for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 qsti הַנָּשִׂ֖יא לִיהוּדָֽה׃ 1 The book says in [5:14](../05/14.md) that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “the governor of the province of Judah”
|
||||
EZR 1 9 hu9c figs-idiom וְאֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑ם 1 Общая информация: Это список подсчитанных ценностей.
|
||||
EZR 1 9 1a1c тридцать ... тысяча ... двадцать девять «30 ... 1000 ... 29». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 1 9 26b2 блюд в данном случае сосудов, используемых для хранения воды для мытья.
|
||||
EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים 1 четыреста десять "410". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 1 10 6968 чаш сосудов, используемых для хранения воды для мытья.
|
||||
EZR 1 11 z55f כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַזָּהָ֣ב וְלַכֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 Всех ... пять тысяч четыреста «Всего ... 5400». Это общее количество предметов, перечисленных выше, которые были возвращены в Иерусалим из Вавилона. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 1 11 i30r figs-idiom הַכֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַגּוֹלָ֔ה מִבָּבֶ֖ל לִירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Like the similar expression in [1:3](../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up** because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 11 kt84 figs-abstractnouns הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **exiles** refers, in this context, to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 1 11 fi2e translate-names מִבָּבֶ֖ל 1 **Babylon** is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ездра 02 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Генеалогия или Родословная #####<br><br>С помощью родословной люди должны были доказать свою причастность к иудейскому или священническому роду. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 02:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 2 1 ezk9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 1 Общая информация: Здесь начинается список с именами людей, которые вернулись из плена.
|
||||
EZR 2 1 ponw figs-metonymy הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 1 вышедшие Это идиома, которая относится к людям, путешествующим в Иерусалим. Альтернативный перевод: «идущие» или «возвращавшиеся». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽעֹלִים֙ 1 went up **Went up** means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “those who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 czrg figs-abstractnouns מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְבָבֶ֑ל 1 The abstract nouns **captivity** and **exiles** refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “from being held in a foreign land after Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 2 1 evx5 figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ׃ 1 Here, **a man** means each one or each person. Alternate translation: “they went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 2 mxt0 אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם 1 Сараием, Реелаем, Мардохеем, Билшаном, Мисфаром, Бигваем, Рехумом, Вааном Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 2 tmp8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 количество людей Это относится к списку людей в 2:3-35.
|
||||
EZR 2 2 z77p מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 This is the number In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
|
||||
EZR 2 3 i2m7 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 3 gmbm figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Пароша Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 3 zew1 translate-names פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Parosh **Parosh** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 4 xs2j figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Сафатии Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 4 zhh6 translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Shephatiah **Shephatiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 5 d4gc figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 Араха Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 5 inj3 translate-names אָרַ֔ח 1 Arah **Arah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 6 qyea figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב 1 Пахаф-Моава ... Иисуса Иоава Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 6 fw6a translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ 1 Pahath-Moab…Jeshua **Pahath-Moab** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 7 a6df figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 7 ytv9 translate-names עֵילָ֔ם 1 **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 8 ryuy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 Заттуя Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 8 d53m translate-names זַתּ֔וּא 1 Zattu **Zattu** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 9 nbic figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י 1 Закхая Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 9 da7k translate-names זַכָּ֔י 1 Zakkai **Zakkai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 10 fo1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 Вания Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 10 jcd8 translate-names בָנִ֔י 1 Bani **Bani** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 11 ak1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 11 h16w translate-names בֵבָ֔י 1 Бебая Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 12 bhyt figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Азгада Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 12 rxn6 translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Azgad **Azgad** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 13 yr6e figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Адоникама Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 13 uzn6 translate-names אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Adonikam **Adonikam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 14 ptzp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 Бигвая Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
EZR 2 14 qkv6 translate-names בִגְוָ֔י 1 Bigvai **Bigvai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 15 u5zk figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 15 it7t translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Адина Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 16 kk2c figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר 1 Атера Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 16 vui3 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר לִֽיחִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 девяносто восемь "98". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 17 qo8d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 Бецая Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 17 t3k5 translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Bezai **Bezai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 18 ghnw figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 18 k95c translate-names יוֹרָ֔ה 1 **Jorah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 19 i6kg figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе. Обратите внимание, что начиная с 2:21, вместо имён указываются названия мест, откуда люди пришли изначально. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 19 j9nm translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Хашума Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 20 r5bq figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר 1 Гиббара Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 20 g26q translate-names גִבָּ֖ר 1 девяносто пять "95". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 21 iu4s figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 уроженцев Вифлеема Здесь начинается список с указанием количества людей, предки которых жили в Иудейских городах. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 2 21 j7z9 translate-names בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם 1 **Bethlehem** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 22 v2ky translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְטֹפָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁשָּֽׁה׃ 1 пятьдесят шесть "56". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 22 c6ac Нетофы Это название города в Иудее. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 23 l29x translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе людей, предки которых вышли из указанных мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 23 6f42 Анафофа Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 24 qlw7 figs-personification בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 Азмавефа Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 24 d37s translate-names עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 сорок два "42". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 25 y9xa figs-personification בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Кириаф-Иарима ... Кефиры ... Беерофа Это названия местностей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 25 rw2o translate-names קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת 1 **Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah**, and **Beeroth** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 26 iyhq figs-personification בְּנֵ֤י הָרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע 1 Гевы Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 26 k69y translate-names הָרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע 1 Geba **Ramah** and **Geba** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 27 m82a translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе людей, а также с указанием названий мест, откуда пришли их предки. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 27 9aa7 Михмаса Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 28 g96s translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְהָעָ֔י מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 29 n7ir figs-personification בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ 1 Нево Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 29 j5sn translate-names נְב֖וֹ 1 пятьдесят два "52". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 30 m297 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 Магбиша Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 30 kvd9 translate-names מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 Magbish **Magbish** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 31 bv43 figs-personification בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе людей, а также с указанием названий мест, откуда пришли их предки. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 31 sl5j translate-names עֵילָ֣ם 1 **Elam** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 32 fqlf figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 Харима Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 32 ubs3 translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim **Harim** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 33 ti5a figs-personification בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ 1 Лидды ... Хадида ... Оно Это названия местностей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 33 e3tw translate-names לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ 1 Lod…Hadid…Ono **Lod, Hadid, and Ono** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 34 eyhe figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список людей, которые вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе людей, а также с указанием названий мест, откуда пришли их предки. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 34 pt5k translate-names יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 General Information: **Jericho** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 35 frxs figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Сенаи Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 35 ce4j translate-names סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Senaah **Senaah** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 36 c52r הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 Общая информация: В этом разделе перечислены имена священников, чьи потомки вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 36 xd3k figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 Иедаии Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 36 m352 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Иисуса Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
EZR 2 36 u51b figs-metonymy לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants **of Jeshua** figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 2 37 vauy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 37 u9p4 translate-names אִמֵּ֔ר 1 **Immer** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 38 fvt0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 38 w3dr translate-names פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 **Pashhur** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 39 jzxo figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 Харима «Харим» в [Ездра 2:32](../02/32.md) - это название местности, но здесь «Харим» - это мужское имя.
|
||||
EZR 2 39 g31h translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim **Harim** is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 40 tm51 translate-unknown הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Общая информация: В этом разделе перечислены имена левитов, чьи потомки вышли из плена, с указанием количества человек в каждой группе. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 40 vug8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Кадмиила ... Годавии Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 40 yu1j translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 семьдесят четыре "74". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 41 t56r translate-unknown הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 41 th1l figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 41 wkzb translate-names אָסָ֔ף 1 **Asaph** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 42 xno0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 Шаллума ... Талмона ... Аккува ... Хатиты ... Шовая Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 42 i72w translate-unknown הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 стражников ворот Привратников. Это ответственное лицо, следящее за теми, кто проходит через ворота храма.
|
||||
EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Атера Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:16](../02/16.md).
|
||||
EZR 2 42 lyb8 translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמ֣וֹן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Ater These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 fhw8 translate-unknown הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Общая информация: Этот раздел продолжает перечисление имён левитов, чьи потомки вышли из плена.
|
||||
EZR 2 43 nt2x הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Цихи ... Хасуфы ... Таббаофа Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 tx4y translate-names צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Ziha…Hasupha…Tabbaoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃ 1 Кероса ... Сиаги ... Фадона Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Лебаны ... Хагабы Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 45 75f4 Аккува Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 2:42](../02/42.md).
|
||||
EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Хагава ... Шамлая ... Ханана Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 1 Общая информация: Этот раздел продолжает перечисление имён левитов, чьи потомки вышли из плена. Это всё мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 1 Общая информация: Этот раздел продолжает перечисление имён левитов, чьи потомки вышли из плена. Это всё мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 52 yoav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 Общая информация: Этот раздел продолжает перечисление имён левитов, чьи потомки вышли из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 zx3k translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 rnfm translate-names סֹטַ֥י…הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת…פְרוּדָֽא 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 58 y86d כָּ֨ל־הַנְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 триста девяносто два человека «Всего 392 человека». Это общее количество людей в этой группе, которые вышли из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 fa24 figs-idiom וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעֹלִים֙ 1 Общая информация: Это список людей, которые вернулись в Израиль из разных вавилонских городов, но не смогли доказать своё иудейское происхождение. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 kgcj translate-names מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר 1 These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 gd69 וְלֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד 1 Alternate translation: “they had no records to prove”
|
||||
EZR 2 59 ay8y figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 1 These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translations: “that their ancestors had been Israelites” or “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 jlej figs-doublet בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 an9o figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ 1 Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or **house of their fathers** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 yqp3 figs-metaphor וְזַרְעָ֔ם 1 Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning "offspring." In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 60 k7wr בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 шестьсот пятьдесят два человека «652 человека». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 60 v01g figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Делайи ... Товии ... Некоды Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 60 xr2g translate-names דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Delaiah…Tobiah…Nekoda These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 io29 וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Хабайи ... Гаккоца ... Верзеллия Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 heb8 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “And descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 mpkp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 vg3t translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Habaiah…Hakkoz…Barzillai These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 d6en אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite”
|
||||
EZR 2 61 bwy5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 **Daughters** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 cxge וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם 1 Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
|
||||
EZR 2 62 yiq1 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה׃ 1 искали свою родословную запись записи, в которых говорится о предках
|
||||
EZR 2 62 qt2w figs-abstractnouns וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה 1 но не нашли её «не смогли найти своих имён в записях священников»
|
||||
EZR 2 62 6632 поэтому исключены из священства Это можно перевести в активной форме. Абстрактное существительное «священство» можно перевести как глагол «работать священниками». Альтернативный перевод: «другие священники относились к ним как к нечистым и не позволяли им работать священниками». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 2 62 f142 исключены из священства не подходили для работы священниками
|
||||
EZR 2 63 d82e translate-unknown הַתִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ 1 уримом и туммимом два предмета наподобие игральных костей, используемые первосвященниками для выяснения Божьей воли в сомнительных ситуациях.
|
||||
EZR 2 63 jyg6 figs-idiom וַיֹּ֤אמֶר…לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים 1 The phrase **the holiest holy food** refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings,<br>which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 63 e7bg figs-metaphor עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 Here, **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person had assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 63 n2du translate-unknown לְאוּרִ֥ים וּלְתֻמִּֽים 1 Urim and Thummim This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 64 a73j figs-idiom כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃ 1 Всё общество Это означает, что вся группа вернулась из плена обратно в Иудейскую землю.
|
||||
EZR 2 64 38cd сорока двух тысяч трёхсот шестидесяти «42360». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 65 w7yu מִ֠לְּבַד עַבְדֵיהֶ֤ם וְאַמְהֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֑ה 1 рабынь «служанок женского пола»
|
||||
EZR 2 65 i75w translate-unknown וְלָהֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽמְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם 1 которых было семь тысяч триста тридцать семь «Их было 7337». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 65 673c двести "200". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 66 t7kb סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵיהֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ 1 Общая информация: Далее приводится список животных с указанным количества особей каждого вида, которые вышли из плена вместе с людьми. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 68 7aer writing-newevent וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת 1 **Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. The full expression “house of their fathers” was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate<br>translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And<br>… leaders of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 fi3w figs-personification לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ 1 This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 69 v744 לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָה֒ 1 шестьдесят одну тысячу ... пять тысяч ... сто «61 000 ... 5 000 ... 100». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 2 69 qh93 translate-bmoney זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָאֶ֔לֶף 1 драхм золота «Драхмой» была маленькая золотая монета, используемая в Персидской империи. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
EZR 2 69 ln9c translate-bmoney וְכֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 мин Мина - единица меры веса. Одна мина - это примерно 550 грамм. Минами обычно мерили серебро. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
EZR 2 69 h3zd translate-unknown וְכָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה 1 священнических одежд одежда, которая одевалась непосредственно на тело
|
||||
EZR 2 70 w7fw וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠הַלְוִיִּם וּֽמִן־הָעָ֞ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם׃ 1 весь Израиль в своих городах Все вернулись в свои родные города в Иудее. Не все переселились в Иерусалим.
|
||||
EZR 2 70 gg6o figs-parallelism וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם 1 This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous sentence, perhaps for emphasis, to show that the return was accomplished successfully. You do not need to translate this sentence separately if that might be confusing for your readers. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ездра 03 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>В этой главе начинается рассказ о строительстве храма и восстановлении обрядов поклонения в новом храме. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Восстановление храма #####<br><br>Хотя сам храм ещё не был построен, они немедленно начали поклоняться Богу, потому что боялись окружающих их чужеземных народов. <br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 03:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | [>>](../04/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 3 1 us0g grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיִּגַּע֙ 1 седьмой месяц Подразумевается седьмой месяц еврейского календаря. Это было в конце сухого сезона и в начале сезона дождей, то есть в последнюю часть сентября и первую часть октября по западным календарям. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 lr47 figs-explicit וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 как один человек Как один человек, собрались в одном месте и имели одну общую цель. Альтернативный перевод: «ради одной цели». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 h84e translate-ordinal הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month You could convert the Hebrew **month** into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-informremind וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּעָרִ֑ים ס וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered ... in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 vth3 figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 hh94 figs-activepassive וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-idiom כְּאִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man **As one man** is an idiom that means they gathered as if they were a single person, that is, all in one place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 hbk8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיָּקָם֩ 1 Иисус Это мужское имя. Переведите его так же, как и в [Ездра 2:36](../02/36.md).
|
||||
EZR 3 2 s7ds figs-idiom וַיָּקָם֩ 1 Салафиила Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 ua8i translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 встал ... соорудили Встать - это метафора, означающая начало действий. Альтернативный перевод: «начал действовать и строить». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 o0k8 figs-metaphor וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 как написано в законе Моисея Это можно перевести в активной форме. Возможно, будет полезно указать, кому и что именно повелел Господь. Альтернативный перевод: «как повелел им Господь в Законе Моисея». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 gq2e translate-names וּזְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 j3ra figs-metaphor וְאֶחָ֔יו 1 Here, **brothers** appears to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders. The other seven men listed in [2:2](../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “and his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 yy1u figs-explicit וַיִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְהַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ עֹל֔וֹת 1 rose up and built This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 kqvh figs-explicit עֹל֔וֹת 1 The book assumes that readers will know that this means whole burnt offerings, that is, sacrifices that were burned up completely on the altar. These were offered to express a desire to be in good standing with God through the complete sacrifice of something valuable and also through the creation of an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. If your language has a special term for such offerings, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 eg3w figs-activepassive כַּכָּת֕וּב בְּתוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 as it is written in the law of Moses If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 gjpk figs-informremind מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 h7xj translate-names מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 **Moses** is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 mo49 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 поставили жертвенник на его основание «установили алтарь на его подставке» или «поставили жертвенник на основание, чтобы он стоял там».
|
||||
EZR 3 3 t8y7 figs-explicit וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו 1 находились в страхе Это идиома. Альтернативный перевод: «они очень боялись». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 bk73 figs-explicit כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 от чужеземных народов Можно сформулировать яснее, что за люди были в той стране, которые заставляли евреев бояться. Альтернативный перевод: «потому что они думали, что люди из окружающих земель хотели напасть на них». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 n3m4 figs-metaphor בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 стали приносить на нём утренние и вечерние всесожжения Господу Одна из первых вещей, которую делали люди - это приношение жерв Господу. Это происходило ещё до того, как храм был восстановлен.
|
||||
EZR 3 3 c33h figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 because of the people of the land This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area who were originally from other places (**lands**) but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 a9a2 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב 1 They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings The word **then** at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 vc8u figs-explicit וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤יו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַבֹּ֥קֶר וְלָעָֽרֶב 1 As [3:2](../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily **offerings** in the law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 4 pqln grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ 1 праздник Шалашей Это был праздник, который отмечался в течение восьми дней в седьмом месяце еврейского календаря. Он был связан со временем исхода, когда израильтяне жили в палатках. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 4 iej2 figs-explicit וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַסֻּכּ֖וֹת 1 the Festival of Shelters This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 4 q687 figs-activepassive כַּכָּת֑וּב 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 4 ka3d figs-explicit וְעֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּיוֹם֙ בְּמִסְפָּ֔ר כְּמִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ 1 These expressions refer to the way the law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “they offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 5 r95n grammar-connect-time-sequential וְאַחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 3 5 yg77 figs-ellipsis עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְלֶ֣חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּלְכָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַמְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּלְכֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַיהוָֽה 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 3 6 x3mt translate-ordinal מִיּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ 1 с первого же дня седьмого месяца Это седьмой месяц еврейского календаря. По западному календарю первый день приходится на середину сентября. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 6 cz5p grammar-connect-logic-contrast הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְהַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַיהוָ֑ה וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 основание храма Господа ещё не было положено Евреи начали проводить церемонии поклонения еще до того, как начали строить храм. Альтернативный перевод: «они еще не заложили фундамент для храма». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 6 cip8 figs-activepassive וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 although the foundation of the temple of Yahweh had not been laid If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 6 qiw8 figs-synecdoche וְהֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 This phrase likely means specifically that no one had laid a foundation yet for the new temple. That would have been the first step in construction. However, this seems to be a figurative way of describing the entire process of building the temple by referring to one part of that process, its first step. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 rmxu grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ 1 с разрешения персидского царя Кира Письма, присланные Киром, дали евреям официальное разрешение покупать материалы и строить храм.
|
||||
EZR 3 7 y5sm figs-explicit וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַחֹצְבִ֖ים וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 The implication is that the Jewish leaders did this, and the rest of the things the verse describes, in order to start construction on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In order to start building a new temple, they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 kpjx figs-idiom וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַחֹצְבִ֖ים וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 **Gave** is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “And they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 sqt7 וַיִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף 1 **Silver** here means money. Though the payment may well have been in the form of silver coins, such as are described in [2:69](../02/69.md), the value of the payment is in view. The book is describing that value figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the silver that served as the medium of exchange. Alternate translation: “And they paid money”
|
||||
EZR 3 7 hm3b translate-unknown לַחֹצְבִ֖ים 1 The term **masons** describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 q3ku translate-unknown וְלֶחָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 The term **carpenters** describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 snzd figs-idiom וּמַאֲכָ֨ל וּמִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָשֶׁ֗מֶן לַצִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְלַצֹּרִ֔ים 1 This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words **they gave,** earlier in the sentence, apply to this phrase as well. **Gave** would now have the sense of “sent,” since the leaders made this payment in kind rather than in cash. Alternate translation: “and they also sent grain and wine and olive oil to the people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 i65c figs-synecdoche וּמַאֲכָ֨ל וּמִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָשֶׁ֗מֶן 1 While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. **Food** means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. **Drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both things that the Israelites also produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “and grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 zqr4 translate-names לַצִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְלַצֹּרִ֔ים 1 These are the names of two people groups. The terms describe the residents of the cities of Sidon and Tyre, which were located on the seacoast north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 yj5k grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהָבִיא֩ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so that” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so that they would bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 i1u7 translate-unknown עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים 1 The term **cedar** refers to large fir trees with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that were valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 zvt6 figs-idiom מִן־הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא 1 The **sea of Joppa** is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 gq2g translate-names הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ 1 **Lebanon** is the name of a place. It was a mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 kya8 translate-names יָפ֔וֹא 1 **Joppa** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 ze22 figs-activepassive כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 according to the permission they had from King Cyrus of Persia If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 tfm5 grammar-connect-logic-result כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as “and so.” Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple, and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ayx1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 Во второй месяц Это второй месяц еврейского календаря. Описываемая ситуация происходила в тёплое время года, когда люди собирали урожай. По западному календарю это конец апреля и начало мая. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ze5c writing-newevent וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה 1 второго года Это происходило в течение следующего года после их возвращения. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 e0js translate-ordinal וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 к Божьему дому Возможно, будет полезно указать, что когда они прибыли, Божьего дома ещё не было. Альтернативный перевод: «туда, где когда-то был дом Божий» или «туда, где они собирались построить дом Божий». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 eh5s translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 Зоровавель ... и Иисус Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 rs79 figs-explicit וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית לְבוֹאָ֞ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ לִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 от двадцати лет «от 20 лет». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 y8bn figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ 1 to the house of God Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ckj4 figs-explicit בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 in the second year The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as [3:7](../03/07.md) describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the second month, once they had received sufficient materials” or “in the second month, once the spring weather came” or “in the second month, the same month when King Solomon laid the foundation of the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 wwz8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל 1 **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 fa38 translate-names וְיֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak **Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 bzi5 figs-metaphor וּשְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel, the governor, and Jeshua, the high priest. Alternate translation: “and their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 hy61 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־הַבָּאִים֙ מֵהַשְּׁבִ֣י 1 The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as [3:12](../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 uyam figs-ellipsis הֵחֵ֡לּוּ 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means “began to build a new temple.” You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 tliz grammar-connect-logic-goal וַיַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 hf5n figs-idiom אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה 1 from twenty years old Here, **son of 20 years and above** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 vyhg figs-ellipsis לְנַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 In this context, **the work of the house** is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a new temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of a new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 jfho בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “a new temple for Yahweh”
|
||||
EZR 3 9 b5al grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד 1 Иисус ... Хенадада Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 s6i8 translate-names יֵשׁ֡וּעַ 1 Кадмиил Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:40](../02/40.md).
|
||||
EZR 3 9 up2g בָּנָ֣יו וְ֠אֶחָיו 1 The terms **sons** and **brothers** do not seem to be figurative here, as those terms likely are later in the verse. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as people who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships.
|
||||
EZR 3 9 r3rx translate-names קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל 1 Kadmiel **Kadmiel** is is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 sc2u וּבָנָ֤יו 1 Here as well, the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction.
|
||||
EZR 3 9 w4q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 But here, **sons** does figuratively mean descendants. As [2:40](../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 mrij translate-names יְהוּדָה֙ 1 **Judah** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:40](../02/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 xr9e figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed<br>the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 myu1 figs-idiom כְּאֶחָ֔ד 1 **As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 mgw2 הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [2:69](../02/69.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), **the work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple”
|
||||
EZR 3 9 ihtd figs-explicit בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translations: (1) “those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites” or, (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 q6vn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 (1) **Their** could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case **their brothers the Levites** would be a figurative way of saying “their fellow Levites,” as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, **their** could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean “fellow Levites,” and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translations: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 nyal translate-names בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם 1 The **sons of Henadad** seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. **Their sons** seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 zkmw grammar-connect-time-sequential וְיִסְּד֥וּ הַבֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה 1 положили основание «Основание» или «фундамент» в данном случае представляло собой нечто большее, чем обычные каменные блоки, используемые для поддержки стен храма. Оно включало в себя весь нижний этаж храма, основанный на камне. Это позволяло всем посетителям храма носить специальную одежду и сохранять её в чистоте.
|
||||
EZR 3 10 w1j9 figs-explicit וְיִסְּד֥וּ…אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל 1 в их одеждах «в своих особых одеждах»
|
||||
EZR 3 10 y39g figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּחֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת 1 с трубами В некоторых переводах этот инструмент переведен как «цимбалы». Данный инструмент представлял собой две тонкие круглые металлические тарелки, которые ударяли друг об друга для получения очень громкого звука. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 kh7e figs-activepassive מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים 1 славить ... по уставу Давида Устав царя - это метонимия, означающая власть повелевать или приказывать. Альтернативный перевод: «славить ... как повелел Давид». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 dhpq figs-explicit וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽמְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 The book expects readers to know that **the Levites** of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph, sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 i9ce figs-metaphor וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 fvas translate-names אָסָף֙ 1 **Asaph** is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [2:41](../02/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 v35v translate-unknown בַּֽמְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 with cymbals **Cymbals** are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 wpry grammar-connect-logic-result לְהַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 You could place this phrase before the one that describes how the priests and Levites were positioned, since it explains why the leaders put them in those positions. You could then show the connection by using a word like “so” to introduce the information about the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “To celebrate this occasion, the leaders wanted to worship Yahweh in the way that King David of Israel had commanded, so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 t64z figs-metonymy יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד 1 the hands of David Here, the phrase **the hands of David, the king** is used figuratively to represent his authority to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 zb0l figs-informremind דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 3 11 ajjk grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ֠יַּעֲנוּ 1 славьте "Прославляйте". Это чувство признательности и выражение благодарности за доброту другого.
|
||||
EZR 3 11 bw1v וַֽ֠יַּעֲנוּ 1 потому что вовеки Его милость к Израилю Абстрактное существительное «милость» может быть перефразировано как «добросовестность» или «верность». Альтернативный перевод: «Он всегда проявляет искреннюю верность к Изравилю» или «Он всегда верен своему завету с Израилем». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 3 11 hgd5 figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 giving thanks These are at least some of the words that the Levites sang on this occasion. Based on their other occurrences in the Bible, they may be the words to a refrain that the second group sang in response to verses that the first group sang. Or they may be the entire lyrics to a song that was sung for this celebration. Either way, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate that they are the words of the singers by setting off them with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever The abstract noun **faithfulness** describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as “keep promises.” Alternate translation: “and Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 3 11 uqct figs-activepassive עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translations: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 h0i1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֡ים 1 прежний храм Это относится к первому храму, который построил Соломон, к Божьему дому. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 cq1v figs-ellipsis וְרָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת 1 перед их глазами Фраза «их глазами» подчеркивает то, что они видели сами. Альтернативный перевод: «своими глазами» или «они лично видели его». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 d6gu writing-background הַזְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת 1 громко плакали Плачь - это жалобные голосовые звуки, сопровождающиеся слезами и выражающие боль, горе, счастье или сильное эмоциональное волнение.
|
||||
EZR 3 12 wzqy figs-explicit בֹּכִ֖ים בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translations: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 yarf figs-metonymy בְּיָסְד֔וֹ זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ בְּעֵ֣ינֵיהֶ֔ם 1 As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **founding** means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. **Eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means “when construction began on the temple in their sight.” Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation the builders laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ 1 first house As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 rmy5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֛ים 1 before their eyes The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. Alternate translation: “but many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 d9tw figs-idiom וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 wept with a loud voice To be **lifting up a voice** is an idiom that means to be speaking, shouting, or singing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 onuv figs-abstractnouns וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 The idea behind the abstract noun **joy** can be expressed with an adjective such as happy. Alternate translation: “But many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 3 13 isem grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֵ֣ין 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 3 13 fpsh grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one could distinguish their cries from the sounds of weeping of other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 3 13 u6pc figs-explicit וְאֵ֣ין הָעָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַשִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָעָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָעָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 In its first occurrence here, the phrase **the people** means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “Because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the sounds of people weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 13 rvdj figs-activepassive וְהַקּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְמֵרָחֽוֹק 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ездра 04 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>В этой главе рассказывается о строительстве храма и восстановлении храмового богослужения. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Помощь в строительстве храма #####<br><br>Люди из окружающих народов предлагали свою помощь в строительстве храма. Неизвестно, почему евреи отказались от их помощи. После отказа эти люди стали врагами евреев и пытались помешать их работе. Они даже убедили Персидского царя остановить строительство храма.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 04:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) | [>>](../05/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 4 1 v368 writing-background וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ 1 Общая информация: Некоторые неевреи предлагают помощь в строительстве храма.
|
||||
EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 вернувшиеся из плена Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «которые раньше были захвачены в плен вавилонянами». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together, the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 1 **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 syf6 figs-idiom בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ 1 As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translations: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 czf3 figs-informremind לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translations: “Yahweh, the God they worshiped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 dkbu grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּגְּשׁ֨וּ 1 Зоровавелю Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:2](../02/02.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 сирийского царя Асардана Он правил в Ассирии до того, как Кир начал править Персией. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 zcwc figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of** father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 exyv figs-explicit וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ לָהֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּכֶ֔ם 1 Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they said to the Jews, ‘We would like to help you build the temple’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 yrms figs-idiom נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽאלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם 1 Here, **seek** is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 ffnu figs-idiom מִימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 yx1s translate-names אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר 1 Esarhaddon, king of Assyria **Esarhaddon** is the name of a man, and **Assyria** is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 to8y figs-idiom הַמַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖נוּ פֹּֽה 1 These men say that Esarhaddon brought them **up** to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9](../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 3 gkli grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיֹּאמֶר֩ 1 Иисус Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
EZR 4 3 xp3f translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְיֵשׁ֗וּעַ 1 Вам не строить ... Мы одни будем строить Возможные значения: 1) еврейский лидер чувствовал, что Кир дал разрешение на строительство храма только им, или 2) строительство храма было исключительно работой для евреев, и ни одному нееврею не было разрешено участвовать в работе.
|
||||
EZR 4 3 hbhq figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽאָבוֹת֙ 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of** father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 4 3 cuza רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽאָבוֹת֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
|
||||
EZR 4 3 isv8 figs-idiom לֹֽא־לָ֣כֶם וָלָ֔נוּ 1 You may not build a house for our God with us This expression is an idiom that means “it is for us alone.” Alternate translation: “You may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 3 bl6x figs-metaphor בַּ֖יִת לֵאלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 Alternate translation: “a temple for our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 3 jpin grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּי֩ 1 The word **but** indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as “no,” “rather,” or “on the contrary.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 4 3 jkgy figs-exclusive אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽיהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **We ourselves** here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. **Together** does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “it is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 3 vez9 figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See the note to [4:1](../04/01.md) about the significance of this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 4 3 kqpr figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔נוּ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their enemies. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, “It is not for you … to build a house for our God,” and they describe Yahweh as the God of Israel exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: “Whoever among you is from all his people …may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel.” It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “for that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 j0ej writing-newevent וַיְהִי֙ 1 Народ той земли «люди, которые жили в то время на этой земле», в число которых могли входить как неевреи, так и евреи, семьи которых вавилоняне не отправили в плен.
|
||||
EZR 4 4 d9da figs-idiom עַם־הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 стал ослаблять руки иудейского народа Здесь говорится о том, что чужеземцы препятствовали иудеям, как будто они делали их руки слабыми. Альтернативный перевод: «ослабляли решимость иудеев». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 n1m9 figs-parallelism וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖ם לִבְנֽוֹת 1 иудейского народа людей, которые вернулись из Вавилона и поселились на землях Иудеи.
|
||||
EZR 4 4 mih7 figs-metaphor וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Here, **hands** figuratively represents power and action, so **making the hands weak** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 aq32 עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 the people of Judah In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather specifically the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah”
|
||||
EZR 4 5 ndut translate-unknown וְסֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים 1 разрушить их планы «делать так, чтобы иудеи не могли построить храм, как они планировали».
|
||||
EZR 4 5 kd9a לְהָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑ם 1 to frustrate their plans Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple”
|
||||
EZR 4 5 jlap figs-idiom כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 **Days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 5 tq7w figs-explicit וְעַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors until Darius became king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 5 py4b translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 **Darius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 l93u writing-newevent וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ 1 они написали обвинение на жителей Иудеи и Иерусалима Абстрактное существительное «обвинение» может быть переведено как глагол «обвинять». Возможно, будет полезно указать, как именно враги обвиняли иудеев. Альтернативный перевод: «написали письмо, в котором они обвиняли живущих в Иудее и в Иерусалиме в неповиновении царю». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 o931 writing-background וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ 1 This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 zxv3 figs-explicit וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑וֹ 1 Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In [4:24](../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in [4:5](../04/05.md), and then, in [5:1](../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23](../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 k3fy translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 **Ahasuerus** is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation if it would be clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 iaw6 figs-explicit כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 z7sk figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as accuse. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter of complaint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 o4k9 figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The noun **accusation** might be referring figuratively to the actual letter itself by substituting a description of the content of the letter. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter of complaint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 kzu9 יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem”
|
||||
EZR 4 7 995w writing-newevent וּבִימֵ֣י 1 Бишлам, Мифредат, Табеел Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 7 mmwa grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבִימֵ֣י 1 Письмо Это письмо, о котором говорится в [Ездра 4:6](../04/06.md).
|
||||
EZR 4 7 qdrm figs-idiom וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 на арамейском языке язык, используемый в то время в том регионе для официальных обращений.
|
||||
EZR 4 7 r5xb figs-explicit וּבִימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 7 xw38 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 7 x91s translate-names בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙ 1 Bishlam…Mithredath…Tabeel These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 7 zjhh וּשְׁאָ֣ר כנותו 1 The term **companions** here describes people who hold a similar position. Alternate translation: “and his other associates”
|
||||
EZR 4 7 hdnj writing-background וּכְתָב֙ הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term **interpreted** does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “these officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 4 7 jl52 figs-activepassive הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב 1 the letter If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these officials made sure was written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 7 ym9r figs-explicit וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 translated We might expect that, logically, this phrase would come before the previous one, written in the **Aramaic** script, since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18](../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 s8m7 translate-names רְח֣וּם 1 Шимшай Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 z7be figs-idiom בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Рехум Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
EZR 4 8 uu3t translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 hwq8 translate-unknown סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Rehum This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such as Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 l343 figs-metonymy אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Here the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 kv6z figs-metonymy כְּנֵֽמָא 1 The phrase **as follows** would ordinarily indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:10](../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “and here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 kt23 אֱדַ֜יִן 1 динеи ... арехьяне ... сусанцы народы, живущие на тех землях. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 stkq figs-quotemarks אֱדַ֜יִן 1 If the word **then** is introducing a quotation from a document, but you choose not to translate it, you could use some other means to indicate that this is a quotation. Perhaps you might use quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 vvp8 translate-names רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Erech…Susa **Rehum** is is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 shnl translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 **Shimshai** is is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 d33e figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵא וַאֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣א 1 As in [4:7](../04/07.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 t8pa translate-names אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 9 yz8m figs-explicit אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵא֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔א דהוא עֵלְמָיֵֽא 1 These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 10 k64z וּשְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣א וְיַקִּירָ֔א וְהוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּקִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 Аснафар Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 10 d6lu translate-names אָסְנַפַּר֙ 1 в других городах за рекой Имеются в виду провинции, которые располагались к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 10 pu35 translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 the Province Beyond the River **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 10 s4ki grammar-connect-words-phrases וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [7:12](../07/12.md), it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In [5:17](../05/17.md), it comes near the end of a letter to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 a7sk figs-aside דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 Вот список Ездра включает в свой текст содержание письма, отправленного царю Артаксерксу.
|
||||
EZR 4 11 lny4 figs-quotemarks דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹהִי 1 люди живущие за рекой Имеются в виду провинции, которые располагались к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эту фразу в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 v61f translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 n6mp figs-123person עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Here the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as **your servants** in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “from your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 uupo figs-idiom עַבְדָ֛יךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖ה 1 In this context, **men** means people, so this phrase means people who live in Beyond-the-River province. But together with the preceding phrase, **your servants**, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 11 a2bi grammar-connect-words-phrases וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md), **and now** is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 bqu1 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 мятежный и злой город «Город» - это метонимия, которая олицетворяет живущих в нём людей. Альтернативный перевод: «город, в котором они планируют заселиться и бунтовать против вас». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 u168 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 исправили основания «укрепили фундамент» или «починили основание».
|
||||
EZR 4 12 alqa figs-idiom יְהוּדָיֵ֗א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔ךְ 1 Here, as in several instances earlier in the book, **went up** means “traveled from Babylon to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as **near you** because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 ns5b עֲלֶ֥ינָא אֲת֖וֹ לִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem”
|
||||
EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 the rebellious and evil city Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **city** where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 kke9 figs-doublet מָֽרָדְתָּ֤א ובאישתא 1 **Rebellious and evil** mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that, because the people of Jerusalem are so evil or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְאֻשַּׁיָּ֖א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations Here, **completing** is a way of saying “building.” Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **repairing** and **completing** together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, “which a great king of Israel built and completed,” [5:11](../05/11.md), and “to build this house and to complete this structure,” [5:3](../05/03.md).) The term **completing** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of build. **Repairing** could also mean digging out. Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translations: “they are working throughout the city to restore it” or “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 daq3 כְּעַ֗ן 1 если этот город будет построен и его стены будут восстановлены Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «если они построят город и завершат его стены». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 vkk4 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 царской казне будет нанесён ущерб Слово «ущерб» относится к тому, что иудеи больше не будут платить деньги в царскую казну.
|
||||
EZR 4 13 cd84 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 wj7f figs-parallelism הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 wj57 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is built and the wall is completed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “if the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 13 x47o figs-doublet מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַהֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן 1 **Tax**, **tribute**, and **custom** mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. You do not need to represent all three words in your translation if that would might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “they will stop paying any taxes” However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to things such as taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also translate these terms separately. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
|
||||
EZR 4 13 pgs2 figs-explicit וְאַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק 1 the treasury of the king will suffer loss The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural **kings** here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 14 ye9h grammar-connect-words-phrases כְּעַ֗ן 1 мы едим соль от царского дворца Возможные значения: это относится к 1) писцам, которые были верны царю, или к 2) царю, который оказывал писцам особые почести. Альтернативный перевод: «мы верны вам» или «вы почтили нас, даровав нам особое должностное положение». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 14 m7yw figs-idiom מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָא֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא 1 we have eaten the salt of the palace This expression means that these officials are paid from the royal treasury. Alternate translation: “we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 14 y5g9 figs-explicit דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָא֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא 1 The implication is that, because these officials are paid from the royal treasury, they feel a loyalty and a sense of obligation to the king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 14 uggy figs-123person עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְהוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְמַלְכָּֽא 1 The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 4 15 mcvp figs-123person דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩ 1 этот город мятежный «Город» - это метонимия, которая олицетворяет живущих в нём людей. Альтернативный перевод: «город, в котором живут люди, которые восстали против вашего отца». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 15 fujm figs-idiom בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ 1 город и был опустошён Это может быть переведено в активной форме, и в этом случае вам нужно будет указать, кто именно уничтожил город. «Город» - это метонимия, которая олицетворяет живущих в нём людей. Альтернативный перевод: «этот город разрушили вавилоняне». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 15 u1i3 figs-metaphor בִּֽסְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗ךְ 1 Here**, fathers** figuratively means predecessors. This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19](../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to ancient days, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 15 zvmc figs-doublet וּ֠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּסְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּא֮ וְתִנְדַּע֒ 1 **Discover** and **learn** mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “The chronicles will certainly confirm for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 4 15 sa9b figs-parallelism דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽמְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּמְדִנָ֔ן וְאֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּגַוַּ֔הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑א 1 a rebellious city These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “that the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “that the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute, long being a center of revolt ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 15 z1fu figs-idiom וּֽמְהַנְזְקַ֤ת 1 In light of the similar expression in [4:13](../04/13.md), “and the revenue of the kings will suffer harm,” this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “and refused to pay tribute to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 15 iw58 figs-metonymy וּמְדִנָ֔ן 1 Here, **provinces** refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “and governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 15 au5i figs-activepassive עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת 1 this city was destroyed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 16 qw5y figs-123person מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְמַלְכָּ֔א 1 если этот город будет достроен и его стены восстановлены Это можно перевести в активной форме. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эти слова в [Ездра 4:13](../04/13.md). Альтернативный перевод: «если они достроят город и его стены». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 16 cr21 הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְשׁוּרַיָּ֖ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 после этого не будет у тебя владения Здесь «не будет у тебя владения» является преувеличением, чтобы заставить царя думать, что если иудеи устроят мятеж, то он потеряет много денег с налогов. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EZR 4 16 n9kz figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 владения за рекой Имеются в виду провинции, которые располагались к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 16 keh5 figs-hyperbole לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you and stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 в других городах за рекой Подразумеваются провинции, которые располагались к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Рехуму Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 Шимшаю Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 4:8](../04/08.md).
|
||||
EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 за рекой река Евфрат
|
||||
EZR 4 17 oyb4 שְׁלָ֖ם 1 **Peace** was a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translations: “greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
|
||||
EZR 4 17 is3z grammar-connect-words-phrases וּכְעֶֽת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
EZR 4 18 nata figs-explicit נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑ינָא 1 Письмо, которое вы нам прислали, было внятно прочитано передо мной Это может быть переведено в активной форме, и в этом случае будет полезно указать, кто перевел и прочитал письмо царю. Альтернативный перевод: «Мои слуги перевели и прочитали письмо, которое вы отправили мне». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 18 sza5 figs-activepassive מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 the letter that you sent me has been translated and read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 18 bbxs figs-explicit מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 The implication is not that the king was unable to read or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 bapj grammar-connect-logic-result וּמִנִּי֮ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 4 19 h6w5 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “So I commanded my officials, and they searched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 rx6m figs-explicit וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles, and they investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 eq5y figs-idiom קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 **That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **risen up against** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 wf0o figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 y5eu figs-doublet וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 **Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 as5z figs-metaphor וּמַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם 1 всем за рекой Подразумеваются провинции, которые располагались к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 ewxu writing-background וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין 1 которым платили подати, налоги и пошлины Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Люди в Иерусалиме платили дань и налоги этим царям» или «Эти цари могли собирать дань и налоги». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 vmb6 וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּכֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “in fact, they ruled over the whole area that is Beyond-the-River province”
|
||||
EZR 4 20 s7mv figs-activepassive וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֽוֹן 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 bo7z figs-doublet וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
|
||||
EZR 4 21 c4sp grammar-connect-words-phrases כְּעַן֙ 1 дан указ «выйдет закон» или «дано повеление»
|
||||
EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials in which they speak of “the Jews who went up from near you” and who “have come to us at Jerusalem” ([4:12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “issue a decree to make those Jews who returned to Jerusalem from exile stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 give a command **So,** at the beginning of this clause, indicates that the clause describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “because I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 4 22 xxy6 figs-litotes וּזְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְמֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Будьте осторожны, чтобы не осталось это без внимания Здесь утверждение "не осталось без внимания" подчеркивает, что автор письма хочет, чтобы все было сделано так, как он сказал. Альтернативный перевод: «Обязательно обратите на это внимание». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EZR 4 22 snhn figs-explicit לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Зачем допускать умножение вредного в ущерб царям?» Артаксеркс использует вопрос, чтобы показать, что он очень хорошо понимает, что может потерять налоги и свою честь, если этот город будет построен. Альтернативный перевод: «Вы должны удостовериться, что этот вред не растёт и не угрожает царским интересам». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 4 22 t7e7 figs-rquestion לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 умножение вредного О вреде говорится как о растении, которое растёт и увеличивается в размере. Альтернативный перевод: «опасность становится ещё сильнее». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 22 kqp4 figs-123person לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 умножение вредного в ущерб царям Фраза «ущерб царям» - это метонимия, олицетворяющая самого царя. Альтернативный перевод: «увеличивается опасность для царей». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 nhx0 grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֗יִן 1 письмо царя Артаксеркса было прочитано Это может быть переведено в активной форме, и в этом случае вам будет полезно указать, кто именно прочитал указ царя его официальным представителям. Альтернативный перевод: «Посланники царя Артаксеркса прочитали его указ». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 zq2h figs-explicit מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Рехумом Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
EZR 4 23 cz5l figs-activepassive פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י 1 Шимшаем Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 4:7](../04/07.md).
|
||||
EZR 4 23 djzh translate-names ארתחששתא 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 s349 translate-names רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum Rehum is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 qu4l translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 eiff figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:17](../04/17.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and their associates,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 vkzx אֲזַ֨לוּ בִבְהִיל֤וּ לִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א 1 Shimshai Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews”
|
||||
EZR 4 23 yg0y figs-hendiadys וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The phrase **an arm and strength** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **strength** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a strong arm, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 ck1l figs-metaphor וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 23 v0na figs-explicit וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 24 kj9i figs-explicit בֵּאדַ֗יִן בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔א דִּ֖י בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Тогда остановилась работа в Божьем доме ... до второго года царствования Дария Эта задержка продолжалась около 16 лет.
|
||||
EZR 4 24 s03r figs-activepassive וַהֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 24 v4gi translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ездра 05 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>В этой главе рассказывается о строительстве храма и восстановлении храмового богослужения. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Восстановление храма #####<br><br>Пророки Аггей и Захария призвали евреев снова начать строительство храма. Это было очень важно для их жизни в Иудее. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 05:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../04/intro.md) | [>>](../06/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 5 1 puq2 writing-newevent וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י 1 Адды Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 buty grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י 1 Iddo The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate took place at the time just named, that is, the second year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia. Alternate translation: “At that time … prophesied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 fxco translate-unknown נביאיא 1 Iddo A **prophet** is someone who speaks messages from God to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 bdb8 translate-names וּזְכַרְיָ֤ה בַר־עִדּוֹא֙ 1 Iddo **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 qgzx translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Iddo **Haggai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 zfch figs-explicit וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י…עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א דִּ֥י בִיה֖וּד וּבִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Iddo The implication, based on how the Jewish leaders respond in the next verse, is that Haggai and Zechariah prophesied to them specifically that they should resume work on rebuilding the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “told the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem that they should start rebuilding the temple again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 gfey figs-idiom בְּשֻׁ֛ם אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Iddo This expression means that Haggai and Zechariah made clear that they were speaking to the Jews on behalf of God, as if God were speaking through them. Alternate translation: “as messengers of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 ko7o figs-informremind אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Iddo As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 gw8s figs-metaphor עֲלֵיהֽוֹן 1 Iddo God is described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above the Jews to indicate that they acknowledged his authority and they served and obeyed him. Alternate translation: “whom the Jews worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 2 hkqf grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֡יִן 1 Зоровавель ... Иоседека Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 2 z38k translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Салафиила Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְיֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 строить Божий дом Это был Божий храм.
|
||||
EZR 5 2 j3sv figs-idiom קָ֠מוּ 1 Jeshua…Jozadak In this context, the word **arose** means he took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 5 2 mz7h figs-metaphor וְשָׁרִ֣יו לְמִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א 1 to build the house of God Alternate translation: “resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 3 pmcm grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בֵּהּ־זִמְנָא֩ 1 Фафнай ... Шефар-Бознай Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 3 kl9l translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי 1 областей за рекой Подразумеваются провинции, которые располагались к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 3 gs4x translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 3 xjkh translate-names וּשְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 the Province Beyond the River **Shethar-Bozenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 3 kq8c figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River As often in the book, the term **companions** here indicates people who holds similar positions. Alternate translation: “and their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 5 3 zz1b מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “Who gave you permission” or “Who authorized you”
|
||||
EZR 5 3 a23k figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לִבְּנֵ֔א וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 5 3 rp2r figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 4 jznw grammar-connect-logic-result אֱדַ֥יִן 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 5 4 jk0p grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֥יִן 1 However, see the next note about the possibility that this verse should read “they said to them” rather than we said to them. In that case, this word is indicating that the enemies asked the question in this verse right after the question they asked in the previous verse. (The word is not indicating that the two questions were asked on separate occasions.) Alternate translation: “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔א 1 Here, the Aramaic text reads **we said** but does not specify who “we” is. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, although the author uses first person pronouns later in the book. In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” could be a copy mistake that has crept into the Aramaic text here. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they said to them, 'Who are the men …?” It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a direct speech but simply describing what was said. Alternate translation: “we told them who the men were” or “we told them the names of the men” It is also possible that the book of Ezra was compiled from various sources, which might explain why sometimes Ezra is sometimes referred to in the third person and sometimes in the first person. This could account for why the pronoun “we” appears out of place in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 ewqj grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעֵ֣ין 1 Божий взгляд был над "Взгляд" подразумевает наблюдение кого-то за кем-то. Альтернативный перевод: «Бог наблюдал за». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א 1 пока дело не отправили к Дарию, и пока не пришло решение по этому делу Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «официальный представитель послал письмо царю, а царь отправил им свой указ относительно этого дела». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 mvci grammar-connect-logic-result וְלָא 1 the eye of God was on The word **and** might indicate that the clause it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result … not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְלָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖א לְדָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “and Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 udsx grammar-connect-time-sequential וֶאֱדַ֛יִן 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 y8gi יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖א עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** actually means Darius here. As in [4:18](../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court.
|
||||
EZR 5 6 jbg5 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּשְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Вот содержание письма Ездра приводит содержание письма к царю Дарию относительно проводимой работы по строительству храма.
|
||||
EZR 5 6 uq1x וּכְנָ֣וָתֵ֔הּ 1 областей за рекой Подразумеваются провинции, которые располагались к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 5 7 xf0z לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the Province Beyond the River **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
EZR 5 7 mho8 שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:17](../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
|
||||
EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается письмо к царю, начавшееся в [Ездра 5:7](../05/07.md).
|
||||
EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 1 дерево бревна из древесины для строительства
|
||||
EZR 5 8 nv7q אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִיה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּא֙ 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
|
||||
EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א 1 General Information: This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “to the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 nmq2 figs-activepassive וְה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְאָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּכֻתְלַיָּ֑א 1 timbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say who was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “the Jews are building the temple out of large stones and setting timber beams in the walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם 1 timbers Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several more times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “And they are doing the work carefully and efficiently and successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 8 nzzw figs-metaphor וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם 1 timbers Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 9 uee9 figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Кто дал вам разрешение «Кто позволил вам»
|
||||
EZR 5 9 p8jz figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command See how you translated this question in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 10 okji וְאַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְהֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּהֹ֖ם לְהוֹדָעוּתָ֑ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 5 10 qn28 figs-metaphor גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying leader. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 11 f9fm figs-quotemarks אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается письмо Фафная к царю, начавшееся в [Ездра 5:7](../05/07.md)
|
||||
EZR 5 11 m5y2 figs-idiom אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 Мы — рабы Бога неба и земли Возможный смысл: 1) они называли слугами Бога евреев или 2) отвечавшие им были из колена Левия и Аарона, которые фактически несли ответственность за храмовое поклонение и жертвы.
|
||||
EZR 5 11 r5fg figs-explicit אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 который был построен за много лет прежде этого. Великий царь в Израиле строил и завершил его Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «который построил и оборудовал великий царь Израиля». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּבָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָא֙ 1 завершил его «снарядил его всем необходимым».
|
||||
EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּמֶ֤לֶךְ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖הִי וְשַׁכְלְלֵֽהּ 1 completed In this section of the book, **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается письмо к царю. Фафнай продолжает передавать царю ответ Иудеев, начиная с [Ездра 5:11](../05/11.md).
|
||||
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 1 прогневали небесного Бога «сделали то, за что Бог рассердился на них»
|
||||
EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 Он отдал их в руки халдея Навуходоносора, царя Вавилона. И он разрушил этот дом, а народ переселил Руки - это метонимия силы или власти. Более того, «Навуходоносор» представляет собой целую армию. Альтернативный перевод: «позволил армии халдея Навуходоносора, царя Вавилонского, уничтожить этот дом и забрать с собой этот народ». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 cy4x figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 разрушил этот дом «снёс этот дом»
|
||||
EZR 5 12 lfdn translate-names נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man, and **Babylon** is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 soz8 figs-informremind כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 wqnc translate-names כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Chaldean** is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 12 sgt7 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתָ֤ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔הּ 1 destroyed this house As in [5:11](../05/11.md), **house** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “house of God” or “temple.” Alternate translation: “and Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 13 e3wn grammar-connect-logic-contrast בְּרַם֙ 1 царь Кир дал разрешение построить этот Божий дом Кир приказал, чтобы люди восстановили Божий храм.
|
||||
EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 5 13 t6xc translate-names לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 13 g9o0 figs-explicit מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается письмо Фафная к царю, начавшееся в [Ездра 5:7](../05/07.md). Фафнай продолжает передавать царю ответ Иудеев, начиная с ([Ездра 5:11](./11.md)).
|
||||
EZR 5 14 ukn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 Шешбацару Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
EZR 5 14 qsv0 figs-activepassive וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ 1 вынес ... Их отдали Царь Кир вернул реликвии храма.
|
||||
EZR 5 14 w7ix translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Sheshbazzar **Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 15 kwvp grammar-connect-time-sequential וַאֲמַר 1 пусть Божий дом строится Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Я хочу, чтобы Иудеи восстановили дом Божий». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 15 pdri figs-quotemarks וַאֲמַר־לֵ֓הּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt This means “Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar.” What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается письмо к царю, начавшееся в [Ездра 5:7](../05/07.md) Фафнай продолжает передавать царю ответ Иудеев, начиная с ([Ездра 5:11](./11.md)).
|
||||
EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 1 он ещё строится, и пока не закончен Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «люди сейчас его строят, но они еще не завершили всю работу до конца». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 строится находится в процессе строительства.
|
||||
EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 f4m4 grammar-connect-words-phrases וּכְעַ֞ן 1 Общая информация: Письмо к царю, начавшееся в [Ездра 5:7](../05/07.md), завершается. Фафнай закончил передавать царю ответ Иудеев, и теперь просит царя узнать, правда ли всё это.
|
||||
EZR 5 17 kviz figs-idiom הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 пусть поищут Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Я хотел бы, чтобы вы отправили кого-нибудь расследовать это дело». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 hlsk figs-123person הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 точно ли было дано царём Киром разрешение «есть ли там запись о том, что царь Кир дал такой указ».
|
||||
EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א 1 let a search be made [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a house metaphorically as if these documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 vii9 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְמִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “Please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending the quotation here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ездра 06 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>В этой главе завершается история о строительстве храма и восстановлении храмового богослужения. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Налог на храм #####<br><br>Царь подтвердил правоту евреев и приказал использовать деньги из собственной казны на строительство храма.<br><br>#### Другие возможные трудности при переводе этой главы ####<br><br>##### Дарий #####<br><br>В этой главе Дарий назван Ассирийским царём. На самом же деле, помимо правления над бывшей ассирийской империей, Дарий был также царем Персии. Персия завоевала Вавилон, который до этого завоевал Ассирию. Это сделало царя Персии царём Ассирии. Несколько необычно ссылаться на Дария как на царя или правителя Ассирии. Возможно, Ездра упомянул его именно таким образом с целью противопоставить действия Дария с действиями бывших правителей Ассирии, которые жестоко обращались с евреями. Более ранние ассирийские правители завоевали северные колена Израиля и депортировали их в другие страны, чтобы смешать их с другими народами. По этой причине северные колена потеряли свою национальную идентичность и больше не являлись отдельной народностью.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 06:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../05/intro.md) | [>>](../07/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֛יִן 1 дал указ, и искали Абстрактный глагол "искать" может быть выражен глаголом "расследовать". Альтернативный перевод: «приказал своим должностным лицам расследовать» или «приказал своим служащим искать». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 дал указ, и искали Можно сформулировать яснее, что именно они должны были расследовать. Альтернативный перевод: «приказал своим должностным лицам расследовать этот случай и найти записи» или «приказал своим должностным лицам произвести поиск и выяснить, есть ли запись от царя Кира, разрешающая евреям строительство Божьего дома в Иерусалиме». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 pb3s translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 хранилище книг Это помещение, где служители царя хранили важные правительственные записи.
|
||||
EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 ekf1 figs-activepassive בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 vcxt grammar-connect-logic-result וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 1 в Екбатане Это название города. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 свиток был найден Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «они нашли свиток» или «они нашли свиток, рассказывающий об Иерусалиме». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה 1 Ecbatana **Ecbatana** is the name of a city, and **Media** is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 Общая информация: Здесь начинается запись приказа царя Кира о том, что еврям разрешено восстановить Божий храм в Иерусалиме.
|
||||
EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 В первый год своего правления царь Кир Можно сформулировать яснее, что это был первый год царствования Кира. Альтернативный перевод: «В год, когда Кир начал царствовать». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 lyht translate-names לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ 1 Пусть строится на том месте дом Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Пусть евреи восстановят дом» или «Иудеи должны восстановить дом». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 gi3x figs-quotemarks בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א 1 шестьдесят локтей «60 локтей». Вы можете перевести это в современную меру длины. Альтернативный перевод: «двадцать семь метров». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt **Built** and **maintained** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 wuej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 x11q figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 ts4a translate-bdistance רוּמֵהּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין 1 sixty cubits If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “The temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “The temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
EZR 6 4 q3hv figs-explicit נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְנִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת 1 три ряда из больших камней, один — из дерева Возможные значения: 1) здесь описывается, как построить фундамент. Альтернативный перевод: «Постройте фундамент из трех слоёв больших камней и покройте его одним слоем древесины», или 2) здесь описывается, как строить стены. Альтернативный перевод: «Постройте стены дома из трёх слоёв больших камней и обложите их одним слоем древесины». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 На расходы пусть выдают из царского дома Фраза «царский дом» представляет царскую казну царя Кира. Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Я заплачу за это деньгами из царской казны». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 4 yh2n figs-activepassive וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 4 wjxj figs-123person וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 ujut מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥א דִי־בִירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל לְבָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 6 5 vlhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return these objects to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 bwim translate-unknown מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house **Vessels** specifically means the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 wl8e figs-parallelism וִ֠יהָךְ לְהֵיכְלָ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְאַתְרֵ֔הּ וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you put these objects back in the temple, right where they belong in the house of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается запись приказа царя Кира, которая началась в [Ездра 6:3](../06/03.md), о том, что еврям разрешено восстановить Божий храм в Иерусалиме.
|
||||
EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 Фафнай ... Шефар-Бознай Дарий пишет непосредственно этим людям. Переведите их имена так же, как в [Ездра 5:3](../05/03.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 wtim grammar-connect-words-phrases כְּעַ֡ן 1 областей за рекой Подразумеваются провинции, распологающиеся к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say your **companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/07.md), the full letter probably said something like “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning “Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xk9x וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “and their associates” or “and your associates”
|
||||
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means “rebuild the temple on its original site.” You could say that as an alternate translation.
|
||||
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְמָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְמִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается запись приказа царя Кира, которая началась в [Ездра 6:3](../06/03.md), о том, что еврям разрешено восстановить Божий храм в Иерусалиме.
|
||||
EZR 6 8 njb9 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְגֻבְרַיָּ֥א אִלֵּ֖ךְ 1 берите и выдавайте этим людям из царского имущества, от налогов за рекой Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «чтобы заплатить этим людям, используйте средства от царских налогов, собранных за рекой». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א 1 от налогов за рекой «Налогов» относится к деньгам, которые люди платят царю как дань. Альтернативный перевод: «из денег от налогов, которые вы собираете для царя у живущих за рекой людей». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 yolo דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
|
||||
EZR 6 9 ouqv figs-activepassive וּמָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְדִכְרִ֣ין וְאִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַעֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּמְשַׁ֗ח כְּמֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 6 9 kf3e figs-idiom וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This expression refers to young bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 9 fn3z לַעֲלָוָ֣ן 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings”
|
||||
EZR 6 9 zxb9 לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||
EZR 6 9 n37a figs-idiom י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **Day by day** is an idiom that means every day or every single day. Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 9 wlto figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Here the king uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 it87 grammar-connect-logic-goal דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַקְרְבִ֛ין נִיחוֹחִ֖ין לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א וּמְצַלַּ֕יִן לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 6 10 mchh לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||
EZR 6 10 xq28 figs-123person לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 10 a820 figs-metaphor וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean the biological sons of King Darius. Alternate translation: “my sons” (2) **Sons** could figuratively mean descendants, and specifically those whom Darius hoped would succeed him on the throne. As the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) explains, the Persian kings spoke of predecessor kings as their “fathers,” so they may also have spoken of successor kings as their “sons.” Alternate translation: “his successors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 em18 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается запись приказа царя Кира, которая началась в Ездра 6:3, о том, что еврям разрешено восстановить Божий храм в Иерусалиме.
|
||||
EZR 6 11 zdzd figs-idiom כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה 1 пусть вынут бревно из его дома, поднимут и пригвоздят к нему, а его дом за это превратят в развалины Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Я приказываю своим чиновникам вытащить бревно из его дома, пригвоздить его на нём, а затем превратить его дом в кучу мусора». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 uqt8 figs-explicit יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ וּזְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑הִי 1 бревно длинный, крепкий кусок дерева, поддерживающий крышу дома.
|
||||
EZR 6 11 w334 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 пригвоздят прибьют гвоздями
|
||||
EZR 6 11 i9yf figs-activepassive יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ…וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 1 impaled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house and demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 eirc figs-personification וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 который протянет свою руку, чтобы нарушить ... и нанести вред Фраза "протягивать руку" олицетворяет попытку или дерзость сделать что-то против. Альтернативный перевод: «кто попытается изменить ... или уничтожить» или «кто посмеет изменить ... или причинить вред». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 bajr figs-metonymy וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 чтобы нарушить это В данном случае указательное местоимение "это" ссылается на приказ царя. Это может быть выражено фразой «то, что я постановил». Альтернативный перевод: «изменить то, что я постановил» или «сказать, что я приказал нечто другое». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 jqt7 figs-idiom יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy This is an idiom that means **destroy**. Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 e5ta figs-idiom כָּל־מֶ֤לֶךְ וְעַם֙ דִּ֣י ׀ יִשְׁלַ֣ח יְדֵ֗הּ 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy Here the expression “who stretches out his hand” means to seek to do harm. Alternate translation: “any king or people who, with harmful intent, attempts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 mn8y figs-ellipsis לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְחַבָּלָ֛ה בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that no one is to alter or destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “to alter the design of that temple or destroy it” (2) It could mean that no one is to try to **change** the decree of Darius, in the sense of disobeying or defying, as in the previous verse, so that they can destroy the temple rather than ensure that it is rebuilt. In that case, this letter would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “to disobey my decree and destroy that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 y3sn figs-informremind דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to change it Here Darius repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple this decree applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 hjya figs-activepassive אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “I, King Darius, am issuing this decree. I command you to carry it out exactly and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 yf8s translate-names דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ 1 to change it **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 a8x8 figs-quotemarks אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it Here the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [6:6](../06/06.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 x0id grammar-connect-logic-result אֱ֠דַיִן 1 Фафнай ... Шефар-Бознай Переведите имена этих людей так, как они были переведены в [Ездра 5:3](../05/03.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 alm6 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 cdp6 וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Alternate translation: “and their associates”
|
||||
EZR 6 13 pg74 figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דָּרְיָ֧וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֛א כְּנֵ֖מָא אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא עֲבַֽדוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that these men received the king’s response to their letter, and once they knew what he had commanded, they carried out his orders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “received the response of King Darius to their letter and immediately carried out exactly what he had ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 pxrv grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׂבֵ֤י 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 6 14 iu9r figs-hendiadys וְשָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ בָּנַ֣יִן וּמַצְלְחִ֔ין 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The phrase **building and prospering** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **building** tells what the elders prospered or succeeded in. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And the Jewish leaders were rebuilding the temple successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 mibx figs-explicit בִּנְבוּאַת֙ חַגַּ֣י נביאה וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:1](../05/01.md), the implication is that these two men, as God’s messengers, encouraged the Jewish leaders to persevere in the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “thanks to the encouragement that Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo gave them in messages from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 l5ag translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai **Haggai** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 tetn translate-names וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 s1jd figs-hendiadys וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **built** and **completed** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, “completed” is another way of saying “built.” (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 d77p figs-explicit וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that what the Jewish leaders **built and completed**, that is, constructed, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 mgzk figs-metaphor מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here the book speaks figuratively of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 j4jr figs-explicit וּמִטְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus [(1:2–4)](../01/02.md) and King Darius [(6:6–12)](../06/06.md) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in [4:7–23](../04/07.md), there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in [7:12–26](../07/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia later decreed that they should finish the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 e83b figs-informremind כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase **the king of Persia** applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 fwlf translate-names כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:1](../01/01.md), [4:5](../04/05.md), and [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 15 zqs3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ 1 Этот дом был закончен Это можно перевести в активной форме. Возможно, будет полезно указать, строительство какого именно дома они завершили. Альтернативный перевод: «Они завершили Божий дом» или «Они закончили строительство храма». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 15 q4v5 figs-activepassive וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה 1 к третьему дню месяца Адара «Адар» - это название двенадцатого и последнего месяца еврейского календаря. Это холодное время года. По западному календарю третий день - это середина февраля. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 15 mz6f figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה 1 в шестой год Пока шло строительство, царь Дарий правил страной пять лет. Уже на шестой год его правления стройка была завершена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 15 c1qx translate-ordinal עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר 1 the third day of the month of Adar The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **three**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **third**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 15 i2k0 translate-hebrewmonths עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר 1 the third day of the month of Adar You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 6 15 bhp9 translate-ordinal שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְמַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽא 1 sixth year The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **six**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **sixth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 xnpw grammar-connect-time-sequential וַעֲבַ֣דוּ 1 остальные, вернувшиеся из плена Эти люди были взяты в плен и отправлены в Вавилон, но они вернулись в Иерусалим. Альтернативный перевод: «Остальные люди, которые были взяты в Вавилонский плен и вернулись в Иерусалим» или «остальная часть людей, которые вернулись из плена». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 ajjz figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 the rest of the children of the exile **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 cq1q figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗א 1 the rest of the children of the exile As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “and the Jews who had returned from exile” or “and the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 z1u1 figs-abstractnouns וַעֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה בְּחֶדְוָֽה 1 the rest of the children of the exile The abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony the Israelites conducted to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate.” Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 iel9 figs-abstractnouns וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ לַחֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָה֒ 1 сто быков ... четыреста ягнят «100 быков ... 400 ягнят». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 r49v figs-explicit וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין לחטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 j5b6 figs-idiom וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, **bucks of goats**, means the same thing as male goats in [8:35](../08/35.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 quwd figs-explicit וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְמִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats … one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 r0gx grammar-connect-time-sequential וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ 1 по их очерёдности Абстрактное существительное «по очерёдности» может быть выражено словесной фразой. Альтернативный перевод: «по группам». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 zkjf figs-metaphor וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜א…וְלֵוָיֵא֙ 1 по их очерёдности на Божью службу «по разным группам по порядку служить Богу»
|
||||
EZR 6 18 iix1 figs-explicit כָהֲנַיָּ֜א בִּפְלֻגָּתְה֗וֹן וְלֵוָיֵא֙ בְּמַחְלְקָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 to their divisions The book assumes that readers will know that these **divisions** and **sections** were groups of priests and Levites, respectively, that served in the temple for a week at a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They appointed that priests and the Levites to serve in the temple in groups for a week at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 ba06 figs-metaphor עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to their divisions Here the book describes God in a spatial metaphor as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to lead the worship of God in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 vt19 כִּכְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה 1 to their divisions Alternate translation: “as it is written in the book of Moses” or “as God commanded in the law of Moses”
|
||||
EZR 6 19 g898 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 в четырнадцатый день первого месяца Это первый месяц еврейского календаря. По западному календарю четырнадцатый день близок к началу апреля. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 gdi0 writing-newevent וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ 1 to their divisions The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 iy2d figs-idiom בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה 1 to their divisions See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 hfmy translate-unknown אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 to their divisions **Passover** is the name of a religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 jw76 translate-ordinal בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 to their divisions The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **14**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, fourteenth, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 j6lm translate-hebrewmonths בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 fourteenth day of the first month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 6 19 k52r figs-explicit בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 fourteenth day of the first month This means the first month of the following year. Since Adar is the last month in the Jewish calendar, this was only a few weeks after the temple was finished. The implication is that the Jewish leaders had been able to complete that work and install the priests and Levites in time to celebrate this festival. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “only a few weeks later, on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 20 ibwf grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 очистились «сделали себя чистыми». Быть чистым означает быть приемлемым для Бога. Альтернативный перевод: «привели себя в порядок, чтобы быть приемлемыми для Бога». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 20 ahmg figs-idiom הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֛ם כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים 1 purified themselves As in [3:9](../03/09.md), **as one** is an idiom that means that these priests and Levites all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing. Alternate translation: “Every single one of the priests and Levites had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 20 rjm2 figs-parallelism הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ…כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים 1 purified themselves These two phrases mean the same thing. The book uses the repetition for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “every single one had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 20 j34t figs-metaphor הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ 1 purified themselves Being pure figuratively represents being acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 20 ryyj figs-explicit וַיִּשְׁחֲט֤וּ הַפֶּ֨סַח֙ 1 purified themselves The book assumes that readers will know that the **Passover** celebration included a special meal of lamb. Following God's instructions, the Israelites had slaughtered lambs to eat on the night before they left Egypt, and they had put the blood of the lambs on their doorframes so that God would pass over their houses and everyone inside would be safe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they slaughtered lambs for the special Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 20 cgbl translate-names הַפֶּ֨סַח֙ 1 purified themselves See how you translated the name of this festival in [6:19](../06/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 20 b9et figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 purified themselves See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 20 m6ql figs-metaphor וְלַאֲחֵיהֶ֥ם הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 purified themselves Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that this group included some of the biological brothers of the priests who slaughtered the lambs. Alternate translation: “and for their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 dpio figs-metaphor וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 кто отделился от нечистоты народов той земли «Отделиться от нечистоты» значит отказаться от действий, которые делают людей нечистыми. Альтернативный перевод: «Они отказались делать то, что делали жители той земли и что делало их нечистыми перед Богом». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 zqei figs-ellipsis וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 нечистоты народов той земли Здесь «нечистота» означает неприемлемость для Бога. Альтернативный перевод: «поступки людей той земли делали их неприемлемыми для Бога». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 n0yo figs-explicit וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 приблизиться к Господу Поиск Господа представляет собой выбор поклоняться и повиноваться Ему. Альтернативный перевод: «решили повиноваться Господу». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 p72z figs-metaphor וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land Being **separated** from uncleanness represents refusing to do things that make people unclean. Alternate translation: “and everyone who refused to do the things that made them unclean that the other people groups living in the land did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 alu2 figs-metaphor מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here, **uncleanness** figuratively represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that made the nations around them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 slp3 figs-idiom גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Like **the people of the land** in [4:4](../04/04.md), this expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups who were living in this area. (Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) if that would be helpful.) Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 to seek Yahweh To **seek** Yahweh figuratively means to choose to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 mamh figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 to seek Yahweh As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 6 22 mk5t grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ 1 расположив к ним сердце ассирийского царя «Расположение сердца царя» подразумевает, что царь изменил своё отношение к строительству храма. Альтернативный перевод: «изменил отношение царя Ассирии» или «сделал так, что царь Ассирии захотел помогать им». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 6 22 nq0t translate-names וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּשִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 что он помог им при строительстве дома Господа Ассирийский царь помог иудеям в строительстве храма, предоставив для этого помощь и деньги. Альтернативный перевод: «помог им в строительстве храма» или «оказывал всякую помощь в строительстве Божьего дома». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 22 p2re grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י ׀ שִׂמְּחָ֣ם יְהוָ֗ה וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם לְחַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵיהֶ֔ם בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 при строительстве дома Это относится к строительству храма.
|
||||
EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metaphor וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Here, **the heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews figuratively means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “and made King Darius of Persia favorable toward the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 22 x9ls מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God This phrase actually refers to Darius, the king of Persia. But since the Persian Empire was the heir to the Assyrian Empire, Darius could be addressed by this title as well. (See the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) that explains that the Persian kings considered their “fathers” or predecessor kings to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings whose empires they had absorbed.) Alternate translation: “King Darius of Persia”
|
||||
EZR 6 22 m7l7 figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the work of the house of God As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ездра 07 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>В этой главе описывается, как Ездра начинает свои религиозные реформы.<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Божий закон #####<br><br>Люди больше не знают закон Моисея. Поэтому царь позволяет Ездре вернуться в Иудею и обучить людей Божьему закону. Многие идут вместе с ним. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 07:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../06/intro.md) | [>>](../08/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 7 1 h549 writing-newevent וְאַחַר֙ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 Общая информация: Генеалогия Ездры восходит к Аарону, первому первосвященнику.
|
||||
EZR 7 1 qol2 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 1 После этих событий ... Ездра Можно сформулировать яснее, откуда пришёл Ездра. Альтернативный перевод: «После этих событий Ездра пришёл в Иерусалим из Вавилона». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 uerz figs-explicit עֶזְרָא֙ 1 Сераии Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:2](../02/02.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 1 сын Азарии, сын Хелкии Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Seraiah In general, in the list in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means descendant. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression “descendant,” which is true in every case, or to say “son” for actual sons and “descendant” for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in an earlier note. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, Alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah…Hilkiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 2 iy78 בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Шаллума Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:42](../02/42.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 2 e2ek translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Садока ... Ахитува Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 3 rqiw בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְרָיֽוֹת 1 Амарии ... Азарии ... Марайофа Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 3 h5gv translate-names אֲמַרְיָ֥ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…מְרָיֽוֹת 1 Amariah…Azariah…Meraioth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 4 swtv בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֻזִּ֖י בֶּן־בֻּקִּֽי 1 Захарии ... Уззия ... Буккия Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 4 zd73 translate-names זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה…עֻזִּ֖י…בֻּקִּֽי 1 Zerahiah…Uzzi…Bukki These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 sj6v בֶּן־אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 Авишуя ... Финееса ... Елеазара Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 jvt2 translate-names אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ…פִּֽינְחָס֙…אֶלְעָזָ֔ר…אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 t064 figs-informremind הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar Here the book provides some background information to remind readers of who Aaron was. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 z67m figs-metaphor הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Specifically, it means that Aaron was the leader of the priests, or the high priest. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 pqgw figs-explicit הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar The book assumes that readers will know that Aaron was the first high priest to serve in the tabernacle when God gave the law to Moses, his brother. Alternate translation: “the first high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 6 ol9o figs-idiom ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִבָּבֶ֔ל 1 Царь дал ему всё, что он пожелал «Царь дал Ездре всё, что он просил».
|
||||
EZR 7 6 xd8u writing-background וְהֽוּא־סֹפֵ֤ר מָהִיר֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 рука Господа, его Бога, была над ним «Рука» Господа представляет собой благословение или помощь от Господа. Альтернативный перевод: «благословение Господа было с Ездрой» или «Господь благословил Ездру». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 6 w6u9 figs-metaphor וַיִּתֶּן־ל֣וֹ הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָיו֙ עָלָ֔יו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽוֹ 1 according to the hand of Yahweh his God upon him Here, **hand** figuratively represents action, and in this context the expression **the hand of Yahweh his God upon him** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. (The expression has a similar sense to the one in [5:5](../05/05.md), **the eye of God was on the elders of the Jews.**) Alternate translations: “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was helping him” or “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was showing him favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 7 tof2 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ 1 В седьмой год царя Артаксеркса Это относится к седьмому году его правления. Альтернативный перевод: «В седьмой год правления царя Артаксеркса». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 7 n433 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes **Sons** here figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “from among the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 7 myus translate-names וְהַלְוִיִּ֜ם 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 7 tj7t וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||
EZR 7 7 zwq2 וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||
EZR 7 7 szwv translate-names וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 7 u61a figs-idiom וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes The book says **went up** because these people had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 7 tt66 translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **seven**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **seventh**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 cr7y translate-hebrewmonths וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 в пятый месяц Это пятый месяц еврейского календаря. По западному календарю это вторая половина июля и первая половина августа. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 vee2 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in month five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 8 co12 translate-ordinal הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes,” or, since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 fsqw writing-background כִּ֗י 1 первый день первого месяца По западному календарю это почти середина марта. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 wl5l figs-idiom בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה מִבָּבֶ֑ל 1 первый день пятого месяца По западному календарю это почти середина июля. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 f68n translate-hebrewmonths בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 добрая рука его Бога «Рука» представляет собой силу или власть, которые Бог использует, чтобы сделать что-то хорошего. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 s9by translate-ordinal בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the first day of the fifth month Alternate translation: “on day one of month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 khid grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבְאֶחָ֞ד 1 the first day of the fifth month This word **and** might indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between how long this journey would be expect to take and how quickly Ezra and his companions reached Jerusalem. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 ytmm figs-explicit וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו 1 the first day of the fifth month The implication is that the journey was accomplished quickly and safely, and that this was further evidence of God’s favor towards Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It only took them four months to reach Jerusalem because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 vpbp grammar-connect-logic-result וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו 1 the first day of the fifth month If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God was helping them, it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 9 k4wr figs-metaphor כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו 1 according to the good hand of his God As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents action, and the expression **the good hand of his God upon him** indicates that God acted with care, protection, and favor toward Ezra throughout this journey. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 10 lxrk grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 сердце Ездры было расположено к тому, чтобы изучать «Расположение сердца» означает принятие твёрдого решения или посвящение себя определённой цели. Альтернативный перевод: «Ездра посвятил свою жизнь тому, чтобы изучать». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 10 b5p7 figs-metaphor עֶזְרָא֙ הֵכִ֣ין לְבָב֔וֹ 1 исполнять «подчинятся»
|
||||
EZR 7 10 y7yr figs-metaphor לִדְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה וְלַעֲשֹׂ֑ת 1 учить закону и правде в Израиле Это были законы, которые Бог передал Израилю через Моисея.
|
||||
EZR 7 10 w9d8 figs-hendiadys וּלְלַמֵּ֥ד בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּמִשְׁפָּֽט 1 its statutes and ordinances Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The words **statute** and **ordinance** both refer to commandments in the law of Moses. The book uses the two words together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “and to teach the people of Israel everything that the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 7 10 x92b figs-personification בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 its statutes and ordinances Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 qjr1 translate-names הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 1 Вот содержание письма Текст, который приводится ниже, является указом царя Артаксеркса.
|
||||
EZR 7 11 xf26 writing-newevent וְזֶ֣ה 1 This is a copy of the letter The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 xatp figs-informremind לְעֶזְרָ֥א הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַסֹּפֵ֑ר סֹפֵ֞ר דִּבְרֵ֧י מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe, and who had carefully studied everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 w5oy figs-doublet מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter These two phrases mean similar things. The book uses them together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 7 11 y4s9 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter As in [7:10](../07/10.md), the story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 7 12 zcfw figs-quotemarks אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא 1 От Артаксеркса, царя царей «Царь царей» был титулом, означающим, что он был величайшим из царей, которому подчинялись другие цари. Альтернативный перевод: «Великий царь Артаксеркс» или «Артаксеркс, величайший из царей». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 12 y33a figs-explicit אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Following the conventions of letter writing at the time, Artaxerxes gives his name first, as the sender. **The king of kings** was a title, meaning that he was the greatest of kings, the king that other kings obeyed. Alternate translation: “the Great King Artaxerxes” or “Artaxerxes, the greatest king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 12 afcw writing-background לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 7 12 gwt9 אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||
EZR 7 12 al0q גְּמִ֖יר 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As in [4:17](../04/17.md) and [5:7](../05/07.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
|
||||
EZR 7 12 bf52 grammar-connect-words-phrases וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at [4:10](../04/10.md). If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 7 13 d9b4 figs-activepassive מִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 Дан от меня указ, чтобы в моём царстве любой ... желающий идти в Иерусалим В те времена людям требовалось разрешение от царя на переселение и восстановление района, который был ранее разрушен и завоеван.
|
||||
EZR 7 13 wi2u figs-you לִמְהָ֧ךְ לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם עִמָּ֖ךְ יְהָֽךְ 1 пошёл с тобой Слово «с тобой» относится к Ездре.
|
||||
EZR 7 13 g0ml מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 may go with you Here Artaxerxes specifies that **Israel** is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “the people known as ‘Israel’”
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 1 Связующее утверждение: Здесь продолжается постановление, которое царь Артаксеркс дал Ездре.
|
||||
EZR 7 14 h7cx figs-activepassive מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 царь и семь его советников Царь напоминает людям, которые слушают это письмо, что именно он является его автором.
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cx02 figs-123person מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 осмотреть Иудею и Иерусалим по закону твоего Бога Можно сформулировать яснее, что именно они должны были осмотреть. Альтернативный перевод: «исследовать ситуацию в Иудее и Иерусалиме, чтобы узнать, подчиняются ли они Божьему закону». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I am sending you from my court” or “I am sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 u9he translate-unknown וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ 1 the king, and his seven counselors As in [4:5](../04/05.md), **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The seven mentioned here appear to have been the king’s closest and most important advisors. Alternate translation: “and his seven chief royal advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 dnqr figs-metonymy לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 v44t figs-explicit לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter ([7:25–26](../07/25.md)), is that **inquire** means more than just to find out about. It also implies do something about. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 bwvo figs-metaphor דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God Most likely, the word **hand** here means possession, indicating that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. The phrase **in your hand** could mean that Ezra literally carried a scroll of the law in his hands or that he personally owned a written copy of the law. However, the phrase **in your hand** could also imply that Ezra will use the law as he performs his responsibilities in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that you carry with you” or “that you have with you” or “that you will use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 7 15 m1pn grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 доставить серебро и золото Возможно, будет полезно указать, куда именно они должны были принести золото и серебро. Альтернативный перевод: «принести в Иерусалим серебро и золото». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 15 uu8a figs-123person מַלְכָּ֣א 1 серебро и золото, которое царь и его советники пожертвовали Слово «пожертвовать» здесь означает, что никто не вынуждал их отдавать эти богатства. Они отдали их по своему собственному желанию. Альтернативный перевод: «серебро и золото, которое они охотно отдали».
|
||||
EZR 7 15 qy1s figs-personification דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 have freely offered Artaxerxes speaks of the God of Israel as if he actually lived in Jerusalem. Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), he seems to be echoing Jewish usage, likely to show his respect for the God of Israel. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. In this context it seems to refer specifically to the temple since, in the next verse, Artaxerxes associates the silver and gold that he and his counselors have given with further gifts that others may give for the house of God that is in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 7 16 j69i figs-idiom וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 вместе с добровольными приношениями народа и священников Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «что добровольно пожертвовали люди и священники». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 16 p3du figs-explicit וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests The implication is that these would be contributions towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem, just like the gifts described in the rest of the verse. The further implication is that, just as the king and his counselors were sympathetic to the Jews in Jerusalem and eager to please the **God of heaven** ([7:23](../07/23.md)), others in the province might be as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 16 epbi figs-metonymy בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Artaxerxes is describing the people who live in the province of Babylon figuratively, by reference to something associated with them, the province where they live. Alternate translation: “among everyone living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 16 i0eg translate-names בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests **Babylon** is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [1:11](../01/11.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 16 f74p עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤א וְכָֽהֲנַיָּא֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְבֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲהֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If you have chosen to divide this verse into two sentences, this can be the second sentence. Here, **the people** means the people of Israel, as in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to collect any offerings that the people of Israel and their priests want to give freely for the temple in Jerusalem”
|
||||
EZR 7 16 pdnm figs-informremind דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 pr2c grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩ 1 Связующее утверждение: Здесь продолжается то постановление, которое царь Артаксеркс дал Ездре.
|
||||
EZR 7 17 ciw6 figs-explicit בְּכַסְפָּ֣א דְנָ֗ה 1 Немедленно купи на эти деньги ... приношений Это подразумевает, что он должен был купить столько, сколько необходимо для выполнения задачи. Они должны были использовать пожертвованное золото и серебро, чтобы купить всё необходимое для поклонения Богу в храме. Альтернативный перевод: «Купите необходимое количество быков, овец, ягнят, зерновых и напитков». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 b2sq figs-explicit אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא תִקְנֵ֜א…דְנָ֗ה תּוֹרִ֤ין ׀ דִּכְרִין֙ אִמְּרִ֔ין וּמִנְחָתְה֖וֹן וְנִסְכֵּיה֑וֹן 1 diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were to be used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. The book also expects readers to know that the law of Moses said that two further things should be offered together with the animals that were sacrificed in whole burnt offerings. One was a certain amount of flour mixed with oil, considered a **grain offering**. The other was a certain amount of wine, considered a **drink offering**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “be sure to buy bulls, rams, and lambs to sacrifice as whole burnt offerings, and grain, oil, and wine for the grain offerings and drink offerings that the law says must accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 sjnr אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא 1 diligently buy bulls, rams, lambs, and grain offerings and drink offerings In their decrees, as several examples in this book show, the Persian kings used this term **diligently** to mean carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Review the note to [5:8](../05/08.md) about this term if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “be sure that”
|
||||
EZR 7 18 a2bh figs-metaphor וּמָ֣ה דִי֩ עליך וְעַל־אחיך יֵיטַ֗ב בִּשְׁאָ֛ר כַּסְפָּ֥א וְדַהֲבָ֖ה לְמֶעְבַּ֑ד כִּרְע֥וּת אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם תַּעַבְדֽוּן 1 ты и твои братья Фраза «твои братья» относится к людям, которые делали эту работу вместе с Ездрой. Альтернативный перевод: «твои коллеги» или «твои сотрудники». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 h5qf grammar-connect-words-phrases וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ 1 Связующее утверждение: Здесь продолжается постановление, которое царь Артаксеркс дал Ездре.
|
||||
EZR 7 19 h6x1 figs-explicit וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ דִּֽי־מִתְיַהֲבִ֣ין לָ֔ךְ לְפָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑ךְ הַשְׁלֵ֕ם קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 сосуды, которые даны тебе Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «предметы, которые мы тебе дали». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 yho1 figs-abstractnouns לְפָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑ךְ 1 для служения в доме твоего Бога Абстрактное существительное «служение» может быть выражено глаголами «служить» или «использовать». Альтернативный перевод: «чтобы использовать в доме вашего Бога» или «чтобы служить в доме вашего Бога». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 bkk8 figs-idiom הַשְׁלֵ֕ם 1 deliver in full before the God of Jerusalem This Aramaic expression means to **make complete**. It is the same one that the Jewish leaders use in [5:16](../05/16.md) when they say that the temple is not “finished” yet. In context it means that Ezra must be sure to deliver every single one of the contributed objects to the temple, so that the complete set that was donated will be reassembled there. (We see him doing this carefully in [8:26–27](../08/26.md)). Alternate translation: “make sure that you deliver every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 a3tf figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God In a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], Artaxerxes says that Ezra must place the objects **in front of** God, figuratively meaning in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 wsrv figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God As in [6:18](../06/18.md), in another spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes describes God as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 tytf figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖ךְ לְמִנְתַּ֑ן 1 дома царских сокровищ Это безопасное место для хранения царских денег; царская казна.
|
||||
EZR 7 20 gshw figs-synecdoche תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא 1 treasury This does not mean, as in [5:17](../05/17.md), the place where valuable royal documents were stored. Rather, as with the shorter expression **the treasures of the king** in [6:8](../06/08.md), it means the royal treasury or the royal revenue. It is not necessarily a physical building. **House** likely represents all the wealth of the king figuratively. It is a metaphor for **property**, meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “ pay for from my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 7 20 hgu9 figs-123person בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא 1 treasury Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 wiy2 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ֠מִנִּי 1 Связующее утверждение: Здесь продолжается постановление, которое царь Артаксеркс дал Ездре.
|
||||
EZR 7 21 rfxe figs-123person וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם 1 которые за рекой Подразумеваются провинции, распологающиеся к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 h6c8 figs-activepassive וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם…דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א…אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 всё, что потребует у вас священник Ездра, учитель закона небесного Бога, немедленно давайте Это может быть выражено в активной форме. «Давайте Ездре в полном объеме всё, о чём он будет просить вас». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 mlat figs-you יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן 1 всё ... немедленно давайте Фраза «всё» здесь подразумевает любое количество, необходимое для выполнения работы. Альтернативный перевод: «нужно предоставить столько, сколько ему необходимо». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 zz8u translate-unknown גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔א 1 that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently These were royal officials responsible for administering the funds of the empire in their province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 i7dz translate-names בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 the Province Beyond the River **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 euy1 figs-informremind עֶזְרָ֨א כָהֲנָ֜ה סָפַ֤ר דָּתָא֙ דִּֽי־אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 1 let it be done diligently Here, the king provides some background information to remind or inform the treasurers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who is a priest of the God who rules in heaven, and who has carefully studied his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 22 zxtg figs-ellipsis עַד־כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ וְעַד־חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה וּמְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב 1 серебра до ста талантов «100 талантов серебра». Вы можете преобразовать это в более современную меру веса. Альтернативный перевод: «3300 килограммов серебра». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
EZR 7 22 c716 translate-bmoney כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ 1 пшеницы до ста хомер Вы можете преобразовать это в более современную меру веса. Альтернативный перевод: «около 22 000 килограмм зерна» или «около двадцати двух тысяч килограмм зерна». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 7 22 cja2 translate-bvolume חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה 1 масла до ста батов Вы можете преобразовать это в более современную меру веса. Альтернативный перевод: "2200 литров масла" или "две тысячи литров масла". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 7 22 u3yi translate-bvolume וְעַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה 1 one hundred baths of oil According to ancient measurements, **baths** were equivalent to about 22 liters. Once again, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, or you could express the amount using the ancient measurement and explain its modern equivalent in a note. Alternate translation: “and as much as 2200 liters of wine, and as much as 2200 liters of oil” or “and as much as 600 gallons of wine, and as much as 600 gallons of oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
EZR 7 22 pdtm figs-idiom וּמְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב 1 one hundred baths of oil This expression means that that the king is not specifying in writing a maximum amount of salt that Ezra can request, as he did for the silver, wheat, wine, and oil. Alternate translation: “and an unlimited amount of salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 hz1d figs-activepassive כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א יִתְעֲבֵד֙ אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 дома небесного Бога Это относится к Божьему храму.
|
||||
EZR 7 23 ado8 figs-metaphor כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א…לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 чтобы Он не разгневался на царство, царя и его сыновей Царь имеет ввиду, что он не хочет, чтобы гнев Божий сошёл на них. Подразумевается, что если Ездре не дадут всё необходимое, тогда Бог накажет всё царство. Альтернативный перевод: «Потому что мы не хотим, чтобы гнев Божий сошёл на меня и моих сыновей», или «Потому что, если вы не сделаете всего этого, на моё царство, на меня и моих сыновей сойдёт гнев Божий». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 t2e7 figs-metaphor לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 чтобы Он не разгневался на царство, царя и его сыновей Божий гнев представляет собой карающего Бога. Альтернативный перевод: «Тогда зачем Богу наказывать моё Царство и моих сыновей?» или «Потому что, если вы не сделаете всего этого, Бог накажет моё царство, меня и моих сыновей». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 i89i figs-rquestion דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons? The king is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect the treasurers to explain to him why there should be wrath against the kingdom. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the treasurers to ensure that sufficient funds are provided so that worship in the temple can be conducted just as God has commanded. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 bc0q figs-explicit דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons? The implication is that Artaxerxes wants to have God’s favor, and he is concerned that God will be displeased with him instead if he does not provide for God’s temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 x6h5 figs-metonymy דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons God’s wrath represents God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to punish me or any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 jptx figs-metonymy מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons God would not actually be angry with the realm over which Artaxerxes has authority. Rather, he uses the term **kingdom** to describe himself and his descendants figuratively by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 aia6 figs-123person מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 wo5t figs-metaphor וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons This could possibly mean the biological sons of King Artaxerxes, but since he speaks of the kingdom as belonging to them, it is more likely that this is a figurative reference to his descendants, and specifically the line of direct descendants who would rule Persia as his successors. (If it would be helpful, review the notes to [4:15](../04/15.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md) about how Persian kings considered their predecessors their **fathers** and their successors their **sons**.) Alternate translation: “my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 pw3i figs-exclusive וּלְכֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין דִּ֣י…מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְמִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵיהֹֽם 1 Связующее утверждение: Здесь продолжается постановление, которое царь Артаксеркс дал Ездре.
|
||||
EZR 7 24 wx23 מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ 1 Также знайте, чтобы ни на кого ... не налагать ни подать, ни налог, ни пошлину «Мы говорим, чтобы вы не налагали никакой дани или налогов».
|
||||
EZR 7 24 kw6q grammar-connect-logic-result כָל־כָּהֲנַיָּ֣א וְ֠לֵוָיֵא זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א וּפָ֣לְחֵ֔י בֵּ֖ית אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָ֑ה 1 певцов люди, которые играли на музыкальных инструментах.
|
||||
EZR 7 24 mgkt translate-names וְ֠לֵוָיֵא 1 We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 ycd8 זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א 1 musicians This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||
EZR 7 24 gonv תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ 1 musicians This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||
EZR 7 24 nk0a translate-names נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א 1 musicians See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 r244 figs-you וְאַ֣נְתְּ עֶזְרָ֗א 1 Связующее утверждение: Это конец постановления, которое царь Артаксеркс дал Ездре.
|
||||
EZR 7 25 qzk1 figs-metaphor אֱלָהָ֤ךְ דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ 1 по премудрости твоего Бога, которой ты владеешь, поставь правителей и судей Абстрактное существительное «премудрость» может быть выражено словесной фразой. Альтернативный перевод: «Бог сделал тебя мудрым, поэтому ты должен по своей мудрости назначить судей и правителей». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 p1rc figs-abstractnouns כְּחָכְמַ֨ת אֱלָהָ֤ךְ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates As the previous note illustrates, the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** can be expressed either with a verbal phrase, “you have become wise*”, or with a noun phrase, “the law of your God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 af8j figs-metonymy דִּֽי־בִידָךְ֙ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates See how you translated this phrase in [7:14](../07/14.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “that you are bringing with you” or “which will be the authority behind any measures you need to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 y54v figs-doublet מֶ֣נִּי שָׁפְטִ֞ין וְדַיָּנִ֗ין דִּי־לֶהֱוֺ֤ן דאנין 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates There are two possibilities here. (1) The terms **magistrates** and **judges** mean similar things. Artaxerxes may be using the two words together to emphasize the authority that Ezra has to ensure that the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem follow God’s commandments. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “appoint judges so that they can judge” (2) Artaxerxes could also be using these two terms to refer to people in slightly different roles. The first term may refer to officials who decide disputes between people, and the second term may refer to officials who interpret the law and apply it to specific situations. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “appoint officials who can decide disputes between people and officials who can interpret and apply the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 waab לְכָל־עַמָּה֙ דִּ֚י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה לְכָל־יָדְעֵ֖י דָּתֵ֣י אֱלָהָ֑ךְ 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates The second phrase clarifies the meaning of the first phrase, showing that Artaxerxes is referring specifically to the Jews who live in this province. He is allowing the Jews there to have their own legal system, based on the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “all the Jews living in Beyond-the-River province, who know the laws of your God”
|
||||
EZR 7 25 nncp figs-you וְדִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates The word **you** here is plural. If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 25 qxkm figs-explicit וְדִ֧י לָ֦א יָדַ֖ע תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן 1 according to the wisdom of God that is in your hand, appoint judges and magistrates The implication, in light of the plural **you**, is that Ezra and the judges he appoints are to teach the law of God to any Jews living in the province who are not familiar with it, so that they can follow it. Alternate translation: “And I want you and the judges to teach the law of God to those Jews in the province who do not know it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 mrq1 figs-explicit וְכָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗ךְ וְדָתָא֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑הּ 1 смерть или изгнание, денежный штраф или заключение в темницу Эти абстрактные существительные могут быть переведены с помощью глаголов. Альтернативный перевод: «убьют ли их, выгонят ли, конфискуют ли их товары или заключат их в тюрьму» или «Вы можете убить их, выслать их, отобрать их имущество или посадить их в тюрьму. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 lu8e figs-activepassive וְכָל־דִּי־לָא֩ לֶהֱוֵ֨א עָבֵ֜ד דָּתָ֣א דִֽי־אֱלָהָ֗ךְ וְדָתָא֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא דִּינָ֕ה לֶהֱוֵ֥א מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד מִנֵּ֑הּ 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “The judges you appoint are diligently to punish anyone who refuses to obey the law of your God or my decrees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 vheg figs-123person וְדָתָא֙ דִּ֣י מַלְכָּ֔א 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment Artaxerxes speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “my decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 sr94 figs-abstractnouns הֵ֤ן לְמוֹת֙ הֵ֣ן לשרשו הֵן־לַעֲנָ֥שׁ נִכְסִ֖ין וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment The abstract nouns **death**, **banishment**, **confiscation**, and **imprisonment** can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: “as they see fit, they may execute offenders, or make them leave the community, or seize the things they own, or put them in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 26 rz8o figs-quotemarks וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין 1 whether death, or banishment, or confiscation of goods, or imprisonment Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter of introduction and authorization that King Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. If you decided in [7:12](../07/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 qh6m writing-participants בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 1 Связующее утверждение: Ездра восхваляет Бога за такое постановление царя Артаксеркса.
|
||||
EZR 7 27 yfls figs-aside בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 1 положивший на сердце царя — украсить дом Господа в Иерусалиме "Положить на сердце царя" означает, что у него появились определенные мысли и желания, угодные Богу. Альтернативный перевод: «пробудил в царе желание прославить Божий дом в Иерусалиме». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 qub7 figs-123person בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה 1 дом Господа Это относится к Божьему храму. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 nlii figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 1 Connecting Statement: **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 t4cz figs-metaphor נָתַ֤ן כָּזֹאת֙ בְּלֵ֣ב הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לְפָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 placed such a thing into the heart of the king to beautify the house of Yahweh which is in Jerusalem Giving something in the king’s heart, that is, putting something in it, means leading him to have certain thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “led the king to want to glorify the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 27 w14w figs-metaphor לְפָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 the house of Yahweh This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather, always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a vibrant place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 y4zu figs-abstractnouns וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו וּלְכָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 направивший на меня милость Здесь в разных переводах действие Бога обозначается по-разному. В данном случае оно выражено словом "милость". Однако, оно также может быть перефразировано словами «верность» или «лояльность». Альтернативный перевод: «Который проявил ко мне заветную верность» или «Который был верен мне». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 s38x figs-metonymy וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִפְנֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו וּלְכָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 Я ободрился Ободрение означает, что человек ободрился или воодушевился. Альтернативный перевод: "я был воодушевлён". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 jzhp figs-metaphor וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 рука Господа, моего Бога Здесь "рука Господа" представляет действия Бога, с помощью которых Он помог Ездре. Альтернативный перевод: «потому что Господь помог мне». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 pb8i figs-quotemarks שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me This is the end of the prayer that Ezra prays as he begins to tell his own story. If you indicated the beginning of this prayer in [7:27](../07/27.md) with an opening quotation mark or with the corresponding punctuation or convention in your language, you should use the same means to indicate the end of a quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metonymy הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַי֙ עָלַ֔י 1 So I was strengthened As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and the expression **the hand of Yahweh my God upon me** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “I was encouraged because I recognized that Yahweh my God was helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 gxx2 figs-ellipsis מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me As [8:1](../08/01.md) shows, **heads** here is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 7 28 agha figs-idiom לַעֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽי 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me Ezra says **go up** because he and the group he was leading would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ездра 08 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Возвращение людей в Иудею #####<br><br>Многие вернулись в Иудею с Ездрой. Они верили, что Бог защитит в пути как их самих, так и драгоценные предметы, которые они несли с собой для храма. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 08:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../07/intro.md) | [>>](../09/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 8 1 6wtp writing-newevent וְאֵ֛לֶּה 1 Общая информация: Здесь наблюдается существенное отличие в написании от лица автора. Главы 1-7 были написаны так, как будто автор писал об Ездре. Глава 8 как будто бы написана самим Ездрой от первого лица. Стихи 2-14 - это список лидеров и их предков. Все они являются мужчинами. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 ss8d figs-ellipsis וְאֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם וְהִתְיַחְשָׂ֑ם הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י 1 General Information: As in [4:3](../04/03.md), **heads of fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying “heads of father’s houses.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “These are the names of the clan leaders, along with the names of their clans, of those who traveled with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 u9yy figs-idiom הָעֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗י…מִבָּבֶֽל 1 General Information: As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra says **go up** because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “who returned from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 f1jb figs-explicit בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 General Information: As [7:8–9](../07/08.md) indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 1 e7pk translate-ordinal בְּמַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 General Information: If you choose to make the implicit information explicit, but your language does not use [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]], you can say “during year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 m2b9 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 из потомков Финееса — Гирсон Это первый пункт в списке. Здесь можно использовать глагол «был». Альтернативный перевод: «Лидером потомков Финееса был Гирсон» или «Гирсон был лидером потомков Финееса».
|
||||
EZR 8 2 t1dg translate-names פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 из потомков Ифамара — Даниил Это второй пункт в списке. Здесь можно использовать глагол «был». Альтернативный перевод: «Лидером потомков Ифамара был Даниил» или «Даниил был лидером потомков Ифамара».
|
||||
EZR 8 2 i7e9 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 из потомков Давида — Хаттуш Это третий пункт в списке. Здесь можно использовать глагол «был». Альтернативный перевод: «Лидером потомков Давида был Хаттуш» или «Хаттуш был лидером потомков Давида».
|
||||
EZR 8 2 uzuw translate-names אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 Хаттуш Это мужское имя.
|
||||
EZR 8 2 kb7h figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 of the sons of David, Hattush Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of David, Hattush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 2 xt4r translate-names דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 Hattush These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 m91f figs-explicit מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Пароша Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:3](../02/03.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 3 veab figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 и с ним по родословному списку сто пятьдесят мужчин «с Захарией было 150 мужчин, перечисленных в записях его генеалогии».
|
||||
EZR 8 3 f6xt translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה…פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 сто пятьдесят мужчин «150 мужчин». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 ds2y figs-explicit וְעִמּ֛וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִזְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 with him were registered150 males The implication is that these 150 males belonged to the same clan as Zechariah. Alternate translation: “along with 150 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 f7d5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 Общая информация: Здесь продолжается список имён мужчин. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 c961 translate-names פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י…זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 из потомков Пахаф-Моава — Эльегоенай, сын Зерахии Это следующий пункт в списке. Здесь можно использовать глагол «был». Альтернативный перевод: «Лидером потомков Пахаф-Моава был Эльегоенай, сын Зерахии», или «Эльегоенай, сын Зерахии, был лидером потомков Пахаф-Моава».
|
||||
EZR 8 4 y6jz figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ מָאתַ֥יִם הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним двести мужчин «с Эльегоенаем было двести мужчин»
|
||||
EZR 8 4 dc75 Зерахии Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 7:4](../07/04.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 4 f660 двести "200". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 qrqj figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 триста "300". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 sxis translate-textvariants מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 three hundred Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. It seems that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament read, “from the sons of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 c416 translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה…יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 three hundred These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 j5rk figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 three hundred See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 300 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 6 x9hz figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד בֶּן־יוֹנָתָ֑ן 1 Адина Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:15](../02/15.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 6 vqsg translate-names עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד…יוֹנָתָ֑ן 1 пятьдесят "50". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 6 c84d figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 fifty See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 50 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 yegf figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 семьдесят "70". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 w1un translate-names עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 seventy These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 f2s8 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 seventy See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 wa5l figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 Общая информация: Здесь список имён мужчин продолжается. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 b23z translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה…מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 из потомков Сафатии — Зевадия, сын Михаила Это следующий пункт в списке. Здесь можно использовать глагол «был». Альтернативный перевод: «Лидером потомков Сафатии был Зевадия, сын Михаила», или «Зевадия, сын Михаила, был лидером потомков Сафатии».
|
||||
EZR 8 8 w6u1 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שְׁמֹנִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 Сафатии Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 8 3246 Михаила Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 6d2d и с ним восемьдесят мужчин «с спике Сафатии были записаны восемьдесят мужчин»
|
||||
EZR 8 8 a821 восемьдесят "80". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 w699 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 двести восемнадцать мужчин "218 мужчин". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 u1te translate-names יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה…יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 218 males These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 ude8 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּשְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 218 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 218 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 x1dx figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 сто шестьдесят мужчин "160 мужчин". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 unnl translate-textvariants וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males It appears that, as in [8:5](../08/05.md), the name of the clan has accidentally dropped out here also. Some manuscripts of an ancient Greek translation of the Old Testament read, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 ex7w translate-names שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית…יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 y254 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 160 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 160 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 s7ng figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י 1 Бевая Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 2:11](../02/11.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 11 ywsh translate-names בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה…בֵּבָ֑י 1 двадцать восемь "28". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 w892 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 twenty-eight See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 28 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 a3dx figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַקָּטָ֑ן 1 Общая информация: Здесь завершается список имён мужчин-потомков. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 z7xc translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן…הַקָּטָ֑ן 1 из потомков Азгада — Иоханан, сын Гаккатана Это следующий пункт в списке. Здесь можно использовать глагол «был». Альтернативный перевод: «Лидером потомков Азгада был Иоханан, сын Гаккатана», или «Иоханан, сын Гаккатана, был лидером потомков Азгада».
|
||||
EZR 8 12 j4bn figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וַעֲשָׂרָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 с ним сто десять мужчин «с Иохананом в списке перечислены 110 мужчин»
|
||||
EZR 8 12 080c сто десять мужчин "110 мужчин". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 e78c Азгада Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:12](../02/12.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 13 rzr8 וּמִבְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮ אַחֲרֹנִים֒ וְאֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֔ם אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 из потомков Адоникама Слово «из потомков» относится к лидерам. Альтернативный перевод: «Лидеры потомков Адоникама»
|
||||
EZR 8 13 k1ic translate-names אֲדֹנִיקָם֮…אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 Адоникама Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 13 hu49 figs-explicit וְעִמָּהֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 шестьдесят "60". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 14 p7ej figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר 1 Бигвая Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 14 we81 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 семьдесят "70". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 x4yl grammar-connect-time-sequential וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם 1 Общая информация: Местоимения «я» в главе 8 относятся к Ездре. Он является автором этой части книги и пишет от первого лица. В стихе 16 приводится список мужских имен. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 zfwz figs-explicit וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם אֶל־הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַנַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה 1 реки, впадающей в Агаву Возможные значения: 1) это был «канал» или водный путь, построеный людьми, или 2) это была обычная река. Это слово можно перевести более общей фразой. Альтернативный перевод: «водный путь, который впадает в Агаву».
|
||||
EZR 8 15 gl34 translate-names הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א 1 Агаву Это название реки. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 cl4j grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וָאָבִ֤ינָה 1 Ahava The word **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “while we were there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 w7og figs-explicit וָאָבִ֤ינָה בָעָם֙ וּבַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם 1 Ahava Here, we learn that one purpose of this preliminary encampment was for Ezra to see whether he had all the temple personnel he needed. The implication behind this statement is that Ezra looked over the whole group to make sure that he did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (We learn in [8:25](../08/25.md) that a further purpose of the encampment was to make arrangements for the safe transportation of the money and objects that had been donated for the temple.) Alternate translation: “I looked over the whole group and discovered that it consisted of lay people and priests, but there were no Levites among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 o9vg figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י 1 Ahava Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 ufp7 grammar-connect-logic-result וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה 1 Шемаию Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 8:13](../08/13.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 16 sw7e translate-names וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה לֶאֱלִיעֶ֡זֶר לַאֲרִיאֵ֡ל לִֽ֠שְׁמַעְיָה וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֨ן וּלְיָרִ֜יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֧ן וּלְנָתָ֛ן וְלִזְכַרְיָ֥ה וְלִמְשֻׁלָּ֖ם 1 Элнафана ... Элнафана ... Элнафана Вероятно, существовали три человека с одним и тем же именем.
|
||||
EZR 8 16 admv figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֑ים 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan Unlike in [7:28](../07/28.md), here this expression does not mean heads of father’s houses, that is, clan leaders. Rather, **heads** here is simply a figurative way of saying “leaders.” None of these nine men, with the possible exception of Zechariah, are among the clan leaders listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md). (And considering that three of the men whom Ezra summoned were named Elnathan, which shows that several individuals could share the same name, it’s quite possible that this is a different Zechariah from either the one named in [8:3](../08/03.md) or the one named in [8:11](../08/11.md).) Alternate translation: “who were all leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 l322 translate-names וּלְיוֹיָרִ֥יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֖ן 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan Here Ezra lists the names of two more men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 tf03 figs-explicit מְבִינִֽים 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan This phrase suggests that while Joiarib and Elnathan were not community leaders like the other nine men, Ezra sent them anyway to help recruit more temple personnel because they were wise and reasonable and could be persuasive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because, even though they were not leaders, they were wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 a4dg figs-explicit אוֹתָם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָרֹ֔אשׁ בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א הַמָּק֑וֹם 1 Иддо Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 akq5 translate-names אִדּ֣וֹ 1 И дал им приказ для Иддо Слово «им» относится к девяти лидерам и двум учителям, описанным в [Ездра 8:16](../08/16.md). Альтернативный перевод: «Затем я отправил этих людей к Иддо». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 ggi9 translate-names בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א 1 Касифье Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 nq66 figs-metaphor וָאָשִׂימָה֩ בְּפִיהֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ 1 Я сказал что им говорить Иддо ... чтобы они привели к нам служителей для дома нашего Бога Слова «чтобы» указывает на то, что они должны были сказать. Альтернативный перевод: «Я сказал им передать Иддо следующие слова ... послать нам служителей для Божьего дома».
|
||||
EZR 8 17 y2wd figs-metaphor אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤יו הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּכָסִפְיָ֣א הַמָּק֔וֹם 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo…to send to us servants for the house of our God Here, **brother** is a figurative way of referring to people who belonged to groups that could serve in the temple, as Iddo did. (It is possible that some of his biological brothers are included in this term.) In context, Iddo is a Levite leader, while the **brothers** are said to include Nethinim, that is, temple servants, so the term indicates both groups. Alternate translation: “Iddo and his fellow Levites and the Nethinim who were also living in Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 p5pg figs-quotations לְהָֽבִיא־לָ֥נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo…to send to us servants for the house of our God This is the purpose for which Ezra sent the messengers to Iddo. You could indicate that in your translation, or, if it would be clearer in your language and helpful to your readers, you could present this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “so that he would send us more people who could serve in the temple of our God” or, as a direct quotation, “Please send us some more people who can serve in the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 kbq4 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּבִ֨יאּוּ 1 Шеревию ... Махлия Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 a7cr figs-metaphor כְּיַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ הַטּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 добрая рука нашего Бога была над нами, они привели к нам ... умного человека Божья «добрая рука» представляет его милость по отношению к людям. Альтернативный перевод: «Так как Бог был добр к нам, они послали к нам умного человека». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 kue1 figs-metaphor אִ֣ישׁ שֶׂ֔כֶל 1 умного человека Это понимающий и мудрый человек.
|
||||
EZR 8 18 o1sr figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י מַחְלִ֔י בֶּן־לֵוִ֖י בֶּן־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה 1 сына Левия, сына Израиля Здесь «Израиль» - это мужское имя. Это имя, которое Бог дал Иакову.
|
||||
EZR 8 18 d8n9 translate-names מַחְלִ֔י…לֵוִ֖י…יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה 1 восемнадцать "18". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 pp9z figs-metaphor וּבָנָ֥יו וְאֶחָ֖יו שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר 1 eighteen Since this was a small group of related people, it is quite possible that it consisted largely, if not entirely, of Sherebiah’s actual sons and brothers. So you could, in your translation, decide to treat the terms as literal. On the other hand, they could also be figurative, with **sons** meaning “descendants” and **brothers** meaning “relatives.” Alternate translation: “along with 18 of his sons and brothers” or “along with 18 of his descendants and relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 vsm6 figs-metaphor וְאֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְאִתּ֥וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִבְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י 1 Хашавию ... Мерария Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 mf7n translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…מְרָרִ֑י 1 двадцать "20". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 bwf7 figs-metaphor אֶחָ֥יו וּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם 1 Иешаию Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 8:7](../08/07.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 f9pd translate-names נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ים 1 правители люди с особыми полномочиями в рамках государственной системы.
|
||||
EZR 8 20 ahh3 writing-background וּמִן־הַנְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁנָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְהַשָּׂרִים֙ לַעֲבֹדַ֣ת הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 1 officials Here Ezra provides some background information to help identify who the Nethinim were. Alternate translation: “and they also brought men from the group of people whom David and his officials had assigned to help the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 mi4i figs-activepassive כֻּלָּ֖ם נִקְּב֥וּ בְשֵׁמֽוֹת 1 officials If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I recorded the name of each one of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 bcl6 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֶקְרָ֨א 1 у реки Агавы Это название канала, который течет к месту под названием Агава. Посмотрите, как вы перевели подобную фразу в [Ездра 8:15](../08/15.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 c4b8 translate-symaction צוֹם֙…לְהִתְעַנּ֖וֹת 1 просить у Него хорошего пути для себя, для наших детей и для всего нашего имущества Слово «просить» означает ожидать помощи от Бога. Здесь «хороший путь» представляет собой безопасность во время путешествия. Альтернативный перевод: «просить Бога дать нам, нашим детям и всему нашему имуществу безопасность во время путешествия» или «просить Бога защитить нас, наших детей и всё наше имущество во время путешествия». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 zh8n translate-names הַנָּהָ֣ר אַהֲוָ֔א 1 the river Ahava See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 baiq figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 the river Ahava Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 sq2q figs-metaphor לְבַקֵּ֤שׁ מִמֶּ֨נּוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְשָׁרָ֔ה לָ֥נוּ וּלְטַפֵּ֖נוּ וּלְכָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁנוּ 1 to seek a straight way from him for us and our little ones, and all our possessions The word **seek** represents asking God to do something for them. A **straight way** figuratively represents safety during travel. Alternate translation: “and to ask God to protect us, our children, and all our possessions while we traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 kq0z grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Рука нашего Бога добра ко всем, ищущим Его "Рука Бога" является метонимией, которая означает, что Бог помогает людям. Фраза "ищущим Бога" - это метафора, означающая служение Ему. Альтернативный перевод: «Бог помогает всем, кто служит Ему». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 cb97 בֹ֗שְׁתִּי לִשְׁא֤וֹל מִן־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ חַ֣יִל וּפָרָשִׁ֔ים לְעָזְרֵ֥נוּ מֵאוֹיֵ֖ב בַּדָּ֑רֶךְ 1 а ко всем, оставляющим Его, — Его сила и гнев Сила и гнев - это метонимия, означающая, что Бог наказывает людей. "Оставить Бога" - это метафора, которая означает, что люди отказываются служить Ему. Альтернативный перевод: «но Он наказывает тех, которые отказываются служить Ему». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 i43j grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 p625 grammar-connect-logic-result אָמַ֨רְנוּ לַמֶּ֜לֶךְ לֵאמֹ֗ר יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ לְטוֹבָ֔ה וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence in the verse describes. You could show that connection by using a phrase such as “and so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “We had told the king, ‘Our God protects everyone who obeys him, but he punishes everyone who refuses to serve him.’ And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 hlkg figs-quotemarks יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ לְטוֹבָ֔ה וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good This is a direct quotation. Ezra is quoting what he and his fellow travelers had told King Artaxerxes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within quotation marks or by following whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 n4fd figs-metaphor יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ…לְטוֹבָ֔ה 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good This expression has the same meaning as **the good hand of God** in [7:6](../07/06.md). Here, the word **hand** figuratively represents action, and the phrase **the hand of our God is for good** means the care, protection, and favor of God. Alternate translation: “The favor of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 ddh2 figs-metaphor כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good **Who seeking him** is a metaphor for worshiping, serving, and obeying him. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves and obeys him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 fb5x figs-metonymy וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him God’s power and anger being on people is a metonym for him punishing them. Alternate translation: “but he punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 ep6t figs-metaphor וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him Here, the **nose** figuratively represents anger. Alternate translation: “his power and his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 xnzz figs-hendiadys וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **nose**, a figure for anger, tells how God punishes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he wrathfully punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 s41q figs-metaphor כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him Forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “all who refuse to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 23 f2jm grammar-connect-logic-result וַנָּצ֛וּמָה 1 Итак, мы постились и просили нашего Бога об этом Слово «просить» означает ожидать помощи от Бога. Альтернативный перевод: «Итак, мы постились и просили Бога помочь нам». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 23 nfn4 figs-activepassive וַנָּצ֛וּמָה וַנְּבַקְשָׁ֥ה מֵאֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ עַל־זֹ֑את וַיֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽנוּ 1 So we fasted and sought God about this matter If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active form for the last phrase. Alternate translation: “For this reason, we fasted and prayed to God about this, and he answered our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 23 g9a0 figs-idiom וַיֵּעָתֵ֖ר לָֽנוּ 1 So we fasted and sought God about this matter As is clear from the way this expression is used elsewhere in the Bible, it means that God answered a prayer. For example, in Genesis 25:21, **Isaac entreated Yahweh for his wife because she could not have children, and Yahweh was entreated by him, and Rebekah his wife conceived**. However, since Ezra describes only in [8:32](../08/32.md) how the group arrived safely in Jerusalem, the prayer had not yet been answered at this point. So an alternative meaning in context would be that the group received assurance that God would answer their prayer. Alternate translation: “and he answered our prayer” or “and we felt assured that he would answer our prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 u78j grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה 1 Шеревию, Хашавию Посмотрите, как вы перевели имена этих людей в [Ездра 8:18](../08/18.md) и в [Ездра 8:19](../08/19.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 hgbr translate-textvariants וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה מִשָּׂרֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְעִמָּהֶ֥ם מֵאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Since [8:18](../08/18.md) and [19](../08/19.md) specifically identify Sherebiah and Hashabiah as Levites, they could not have been leaders of the priests. So a mistake seems to have come into the Hebrew text here. An ancient Greek version of the book of Ezra says “and” before Sherebiah, and that agrees with [8:30](../08/30.md), which says that “the priests and the Levites” received the silver and gold and objects that Ezra weighed out to them. It will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the verse that way. Alternate translation: “Then I selected 12 leaders of the priests, along with Sherebiah, Hashabiah, and ten of their fellow Levites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 rvwg figs-idiom וָאַבְדִּ֛ילָה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah This expression means to set someone or something apart for a special purpose or assignment. Alternate translation: “I selected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 v6yb translate-names לְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [8:18](../08/18.md) and [8:19](../08/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 24 jx71 figs-metaphor מֵאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying “fellow Levites,” although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Sherebiah and Hashabiah were included in this group. Alternate translation: “ of their fellow Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 25 lyek translate-bmoney ואשקולה לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְאֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב וְאֶת־הַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 8 25 p4y8 figs-explicit ואשקולה לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְאֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב וְאֶת־הַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah The implication is that Ezra divided up the money and the objects into 24 portions of roughly equal value and assigned one portion to each priest and Levite to transport. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I divided up the silver and gold and objects into 24 portions of equal value and gave one to each of the priests and Levites I had selected to transport them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 25 vuis figs-metaphor תְּרוּמַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Alternate translation: “the gifts for the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 25 ke75 figs-explicit וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַנִּמְצָאִֽים 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah The implication is that this means all the Israelites who living specifically in the province of Babylon, since Artaxerxes had authorized Ezra to invite contributions from people living throughout that province. Alternate translation: “all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 25 ptqo figs-idiom וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַנִּמְצָאִֽים 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah In this context, **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “were there.” Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 25 klkw figs-personification וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Here the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 8 26 u3bb figs-metaphor וָאֶשְׁקֲלָ֨ה עַל־יָדָ֜ם 1 серебра — шестьсот пятьдесят талантов «650 талантов серебра». Талант весит около тридцати трёх килограммов. Вы можете перевести это в более современную меру веса. Альтернативный перевод: «22 000 килограммов серебра». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
EZR 8 26 kxz7 figs-explicit וָאֶשְׁקֲלָ֨ה עַל־יָדָ֜ם 1 серебряных сосудов на сто талантов «100 талантов серебряных предметов». Вы можете перевести это в более современную меру веса. Альтернативный перевод: «3300 килограммов серебряных предметов». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
EZR 8 26 v4vy translate-bmoney כֶּ֗סֶף כִּכָּרִים֙ שֵֽׁשׁ־מֵא֣וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֔ים וּכְלֵי־כֶ֥סֶף מֵאָ֖ה לְכִכָּרִ֑ים זָהָ֖ב מֵאָ֥ה כִכָּֽר 1 золота — сто талантов «100 талантов золота». Вы можете перевести это в более современную меру веса. Альтернативный перевод: «3300 килограммов золота». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
EZR 8 27 q2jm translate-bmoney וּכְפֹרֵ֤י זָהָב֙ עֶשְׂרִ֔ים לַאֲדַרְכֹנִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף 1 в тысячу драхм «1000 драхм». «Драхма» - это маленькая золотая монета, которую использовали в Персидской империи. Вы можете перевести это с точки зрения количества монет или их общего веса. Альтернативный перевод: «тысяча персидских золотых монет» или «восемь с половиной килограммов золота». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
EZR 8 27 f7b7 из лучшей блестящей меди Вероятнее всего, здесь подразумевается "бронза", которая является сплавом меди и другого металла. Бронза крепче чистой меди.
|
||||
EZR 8 28 zlh5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֹמְרָ֣ה 1 Я сказал им «Тогда я сказал двенадцати священникам»
|
||||
EZR 8 28 rbg4 figs-quotemarks וָאֹמְרָ֣ה אֲלֵהֶ֗ם 1 Then I said to them **Them** refers to the selected priests and Levites. In the rest of this verse and in [8:29](../08/29.md), Ezra is quoting what he told them on this occasion. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the words that follow with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 8 28 afyr figs-idiom אַתֶּ֥ם קֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ לַיהוָ֔ה וְהַכֵּלִ֖ים קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 Then I said to them **Holy** means “set apart for a special purpose.” Alternate translation: “I have selected you for a special mission. People donated these objects only to be used in the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 28 w1c9 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 Then I said to them **Fathers** here, figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 im6g figs-ellipsis שִׁקְד֣וּ וְשִׁמְר֗וּ 1 пока по весу не сдадите всё начальникам над священниками и левитами и главам семейств Когда они прибыли в Иерусалим, они должны были взвесить всё серебро, золото и бронзу, чтобы показать, что они не взяли ничего для себя.
|
||||
EZR 8 29 z0lx figs-hendiadys שִׁקְד֣וּ וְשִׁמְר֗וּ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses These two words mean similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how carefully the priests and Levites need to guard the silver and gold and objects. Alternate translation: “Take good care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 mtxm figs-explicit עַֽד־תִּשְׁקְל֡וּ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses The implication is that when the priests and Levites arrived in Jerusalem, they would weigh out the silver, gold, and bronze to show the authorities there that they had not taken any of it for themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “until you weigh them out to prove that you have not stolen anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 y29e figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֩ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 n925 figs-ellipsis וְשָׂרֵֽי־הָאָב֥וֹת לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses This seems to be another version of the expression **the heads of the fathers**, which is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Review the note to [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and the clan leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 umrf figs-explicit הַלִּשְׁכ֖וֹת בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses The book assumes that readers will know that these **chambers** or rooms are specifically the storerooms in the temple, where money and objects for the temple worship were safely kept. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the storerooms of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 29 ng88 figs-quotemarks בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what he told the selected priests and Levites. If you decided in [8:28](../08/28.md) to mark his words to them as a direct quotation, you should indicate the end of it here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 8 30 ia74 grammar-connect-logic-result וְקִבְּלוּ֙ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם 1 Священники и левиты Согласно закону Моисея, колено Левитов отвечало за работу в храме и на прилежащих к нему территориях, а также за приношения.
|
||||
EZR 8 30 ry58 figs-metonymy מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֖ב וְהַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 The priests and the Levites Here Ezra is describing the money and the objects figuratively by reference to something associated with them, their weight, which was what determined their value. Alternate translation: “the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 30 phiv figs-idiom וְקִבְּלוּ֙ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַכֶּ֥סֶף וְהַזָּהָ֖ב וְהַכֵּלִ֑ים 1 The priests and the Levites Ezra had already **weighed** out the silver and gold and objects to the priests and Levites ([8:26–27](../08/26.md)), so **received** here does not mean that they took physical possession of them. Rather, it means that they accepted responsibility for them, in light of the charge that Ezra had just given. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites accepted responsibility for the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 8 31 c4v2 translate-names וַֽנִּסְעָ֞ה מִנְּהַ֣ר אַֽהֲוָ֗א 1 мы отправились от реки Агавы «Мы покинули реку Агаву» или «Мы начали свой путь от реки Агавы».
|
||||
EZR 8 31 ju8u translate-hebrewmonths בִּשְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 от реки Агавы Это название канала, который течет к месту под названием Агава. Посмотрите, как вы перевели подобную фразу в [Ездра 8:21](../08/21.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 31 c9im translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 в двенадцатый день первого месяца Это первый месяц еврейского календаря. По западному календарю двенадцатый день - это приблизительно конец марта. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 8 31 b7m1 figs-metaphor וְיַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ הָיְתָ֣ה עָלֵ֔ינוּ 1 Рука нашего Бога была над нами "Рука Бога" является метонимией, означающей, что Бог помогает людям. Альтернативный перевод: «Бог помогал нам». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 31 dj8h figs-parallelism וַיַּ֨צִּילֵ֔נוּ מִכַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב וְאוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַדָּֽרֶךְ 1 Рука нашего Бога была над нами и спасала нас от руки врага и от подстерегающих нас в пути "Рука врага" представляет собой то, что могут сделать враги против группы путешествующих людей. Альтернативный перевод: «Он защищал нас от нападения врага и тех, кто хотел атаковать нас по дороге» или «Он удерживал врага от нападения на нас, и останавливал разбойников от атаки на нас по дороге». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 31 qn0g figs-metaphor מִכַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב 1 подстерегающих нас в пути Это касается воров и разбойников, которые хотели напасть на них из-за их сокровищ.
|
||||
EZR 8 31 pj64 figs-abstractnouns וְאוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַדָּֽרֶךְ 1 those lying in ambush The abstract noun **ambush** refers to the way bandits will lie in wait along a roadside to rob travelers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “and bandits lie in wait along the roadside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 8 32 bhdp grammar-connect-logic-result וַנָּב֖וֹא 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 8 32 ragy figs-explicit וַנָּב֖וֹא יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וַנֵּ֥שֶׁב שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 those lying in ambush Ezra does not say specifically why the group waited for three days before delivering the silver and gold and objects to the temple. But the implication is that this gave them a chance to rest after their journey and arrange for the delivery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We reached Jerusalem safely, and after we got there, we rested for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 33 p3qm figs-activepassive נִשְׁקַ֣ל הַכֶּסֶף֩ וְהַזָּהָ֨ב וְהַכֵּלִ֜ים 1 мы сдали по весу серебро, золото и сосуды Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «священники взвесили всё серебро, золото и сосуды». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 33 b9l2 figs-metaphor עַ֠ל יַד 1 мы сдали по весу серебро, золото и сосуды ... в руки священнику Меремофу Здесь «в руки Меремофа» представляет работу Меремофа как хранителя серебра, золота и других ценных предметов. Мужчины взвешивали все предметы и отдавали их Меремофу на хранение. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 33 lte3 translate-names מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אֽוּרִיָּה֙ 1 Меремофу ... Урии ... Елеазару ... Финееса ... Иозаваду ... Иисуса ... Ноадии ... Виннуя Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 33 jb4h translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֣ר בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 Иисуса Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
EZR 8 33 vg4k translate-names יוֹזָבָ֧ד בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ 1 Jeshua **Jozabad** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 33 jrat translate-names וְנֽוֹעַדְיָ֥ה בֶן־בִּנּ֖וּי 1 Jeshua **Noadiah** is the name of a man, and **Binnui** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 34 sqb5 figs-explicit בְּמִסְפָּ֥ר בְּמִשְׁקָ֖ל לַכֹּ֑ל 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 8 34 nh2n figs-activepassive וַיִּכָּתֵ֥ב כָּֽל־הַמִּשְׁקָ֖ל 1 Jeshua If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The priests and Levites in the temple wrote down the weight of all the silver and gold and of the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 gxu7 figs-parallelism הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה 1 Пришедшие из плена переселенцы Эта фраза относится к евреям, которые находились в плену в Вавилоне, а затем вернулись в Иерусалим в Иудее. Альтернативный перевод: «Переселенцы, вернувшиеся в Иерусалим из Вавилонского плена».
|
||||
EZR 8 35 qo2t figs-idiom הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵֽי־הַגּוֹלָ֜ה 1 двенадцать ... девяносто шесть ... семьдесят семь ... двенадцать «12 ... 96 ... 77 ... 12». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 lgl7 figs-explicit הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵאלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר הַכֹּ֖ל עוֹלָ֥ה לַיהוָֽה 1 twelve…ninety-six…seventy-seven…twelve The book assumes that readers will recognize that the expression **burnt offering** means two different things here. In its first instance, it means a sacrifice offered in order to express a desire to be in good standing with God by creating an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. This first instance of the expression applies to the bulls, rams, and lambs. As in [6:17](../06/17.md), the goats were instead a “sin offering,” a sacrifice offered as an act of contrition and a request for forgiveness. **Burnt offering** in its second instance means a sacrifice that was entirely consumed, none of which anyone could eat. The bulls, rams, lambs, and goats were all burnt offerings in that second sense. Alternate translation: “offered as burnt offerings to the God of Israel 12 bulls for all Israel, 96 rams, and 77 lambs, and as a sin offering 12 male goats. All of these sacrifices to Yahweh were completely burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 35 rdop translate-symaction הִקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹל֣וֹת ׀ לֵאלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל פָּרִ֨ים שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֵילִ֣ים ׀ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה כְּבָשִׂים֙ שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה צְפִירֵ֥י חַטָּ֖את שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר 1 twelve…ninety-six…seventy-seven…twelve The numbers of animals offered are symbolic, as the book explains in the case of the bulls. There were 12 bulls **for all Israel** because there were twelve tribes of Israel. There were 12 goats for the same reason. The same symbolism seems to lie behind the 96 rams, since that number is eight times 12, although the significance of the number eight is no longer apparent. The number 77 is an intensive form of the number seven, which symbolizes completeness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “offered 12 bulls, one for each of the tribes of Israel, 96 rams, eight for each of the tribes of Israel, and 77 lambs, expressing completeness, as burnt offerings to the God of Israel, and 12 male goats as a sin offering, one for each of the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 8 36 r5gu figs-explicit וַֽיִּתְּנ֣וּ ׀ אֶת־דָּתֵ֣י הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ לַאֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנֵי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וּפַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר 1 правителям и начальникам областей за рекой Это были вавилонские чиновники, управляющие провинциями к западу от реки Евфрат, в которую входили живущие в Иудее.
|
||||
EZR 8 36 d38g figs-metaphor וְנִשְּׂא֥וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם וְאֶת־בֵּֽית־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 областей за рекой Подразумеваются провинции, распологающиеся к западу от реки Евфрат. Это было через реку от города Сузы. Здесь же находилась Иудея. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 4:10](../04/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ездра 09 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Смешанные браки #####<br><br>Когда Ездра узнал, что многие евреи заключили браки с язычниками, он начал молиться и спрашивать Бога, почему Он был настолько добр к ним и позволил этим немногим вернуться из плена, зная, что они будут грешить и брать в жены женщин из других народов. Они делали это раньше, и Бог наказывал их за это. Такой тип брака возбранялся, потому что это приводило людей к поклонению другим богам. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 09:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../08/intro.md) | [>>](../10/intro.md)__
|
||||
EZR 9 1 ella grammar-connect-time-sequential וּכְכַלּ֣וֹת אֵ֗לֶּה 1 не отделились вступали в брак с людьми других национальностей и принимали их религию
|
||||
EZR 9 1 nhkw writing-newevent וּכְכַלּ֣וֹת 1 have not separated themselves The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 on7w figs-explicit הַשָּׂרִים֙ 1 have not separated themselves These appear to be the same **leaders** as in [8:29](../08/29.md), that is, clan leaders. But this is not a reference to all of them, since the ones who come to Ezra say that some of their fellow leaders have married foreign women. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 krhd figs-quotemarks נִגְּשׁ֨וּ אֵלַ֤י…לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 have not separated themselves After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what these clan leaders told him. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 kb76 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ…מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves Separation here is a spatial metaphor for behavior. As in [6:21](../06/21.md), it means to refuse to do the same things as another group. Alternate translation: “have not refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 tgdv figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת כְּ֠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵיהֶם 1 have not separated themselves While the similar phrase in [6:21](../06/21.md) spoke of **uncleanness**, that is, things that God does not accept, the phrase here speaks of **abominations**, that is, things that are very displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that are very displeasing to God that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 u0xi figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). It refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 wnt5 translate-names לַכְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַחִתִּ֜י הַפְּרִזִּ֣י הַיְבוּסִ֗י הָֽעַמֹּנִי֙ הַמֹּ֣אָבִ֔י הַמִּצְרִ֖י וְהָאֱמֹרִֽי 1 have not separated themselves These are the names of eight people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 r46x grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 9 2 vrsp figs-idiom נָשְׂא֣וּ מִבְּנֹֽתֵיהֶ֗ם לָהֶם֙ וְלִבְנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 have not separated themselves **Lifted from their daughters** is an idiom that means “married some of their daughters.” Alternate translation: “Israelite men have married women from these other groups, and they have also gotten wives for their sons from those groups.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 iac7 figs-metaphor וְהִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves Here, **mixed** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for blending one thing into another. Alternate translation: “so they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 mncx figs-explicit וְהִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves The implication is that as a result of these marriages, not only was a distinct Jewish lineage being lost, the Jewish people were also beginning to follow the practices of these other groups rather than the commandments of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land, and they are starting to follow their practices rather than the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 fyoq figs-idiom זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 have not separated themselves As in [8:28](../08/28.md), **holiness** means “that which is set apart for a special purpose.” Here, the word refers specifically to the way God set apart the Israelites to be a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 wk5m figs-metaphor זֶ֣רַע הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 have not separated themselves Here, **seed** is a metaphor that means “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. The reference here is specifically to the offspring of Jacob, who also known as Israel, and specifically to his offspring who were living in Judah and Jerusalem, that is, the Jews who had returned from exile. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 oxmn figs-idiom בְּעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves As in [9:1](../09/01.md), this expression refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 iie7 figs-metaphor וְיַ֧ד הַשָּׂרִ֣ים וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה 1 have not separated themselves Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “And our clan leaders and provincial officials were actually the first ones to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 dwaf figs-metaphor בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה 1 have not separated themselves Here, **unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 vdhr translate-unknown וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים 1 have not separated themselves As in [4:9](../04/09.md), this term applies to one kind of provincial official in the Persian Empire. Alternate translation: “and provincial officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 9 2 yn4s figs-quotemarks בַּמַּ֥עַל הַזֶּ֖ה 1 have not separated themselves This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what the clan leaders told him. If you decided in [9:1](../09/01.md) to mark their words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 3 ck87 translate-symaction קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י וָאֶמְרְטָ֞ה מִשְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁי֙ וּזְקָנִ֔י וָאֵשְׁבָ֖ה מְשׁוֹמֵֽם 1 Услышав это Когда Ездра услышал, что многие израильтяне вступали в брак с иноземцами и поклонялись их богам.
|
||||
EZR 9 3 qhy7 מְשׁוֹמֵֽם 1 Я разодрал свою одежду, нижнюю и верхнюю, и рвал волосы на моей голове и бороде Ездра показал всем, насколько он был опечален из-за действий людей, которые оскорбляли Бога. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 k68j figs-activepassive וְאֵלַ֣י יֵאָסְפ֗וּ כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ בְּדִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה 1 до вечернего жертвоприношения жертвоприношение, которое священники проводили на закате
|
||||
EZR 9 4 xsvq figs-metaphor כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ 1 the evening sacrifice Often in the Old Testament, **trembled** is a metaphor meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. That is likely included in the meaning here, but in this context, the expression also seems to indicate an actual physical response to the situation, just as Ezra did not move or speak. Alternate translation: “everyone who was distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 adr0 figs-metaphor בְּדִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 the evening sacrifice This phrase does not refer to something that God said on this occasion. Rather, it refers figuratively to the commandment that God had given to the Israelites earlier not to intermarry with foreign groups, which Ezra cites in his prayer in [9:10](../09/10.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 sfvr figs-abstractnouns עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. Here, **the exiles** seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase **the sons of the exile** in several other places in the book. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “because of the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 ys46 figs-metaphor עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַגּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice As in [9:2](../09/02.md), **unfaithfulness** figuratively means “disobedience.” Alternate translation: “because of the disobedience of the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 4 m8dw translate-unknown וַאֲנִי֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב מְשׁוֹמֵ֔ם עַ֖ד לְמִנְחַ֥ת הָעָֽרֶב 1 the evening sacrifice The **offering of the evening** was a sacrifice that the priests would offer around the time that the sun was going down. Alternate translation: “I continued to sit without moving or speaking until the time of the evening sacrifice” or “I continued to sit without moving or speaking for the rest of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 9 5 v2nb figs-idiom קַ֚מְתִּי מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י 1 с места печали Это другой способ выразить идею о том, что он «сидел в печали» ([Ездра 9:4](../09/04.md)). Альтернативный перевод: «с места, где я сидел на земле, чтобы выразить свой стыд».
|
||||
EZR 9 5 zygv translate-symaction מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י וּבְקָרְעִ֥י בִגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י 1 упал на колени и, протянув руки «встал на колени и протянул руки к небу»
|
||||
EZR 9 5 qye1 translate-symaction וָֽאֶכְרְעָה֙ עַל־בִּרְכַּ֔י וָאֶפְרְשָׂ֥ה כַפַּ֖י אֶל־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽי 1 knelt down on my knees, and spread out my hands These two physical gestures showed publicly that Ezra was going to pray. Alternate translation: “I knelt down and spread out my hands in a gesture of prayer to Yahweh my God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 y5xu figs-quotemarks וָאֹמְרָ֗ה 1 наши грехи стали выше головы, и наша вина возросла до небес Эти фразы являются одним из способов выразить идею о распространении беззакония и вины, как если бы они могли вырасти выше головы, как деревья. Абстрактные существительные «грехи» и «вина» могут быть выражены с помощью глаголов и глагольных фраз. Альтернативный перевод: «мы совершили злые дела и очень виноваты». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 yz8d figs-doublet בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְנִכְלַ֔מְתִּי 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens **Ashamed** and **disgraced** mean similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how humiliated he feels by what the Israelites have done. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “I am deeply humiliated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 xiue figs-metaphor לְהָרִ֧ים…פָּנַ֖י אֵלֶ֑יךָ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens This means “to look at you directly” or “to look at you face to face,” and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying “*to address you.” Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 aca6 figs-parallelism כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty the people of Israel are. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that our guilt over them is overwhelming us” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The first phrase speaks of the effects of these sins on the Israelites, while the second phrase speaks of their effects on their standing with God. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 axnk grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the prayer, since it gives the reason for the result of Ezra feeling ashamed. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that we are surely guilty, and we know that we are guilty before you. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 krv9 figs-metaphor עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, **multiplied** means to become much greater in number. Ezra uses that expression figuratively to describe how serious the sins of the Israelites are. Alternate translation: “we have committed such great sins that they have risen up higher than our heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 eimq figs-abstractnouns עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **iniquities** with a phrase such as “sins we have committed.” Alternate translation: “the great sins we have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 bzgy figs-metaphor לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to describe the degree to which the sins have figuratively become greater in number. Alternate translation: “to the point that we are surely guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 c8or figs-abstractnouns וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a phrase such as “make guilty.” Alternate translation: “our sins are making us guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 athx figs-metonymy עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of God by reference to something associated with him, **the heavens**, which was considered to be the place where God lived. The expression **and our guilt has become great, as far as to the heavens** means that the sins have become so numerous that they reach God in heaven. In other words, their sin is against God himself. Alternate translation: “our sins are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 sv5f figs-idiom מִימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ 1 Со дней наших отцов «С того времени, когда наши предки были живы»
|
||||
EZR 9 7 aqdp figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ 1 наша вина ... за наши грехи Абстрактные существительные «вина» и «грехи» могут быть выражены с помощью глаголов и глагольных фраз. Альтернативный перевод: «очень виноваты ... из-за злых дел, которые мы совершили». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 jw4h figs-idiom עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 мы ... были преданы в руки чужеземных царей Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Ты отдал нас ... в руки чужеземных царей». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 ur0z figs-metonymy אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 были преданы в руки чужеземных царей Здесь «руки» представляет собой власть или контроль. Альтернативный перевод: «были переданы под власть царей этого мира» или «были отданы царям этого мира». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 wet1 figs-abstractnouns בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 на убийство, разграбление, позор и плен Абстрактные существительные «плен» и «разграбление» могут быть выражены с помощью глаголов и глагольных фраз. Альтернативный перевод: «отданы нашим врагам, чтобы они убили нас, захватили нас в плен, обворовали и опозорили». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 h1bs figs-activepassive וּבַעֲוֺנֹתֵ֡ינוּ נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we…have been delivered into the hand of kings If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because we sinned against you, you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 dr9f figs-metaphor נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we…have been delivered into the hand of kings Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 v9sd figs-idiom מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 into the hand of kings of the lands The **kings of the lands** would be the rulers of the “people of the lands” whom Ezra mentions in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:2](../09/02.md), and of similar foreign people groups. Alternate translation: “foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 f2hv figs-idiom בַּחֶ֜רֶב בַּשְּׁבִ֧י וּבַבִּזָּ֛ה וּבְבֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces These are not the means by which the foreign rulers conquered the Israelites. Rather, they are all things that happened to the Israelites when they were conquered. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They killed some of us, they took others of us away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us, and all of this has made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 kz7f figs-metonymy בַּחֶ֜רֶב 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces The sword figuratively represents killing, by reference to one kind of weapon that can kill a person. Alternate translation: “who killed some of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 lc37 figs-abstractnouns בַּשְּׁבִ֧י וּבַבִּזָּ֛ה 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind abstract nouns **captivity** and **plunder** with verbs such as “take away” and “steal.” Alternate translation: “who took others away from our homeland, who stole the things that belonged to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 uvig figs-synecdoche וּבְבֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces Here, Ezra uses the **face** to describe the whole person figuratively, by reference to one part of a person, their face, which would show their shame by its expression. Alternate translation: “and made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 nj7e figs-idiom כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “and that is still our situation now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 q4h6 figs-idiom כִּמְעַט־רֶגַע֩ 1 Господь, наш Бог, даровал нам милость Альтернативный перевод: «Господь, наш Бог, решил проявить к нам Свою милость». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 jqq9 figs-abstractnouns הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here, abstract noun **favor** refers to one person helping another even if they do not deserve it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase such as “be merciful.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 ym5g figs-personification הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks here of **favor** or mercy as if it could travel from Yahweh to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 rdwg figs-123person הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵאֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly, he addresses him in the second person in [9:6](../09/06.md) and in [9:10–15](../09/10.md). But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 yszb figs-metonymy פְּלֵיטָ֔ה 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here, the term **escape** refers figuratively to a group of survivors. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “nor survivors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 vhtl figs-metaphor וְלָתֶת־לָ֥נוּ יָתֵ֖ד 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks figuratively of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security as if it were a **peg**, such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and brought us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 b420 figs-idiom בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God **Holy** means “set apart for a special purpose.” The temple was God’s “holy place” because it was set apart for his worship. Alternate translation: “in his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 jjw0 figs-123person בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 q90t בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks of the **peg** figuratively as if it were in God’s temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence”
|
||||
EZR 9 8 lst9 figs-metonymy בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra may be speaking of the presence of God figuratively by association to mean the protection of God. Alternate translation: “under your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 h7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result לְהָאִ֤יר 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God This word indicates that the phrase it introduces explains the results of what the previous phrases have described. Alternate translation: “as a result … would brighten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 e1ad figs-123person לְהָאִ֤יר…אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “so that you, our God, could revive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 gg6p figs-parallelism לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙…וּלְתִתֵּ֛נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּעַבְדֻתֵֽנוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how merciful God has been to the community of returned exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “enable our community to thrive a little even under foreign domination” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how God has accomplished what the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “give us new vitality by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 fzoq figs-metaphor לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God To **brighten** the **eyes** of a person means figuratively to give them new life and vitality in the sense of restoring someone's happiness or well-being. Alternate translation: “to give us new vitality” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 f4s0 figs-explicit וּלְתִתֵּ֛נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּעַבְדֻתֵֽנוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Since Ezra says that God has made the community figuratively more alive **in our bondage**, he seems to be referring implicitly to the greater measure of freedom that King Artaxerxes has allowed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 psz0 figs-litotes לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 но и в рабстве наш Бог не оставил нас Здесь в разных переводах действие Бога обозначается по-разному. В данном случае оно выражено словом "не оставил". <br>Эта фраза может быть перефразирована с помощью слов «верность» или «лояльность». Посмотрите, как вы перевели аналогичную фразу в [Ездра 7:28](../07/28.md). Альтернативный перевод: «но Он был верен завету с нами» или «Он был лоялен к нам». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 n7de figs-123person לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 дом нашего Бога храм
|
||||
EZR 9 9 gk7w grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַֽיַּט 1 дали нам защитную стену Стена, которая удерживает людей в безопасности, является метафорой Господа, защищающего Свой народ. Альтернативный перевод: «помогли нам быть в безопасности». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 h0hr figs-metaphor וַֽיַּט־עָלֵ֣ינוּ חֶ֡סֶד 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “On the contrary, he has helped us, as he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 xh8d figs-abstractnouns וַֽיַּט־עָלֵ֣ינוּ חֶ֡סֶד לִפְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md) and [7:28](../07/28.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel, in order to keep the promises he made to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “help.” Alternate translation: “But he has helped us, as he promised, by leading the king of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 eb2m figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 in the sight of the king of Persia Here, **face** refers figuratively to the way a person regards things, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. Alternate translation: “by leading the kings of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 jkj1 figs-explicit מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 in the sight of the king of Persia Ezra probably uses the plural **kings** to acknowledge implicitly that not just Artaxerxes, but also Cyrus and Darius before him, treated the Jews favorably by allowing them to rebuild the temple and by supporting the worship there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could name these kings explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus, King Darius, and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 sc72 figs-metaphor לָֽתֶת־לָ֣נוּ מִֽחְיָ֗ה 1 in the sight of the king of Persia As in [9:8](../09/08.md), **reviving** or renewed life seems in context to be a figurative expression for greater freedom. Alternate translation: “so that they gave us greater freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 kdnc figs-parallelism לְרוֹמֵ֞ם אֶת־בֵּ֤ית אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ וּלְהַעֲמִ֣יד אֶת־חָרְבֹתָ֔יו 1 in the sight of the king of Persia These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra says essentially the same thing twice, probably to emphasize how remarkable this was after all the opposition there had been to it. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is stronger because it indicates that the temple had previously been destroyed but now it was being restored. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God by repairing its ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 mpbv figs-metaphor לְרוֹמֵ֞ם 1 in the sight of the king of Persia **To raise up** is a figurative expression for building it. Alternate translation: “to rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 f833 figs-metaphor וּלְהַעֲמִ֣יד 1 the house of our God Like **raise up**, this is a figurative expression for building. Alternate translation: “repairing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 b5aw figs-metaphor וְלָֽתֶת־לָ֣נוּ גָדֵ֔ר בִּֽיהוּדָ֖ה וּבִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 to give us a wall Ezra is not referring to a literal wall. (The walls of Jerusalem were still broken down at this time. They would not be repaired until Nehemiah came to the city over a dozen years later.) Rather, he means figuratively that the Persian kings authorized the returned exiles to re-establish their community in Judah and Jerusalem, and so they would protect their right to live there. It is as if the Jews are surrounded by a protective wall. Alternate translation: “and has given us a safe place to live in Judah and Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 10 a9fk figs-rquestion וְעַתָּ֛ה מַה־נֹּאמַ֥ר אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ אַֽחֲרֵי־זֹ֑את 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 9 10 akg2 figs-metaphor עָזַ֖בְנוּ מִצְוֺתֶֽיךָ 1 to give us a wall As in [8:22](../08/22.md), forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for disobeying him or refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “we have disobeyed your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 11 v7am figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּ֗יתָ בְּיַ֨ד עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ הַנְּבִיאִים֮ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 9 11 nqdl figs-quotemarks לֵאמֹר֒ 1 to give us a wall After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what the prophets commanded the people on Yahweh’s behalf. So this is a quotation within a quotation. That is, Ezra is quoting the prayer that he prayed on this occasion, and within that prayer, he is quoting what the prophets said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 11 cqpt figs-metaphor אֶ֤רֶץ נִדָּה֙ הִ֔יא בְּנִדַּ֖ת עַמֵּ֣י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 to give us a wall The prophets speak figuratively of the land of Canaan as if it were itself impure, because it was a place where the people did things that were so displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “a land whose inhabitants do things that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 11 n022 figs-metaphor בְּנִדַּ֖ת 1 to give us a wall The prophets speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were contaminated. Alternate translation: “by the things that are displeasing to God of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 11 t4gi figs-idiom עַמֵּ֣י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 to give us a wall See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). Here it refers to members of other people groups who were living in the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 11 y2ii figs-metaphor בְּתוֹעֲבֹֽתֵיהֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלְא֛וּהָ מִפֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה בְּטֻמְאָתָֽם 1 to give us a wall The term **abominations**, like the term “impurity,” refers to things that people do that are very displeasing to God. As in [9:1](../09/01.md), the term indicates that God must judge these actions as wrong, that is, as not in accordance with his own character. The prophets speak figuratively of these things as if they were accumulating physically and filling up the land. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Throughout the land, from one end to the other, they have been doing things that are very displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 11 vo7q figs-metaphor מִפֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה 1 to give us a wall Here, **mouth** is a figurative way of saying “edge,” “end,” or “extremity,” probably by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “from one end to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 11 ctyk figs-metaphor בְּטֻמְאָתָֽם 1 to give us a wall The prophets also speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were dirty. Alternate translation: “through the things they do that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 evio grammar-connect-logic-result וְ֠עַתָּה 1 навсегда «до конца веков»
|
||||
EZR 9 12 sea2 figs-idiom בְּֽנוֹתֵיכֶ֞ם אַל־תִּתְּנ֣וּ לִבְנֵיהֶ֗ם 1 to give us a wall This expression means specifically to give daughters in marriage. Alternate translation: “do not arrange marriages between your daughters and their sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 pe30 figs-idiom וּבְנֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אַל־תִּשְׂא֣וּ לִבְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 to give us a wall As in [9:2](../09/02.md), to **lift their daughters for your sons** is an idiom that means “to get wives for your sons from among their daughters.” Alternate translation: “and do not get wives for your sons from their daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 o8bm figs-idiom וְלֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛ם וְטוֹבָתָ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 to give us a wall **Until eternity** is a Hebrew expression that means **for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future**. Alternate translation: “and never do anything that contributes to their welfare or prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 qq14 figs-doublet וְלֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמָ֛ם וְטוֹבָתָ֖ם 1 to give us a wall **Peace** and **good** mean similar things. The prophets use them together to emphasize the importance of this commandment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression, as UST does, saying “cause things to go well.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 sfei figs-parallelism לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וַאֲכַלְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ט֣וּב הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 to give us a wall These two phrases mean similar things. The prophets say essentially the same thing twice, to emphasize the blessings that the Israelites would enjoy if they obeyed these commandments. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a prosperous nation in that place” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how the nation would become strong, as the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a strong nation by growing and enjoying abundant harvests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 r9c0 figs-idiom וְהוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 to give us a wall As earlier in the sentence, **until eternity** means “*for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future.” Alternate translation: “so that your descendants will always be able to live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 s1e8 figs-metaphor לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 to give us a wall Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 12 uax9 figs-quotemarks עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 forever After this phrase Ezra ends his quotation of what Yahweh commanded through the prophets. If you decided in [9:11](../09/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 13 am2g figs-parallelism בְּמַעֲשֵׂ֨ינוּ֙ הָרָעִ֔ים וּבְאַשְׁמָתֵ֖נוּ הַגְּדֹלָ֑ה 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 9 13 ulhq grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֣י 1 forever The meaning of the word **for** is not entirely clear in this context. The term could indicate that the phrase that comes after it is describing a second reason why the Jews should return to breaking God's commandments and intermarrying with foreigners. In this case, the first reason would be because of God's punishment for their sins. The second reason would because of God's mercy in that he did not punish them more. Alternate translation: “and” The term might also indicate a contrast, meaning that even though God has punished them, he has not punished them as much as much as he should have for the sins they committed. Alternate translation: “even though” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
EZR 9 13 hd7r figs-idiom חָשַׂ֤כְתָּֽ לְמַ֨טָּה֙ מֵֽעֲוֺנֵ֔נוּ 1 forever This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “have not punished us as fully as our sins deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 13 w379 figs-explicit וְנָתַ֥תָּה לָּ֛נוּ פְּלֵיטָ֖ה כָּזֹֽאת 1 forever Ezra is referring implicitly to himself and to the other Jews who have returned from exile. Alternate translation: “and you have allowed some of us to return to our homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 jh1x figs-rquestion הֲנָשׁוּב֙ לְהָפֵ֣ר מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּ֨לְהִתְחַתֵּ֔ן בְּעַמֵּ֥י הַתֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָאֵ֑לֶּה 1 Неужели мы опять будем нарушать Твои заповеди и вступать ... народами? Это можно записать в виде утверждения. Альтернативный перевод: «Очень неправильно, что некоторые из нас нарушили Твои заповеди и вступили ... народами». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 pm7m figs-idiom בְּעַמֵּ֥י הַתֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָאֵ֑לֶּה 1 Не прогневаешься ли Ты ... спасения? Это можно записать в виде утверждения. Альтернативный перевод: «Я боюсь, что Ты рассердишься ... спасения». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 mn62 figs-rquestion הֲל֤וֹא תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה לְאֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּפְלֵיטָֽה 1 Would you not be angry…no remnant or survivor? Once again Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him whether he would be angry with the Jews. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how angry God would become. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “If we did that, you would be totally angry with us, and you would not leave any of us here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 tlu0 figs-idiom תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה 1 Would you not be angry…no remnant or survivor? This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “totally angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 ulm6 figs-doublet לְאֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּפְלֵיטָֽה 1 Would you not be angry…no remnant or survivor? In this specific context, the terms **remnant** and **escape** mean the same thing. Ezra uses the terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “you would not leave any of us here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 z9sd figs-metonymy וּפְלֵיטָֽה 1 Would you not be angry…no remnant or survivor? As in [9:8](../09/08.md), the term **escape** refers figuratively to a group of survivors. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “nor survivors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 15 qhg9 grammar-connect-logic-result יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ צַדִּ֣יק אַ֔תָּה כִּֽי־נִשְׁאַ֥רְנוּ פְלֵיטָ֖ה כְּהַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 Господь, Бог Израиля! В некоторых языках существуют особые слова или фразы, которые побуждают обратить внимание на следующее выражение. В данном случае используется эмоциональное обращение.
|
||||
EZR 9 15 nw97 figs-idiom כְּהַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 И вот, мы в наших грехах перед Тобой «Ты видишь, что мы все виноваты»
|
||||
EZR 9 15 a177 figs-parallelism הִנְנ֤וּ לְפָנֶ֨יךָ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָתֵ֔ינוּ כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין לַעֲמ֛וֹד לְפָנֶ֖יךָ עַל־זֹֽאת 1 хотя после этого мы не должны стоять перед Тобой «нет ни одного, кто мог бы устоять перед Тобой», или «Ты не думаешь, что есть кто-то невиновный».
|
||||
EZR 9 15 lh5h figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 no one can stand before you because of this Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “into your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 15 el20 figs-idiom אֵ֥ין לַעֲמ֛וֹד לְפָנֶ֖יךָ 1 no one can stand before you because of this To **stand** is a Hebrew idiom meaning to be acquitted. (For example, in Psalm 130:3, “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” and Psalm 1:5, “The wicked will not stand in the judgment.”) Alternate translation: “none of us can plead any grounds for acquittal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 15 vlk8 figs-quotemarks עַל־זֹֽאת 1 no one can stand before you because of this This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of the prayer that he prayed on this occasion. If you decided in [9:6](../09/06.md) to mark his words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 intro ah4y 0 # Ездра 10 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Смешанные браки #####<br><br>Народ решает развестись с женами-нееврейками. Многие евреи вступили в смешанные браки. Обычно в еврейской культуре развод не одобрялся и не был обычным явлением, но брак с нееврейскими женщинами был просто недопустим.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Ездра 10:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../09/intro.md) | __
|
||||
EZR 10 1 ufb1 grammar-connect-logic-result וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּכְ֨הִתְוַדֹּת֔וֹ בֹּכֶה֙ וּמִתְנַפֵּ֔ל לִפְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים נִקְבְּצוּ֩ אֵלָ֨יו מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֜ל קָהָ֣ל רַב־מְאֹ֗ד אֲנָשִׁ֤ים וְנָשִׁים֙ וִֽילָדִ֔ים כִּֽי־בָכ֥וּ הָעָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה 1 Когда Ездра молился и признавал Ездра говорит о себе в третьем лице, как о ком-то другом. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
EZR 10 1 drpv writing-participants וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל 1 падая перед резко опускаться вниз, наклоняясь лицом к земле
|
||||
EZR 10 1 elvd figs-parallelism וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּכְ֨הִתְוַדֹּת֔וֹ 1 перед Божьим домом перед храмом
|
||||
EZR 10 1 ekt7 translate-symaction וּמִתְנַפֵּ֔ל לִפְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 throwing himself down By falling down onto the ground in front of the temple, Ezra was symbolically pleading with God, who was considered to be present in the temple, the way a supplicant would get down with his face on the ground to plead with a powerful person in this culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pleading with God by falling down onto the ground in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 10 1 vcs1 figs-metaphor לִפְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 before the house of God Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 1 ry9k figs-explicit בָכ֥וּ הָעָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה 1 before the house of God The implication is that the people were weeping because they realized what a wrong thing they had done and how guilty they were because of it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people began to weep very bitterly because they realized that they had sinned and were guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 ygp9 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּעַן֩ 1 Шехания Посмотрите, как вы перевели это имя в [Ездра 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||||
EZR 10 2 zx9r translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֨ה בֶן־יְחִיאֵ֜ל 1 Иехиила Посмотрите, как вы перевели это имя в [Ездра 8:9](../08/09.md).
|
||||
EZR 10 2 at6v figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֤י עֵילָם֙ 1 Мы совершили преступление перед нашим Богом Это было сделано как публичное признание, а не как хвастливое утверждение.
|
||||
EZR 10 2 v7rt translate-names עֵילָם֙ 1 Jehiel **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 hqgs figs-hendiadys וַיַּעַן֩…וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Jehiel Here the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. Together, the two words mean that Shekaniah responded to the situation that the Jews were facing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 wbo8 figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לְעֶזְרָ֔א 1 Jehiel After this phrase, the book begins to quote what Shekaniah said to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 af7v figs-metaphor אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ מָעַ֣לְנוּ בֵאלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God As in [9:2](../09/02.md) and [9:4](../09/04.md), **acted unfaithfully** figuratively means “acted in disobedience.” Alternate translation: “We ourselves have disobeyed our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 jfau figs-idiom וַנֹּ֛שֶׁב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּ֖וֹת מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God To **cause to dwell** is an idiom that means “to marry.” Alternate translation: “and have married foreign women from the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 kucg figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 dp2y grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעַתָּ֛ה 1 We have been unfaithful to our God The words **but now** indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way the situation appeared to be hopeless and the fact that the Jews could still do something about it. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 k21b figs-personification וְעַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Here Shekaniah refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “but there is still hope for the Israelites in this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 xeuk figs-123person וְעַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Though Shekaniah speaks of Israel, meaning the Israelites, in the third person, the term includes himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this phrase in the second person. Alternate translation: “But there is still hope for us in this matter” or “But there is still something that we can do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 yh2o figs-exclusive וְעַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Since Shekaniah is speaking to Ezra and the term **for Israel** applies to him as well, if you choose to translate this phrase in the second person, the term “us” or “we” should include the addressee, if your language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “But there is still hope for us in this matter” or “But there is still something that we can do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 ysow figs-idiom נִֽכְרָת־בְּרִ֣ית 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 10 3 w4zm figs-idiom לְהוֹצִ֨יא כָל־נָשִׁ֜ים וְהַנּוֹלָ֤ד מֵהֶם֙ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God **To cause to go out** is a Hebrew idiom that means “to divorce and send away.” Alternate translation: “to divorce and send away all of these foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 zmyn figs-activepassive וְהַנּוֹלָ֤ד מֵהֶם֙ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a noun to represent this phrase that uses a passive verb form. Alternate translation: “their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 iljp figs-123person בַּעֲצַ֣ת אֲדֹנָ֔י 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Shekaniah addresses Ezra in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate this with the second person. Alternate translation: “doing it in the way that you advise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 zzvz figs-metaphor וְהַחֲרֵדִ֖ים בְּמִצְוַ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God As in [9:4](../09/04.md), **tremble** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. Alternate translation: “and in the way that seems right to everyone who respects the commandment of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 3 hla5 figs-activepassive וְכַתּוֹרָ֖ה יֵעָשֶֽׂה 1 We have been unfaithful to our God If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “And let us make sure that we are following what the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 tx9m figs-idiom ק֛וּם 1 мы с тобой "мы поможем тебе"
|
||||
EZR 10 4 ao5k figs-idiom כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר 1 we are with you This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 d8d8 figs-idiom כִּֽי־עָלֶ֥יךָ הַדָּבָ֖ר 1 we are with you The implication is that this was Ezra’s responsibility because King Artaxerxes had given him the mandate to teach the Jews to follow the commandments of Yahweh and the authority to ensure that they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because this is your responsibility, since the king told you to teach us Yahweh’s commandments and make sure that we followed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 m4vg וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ עִמָּ֑ךְ 1 we are with you Alternate translation: “and we will support you”
|
||||
EZR 10 4 hrga figs-ellipsis חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה 1 we are with you Here, Shekaniah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Be strong and take action to address this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 10 4 bhrm figs-quotemarks חֲזַ֖ק וַעֲשֵֽׂה 1 we are with you After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Shekaniah said to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:2](../10/02.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 v0zf grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּ֣קָם 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 10 5 p6uh figs-idiom וַיָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֡א 1 we are with you Once again, **arose** means took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “So Ezra took initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 5 medp figs-explicit לַעֲשׂ֛וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה 1 we are with you The implication in context is that **this word** refers to Shekaniah’s recommendation that the Jews send away all the foreign wives and their children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to do what Shekaniah had recommended and make the Israelites send away all the foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 k8jp figs-metaphor מִלִּפְנֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Иоханана ... Елияшива Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 j78q figs-explicit וַיֵּ֕לֶךְ אֶל־לִשְׁכַּ֖ת יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib As in [8:29](../08/29.md), **chamber** means a room, and in context here it seems to refer similarly to one of the rooms in the temple. Eliashib was the high priest, and so it is probable that one of his family members would have had a room there. The book does not say why Ezra went to one of the rooms in the temple, but the implication is that he did so in order to meet further with the community leaders and make plans for the assembly that the following verses describe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he went to one of the rooms in the temple, the one that belonged to Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib, to meet further with the leaders to make plans to call an assembly of all the returned exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 z4zq figs-metaphor יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib Jehohanan was actually the grandson of Eliashib, so **son** figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 j3bg translate-names יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן…אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 vkgv figs-ellipsis וַיֵּ֣לֶךְ שָׁ֗ם לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib Here the book leaves out some of the words that would ordinarily be needed in order to express a complete meaning. Alternate translation: “And when he went there, he did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 b5wa grammar-connect-logic-result לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 fwd9 translate-symaction לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib Not eating or drinking was a symbolic action whose purpose was to show that Ezra was grieving over the disobedience of the exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To show that he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 cs2r figs-synecdoche לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib It is likely that the story is using bread, one kind of food, to represent all food, and that it is using water, one kind of drink, to represent all drink. Alternate translation: “He did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 s6oc figs-metaphor מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib **Unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 dt20 figs-abstractnouns מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib The abstract noun **exiles** describes the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. (The term seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase “the sons of the exile” that is used in several places in the book, including in the next verse.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 10 7 egfd figs-metonymy וַיַּעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֜וֹל בִּיהוּדָ֣ה וִירֽוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 10 7 sni5 figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 7 fkhl figs-abstractnouns בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 Jehohanan…Eliashib The abstract noun **exile** refers to the way the Babylonians had taken the Jews as captives and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with a verb such as “return,” which would describe the present situation of some of these Jews and their descendants. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 10 8 tv2h כַּעֲצַ֤ת הַשָּׂרִים֙ וְהַזְּקֵנִ֔ים 1 А кто не придёт ... всё имение того человека будет предано заклятью, а сам он будет отлучён «Должностные лица отнимут всё имущество у тех, кто не придёт ... и исключат их» или «Жители Иудеи и Иерусалима отнимут всё имущество у тех, кто не придёт ... и исключат их».
|
||||
EZR 10 8 a5ia figs-idiom יָחֳרַ֖ם כָּל־רְכוּשׁ֑וֹ 1 три дня 3 дня. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
EZR 10 8 gf6s figs-idiom וְה֥וּא יִבָּדֵ֖ל מִקְּהַ֥ל הַגּוֹלָֽה 1 three days **Separated from the assembly** is a Hebrew idiom that means to be expelled from the community and no longer considered a Jew. Alternate translation: “He himself would be expelled from the Jewish community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 8 hnmq figs-abstractnouns מִקְּהַ֥ל הַגּוֹלָֽה 1 three days As often in the book, the abstract noun **exiles** here refers to the way the Jews had been transported away from their homeland but had since returned. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with a verb such as “return.” Alternate translation: “the community of Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 10 9 kp1w grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּקָּבְצ֣וּ 1 В течение трёх дней "Через три дня"
|
||||
EZR 10 9 je29 figs-personification כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּבִנְיָמִ֨ן 1 В двадцатый день девятого месяца Это девятый месяц еврейского календаря. По западному календарю это двадцатый день ближе к середине декабря. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 10 9 pfo4 figs-synecdoche כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּבִנְיָמִ֨ן 1 на площади это большой открытый двор перед храмом
|
||||
EZR 10 9 e785 figs-metonymy כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּבִנְיָמִ֨ן 1 in three days Another way to look at this is that the book is describing all of the Israelites figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the area in which they were now living, which had previously been the territory of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 10 9 v2eh translate-hebrewmonths ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַתְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 ninth month and the twentieth day of the month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. You may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “It was the twentieth day of the ninth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 10 9 keco figs-explicit ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַתְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 ninth month and the twentieth day of the month Since the story does not say otherwise, the implication is that this was still the same year in which Ezra returned to Jerusalem, that is, the seventh year of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It was the twentieth day of the ninth month in the seventh year of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 9 egr3 translate-ordinal בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 ninth month and the twentieth day of the month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **twenty**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “twentieth” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twentieth day of month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 10 9 j9d3 translate-unknown בִּרְחוֹב֙ בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 in the square **Open place** means a “plaza” or “square” in the city where there were no buildings and so where large gatherings like this could be held. Alternate translation: “in the temple square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 10 9 qlio figs-metaphor מַרְעִידִ֥ים עַל־הַדָּבָ֖ר וּמֵהַגְּשָׁמִֽים 1 in the square As elsewhere in the book, **trembling** here may be a metaphor meaning regarding someone or something with respect and reverential fear. However, the people were likely trembling literally because of the rain, that is, shaking with cold. So the book is either mixing figurative and literal uses of the same term, or the people were literally shaking because they were all being called to account for a serious disobedience. Alternate translation: “deeply serious about the issue of disobedience and shaking with cold from the rain” or “shaking with fear because they were being called to account for disobedience and shaking with cold because of the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 10 o09g translate-symaction וַיָּ֨קָם עֶזְרָ֤א הַכֹּהֵן֙ וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֔ם 1 совершили преступление, взяв себе чужеземных жён Абстрактное существительное «преступление» может быть выражено с помощью глагола. Альтернативный перевод: «помогли врагам вашего народа». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 10 10 rlnr figs-informremind עֶזְרָ֤א הַכֹּהֵן֙ 1 и тем увеличили вину Израиля «и теперь Бог считает нас ещё более виноватыми, чем раньше»
|
||||
EZR 10 10 wr45 figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֔ם 1 have acted unfaithfully After this phrase, the book begins to quote what Ezra said to the assembly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 10 x4sz figs-metaphor מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַתֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 have acted unfaithfully **Acted unfaithfully** figuratively means committed disobedience. Alternate translation: “disobeyed by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 10 v95n figs-metaphor מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַתֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 adding to the guilt of Israel The implication is that this was disobedience to the commandment of Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “disobeyed the commandment of Yahweh by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 10 nduh figs-idiom וַתֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 adding to the guilt of Israel See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 m0l7 figs-idiom וְעַתָּ֗ה תְּנ֥וּ תוֹדָ֛ה לַיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 1 отделите себя от "отойдите от" или "отделитесь от"
|
||||
EZR 10 11 b2x3 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 1 separate yourselves **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 man9 figs-metaphor וַעֲשׂ֣וּ רְצוֹנ֑וֹ וְהִבָּֽדְלוּ֙ מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ וּמִן־הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 separate yourselves With regard to the other people groups, the word **separate** means dissolving the alliances that had been formed with them by marriage. With regard to the foreign wives, it is a figurative term for divorce. Alternate translation: “and obey him by divorcing and sending away your foreign wives, and thereby breaking the alliances you have formed with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 eyne figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 separate yourselves This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 ofga figs-quotemarks הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 separate yourselves After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Ezra said to the assembly on this occasion. If you decided in [10:10](../10/10.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 tatu figs-hendiadys וַיַּֽעְנ֧וּ…וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 10 12 hvpb figs-quotemarks ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 separate yourselves After this phrase the book begins to quote what the assembly replied to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 jgje figs-idiom כֵּ֛ן כִּדְבָרְךָ֥ עָלֵ֖ינוּ לַעֲשֽׂוֹת 1 separate yourselves Like the similar expression “the matter is on you” in [10:4](../10/04.md), this is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “We agree that it is our responsibility to do what you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 13 sjoy figs-explicit הָעָ֥ם רָב֙ 1 дело это не одного дня и не двух Это может быть переведено в положительной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «нам понадобится много времени, чтобы выполнить это дело». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EZR 10 13 ns3z figs-idiom וְהָעֵ֣ת גְּשָׁמִ֔ים וְאֵ֥ין כֹּ֖חַ לַעֲמ֣וֹד בַּח֑וּץ 1 this is not the work of one or two days To say that there is **no strength** for something is an idiom in Hebrew meaning that it is too difficult. Alternate translation: “it is too much of a hardship to make everyone stand outside during the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 13 poap grammar-connect-logic-result וְהַמְּלָאכָ֗ה לֹֽא־לְי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְלֹ֣א לִשְׁנַ֔יִם כִּֽי־הִרְבִּ֥ינוּ לִפְשֹׁ֖עַ בַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 this is not the work of one or two days If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because so many of us have disobeyed Yahweh and married foreign women, it will take a long time to identify them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 10 13 wqu4 figs-idiom וְהַמְּלָאכָ֗ה לֹֽא־לְי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְלֹ֣א לִשְׁנַ֔יִם 1 this is not the work of one or two days **One day or two** is a figurative way of saying “a short time.” Alternate translation: “It will take a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 fcw7 figs-idiom יַֽעֲמְדוּ־נָ֣א שָׂ֠רֵינוּ לְֽכָל־הַקָּהָ֞ל 1 пусть приходят сюда в назначенное время и с ними старейшины каждого города и его судьи Это можно перевести в активной форме и отдельными предложениями. Альтернативный перевод: «пусть придут сюда во время, которое вы определите. И пусть они придут со старейшинами города и городскими судьями». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wybo figs-idiom הַהֹשִׁ֞יב נָשִׁ֤ים נָכְרִיּוֹת֙ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “those who have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wvv6 figs-idiom יָבֹא֙…וְעִמָּהֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָעִ֖יר וְשֹׁפְטֶ֑יהָ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities **City by city** is an idiom that means “each city.” Alternate translation: “let ...<br>come with the elders and judges of each city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 10 14 qdri figs-metaphor עַ֠ד לְהָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עַ֖ד לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities In Hebrew, **burning of the nose** figuratively represents anger, and if someone’s anger is **turned back**, that means figuratively that they are no longer angry. Alternate translation: “until God is no longer angry with us for disobeying in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 cs93 figs-quotemarks לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what the assembly replied to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:12](../10/12.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 arho grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַ֣ךְ 1 Ионафан ... Асаила ... Яхзеия ... Фиквы ... Мешуллам ... Шавфай Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 z2yc figs-explicit יוֹנָתָ֧ן…וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה…עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּמְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְשַׁבְּתַ֥י…עֲזָרֻֽם 1 Тогда Ионафан, сын Асаила, и Яхзеия, сын Фиквы, встали над этим Возможные значения: 1) эти люди не хотели, чтобы данные преступления расследовали городские чиновники, или 2) они не хотели, чтобы кто-то другой расследовал факт заключения браков этих людей.
|
||||
EZR 10 15 piy5 translate-names יוֹנָתָ֧ן בֶּן־עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל 1 Jonathan…Asahel…Jahzeiah…Tikvah…Meshullam…Shabbethai **Jonathan** is the name of a man, and **Asahel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 i7li translate-names וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה בֶן־תִּקְוָ֖ה 1 Jonathan…Asahel…Jahzeiah…Tikvah…Meshullam…Shabbethai **Jahzeiah** is the name of a man, and **Tikvah** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 sl99 figs-metaphor עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את 1 Jonathan son of Asahel and Jahzeiah son of Tikvah opposed this Here, **stood against** something means figuratively to have opposed it. Alternate translation: “did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 uu1e translate-names וּמְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְשַׁבְּתַ֥י 1 Jonathan son of Asahel and Jahzeiah son of Tikvah opposed this These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 16 jyy9 figs-abstractnouns וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֮ בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָה֒ 1 так и сделали Люди расследовали, кто из евреев женился на язычницах.
|
||||
EZR 10 16 sz6j figs-activepassive וַיִּבָּדְלוּ֩ עֶזְרָ֨א הַכֹּהֵ֜ן אֲנָשִׁ֨ים רָאשֵׁ֧י הָאָב֛וֹת לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖ם וְכֻלָּ֣ם בְּשֵׁמ֑וֹת 1 в первый день десятого месяца Это десятый месяц еврейского календаря. По западному календарю первый день - это почти середина декабря. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 10 16 rrw5 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֧י הָאָב֛וֹת לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖ם 1 did this As in [1:5](../01/05.md) and many other places in the book, **the heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses,” and the **house of the father** or “father’s house” means a clan. Alternate translation: “the leaders of each clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 10 16 soo5 figs-informremind עֶזְרָ֨א הַכֹּהֵ֜ן 1 did this Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 10 16 brup figs-metaphor וַיֵּשְׁב֗וּ 1 did this While it is likely that these leaders conducted their inquiry while sitting down, **sat down** here is a figurative way of saying “convened” or “met to do business.” Alternate translation: “they met for the first time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 16 c2z7 translate-hebrewmonths בְּי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָעֲשִׂירִ֔י 1 the first day of the tenth month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the tenth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 10 16 waht translate-ordinal בְּי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָעֲשִׂירִ֔י 1 the first day of the tenth month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the tenth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 10 16 tpyq figs-metaphor לְדַרְי֖וֹשׁ הַדָּבָֽר 1 the first day of the tenth month **Seek out** here figuratively means to “investigate.” Alternate translation: “to investigate who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 17 i02i figs-idiom וַיְכַלּ֣וּ בַכֹּ֔ל אֲנָשִׁ֕ים 1 к первому дню первого месяца По западному календарю это почти середина марта. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 10 17 gtyy figs-idiom הַהֹשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 first day of the first month See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 17 kgk5 translate-hebrewmonths י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 first day of the first month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “by the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 10 17 u24d translate-ordinal י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 first day of the first month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the tenth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 10 18 rqg8 figs-activepassive וַיִּמָּצֵא֙ מִבְּנֵ֣י 1 Иисуса Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
EZR 10 18 vpyw figs-idiom מִבְּנֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים 1 Иоседека Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
EZR 10 18 w0rr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֹשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 Маасея ... Гедалия Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 18 sf5b figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֨י יֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָק֙ וְאֶחָ֔יו 1 Елиезер ... Иарив Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 8:16](../08/16.md).
|
||||
EZR 10 18 pp5e translate-names מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ וֶֽאֱלִיעֶ֔זֶר וְיָרִ֖יב וּגְדַלְיָֽה 1 Eliezer…Jarib These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 19 xu0s grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּתְּנ֥וּ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 10 19 w25u translate-symaction וַיִּתְּנ֥וּ יָדָ֖ם 1 Eliezer…Jarib This means that the men shook hands with the clan leaders to signify that they were making a promise. Alternate translation: “So they shook hands in pledge” or “So they shook hands and promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 10 19 y3eh figs-explicit לְהוֹצִ֣יא נְשֵׁיהֶ֑ם וַאֲשֵׁמִ֥ים אֵֽיל־צֹ֖אן עַל־אַשְׁמָתָֽם 1 Eliezer…Jarib While the book does not specify that all the other men whose names are listed in the rest of this chapter had to make a similar pledge and pay a similar penalty, the implication is that the commission required these same things of all the offenders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they would divorce their wives and send them away and that they would sacrifice a ram from their flocks as a guilt offering, since the clan leaders had found them guilty. The clan leaders made all the men who had married foreign wives do these same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 19 v518 figs-idiom לְהוֹצִ֣יא נְשֵׁיהֶ֑ם 1 Eliezer…Jarib As in [10:3](../10/03.md), **to cause to go out** is a Hebrew idiom that means to divorce and send away. Alternate translation: “that they would divorce their wives and send them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 19 i4ab figs-ellipsis וַאֲשֵׁמִ֥ים אֵֽיל־צֹ֖אן עַל־אַשְׁמָתָֽם 1 Eliezer…Jarib Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and that they would sacrifice a ram from their flocks as a guilt offering, since the clan leaders had found them guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 10 20 d98p figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Общая информация: Ездра перечисляет имена мужчин, которые женились на женщинах-язычницах.
|
||||
EZR 10 20 re8v translate-names חֲנָ֖נִי וּזְבַדְיָֽה 1 Иммера Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это имя в [Ездра 2:37](../02/37.md).
|
||||
EZR 10 20 2bf5 Хананий Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 20 2de4 Зевадия Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это имя в [Ездра 8:8](../08/08.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 21 hqu7 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם 1 Харима Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:32](../02/32.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 21 vq5r translate-names מַעֲשֵׂיָ֤ה וְאֵֽלִיָּה֙ וּֽשְׁמַֽעְיָ֔ה וִיחִיאֵ֖ל וְעֻזִיָּֽה 1 Маасея Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:18](../10/18.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 21 98ad Шемаия ... Иехиил Это мужские имена. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Ездра 8:13](../08/13.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 22 bs2z figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י פַּשְׁח֑וּר 1 Пашхура Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:38](../02/38.md).
|
||||
EZR 10 22 yf1x translate-names אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֤י מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל נְתַנְאֵ֔ל יוֹזָבָ֖ד וְאֶלְעָשָֽׂה 1 Елиоенай ... Нафанаил ... Эласа Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 22 fbcb Иозавад Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:33](../08/33.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 23 ef8q translate-names הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Общая информация: Ездра продолжает перечислять имена мужчин, которые женились на женщинах-язычницах. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 23 y5l2 translate-names יוֹזָבָ֣ד וְשִׁמְעִ֗י וְקֵֽלָיָה֙ ה֣וּא קְלִיטָ֔א פְּתַֽחְיָ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה וֶאֱלִיעֶֽזֶר 1 Иозавад Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:33](../08/33.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 24 mpru הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 Елияшив Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:6](../10/06.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 24 cg6w translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Шаллум Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:42](../02/42.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 24 zd2i הַשֹּׁ֣עֲרִ֔ים 1 Eliashib This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||
EZR 10 24 dsd1 translate-names שַׁלֻּ֥ם וָטֶ֖לֶם וְאוּרִֽי 1 Shallum These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 25 edlz figs-personification וּמִֽיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Пароша Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:3](../02/03.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 25 frh1 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֡שׁ 1 Елеазар Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 7:5](../07/05.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 25 y951 translate-names רַ֠מְיָה וְיִזִּיָּ֤ה וּמַלְכִּיָּה֙ וּמִיָּמִ֣ן וְאֶלְעָזָ֔ר וּמַלְכִּיָּ֖ה וּבְנָיָֽה 1 Eleazar These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 26 n4c3 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י עֵילָ֑ם 1 Общая информация: Ездра продолжает перечислять имена мужчин, которые женились на женщинах-язычницах. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 26 xd7i translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֤ה זְכַרְיָה֙ וִיחִיאֵ֣ל וְעַבְדִּ֔י וִירֵמ֖וֹת וְאֵלִיָּֽה 1 Елама Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:7](../02/07.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 26 1f98 Иехиел Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:7](../02/07.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 27 t24c figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י זַתּ֑וּא 1 Заффу Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:8](../02/08.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 27 x1id translate-names אֶלְיוֹעֵנַ֤י אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה וִֽירֵמ֔וֹת וְזָבָ֖ד וַעֲזִיזָֽא 1 Елиоенай Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 10:22](../10/22.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 27 3e2f Елияшив Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 10:6](../10/06.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 28 h43s figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י בֵּבָ֑י 1 Бевая Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:11](../02/11.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 28 jfh1 translate-names יְהוֹחָנָ֥ן חֲנַנְיָ֖ה זַבַּ֥י עַתְלָֽי 1 Иоханан Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:11](../02/11.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 29 n4fe figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֖י בָּנִ֑י 1 Вания Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 2:10](../02/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 29 j32x translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֤ם מַלּוּךְ֙ וַעֲדָיָ֔ה יָשׁ֖וּב וּשְׁאָ֥ל ירמות 1 Мешуллам Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Ездра 8:16](../08/16.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 gmx3 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֛י פַּחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֖ב 1 Общая информация: Ездра продолжает перечислять имена мужчин, которые женились на женщинах-язычницах. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 phn5 translate-names עַדְנָ֣א וּכְלָ֑ל בְּנָיָ֤ה מַעֲשֵׂיָה֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה בְצַלְאֵ֔ל וּבִנּ֖וּי וּמְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 Пахаф-Моава Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:4](../08/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 aa0a Венаия Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:25](../10/25.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 24e3 Маасея Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:18](../10/18.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 8b22 Матфания Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:26](../10/26.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 30 7b3e Биннуй Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:33](../08/33.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 31 xr3u figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם 1 Малхия Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:25](../10/25.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 31 z6j4 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֧זֶר יִשִּׁיָּ֛ה מַלְכִּיָּ֖ה שְׁמַֽעְיָ֥ה שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 Харима Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:32](../02/32.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 31 8997 Елиезер Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:16](../08/16.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 32 gyh9 translate-names בְּנְיָמִ֥ן מַלּ֖וּךְ שְׁמַרְיָֽה 1 Маллух Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:29](../10/29.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 uek2 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֖י חָשֻׁ֑ם 1 Общая информация: Ездра продолжает перечислять имена мужчин, которые женнились на женщинах-язычницах. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 my1a translate-names חָשֻׁ֑ם מַתְּנַ֤י מַתַּתָּה֙ זָבָ֣ד אֱלִיפֶ֔לֶט יְרֵמַ֥י מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה שִׁמְעִֽי 1 Хашума Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:19](../02/19.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 4e17 Завад Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:27](../10/27.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 ec55 Елифелет Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:13](../08/13.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 a1fc Манассия Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:30](../10/30.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 33 2516 Шимей Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:23](../10/23.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 34 v361 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 Вания Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:10](../02/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 34 yixc translate-names מַעֲדַ֥י עַמְרָ֖ם וְאוּאֵֽל 1 Bani These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 35 pcb9 translate-names בְּנָיָ֥ה בֵדְיָ֖ה כלהי 1 Бенаия Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:23](../10/23.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 36 h5e9 translate-names וַנְיָ֥ה מְרֵמ֖וֹת אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 Меремоф Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:33](../08/33.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 36 f9b6 Елиашив Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:6](../10/06.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 37 j4vh translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֥ה מַתְּנַ֖י ויעשו 1 Общая информация: Ездра продолжает перечислять имена мужчин, которые женились на женщинах-язычницах. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 37 7ba9 Матфания Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:26](../10/26.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 37 b7eb Мафнай Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:33](../10/33.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 38 z3zn translate-names וּבָנִ֥י וּבִנּ֖וּי שִׁמְעִֽי 1 Биннуй Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:33](../08/33.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 38 ae33 Шимей Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:23](../10/23.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 39 maz3 translate-names וְשֶֽׁלֶמְיָ֥ה וְנָתָ֖ן וַעֲדָיָֽה 1 Адаия Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:26](../10/26.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 40 jlxi translate-names מַכְנַדְבַ֥י שָׁשַׁ֖י שָׁרָֽי 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
EZR 10 41 mf9g translate-names עֲזַרְאֵ֥ל וְשֶׁלֶמְיָ֖הוּ שְׁמַרְיָֽה 1 Общая информация: Ездра завершает перечислять имена мужчин, которые женились на женщинах-язычницах. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 41 9a81 Шелемиягу Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:39](../10/39.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 41 0cff Шемария Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:39](../10/39.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 42 y5rp translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם אֲמַרְיָ֖ה יוֹסֵֽף 1 Шаллум Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:42](../02/42.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 42 8f55 Амария Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:42](../02/42.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 43 cab3 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֖י נְב֑וֹ 1 Нево Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 2:29](../02/29.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 43 tih9 translate-names יְעִיאֵ֤ל מַתִּתְיָה֙ זָבָ֣ד זְבִינָ֔א יַדַּ֥י וְיוֹאֵ֖ל בְּנָיָֽה 1 Иеиел Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 8:13](../08/13.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 43 ab01 Завад Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:27](../10/27.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 43 9f4a Зевина ... Иаддай ... Иоель Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 43 460f Бенаия Это мужское имя. Посмотрите, как вы перевели его в [Ездра 10:25](../10/25.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 44 f8ms figs-idiom כָּל־אֵ֕לֶּה נָשְׂא֖וּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 Все они Подразумеваются все перечисленные люди в списке, который начинается с [Ездра 10:20](../10/20.md).
|
||||
EZR 10 44 bri0 figs-explicit וְיֵ֣שׁ מֵהֶ֣ם נָשִׁ֔ים וַיָּשִׂ֖ימוּ בָּנִֽים 1 All of these The implication is that if a foreign wife had borne children, the Israelite husband sent both the wife and her children away, as [10:3](../10/03.md) describes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Some of the foreign wives had borne children, and the men who had married them divorced them and sent both them and their children away.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 44 kg57 figs-gendernotations בָּנִֽים 1 All of these The term **sons** here means “children” and includes both boys and girls. Alternate translation: “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Введение в книгу пророка Аггея #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие замечания ##<br><br>#### Структура книги ####<br><br>1. Народ должен завершить строительство храма, чтобы снискать Божьих благословений (1:1–15)<br>1. Второй храм станет более славным по сравнению с первым (2:1–9)<br>1. Господь благословит осквернившихся людей (2:10–19)<br>1. Бог низложит земные царства и установит Своё правление (2:20–23) <br><br>#### Каков сюжет книги? ####<br><br>Народ Израиля терпел острый недостаток в пище и одежде. Пророк Аггей сказал людям, что причина крайней бедности заключалась в их непослушании Господу. Если народ подчинится Богу и восстановит храм, тогда Господь пошлёт дождь и благословит народ. Израильтяне приняли Божье слово и приступили к восстановлению храма. Во время его строительства, Господь ободрял священников и вождей Израиля, а также весь народ. Бог обещал быть с ними и благословить их. <br><br>#### Как перевести название книги? ####<br><br>Можно перевести её как "Аггей" или "Книга пророка Аггея". Хотя можно дать и такой перевод: "Божье пророчество, изречённое пророком Аггеем" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>#### Кто являлся автором книги? ####<br><br>Автором настоящей книги был пророк Аггей. Данное пророчество было написано после возвращения иудеев из вавилонского плена, во время правления персидского царя Дария I. Предполагается, что Аггей пророчествовал в течение четырехмесячного периода.<br><br>Нам мало что известно об этом пророке, кроме того, что он жил в то же время, что и пророк Захария.<br><br>## Часть 2: Религиозный и культурный контекст пророчества ##<br><br>#### Было ли пророчество Аггей обращено к Неемии и Ездре? ####<br><br>Вполне вероятно, что Аггей пророчествовал до Неемии и Ездры. <br><br>## Часть 3: Трудности перевода ##<br><br>#### Что означает выражение "Обратите ваше сердце на ваши пути"? ####<br><br>Это выражение встречается в тексте несколько раз. Оно означает, что Бог хочет, чтобы люди глубоко проанализировали свою жизнь и поступки.
|
||||
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Аггей 01 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Структура и оформление ####<br><br>В некоторых версиях поэтичекие строки печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо. Именно так в английской ULB оформлена поэзия, встречающаяся в настоящей главе.<br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Примеры из сельского хозяйства #####<br><br>В Писании нередко используются сельскохозяйственные образы для передачи духовных истин. Выражние "Вы сеете много, а собираете мало" указывает на то, что, хотя евреи много трудятся, результаты их трудов ничтожно малы (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Аггей 01:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br>* __[Аггей intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 На втором году царствования Дария "Во второй год царствования Дария" или "по прошествии двух лет царстоввания Дария" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Дарий, Аггей, Зоровавель, Салафиил, Иисус, Иоседек Это мужские имена (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 в первый день шестого месяца Речь идёт о дате в иудейском календаре, приходящемся на середину августа (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 1 ria7 figs-idiom 0 Господь обратился То есть "Господь сказал" или "Господь изрёк послание" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 1 fdv5 0 Господь Или "Яхве" - под этим именем Господь открылся людям Ветхого Завета. См. страницу translationWord о том, как переводит это слово.
|
||||
HAG 1 1 wn8q figs-synecdoche 0 через пророка Аггея Господь избрал Аггея в качестве Своего посланника.
|
||||
HAG 1 2 cav8 0 Божий дом храм
|
||||
HAG 1 3 xs12 figs-idiom 0 Тогда Господь проговорил См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md). Альтернативный перевод: "Яхве передал послание" или "Господь обратился к народу".
|
||||
HAG 1 3 wk3b figs-synecdoche 0 через пророка Аггея Пророк Аггей был избран Господом как Его посланник. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md). Можно сказать: "через уста Аггея" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 4 ms19 figs-rquestion 0 Разве вам самим время жить в ваших украшенных домах, когда этот дом находится в запустении? Господь обличает народ. Вместо риторического вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Сейчас не время жить в украшенных домах, потому что этот дом находится в запустении" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 4 u9tf 0 этот дом Мой храм
|
||||
HAG 1 5 687c Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
HAG 1 6 rma3 0 но не можете утолить жажду В данном контектсе речь идёт о вине: люди не могут ни утолить жажду, ни как следует напиться. Читателю должно быть ясно, что пьянство не рассматривается здесь как что-то положительное.
|
||||
HAG 1 6 aw8t figs-metaphor 0 Тот, кто зарабатывает, — зарабатывает для дырявого кошелька Неспособность заработать и жить в достатке сравнивается с дырой в кошельке, откуда высыпается весь заработок. Альтернативный перевод: "ваш заработок кончается прежде, чем вы покупаете для себя всё необходимое" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 7 177c Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
HAG 1 8 qmi7 figs-synecdoche 0 несите брёвна "Брёвна" здесь - это общее слово, указывающее на целый ряд строительных материалов, необходимых для восстановления храма (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 9 yx8d 0 Я развею Блага, к которым люди стремятся, сравниваются с прахом, который развеет Господь. Альтенативный перевод: "Я уничтожу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 9 eb3a figs-metaphor 0 говорит Господь Саваоф "Вот, что говорит вам Господь" или "вот, что Я - Господь - вам говорю".
|
||||
HAG 1 9 g652 figs-123person 0 declares Yahweh of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
HAG 1 10 suc8 figs-metaphor 0 Поэтому небо закрыто и не даёт вам росу Выпадающая поутру роса сравнивается с дождём, идущим с неба. Здесь небеса олицетворяются: они будто бы отказываются давать свои дары людям; они, как родитель, не желающий кормить своих детей. Альтернативный перевод: "поэтому небеса не дают вам росу" или "поэтому роса не выпадает" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 11 a7ds figs-personification 0 Я призвал засуху на землю Здесь засуха олицетворяется: Господь повелел ей прийти и иссушить землю. Альтернативный перевод: "Я удерживаю дождь, чтобы он не выпадал на землю" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 11 v7pk figs-metonymy 0 на виноградный сок, на оливковое масло Это метонимии, употребляющиеся в значении "виноградники" и "маслины" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 11 ird4 figs-abstractnouns 0 на любой ручной труд Вместо абстрактного сущечтвительного "труд" можно использовать глагол "трудиться". Под "ручным трудом" подразумевается всё, что производят человеческие руки. Альтернативный перевод: "на всё то, над чем вы так употрно трудились" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 12 n5g8 translate-names 0 Зоровавель, Салафиил, Иисус, Иоседек, Аггей Это мужские имена. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 12 c4he figs-metonymy 0 послушались своего Господа Бога и слов пророка Аггея "повиновались Господу и пророку Аггею"
|
||||
HAG 1 12 e9sl figs-synecdoche 0 Народ пришёл в страх перед Господом Возможные значения: 1) "народ испугался слов Господа"; 2) "народ пришёл в трепет от Божьего присутствия".
|
||||
HAG 1 13 dtj5 0 говорит Господь "Вот, что говорит Господь" или "вот, что Я - Господь - вам говорю"
|
||||
HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Господь возбудил дух правителя Иудеи Зоровавеля, сына Салафииля, и дух великого священника Иисуса, сына Иоседека, и дух всего остатка народа "Возбудил дух" - значит "побудил к действиям". Альтернативный перевод: "Господь побудил к действиям правителя Иудеи Зоровавеля, сына Салафииля, и великого священника Иисуса, сына Иоседека, а также остаток народа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 14 iax3 0 остатка Речь идёт о жителях Иеруслима, оставшихся в живых после разрушения города вавилонянами, а также о евреях, вернувшихся из вавилонского плена.
|
||||
HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 в двадцать четвёртый день шестого месяца После того, как Аггей получил слово от Господа, прошло 23 дня. Здесь речь идёт о шестом месяце еврейского календаря. Эта дата приходится на середину сентября (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]).
|
||||
HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 на втором году царствования Дария "Во второй год правления царя Дария" или "спустя два года после того, как Дарий взошёл на престол" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Аггей 02 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Структура и оформление ####<br><br>В некоторых версиях поэтические строки печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо для их отделения от основного текста. Именно так в английской ULB оформлены стихи 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>#### Изобразительные средства ####<br><br>##### Нечистота #####<br><br>Когда Аггей говорит о ритуальной нечистоте, он использует пространную метафору. Несмотря на то, что иудеи не считались нечистыми, как, например, язычники, они всё же могли оскверниться определёнными действиями (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]).<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Аггей 02:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | __
|
||||
HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 В двадцать первый день седьмого месяца Речь идёт о седьмом месяце иудейского календаря. Его двадцать первое число приходится на середину октября (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 было слово от Господа "Слово от Господа" - это устойчивое выражение, означающее "послание, изречённое Богом". См., как переведено аналогичное выражение в [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md). Альтернативный перевод: "Господь передал Своё послание" или "Господь изрёк Своё слово" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 через пророка Аггея Господь избрал Аггея в качестве Своего пророка. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md). Альтернативный перевод: "через уста пророка Аггея" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 1 hz54 translate-names 0 Аггей Это мужское имя. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 2 q56p translate-names 0 Зоровавелюь, Салафиил, Иисус, Иоседек Это мужские имена. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 3 wy32 0 Общая информация: Господь обращается к народу и начинает говорить о новом храме, построенном евреями. Этот храм был возведён на том же месте, что и прежний, уничтоженный Навуходоносором. Второй храм был намного меньше первого.
|
||||
HAG 2 3 m1jr figs-rquestion 0 Кто остался из вас, кто видел этот дом в его прежней славе Господь говорит о новом храме как о первом. Бог обращается к тем, кто видел первый храм; Он говорит, чтобы люди обратили внимание на новый храм. Вместо риторического вопроса здесь можно использовать утверждение: "Я хочу, чтобы те, кто видел славу прежнего храма, обратил бы своё внимание на новый храм" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 3 x5q5 figs-rquestion 0 и каким вы видите его теперь? Господь хочет показать людям, что Ему известны их мысли о новом храме. Он говорит о втором храме так, будто бы это первый храм. Вопрос можно перевести утвержением: "Мне известно, что вы думаете о новом храме" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 3 tsx7 figs-rquestion 0 Разве он не ничтожен в ваших глазах? Бог говорит, что видит разочарование народа из-за незначительных размеров второго храма. Вместо риторического вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Я знаю, что вы считаете его ничем" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 4 y2v9 0 Но сейчас ободрись "отныне будь сильным"
|
||||
HAG 2 4 x8wv figs-123person 0 говорит Господь Саваоф Господь говорит о Себе в третьем лице, чтобы подчеркнуть важность сказанных Им слов. См. [Аггей 1:9](../01/09.md). Альтернативный перевод: "вот, что провозглашает Господь Саваоф" или "вот, что Я - Господь Саваоф - объявляю вам" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 5 cdc1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
HAG 2 6 e2qq figs-metaphor 0 Я потрясу небо и землю, море и сушу Вместо данного выражения можно использовать фразу "Я вызову землетрясение на небе, земле, на море и на суше". Под "сушей" подразумевается вся земля. Господь говорит о небесах и народах так, будто бы это твёрдые объекты, которые можно сотрясти (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 6 l2sj 0 потрясу Используйте глагол, употребляющийся, когда речь идёт о дереве, с которого хотят стрести плоды или застрявшие предметы.
|
||||
HAG 2 7 hre1 figs-metaphor 0 и потрясу все народы Это продолжение метафоры, начавшейся в 6-м стихе со слов "Я потрясу небо и землю". Господь сравнивает народы с твёрдыми объектами, которые можно сотрясти (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 7 u8qx figs-metaphor 0 и Я наполню этот дом славой Господь говорит о Своей славе как о твёрдом или жидком веществе, способном вместиться во что-то (в данном случае - в храм). Возможные значения: 1) храм станет прекрасным: "Я сделаю этот дом потрясающим"; 2) речь идёт о золоте, серебре и других ценностях, которые будут принесены в храм людьми из других народов: "Я сделаю так, чтобы многие народы принесли в этот храм свои драгоценности" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 8 f56d figs-123person 0 говорит Господь Саваоф Господь говорит о Себе в третьем лице, чтобы подчеркнуть важность сказанных Им слов. См. [Аггей 1:9](../01/09.md). Альтернативный перевод: "вот, что провозглашает Господь Саваоф" или "вот, что Я - Господь Саваоф - объявляю вам" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 9 004d Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
HAG 2 10 wc9p translate-hebrewmonths 0 В двадцать четвёртый день девятого месяца Речь идёт о девятом месяце иудейского календаря. Его двадцать четвёртое число приходится на середину декабря (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 10 if92 translate-ordinal 0 на втором году царствования Дария "Во второй год правления Дария" или "спустя два года, после воцарения Дария" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 10 i4py translate-names 0 Дарий, Аггей Это мужские имена. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 10 s26v figs-idiom 0 было слово от Господа "Слово от Господа" - это устойчивое выражение, означающее "послание, изречённое Богом". См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md). Альтернативный перевод: "Господь изрёк Свой послание" или "Господь передал Своё послание" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 11 856e Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
HAG 2 12 x84u 0 Если бы кто-нибудь нёс освящённое мясо "Освящённый" и "отделённый для Господа" - это перевод одного и того же еврейского слова.
|
||||
HAG 2 13 bg3q 0 кто-либо осквернившийся от прикосновения к мёртвому "кто-то, ставший нечистым из-за того, что прикосулся к мёртвому телу"
|
||||
HAG 2 14 q5p8 0 Тогда Аггей сказал Аггей передаёт Божье слово священникам. Альтернативный перевод: "Тогда Аггей изрёк слово от Господа, сказав".
|
||||
HAG 2 14 dv6p 0 Такой и этот народ, такое и это племя, которое передо Мной "Вот, какой это народ и племя!" Господь говорит священникам, что, если чистое касается нечистого, то оно становится нечистым. Затем Он поясняет, что считает евреев нечистыми, потому что они поклонялись идолам, поэтому всё, к чему они прикасаются, становится нечистым, и всё, что они делают, тоже осквернено.
|
||||
HAG 2 14 ua4f figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
HAG 2 15 l2sc figs-activepassive 0 когда в храме Господа камень ещё не был положен на камень Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "когда вы ещё не начали отстраивать храм" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 16 zx3c translate-numbers 0 двадцать мер "20 мер". Речь идёт о неизвестном объёме (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 16 ply4 translate-numbers 0 пятьдесят мер "50 мер". Здесь также не понятно, какой именно это объём (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 17 p7cx 0 на все труды ваших рук "на всё, что вы делали" или "на весь ваш труд"
|
||||
HAG 2 17 bk6n figs-123person 0 говорит Господь Пророк Аггей передаёт народу слова Господа.
|
||||
HAG 2 18 zyq1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 в двадцать четвёртый день девятого месяца Речь идёт о дате в иудейском календаре. Двадцать четвёртый день девятого месяца приходится приблизительно на середину декабря. См. [Аггей 2:10](../02/10.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 18 pcm4 figs-activepassive 0 к тому дню, когда был основан храм Господа Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "к тому дню, когда вы заложили основание для Моего храма" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 19 mx58 figs-rquestion 0 есть ли ещё в хранилищах семена? Господь напоминает народу о Своём обещании. Вместо риторического вопроса можно использовать утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "В ваших хранилищах пока что нет семян" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 19 ld7r 0 виноградная лоза, ни смоковница, ни гранатовое дерево, ни маслина "виноградники, смоковницы, гранатовые и оливковые деревья"
|
||||
HAG 2 19 g2gc figs-explicit 0 гранатовое дерево Речь идёт о дереве со сладкими плодами, и это можно уточнить. Альтернативный перевод: "ни деревья граната" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 20 l5py figs-idiom 0 было слово от Господа Это устойчивое выражение, указывающее на особое послание от Господа. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md). Альтернативный перевод: "Господь изрёк Своё послание" или "Бог передал Своё слово" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 20 hwk9 translate-names 0 к Аггею Это мужское имя. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 20 rru4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 В двадцать четвёртый день месяца Можно пояснить, о какой дате идёт речь. Альтернативный перевод: "в двадцать четвёртый день девятого месяца" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 21 ac9q translate-names 0 Зоровавель Это мужское имя. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 21 w9i2 figs-metaphor 0 Я потрясу небо и землю Господь уподобляет небеса твёрдому объекту, который можно потрясти. Альтернативный перевод: "Я вызовы землетрясение на небе и на земле". См. [Аггей 2:6](../02/06.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 21 v17h 0 потрясу Употребите понятие, которое используется, когда речь идёт о тряске дерева, с которого стрясают плоды или другие предметы. См., как переведена аналогичная фраза в [Аггей 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
HAG 2 21 fbc6 figs-merism 0 небо и землю Это меризм, означающий "всю Вселенную", "всё существующее" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 22 ni5i figs-metonymy 0 свергну престолы царей Престол символизирует правителя, сидящего на нём. Альтернативный перевод: "Я сброшу царей с их престолов" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 22 sv3n figs-metonymy 0 престолы царей "царскую власть"
|
||||
HAG 2 22 gza6 figs-explicit 0 истреблю силу языческих царств Можно уточнить, что речь идёт о врагах Израиля. Альтернативный перевод: "Я уничтожу силу царств, выступающих против Израиля" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 22 js5m figs-metonymy 0 а всадники убьют друг друга мечом Речь идёт о насильственной смерти. Альтернативный перевод: "всадники нападут один на другого и убьют друг друга своим оружием" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 23 p75j figs-123person 0 говорит Господь Саваоф Пророк Аггей передаёт народу слова Господа.
|
||||
HAG 2 23 p3ww translate-names 0 Зоровавель, Салафииль Это мужские имена. См. [Аггей 1:1](../01/01.md) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 23 itg1 figs-123person 0 и буду держать тебя, как печать Цари использовали печать, чтобы скреплять ею важные бумаги. Она свидетельствовала о подлинности и значимости документа. Бог наделил Зоровавеля властью передавать Его слово, поэтому Он сравнивает его с печатью (прим. пер.) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
HAG 2 23 h7nz figs-simile 0 I will make you like a signet ring Kings used a signet ring to seal documents to show that they truly had his authority. Zerubbabel would have authority from Yahweh because he would speak Yahweh’s words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1702.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
JON front intro hk4p 0 # Введение в книгу пророка Ионы #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие характеристики ##<br><br>#### Структура книги ####<br><br>1. Иона пытается скрыться от Бога (1:1-2:10)<br> - Пророк не пошёл в Ниневию по повелению Бога (1:1–3)<br> - Иона и моряки-язычники (1:4–16)<br> - Бог посылает кита, который проглатывает Иону (1:17)<br> - Иона молится о своём спасении и получает его (2:1–10)<br>1. Иона в Ниневии (3:1-4:11)<br> - Господь призывает Иону во второй раз. Пророк должен пойти в Ниневию и передать её жителям Божье послание (3:1–4)<br> - Народ Ниневии раскаивается (3:5-9)<br> - Господь отводит от ниневитян Свою кару (3:10)<br> - Иона негодует на Бога (4:1–3)<br> - Господь преподаёт Ионе урок о Своей милости и благодати (4:4–11)<br><br>#### Какова тема книги? ####<br><br>Иона - сын Амафии - был пророком из города Гафхефера (4 Царств 14:25). В книге пророка Ионы излагаются некоторые события из жизни пророка. В ней также говорится о том, что Бог готов явить Свою милось язычникам: когда жители Ниневии покаялись и начали взывать к Нему, Он их простил (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]).<br><br>Господь послал Иону в Ниневию, чтобы предупредить её жителей о грядущей каре, готовой обрушиться на них. Бог сказал, что, если они раскаются в своих преступлениях, Он их не накажет. Иона был израильтянином, поэтому в покаянии народа Ниневии он не видел никакой выгоды для себя. Иона попытался скрыться от Бога, отплыв в другую сторону от Ниневии. Но Бог остановил его с помощью шторма и большого кита, проглотившего пророка. <br><br>Иона покаялся и отправился в Ниневию. Пророк передал её жителям Божье предупреждение. В итоге Господь преподал ему урок, что Он заботится не только о евреях, но также и о других народах. <br><br>#### Как переводить заголовок книги? ####<br><br>Как правило, заголовок переводят так: "Книга пророка Ионы" или просто "Иона". Но вы также можете дать ей такое название: "Книга об Ионе" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>#### Кто был автором этой книги? ####<br><br>Скорее всего, её автором был Иона (хотя исследователи не знают, кто в точности был её создателем). <br><br>Иона жил в Северном Израильском царстве. Он пророчествовал с 800 по 750 гг. до н. э. в период царствования Иеровоама.<br><br>## Часть 2: Религиозный и культурный контекст книги ##<br><br>#### Каким народом были ассирийцы? ####<br><br>В период жизни Ионы Ассирия была наиболее могуществнным царством в древнем Ближнем Востоке. Ниневия была столицей Ассирийского царства. <br><br>Ассирийцы относились беспощадно к своим противникам. В итоге Господь покарал этот народ за все его преступления. <br><br>#### Обратились ли ассирийцы к Яхве? ####<br><br>Некоторые исследователи считают, что ассирийцы обратились к Богу Израиля. Однако, большинство придерживается мнения, что ассирийцы поклонялись ложным богам (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]).
|
||||
JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Иона 01 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Особенность повествования ####<br><br>Повествование в данной главе разворачивается с элементом внезапности. Такой приём может быть труден для перевода. Не следует пытаться сгладить внезапность (за исключением крайней необходимости). <br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Необъяснимые события #####<br><br>В [Иона 17](./17.md) говорится о ките. Возможно, вашим читателям будет трудно представить морское существо, способное проглотить человека, который смог бы выжить, находясь в утробе кита трое суток. Не нужно пытаться объяснить необъяснимое, чтобы читателям было легче понять суть повествования (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]).<br><br>#### Изобразителные средства ####<br><br>##### Ироническая ситуация #####<br><br>В этой главе приведена ироническая ситуация: пророк Иона должен был исполнить Божью волю, но, вместо этого, он убежал от Господа. Напротив, иноземцы, не имевшие ничего общего с Божьим народом, исполняют волю Господа (бросив Иону за борт), испытав благоговейный страх перед Ним (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]).<br><br>##### Море #####<br><br>Жители древего Ближнего Востока считали море беспокойным и опасным. Поэтому некоторые из идолов, которым они поклонялись, были богами моря. Евреи также испытывали страх перед морем, однако он не смог остановить Иону от побега. Пророк, вопреки Божьей воле, нашёл судно и уплыл на нём, чтобы скрыться от Господа. В этой главе действия пророка противопоставлятся действиям язычников (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]).<br><br>#### Прочие трудности, возникающие при переводе настоящей главы ####<br><br>##### Подразумеваемая информация #####<br><br>Несмотря на то, что местонахожение Фарсиса остаётся неизвестным, вполне очевидно, что этот город находился в противоположной стороне от Ниневии (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Иона 01:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br>* __[Иона intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 было слово Господа Это идиома, означающая, что Бог проговорил к Ионе. Альтернативный перевод: "Господь порговорил через Иону" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 слово Господа "послание от Господа"
|
||||
JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Господа Или "Яхве" - именно под таким именем Господь открывался людям Ветхого Завета. См. страницу translationWord о том, как его переводить.
|
||||
JON 1 1 s6av יְהוָ֔ה 1 Амафии Амафия - это имя отца Ионы (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
JON 1 1 jv8c translate-names אֲמִתַּ֖י 1 Amittai This is the name of Jonah’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JON 1 2 x5ua ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָעִ֥יר הַגְּדוֹלָ֖ה 1 Встань, пойди в большой город Ниневию "иди в важный город - в Ниневию"
|
||||
JON 1 2 v2xt figs-idiom ק֠וּם 1 Встань, пойди Речь идёт о путешествии в отдалённое место (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 1 2 jqz9 figs-metonymy וּקְרָ֣א עָלֶ֑יהָ 1 проповедуй в нём Бог повелевает Ионе проповедовать жителям Ниневии. Альтернативный перевод: "предупреди народ" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
JON 1 2 rki2 עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖ם לְפָנָֽי 1 потому что его злые дела дошли до Меня "Я знаю об их непрекращающемся беззаконии"
|
||||
JON 1 2 jd9r figs-metonymy לְפָנָֽ 1 before my face This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Yahweh is saying that he can has noticed how wicked the people of Nineveh have become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JON 1 3 f5sr figs-idiom וַיָּ֤קָם יוֹנָה֙ לִבְרֹ֣חַ 1 Иона встал, чтобы бежать от Господа "Встал" - то есть собрался уйти из того места, где находился. АП: "Иона решил убежать от Бога" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 1 3 n96t figs-metaphor מִלִּפְנֵ֖י יְהוָ֑ה -1 от Господа Или "от Божьего присутствия" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
JON 1 3 g66v figs-explicit לִבְרֹ֣חַ תַּרְשִׁ֔ישָׁה 1 в Фарсис Или "отправился в Фарсис". Этот город находился в противоположной стороне от Ниневии. Можно уточнить: "решил поехать в Фарсис, находящийся в противоположном направлении от Ниневии" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 1 3 djv1 וַיֵּ֨רֶד יָפ֜וֹ 1 и пришёл в Иоппию "отправился в Иоппию"
|
||||
JON 1 3 w3uc אָנִיָּ֣ה 1 корабль Речь идёт о морском судне, перевозящем на большие расстояния пассажиров и грузы.
|
||||
JON 1 3 pz67 וַיִּתֵּ֨ן שְׂכָרָ֜הּ 1 отдал плату "Иона заплатил за проезд"
|
||||
JON 1 3 g5xp וַיֵּ֤רֶד בָּהּ֙ 1 зашёл на него "поднялся на борт"
|
||||
JON 1 3 i6bi עִמָּהֶם֙ 1 с ними С экипажем корабля и его пасажирами.
|
||||
JON 1 3 sw66 figs-metaphor מִלִּפְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 от Господа "От Божьего присутствия" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
JON 1 4 jdr2 writing-newevent וַֽיהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־הַיָּ֔ם 1 и корабль был готов разбиться Можно уточнить: "и все думали, что крабль разобьётся" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 1 4 jdra figs-personification וְהָ֣אֳנִיָּ֔ה חִשְּׁבָ֖ה לְהִשָּׁבֵֽר 1 был готов разбиться Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "потерпит крушение" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
JON 1 4 jl77 figs-activepassive לְהִשָּׁבֵֽר 1 to be broken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JON 1 5 d13r הַמַּלָּחִ֗ים 1 Моряки люди, работающие на корабле
|
||||
JON 1 5 u2bj אֱלֹהָיו֒ 1 все к своим богам Речь идёт об идолах, которым они поклонялись.
|
||||
JON 1 5 sh1b וַיָּטִ֨לוּ אֶת־הַכֵּלִ֜ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּֽאֳנִיָּה֙ 1 стали бросать в море груз "Экипаж стал сбрасывать груз в море" (для того, чтобы предотвратить крушение корабля).
|
||||
JON 1 5 tg27 לְהָקֵ֖ל מֵֽעֲלֵיהֶ֑ם 1 чтобы облегчить корабль Чем легче кораблю, тем он более манёвренный. Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы кораблю было легче плыть".
|
||||
JON 1 5 uzt4 writing-background וְיוֹנָ֗ה יָרַד֙ אֶל־יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַסְּפִינָ֔ה 1 А Иона спустился внутрь корабля Иона уснул до начала шторма.
|
||||
JON 1 5 f63r יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַסְּפִינָ֔ה 1 внутрь корабля "в трюм корабля"
|
||||
JON 1 5 g4y4 וַיִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַיֵּרָדַֽם 1 лёг и крепко уснул "Погрузился в глубокий сон" (поэтому шторм не разбудил его).
|
||||
JON 1 6 laa3 וַיִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָיו֙ רַ֣ב הַחֹבֵ֔ל וַיֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖וֹ 1 К нему пришёл капитан корабля и сказал ему "Начальник корабля спустился к Ионе и сказал"
|
||||
JON 1 6 yx7e figs-rquestion מַה־לְּךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם 1 Что ты спишь? "Как ты можешь спать?" (это риторический вопрос, который звучит, как упрёк). Альтернативный перевод: "Просыпайся!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
JON 1 6 bd4f figs-idiom ק֚וּם 1 Встань Капитан требует, чтобы Иона что-то предпринял - встал и воззвал к своему Богу о спасении людей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 1 6 k7a5 figs-idiom קְרָ֣א אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ 1 обратись к твоему Богу "Помолись своему Богу" (чтобы обратить на себя Его внимание) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 1 6 sk7i figs-explicit אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָאֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖נוּ וְלֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 Может быть, Бог вспомнит о нас, и мы не погибнем Можно уточнить: "Может быть, твой Бог нас услышит и спасёт от гибели" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 1 6 ab88 figs-doublenegatives וְלֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 and we will not perish This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “and he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JON 1 7 sc57 וַיֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗הוּ 1 Они сказали друг другу "моряки сказали друг другу"
|
||||
JON 1 7 l5xq לְכוּ֙ וְנַפִּ֣ילָה גֽוֹרָל֔וֹת וְנֵ֣דְעָ֔ה בְּשֶׁלְּמִ֛י הָרָעָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את לָ֑נוּ 1 Пойдём, бросим жребий, чтобы узнать, из-за кого постигает нас это бедствие "Давайте бросим жреюий, чтобы узнать, кто виноват в этом бедствии". Они считали, что боги повлияют на жребий и дадут им ответ через него. Это было гадание.
|
||||
JON 1 7 d726 הָרָעָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את 1 бедствие Речь идёт о буре.
|
||||
JON 1 7 at67 וַיִּפֹּ֥ל הַגּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־יוֹנָֽה 1 жребий выпал на Иону "жребий указал, что во всём был виноват Иона"
|
||||
JON 1 8 wkh6 וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔יו 1 Тогда спросили его "тогда моряки спросили Иону"
|
||||
JON 1 8 e7wb הַגִּידָה־נָּ֣א לָ֔נוּ בַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר לְמִי־הָרָעָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את לָ֑נוּ 1 Скажи нам, из-за кого нас постигло это бедствие? "Скажи, кто допустил, чтобы с нами произошло это несчастье?"
|
||||
JON 1 9 wav5 יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ אֲנִ֣י יָרֵ֔א 1 чту Господа "почитаю Господа", "поклоняюсь Господу", "служу Богу"
|
||||
JON 1 10 ab79 וַיִּֽירְא֤וּ הָֽאֲנָשִׁים֙ יִרְאָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 Зачем ты так поступил? Моряки употребили этот вопрос, чтобы выразить своё негодование. Альтернативный перевод: "Ты совершил ужасный поступок!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
JON 1 10 peg3 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑יתָ 1 Ведь они узнали, что Иона бежит от Господа Иона пытался убежать от Бога, потому что думал, что Господь присутствовал только в Израиле. Альтернативный перевод: "что Иона убежал от Божьего присутствия" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
JON 1 10 us1r figs-metaphor מִלִּפְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ 1 он сам рассказал им об этом Можно уточнить: "потому что он признался им в содеянном" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 1 10 jdrb grammar-connect-time-background כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָהֶֽם 1 because he had told them Before the sailors cast lots, Jonah had already told them that he was running away from Yahweh, the God he worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
JON 1 10 hw1p figs-explicit כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָהֶֽם 1 because he had told them What he told them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he had said to them, ‘I am trying to get away from Yahweh’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JON 1 11 kb4c וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ אֵלָיו֙ 1 Они спросили Иону "моряки сказали Ионе"
|
||||
JON 1 11 ik6d מַה־נַּ֣עֲשֶׂה לָּ֔ךְ וְיִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַיָּ֖ם מֵֽעָלֵ֑ינוּ 1 Что нам сделать с тобой, чтобы море успокоилось для нас? "Как нам поступить с тобой, чтобы шторм утих?"
|
||||
JON 1 11 wxr7 figs-idiom הַיָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְסֹעֵֽר 1 Потому что море не переставало волноваться Это предложение можно поставить перед вопросом: "Шторм не стихал, и моряки стали спрашивать Иону, что им делать".
|
||||
JON 1 11 dji8 grammar-connect-logic-result הַיָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְסֹעֵֽר 1 the sea was going forward and storming This was the reason that the men asked Jonah what they should do. If it is more clear in your language to put the reason first, this can be stated at the beginning of verse 11, connecting to the result with a word like “so” or “therefore.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JON 1 12 h982 כִּ֚י יוֹדֵ֣עַ אָ֔נִי כִּ֣י בְשֶׁלִּ֔י הַסַּ֧עַר הַגָּד֛וֹל הַזֶּ֖ה עֲלֵיכֶֽם 1 Ведь я знаю, что вы попали в эту большую бурю из-за меня "потому что я виноват в том, что эта буря обрушилась на нас"
|
||||
JON 1 13 lcd3 figs-explicit וַיַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָאֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְהָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־הַיַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 1 Но эти люди начали усиленно грести, чтобы пристать к земле Моряки не хотели бросать Иону в море, поэтому стали грести изо всех сил, чтобы пристать к суше (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 1 13 m3iq הַיָּ֔ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְסֹעֵ֖ר 1 море продолжало бушевать "шторм усилился, и волны становились всё больше и больше"
|
||||
JON 1 14 ap77 וַיִּקְרְא֨וּ 1 Тогда "Поэтому" или "из-за того, что буря не стихала".
|
||||
JON 1 14 q2xq וַיִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־יְהוָ֜ה 1 они обратились к Господу "они помолились Господу"
|
||||
JON 1 14 jdr3 figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Молим Тебя, Господь, пусть мы не погибнем за душу этого человека "Просим Тебя, не наказывай нас за гибель этого человека" или "если Иона погибнет, не губи нас".
|
||||
JON 1 14 wz6z אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אַל־נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּנֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָאִ֣ישׁ הַזֶּ֔ה 1 пусть нам не зачтётся невинная кровь "Не вини нас в его смерти" или "пусть мы будем не виновны, если он умрёт" (речь идёт об ответственности за чужую жизнь).
|
||||
JON 1 14 vv5t figs-idiom וְאַל־תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖ינוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא 1 and do not put innocent blood upon us This is an idiom that means “do not consider us guilty of killing an innocent person.” Alternate translation: “and please do not blame us for his death” or “and do not hold us accountable for having killed someone who did not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JON 1 14 ab73 אַתָּ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר חָפַ֖צְתָּ עָשִֽׂיתָ 1 you, Yahweh, have done just as you desired “you, Yahweh, have chosen to do things in this way” or “you, Yahweh, have caused all this to happen”
|
||||
JON 1 15 l9cf וַיַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַיָּ֖ם מִזַּעְפּֽוֹ 1 море успокоилось от своей ярости "море перестало бушевать" или "море стихло"
|
||||
JON 1 15 ab89 וַיַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַיָּ֖ם מִזַּעְפּֽוֹ 1 the sea ceased from its raging This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “the sea became calm”
|
||||
JON 1 16 r3gs וַיִּֽירְא֧וּ הָאֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִרְאָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־יְהוָ֑ה 1 испугались Господа сильным страхом "ужаснулись, увидев Божью силу"
|
||||
JON 1 17 q87y 0 Общая информация: В некоторых библейских версиях это 1-й стих 2-й главы. Вы можете пронумеровать его по-своему, в соответствии с версией, используеммой в вашем языке.
|
||||
JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַיְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִבְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 три дня и три ночи "трое суток"
|
||||
JON 1 17 cjb6 figs-idiom שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Иона 02 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Тема главы и её оформление ####<br><br>В этой главе изложена молитва Ионы. Некоторые переводчики печатают её с небольшим отступом вправо для отделения от основного текста. Вы можете оформить её аналогичным образом, хотя это не обязательно. <br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Море #####<br><br>В этой главе используется много понятий, связанных с морем. <br><br>#### Изобразительные средства ####<br><br>##### Поэзия #####<br><br>Молитвы в Писании часто оформлены в виде поэзии. В них используеся большое количество метафор, цель которых состоит в том, чтобы передать особый смысл. Так, например, Иона сравнивает своё пребываение в чреве кита с нахождением в тюрьме. Море поражает его своими глубинами, и пророк говорит о нём как о "преисподней" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).<br><br>#### Прочие трудности, встречающиеся при переводе этой главы ####<br><br>##### Покаяние #####<br><br>Исследователи расходятся во мнениях относительно того, было ли покаяние Ионы искренним или же он всего лишь пытался спасти свою жизнь. Исходя из содержания 4-й главы, неясно, действительно ли пророк раскаялся. При переводе лучше всего не давать никаких комментариев по этому поводу (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Иона 02:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__
|
||||
JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑יו 1 своему Господу Богу То есть "Яхве - Богу, Которому он поклонялся". Слово "своему" не означает, что Бог был собственностью Ионы.
|
||||
JON 2 2 al5b וַיֹּ֗אמֶר 1 и сказал "Иона сказал"
|
||||
JON 2 2 jdrc writing-poetry קָ֠רָאתִי מִצָּ֥רָה לִ֛י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽיַּעֲנֵ֑נִי 1 Я обратился к Господу в моей скорби "Я помолился Богу о своём бедствии". Хотя Иона молится Богу, он говорит о Нём в третьем лице ("к Нему"), а не во втором ("к Тебе"). Альтернативный перевод: "Господь, я воззвал к Тебе во время скорби".
|
||||
JON 2 2 s7fi קָ֠רָאתִי מִצָּ֥רָה לִ֛י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה 1 и Он услышал меня "и Господь ответил мне" или "и Он мне помог"
|
||||
JON 2 2 wdr4 וַֽיַּעֲנֵ֑נִי 1 изнутри преисподней "Из глубины ада" или "из глубин шеола". Возможные значения: 1) Иона сравнивает чрево кита с адом; 2) Иона думал, что умрёт и попадёт в ад; 3) Ионе казалось, что он уже умер и попал в ад (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
JON 2 2 w8wn figs-metaphor מִבֶּ֧טֶן שְׁא֛וֹל 1 from the belly of Sheol “from the center of Sheol” or “from the deep part of Sheol” Possible meanings include: (1) Jonah was speaking of being in the belly of the fish as being in Sheol; or (2) Jonah believed that he was about to die and go to Sheol; or (3) He was speaking as if he already had died and gone to Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JON 2 2 ab77 translate-names שְׁא֛וֹל 1 Sheol **Sheol** was the name of the place where people went after they died. It was thought to be a shadowy world located somewhere under the ground. The New Testament equivalent seems to be “Hades,” where the dead wait for judgment (see Rev. 20:13). If your language has a word for this place, you may want to use it here, or borrow the word “Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JON 2 2 jdrd figs-idiom שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ קוֹלִֽי 1 you heard my voice This phrase probably has both a literal and a figurative meaning. The phrase probably means literally that Yahweh heard Jonah’s voice while he was praying inside the belly of the fish. However, the phrase “to hear someone’s voice” in the Old Testament often means “to listen and obey (comply).” In this context, Jonah is expressing that Yahweh both heard him and acted to save him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JON 2 3 glp2 בִּלְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים 1 Общая информация: Это продолжаение молитвы Ионы, начавшейся в [Иона 2:2](../02/02.md). В 5-м стихе он говорит о молитве, которой он молился прежде.
|
||||
JON 2 3 p8fd וְנָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑נִי 1 Ты бросил меня в глубину, в сердце моря Иона имеет в виду необъятность океана, в котором он оказался (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
JON 2 3 c6jx figs-doublet מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥יךָ וְגַלֶּ֖יךָ 1 в сердце моря "на морское дно"
|
||||
JON 2 3 958f и потоки окружили меня "и вода сомкнулась надо мной"
|
||||
JON 2 3 ee14 Твои воды и Твои волны Речь идёт о неспокойных морских водах (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
JON 2 4 jdr5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַאֲנִ֣י 1 Я изгнан Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Ты изгнал меня от Себя" или "Ты запреитл мне находиться перед Тобой" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
JON 2 4 x1w9 figs-activepassive נִגְרַ֖שְׁתִּי 1 от Твоих глаз "От Твоих глаз" - значит "от Тебя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
JON 2 4 z1yx figs-metonymy מִנֶּ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑יךָ 1 однако я опять увижу Твой святой храм Иона надеется, что, несмотря на всё случившееся, он вновь увидит Божий храм (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
JON 2 4 b8vk אַ֚ךְ אוֹסִ֣יף לְהַבִּ֔יט אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁךָ 1 yet I might again look toward your holy temple Jonah still has hope that, in spite of all that he is going through, God will allow him to see the temple in Jerusalem again.
|
||||
JON 2 5 abc2 figs-parallelism אֲפָפ֤וּנִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑נִי 1 Общая информация: Это продолжение молитвы Ионы, начавшейся в [Иона 2:2](../02/02.md).
|
||||
JON 2 5 rf4b מַ֨יִם֙ 1 воды То есть "море".
|
||||
JON 2 5 ca31 עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ 1 до моей души Иона думал, что умрёт.
|
||||
JON 2 5 nr3v תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑נִי 1 бездна окружила меня "вокруг меня глубокие воды"
|
||||
JON 2 5 p1fw ס֖וּף 1 водорослями Водоросли - это растения, живущие в воде.
|
||||
JON 2 6 z36i figs-metaphor הָאָ֛רֶץ בְּרִחֶ֥יהָ בַעֲדִ֖י לְעוֹלָ֑ם 1 земля своими затворами навсегда загородила меня Иона сравнивает землю с тюрьмой. Альтернативный перевод: "земля, как тюрьма, навсегда заперла меня" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
JON 2 6 dc3r figs-metaphor וַתַּ֧עַל מִשַּׁ֛חַת חַיַּ֖י 1 но Ты,.. выведешь мою душу из ада "Но Ты спасёшь меня от ада" или "но Ты вывел меня из преисподней".
|
||||
JON 2 6 i3mx יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽי 1 Господь, мой Бог В некоторых языках будет более естественно поместить это выражение в начало предложения.
|
||||
JON 2 7 jdr6 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בְּהִתְעַטֵּ֤ף עָלַי֙ נַפְשִׁ֔י 1 Общая информация: Молитва Ионы, начавшаяся в [Иона 2:2](../02/02.md), продолжается.
|
||||
JON 2 7 l2b6 אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי 1 я вспомнил о Господе Поскольку Иона молился Богу, можно сказать: "я воззвал к Тебе, Яхве" или "я обратился к Тебе, Господь"
|
||||
JON 2 7 ue9g figs-metaphor וַתָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֨יךָ֙ תְּפִלָּתִ֔י אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁךָ 1 и моя молитва дошла до Тебя, до Твоего святого храма Иона персонифицирует молитву: она способна дойти до Бога и Его храма. Альтернативный перевод: "и Ты услышал мою молитву в Своём святом храме" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
JON 2 7 jdrf figs-metonymy הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁךָ 1 your holy temple Here the term **holy temple** may have either a literal or a figurative meaning, or perhaps both. Jonah might be speaking about the literal temple in Jerusalem, or he might be speaking about God’s dwelling place in heaven. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JON 2 7 jdre נַפְשִׁ֔י 1 my spirit Here the Hebrew term **my spirit** could also mean **my life**.
|
||||
JON 2 8 u1l9 figs-idiom מְשַׁמְּרִ֖ים הַבְלֵי־שָׁ֑וְא 1 Почитающие пустых и ложных богов "люди, чтущие бесполезных богов"
|
||||
JON 2 8 fac9 חַסְדָּ֖ם יַעֲזֹֽבוּ 1 оставили своего Милосердного "от вергли Тебя - верного и милосердного Бога"
|
||||
JON 2 9 q3yb grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַאֲנִ֗י 1 Общая информация: Молитва Ионы, начавшаяся в [Иона 2:2](../02/02.md), продолжается.
|
||||
JON 2 9 nfd2 בְּק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ֔ךְ 1 а я Иона проводит черту между собой и людьми, о которых шла речь в предыдущем стихе. Эти люди чтили бесполезных богов, но Иона поклоняся только Яхве. Можно сказать: "но я".
|
||||
JON 2 9 jdrh יְשׁוּעָ֖תָה לַיהוָֽה 1 принесу Тебе жертву словами благодарности Иона хочет вознести благодарность Богу во время совершения жертвоприношения. Неясно, хотел ли Иона петь и радостно восклицать.
|
||||
JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָה לַיהוָֽה 1 У Господа спасение Вместо абстрактного существительного "спасение" можно использовать глагол "спасать": "Только Господь способен спасать!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־הַיַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 и он выплюнул Иону на сушу "и он выплюнул Иону на берег"
|
||||
JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Иона 03 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Содержание главы ####<br><br>В этой главе продолжается описание действий Ионы.<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Животные #####<br><br>Согласно царскому повелению, весь домашний скот должен был поститься вместе с людьми. Скорее всего, такой приказ отражал языческие верования царя, постому что в законе Моисея не было ничего, что указывало бы людям на необходимость вовлечения животных в аналогичные действия (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]).<br><br>#### Прочие трудности, встречающиеся при переводе этой главы ####<br><br>##### Размеры Ниневии #####<br><br>Описание автором размеров Ниневии не совсем ясно. По мнению учёных, фразу "на три дня ходьбы" можно перевести с иврита по-разному. Во времена Ионы города были небольшими. Поэтому, хотя Ниневия и была названа "великим городом", её размеры сильно отличались от размеров современных городов. <br><br>##### Бог "раскаивается" или "смягчается"? #####<br><br>В последнем стихе этой главы сказано: "пожалел Бог о бедствии, о котором сказал, что наведёт на них, и не навёл". Тот факт, что Бог изменил Своё решение, может быть не понятен некоторым переводчикам и читателям. Нужно учесть, что Бог очень последователен в Своих действиях. Данная книга освящает события с человеческой точки зрения, поэтому не всегда можно понять Божьи действия. <br><br>Господь справедлив и милосерден. Несмотря на то, что в этой главе Бог не покарал преступников, Он никогда не оставляет без наказания тех, кто поступает беззаконно. Впоследствии народ Ниневии снова впал в грех и был уничтожен (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]).<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Иона 03:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | [>>](../04/intro.md)__
|
||||
JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 слово Господа Это идиома, означающая, что Бог проговорил к пророку. См. её перевод в [Иона 1:1](../01/01.md). Можно сказать: "Господь передал Своё послание через" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַיְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָעִ֣יר הַגְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Встань, иди в большой город Ниневию "или в важный город - в Ниневию"
|
||||
JON 3 2 cl3b figs-idiom ק֛וּם 1 Встань Имеется в виду, что Иона должен был уйти из своего города и отправиться в другое место (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 3 2 ir79 וִּקְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨יהָ֙ אֶת־הַקְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽיךָ 1 проповедуй в нём то, что Я тебе велел "и передай её жтелям Мои слова"
|
||||
JON 3 3 k7k9 figs-idiom וַיָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַיֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּדְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 по слову Господа Под "словом" имеется в виду "Божье послание". Альтернативный перевод: "повинуясь Божьей воле" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
JON 3 3 g4nk figs-metonymy כִּדְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 Иона встал и пошёл в Ниневию по слову Господа "Иона повиновался Господу и отправился"
|
||||
JON 3 3 dt1b writing-background וְנִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽאלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 Иона встал "Иона поднялся с берега" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 3 3 jd8r figs-idiom עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽאלֹהִ֔ים 1 А Ниневия была большим городом Повествование прерывается, и даётся информация о Ниневии.
|
||||
JON 3 3 ye82 figs-idiom מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 на три дня ходьбы "Чтобы её обойти, нужно было три дня" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
JON 3 4 r2al וַיָּ֤חֶל יוֹנָה֙ לָב֣וֹא בָעִ֔יר מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד וַיִּקְרָא֙ 1 проходя столько, сколько можно пройти за один день, и проповедовал, говоря Возможные значения: 1) "после дня пути, Иона стал провозглашать"; 2) "Иона ходил и ведь день провозглашал, что".
|
||||
JON 3 4 r94k וַיִּקְרָא֙ וַיֹּאמַ֔ר 1 проповедовал, говоря "громко объявляя"
|
||||
JON 3 4 ab78 ע֚וֹד אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם 1 сорок дней "40 дней" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]).
|
||||
JON 3 4 q2nc translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם 1 40 days **forty days** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JON 3 5 ab90 translate-symaction וַיִּקְרְאוּ־צוֹם֙ 1 оделись в траурную одежду Можно уточнить: "оделись во вретище в знак своего раскаяния" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 3 5 e5lm figs-explicit וַיִּלְבְּשׁ֣וּ שַׂקִּ֔ים 1 от большого до малого "от великого до незначительного" или "от вельмож до крестьян"
|
||||
JON 3 5 isk5 מִגְּדוֹלָ֖ם וְעַד־קְטַנָּֽם 1 from the greatest of them even to the least of them “from the most significant to the least significant people” or “including all of the important people and all of the unimportant people”
|
||||
JON 3 6 pna3 הַדָּבָר֙ 1 Это слово "проповедь Ионы"
|
||||
JON 3 6 h9wz translate-symaction וַיָּ֨קָם֙ מִכִּסְא֔וֹ 1 Он встал со своего трона "Он поднялся со своего трона" (царь оставил свой трон, чтобы выразить смирение).
|
||||
JON 3 6 pvp7 מִכִּסְא֔וֹ 1 трон Это высокое сиденье для царя, престол.
|
||||
JON 3 6 ab91 translate-symaction וַיֵּ֖שֶׁב עַל־הָאֵֽפֶר 1 and sat down on the ash heap **Sitting in ashes** was a way to show great humility and sorrow. In this case, it was to show how sorry he was for his sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
JON 3 7 v29b וַיַּזְעֵ֗ק וַיֹּ֨אמֶר֙…לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Он приказал объявить в Ниневии от имени царя и его чиновников и сказать "Он послал своих вельмож объявить" или "он отправил посланников, чтобы они объявили жителям Ниневии".
|
||||
JON 3 7 ab79 מִטַּ֧עַם הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ וּגְדֹלָ֖יו 1 чиновников Чиновник - это исполнительное лицо на службе у царя.
|
||||
JON 3 7 n5fn וּגְדֹלָ֖יו 1 ни скот, ни волы, ни овцы Речь идёт о домашнем скоте. Альтернативный перевод: "никакой домашний скот".
|
||||
JON 3 7 xw6c הַבָּקָ֣ר וְהַצֹּ֗אן 1 ничего не ели, не ходили на пастбище, не пили воды Можно уточнить: "чтобы ничего не ели и не пили в знак своего глубокого раскаяния в грехах" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 3 7 fw18 figs-explicit אַ֨ל־יִרְע֔וּ וּמַ֖יִם אַל־יִשְׁתּֽוּ 1 they must not graze, and they must not drink water “they must not eat or drink anything” The reason they were not to eat or drink anything can be made explicit by adding “in order to show that they are sorry for their sins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JON 3 8 mzx6 וְהַבְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 Общая информация: Продолжение послания царя.
|
||||
JON 3 8 jh7e figs-explicit וְיִקְרְא֥וּ אֶל־אֱלֹהִ֖ים בְּחָזְקָ֑ה 1 но чтобы люди и скот "но чтобы и те, и другие"
|
||||
JON 3 8 n3ls הֶחָמָ֖ס אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּכַפֵּיהֶֽם 1 но чтобы люди и скот были покрыты траурной одеждой Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "но чтобы люди одели на себя и на скот траурную одежду" или "но чтобы люди покрыли себя и скот траурной одеждой" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
JON 3 8 b130 скот Речь идёт о скоте, которым владели жители Ниневии.
|
||||
JON 3 8 71b2 сильно кричали к Богу Или "умоляли Бога". Можно уточнить: "громко просили Бога о помиловании" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 3 8 3cc2 чтобы каждый отвернулся от своего злого пути и от насилия своих рук "чтобы каждый раскаялся в совершённых злодеяниях и насилии"
|
||||
JON 3 9 wbt6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יוֹדֵ֣עַ 1 Кто знает Царь употребляет риторический вопрос, чтобы народ почувствовал надежду: Бог способен помиловать людей, если они раскаются в своих грехах. Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Пока ещё ничего не известно". Также можно начать предложение со слова "возможно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
JON 3 9 z3jj figs-metaphor יָשׁ֔וּב וְנִחַ֖ם הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 может быть, Бог ещё проявит милость "Может быть, Бог отменит Свой приговор" или "возможно, Бог помилует нас".
|
||||
JON 3 9 jdrg figs-idiom מֵחֲר֥וֹן אַפּ֖וֹ 1 и мы не погибнем "И мы останемся в живых".
|
||||
JON 3 9 uvp9 וְלֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 so that we will not perish “and we will not die”
|
||||
JON 3 10 w3uu וַיַּ֤רְא הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ֣עֲשֵׂיהֶ֔ם כִּי־שָׁ֖בוּ מִדַּרְכָּ֣ם הָרָעָ֑ה 1 Бог увидел их дела "Бог увидел их искреннее раскаяние"
|
||||
JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִדַּרְכָּ֣ם הָרָעָ֑ה 1 что они отвернулись от своего злого пути "Отвернулись от своего злого пути" - то есть "раскаялись в грехах" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
JON 3 10 ab85 וַיִּנָּ֣חֶם הָאֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָרָעָ֛ה 1 пожалел Бог о бедствии, о котором сказал, что наведёт на них, и не навёл "Пожалел" - то есть "решил отменить". Альтернативный перевод: "Бог решил отменить Свой приговор над жителями Ниневии и не обрушил на них Свою кару" или "Бог решил их не наказывать, поэтому не навёл на них бедствия" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 не навёл Можно уточнить: "и не уничтожил их" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Иона 04 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Содержание главы ####<br><br>В этой главе продолжается повествование об Ионе. Конец книги необычен: он свидетельствует о том, что книга, на самом деле, не об Ионе, но о Боге, желающем явить Свою милость каждому - как иудею, так и язычнику (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]).<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Гнев Ионы #####<br><br>Очень важно увидеть отношение между Богом и его пророком: пророк должен был пророчествовать от Божьего имени, и его слова должны были сбыться. Если этого не происходило, то, по закону Моисея пророка нужно было убить. Когда Иона пророчествовал жителям Ниневии о том, что через сорок дней город будет уничтожен, он был абсолютно уверен в том, что это непременно произойдёт. Но, когда этого не случилось, Иона был сильно разгневан, потому что ненавидел жителей Ниневии (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]).<br><br>#### Изобразительные средства ####<br><br>##### Риторические вопросы #####<br><br>Иона использует риторические вопросы, чтобы выразить своё глубокое негодование по отношению к Богу (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).<br><br>##### Слова Моисея #####<br><br>Во 2-м стихе Иона перечисляет качества Господа. Еврейскому читателю было бы ясно, что именно эти слова произнёс Моисей, когда говорил людям о Боге, после своей встречи с Ним на горе Синай (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).<br><br>#### Прочие трудности, возникающие при переводе настоящей главы ####<br><br>##### Божья благодать #####<br><br>Когда Иона вышел за пределы Ниневии, солнце начало нещадно палить. Господь произрастил растение, чтобы Его пророк почувствовал облегчение. Через это Он хотел преподать Ионе урок. Важно, чтобы для читателей это было вполне очевидно (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]).<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Иона 04:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) | __
|
||||
JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַיֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַיִּ֖חַר לֽוֹ׃ 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
JON 4 1 abc3 figs-idiom וַיִּ֖חַר לֽוֹ 1 and it burned to him This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 О, Господь! Это восклицание передаёт глубокое разочарование Ионы.
|
||||
JON 4 2 k24b figs-rquestion יְהוָה֙ הֲלוֹא־זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗י עַד־הֱיוֹתִי֙ עַל־אַדְמָתִ֔י 1 Разве не это я говорил, когда ещё был в моей стране? Иона использует риторический вопрос, чтобы выразить своё крайнее негодование. Можно уточнить, о чём говорил Иона, когда находился у себя на родине. Альтернативный перевод: "Когда я ещё был в своей стране, я точно знал, что, если народ Ниневии покается, Ты непременно его помилуешь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 4 2 ab79 figs-explicit יְהוָה֙ הֲלוֹא־זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗י עַד־הֱיוֹתִי֙ עַל־אַדְמָתִ֔י 1 Ты — Бог добрый, милосердный, долготерпеливый, богатый милостью и сожалеешь о бедствии Именно поэтому Иона убежал в Фарсис вместо того, чтобы отправиться в Ниневию. Он не желал идти в Ниневию и проповедовать там, потому что не хотел, чтобы ниневитяне раскаялись и были помилованы Господом.
|
||||
JON 4 2 ab81 figs-idiom אֶ֤רֶךְ אַפַּ֨יִם֙ 1 богатый милостью Вместо абстрактного существительного "милость" можно использовать глагол "миловать": "Ты готов не переставая миловать людей" (см. rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns).
|
||||
JON 4 2 jv5c וְרַב־חֶ֔סֶד 1 сожалеешь о бедствии Бог наводит бедствия на грешников, чтобы наказать их. Однако, если грешники раскаиваются в своих преступлениях, Господь прощает их и удерживает свою кару. Можно уточнить: "Ты прощаешь людей и не насылаещь на них Свою кару" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 4 2 wl7j figs-explicit וְנִחָ֖ם עַל־הָרָעָֽה 1 and one who relents from evil Here, **evil** refers to the physical destruction of the city of Nineveh and its people. It does not refer to moral evil. In this context, this phrase means that God feels sadness about causing bad things to happen to people who sin and he changes his mind when sinners repent of their sin. This implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and you feel sadness about causing disaster for sinners” or “and you decide not to punish sinners who repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JON 4 3 dm5t figs-explicit קַח־נָ֥א אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖י מִמֶּ֑נִּי 1 забери у меня мою душу Можно уточнить, почему Иона просил себе смерти: "раз Ты не уничтожил Ниневию, как говорил, то дай мне умереть" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 4 3 yk5v כִּ֛י ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖י מֵחַיָּֽי 1 потому что мне лучше умереть, чем жить "я лучше умру, чем буду продолжать жить" или "не хочу больше жить, но хочу умереть"
|
||||
JON 4 4 ab82 figs-idiom הַהֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽךְ 1 Неужели это так сильно огорчило тебя? Бог использует риторический вопрос, чтобы укорить Иону в его беспричинном гневе. Альтернативный перевод: "Твой гнев несправедлив" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
JON 4 4 ab83 figs-explicit הַהֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽךְ 1 Is it right that it burns to you? The reason for Jonah’s anger can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry that I did not destroy Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JON 4 5 q1f7 וַיֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־הָעִ֔יר 1 Иона вышел из города "Иона вышел из Ниневии"
|
||||
JON 4 5 af46 מַה־יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּעִֽיר 1 чтобы увидеть, что будет с городом "чтобы увидеть, что произойдёт с городом" (Иона хотел посмотреть, уничтожит ли Бог Ниневию или нет)
|
||||
JON 4 6 i4r4 מֵעַ֣ל לְיוֹנָ֗ה לִֽהְי֥וֹת צֵל֙ עַל־רֹאשׁ֔וֹ 1 Оно поднялось над Ионой, чтобы над его головой была тень "Оно выросло над Ионой, и на его голову падала тень"
|
||||
JON 4 6 t21k לְהַצִּ֥יל ל֖וֹ מֵרָֽעָת֑וֹ 1 чтобы избавить его от огорчения "чтобы избавить его от палящего солнца"
|
||||
JON 4 7 t7il וַיְמַ֤ן הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ תּוֹלַ֔עַת 1 Но Бог устроил так, что... червь подточил растение "Но Бог послал червя"
|
||||
JON 4 7 rw7z וַתַּ֥ךְ אֶת־הַקִּֽיקָי֖וֹן 1 червь подточил растение "червь выел растение изнутри"
|
||||
JON 4 7 d16m וַיִּיבָֽשׁ 1 и оно засохло "и растение погибло"
|
||||
JON 4 8 jdr9 grammar-connect-time-background וַיְהִ֣י׀ כִּזְרֹ֣חַ הַשֶּׁ֗מֶשׁ 1 Бог навёл знойный восточный ветер Бог сделал так, чтобы горячий ветер начал дуть с востока на Иону. Если вашему народу известны только прохладные или холодные ветра, вы можете сказать: "Бог послал с востока горячий поток воздуха" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 4 8 hmi4 figs-explicit וַיְמַ֨ן אֱלֹהִ֜ים ר֤וּחַ קָדִים֙ חֲרִישִׁ֔ית 1 солнце стало палить "слнце начало нещадно палить"
|
||||
JON 4 8 mnu9 וַתַּ֥ךְ הַשֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ 1 голову Ионы Больше всего от солнца страдала голова Ионы. Можно сказать: "солнце обдавало жаром Иону" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
JON 4 8 u2pl figs-synecdoche עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ יוֹנָ֖ה 1 он обессилил "он изнемог"
|
||||
JON 4 8 z95v וַיִּתְעַלָּ֑ף 1 Лучше мне умереть, чем жить "Хочу умереть - не хочу жить" или "пошли мне смерть, потому что я больше не хочу жить". См. перевод аналогичной фразы в [Иона 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
JON 4 8 ab87 וַיִּשְׁאַ֤ל אֶת־נַפְשׁוֹ֙ לָמ֔וּת 1 he asked his spirit to die Jonah is talking to himself. Alternate translation: “he wished he would die” or “he wanted to die”
|
||||
JON 4 8 eln6 ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖י מֵחַיָּֽי 1 My death is better than my life “I would rather die than live” or “I want to die; I do not want to live” See how you translated this in [4:3](../04/03/yk5v).
|
||||
JON 4 9 w24z figs-explicit הַהֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־לְךָ֖ עַל־הַקִּֽיקָי֑וֹן 1 Неужели ты так сильно огорчился из-за растения? Бог спрашивает Иону, почему он огорчился из-за гибели растения тогда, когда сам желал гибели людей. Альтенативный перевод: "Почему ты разгневался? Разве это растение было таким важным?" или "Стоит ли тебе гневаться из-за растения?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
JON 4 9 h43a הֵיטֵ֥ב חָֽרָה־לִ֖י עַד־מָֽוֶת 1 Неужели ты так сильно огорчился из-за растения? Можно уточнить: "ты должен был больше беспокиться о гибели народа Ниневии, чем о гибели растения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 4 9 6f4d Очень огорчился, даже до смерти "Я до смерти огорчён!", "Я разгневан так, что хочу умереть!"
|
||||
JON 4 10 gkz7 figs-explicit וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Тогда Господь сказал Можно уточнить: "Тогда Господь сказал Ионе" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
JON 4 10 ab88 figs-idiom שֶׁבִּן־ לַ֥יְלָה הָיָ֖ה וּבִן־ לַ֥יְלָה אָבָֽד־ לַ֥יְלָה 1 it came as a son of a night, and it perished as a son of a night This idiom means that the plant existed only briefly. Alternate translation: “it grew in one night and died the next” or “it grew quickly and died just as quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JON 4 11 jdr0 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַֽאֲנִי֙ 1 Разве Я не пожалею большой город Ниневию, в котором более ста двадцати тысяч человек, не умеющих отличить правой руки от левой, и множество скота? Бог использует риторический вопрос, чтобы объяснить, почему Он милостив к ниневитянам. Альтернативный перевод: "Тем более Мне жаль этот большой город, в котором более ста двадцати тысяч человек, не умеющих отличить правой руки от левой, и множество скота!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
JON 4 11 ecl1 figs-rquestion וַֽאֲנִי֙ לֹ֣א אָח֔וּס עַל־נִינְוֵ֖ה הָעִ֣יר הַגְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ מִֽשְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣וֹ לִשְׂמֹאל֔וֹ וּבְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה 1 в котором более ста двадцати тысяч человек Эту мысль можно оформить в виде отдельного предложения: "Разве Я не пожалею этот большой город? Ведь в нём живёт более ста двадцати тысяч человек".
|
||||
JON 4 11 dqi1 אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ 1 более ста двадцати тысяч человек "Более 120,000 человек" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]).
|
||||
JON 4 11 c3b7 translate-numbers מִֽשְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם 1 не умеющих отличить правой руки от левой Можно сказать: "которые не способны отличить правильное от неправильного".
|
||||
JON 4 11 j35h figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣וֹ לִשְׂמֹאל֔וֹ 1 множество скота Автор хочет заострить внимание читателя на глубине покаяния ниневитян, чей скот также принимал участие в акте раскаяния (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]).
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 3183.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Введение в послание Иуды #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие сведения ##<br><br>#### План послания Иуды ####<br><br>1. Вступление (1:1-2)<br>2. Предостережение против лжеучителей (1:3-4)<br>3. Примеры из Ветхого Завета (1:5-16)<br>4. Правильное отношение (1:17-23)<br>5. Прославление Бога (1:24-25)<br><br>#### Кто написал послание Иуды? ####<br><br>Автор назвал себя Иудой, братом Иакова. И Иуда, и Иаков были сводными братьями Иисуса (братьями по одному из родителей). Неизвестно, предназначено ли это письмо для какой-то конкретной церкви.<br><br>#### Что представляет собой послание Иуды? ####<br><br>Иуда написал это письмо, чтобы предостеречь верующих от лжеучителей. Иуда часто ссылается на Ветхий Завет. Поэтому можно предположить, что Иуда предназначал своё письмо еврейской христианской аудитории. Это письмо и 2-е послание Петра похожи друг на друга по содержанию. Они оба говорят об ангелах, Содоме и Гоморре и лжеучителях.<br><br>#### Как следует переводить название этой книги? ####<br><br>Переводчики могут назвать эту книгу традиционным названием «Послание Иуды». Они также могут выбрать более четкое название, например «Письмо от Иуды» или «Письмо, написанное Иудой». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Часть 2: Важные религиозные и культурные концепции ##<br><br>#### Кем были люди, против которых выступал Иуда? ####<br><br>Возможно, люди, против которых выступал Иуда, были теми, которые в последствии стали известны как гностики. Эти учителя исказили учение Писания для своей собственной выгоды. Они жили безнравственным образом и учили других делать то же самое.
|
||||
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 Общая информация: Иуда идентифицирует себя как автор этого письма и приветствует своих читателей. Скорее всего, он был сводным братом Иисуса (брат по одному из родителей). В Новом Завете упоминаются еще два человека по имени Иуда. Местоимение «вы» в этом письме относится к христианам, которым писал Иуда, и всегда используется во множественном числе. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος 1 Я, Иуда, раб Иуда был братом Иакова. Альтернативный перевод: «Я - Иуда, слуга». (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 брат Иакова Иаков и Иуда были сводными братьями Иисуса.
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 пусть умножатся для вас милость, мир и любовь «Пусть милость, мир и любовь будут многократно увеличены для вас». Об этих идеях говорится так, как будто они представляют собой объекты, которые могут вырасти в размере или количестве. Это можно перефразировать и заменить абстрактные существительные «милосердие», «мир» и «любовь». Альтернативный перевод: «Пусть Бог будет по-прежнему милостив к вам, чтобы вы жили мирно и любили друг друга еще больше». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-exclusive 0 Общая информация: Местоимение «наш» в этом письме включает как Иуду, так и остальных верующих. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yfa8 0 Связующее утверждение: Иуда рассказывает верующим о причине написания этого письма.
|
||||
JUD 1 3 mi3w τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 об общем нашем спасении «о спасении, которое мы разделяем»
|
||||
JUD 1 3 si1u ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 я считаю нужным «Мне очень было нужно написать» или «Я почувствовал настоятельную необходимость написать»
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yyf4 παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 просить вас о том, чтобы вы боролись за веру «ободрить вас на защиту истинного учения»
|
||||
JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 однажды «раз и навсегда» или «однажды и полностью»
|
||||
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 К вам проникли некоторые люди «Так как к вам присоединились некоторые верующие, на которых вы не обратили особого внимания»
|
||||
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ…προγεγραμμένοι εἰς…τὸ κρίμα 1 которые давно определены на осуждение Это также можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «которых Бог решил осудить». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Эти грешные люди превращают благодать нашего Бога в повод жить в разврате О Божьей благодати говорится как о предмете, который может быть превращён во что-то ужасное. Альтернативный перевод: «Они учат, что Божья милость позволяет человеку продолжать жить в сексуальном грехе». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 и не принимают единого Правителя Бога и нашего Господа Иисуса Христа Возможные значения: 1) они учат, что Он не является Богом, или 2) эти люди не подчиняются Иисусу Христу.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 fa5e 0 Связующее утверждение: Иуда приводит примеры из прошлого тех людей, которые не следовали за Господом.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 f4mm Ἰησοῦς λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 Господь спас народ от египтян «Господь много лет назад вывел Израильтян из Египта»
|
||||
JUD 1 5 ce64 Господь В некоторых текстах здесь «Иисус».
|
||||
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 не сохранили достоинства «обязанностей, возложенных на них Господом»
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 своё жилище Место обитания ангелов на небесах.
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ζόφον 1 Господь держит в вечных оковах во тьме «Бог посадил этих ангелов в темницу, из которой они никогда не убегут»
|
||||
JUD 1 6 ccz6 μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 во тьме Здесь «тьма» - это метонимия, которая представляет собой место мертвых или ад. Альтернативный перевод: «в полной темноте в аду». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 a4e8 до суда великого дня до последнего дня, в который Бог будет судить всех
|
||||
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 окрестные города Здесь «города» означают живущих в них людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 7 r3e9 τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 которые жили в разврате, распутстве, извращении Сексуальные грехи Содома и Гоморры были результатом такого же бунта, какой произошёл среди ангелов.
|
||||
JUD 1 7 pi4t δεῖγμα…δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 служат всем примером Уничтожение людей Содома и Гоморры стало примером того, что ожидает всех, кто отвергает Бога.
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ujs2 οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 с этими мечтателями Люди, которые не подчиняются Богу, потому что утверждают, что они видят видения, дающие им право поступать таким образом.
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metaphor σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 оскверняют своё тело Эта метафора говорит, что их грех (то есть их действия) делает их тела неприемлемыми, как мусор делает воду в ручье непригодной для питья. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 8 e73k βλασφημοῦσιν 1 оскорбляют «говорят обидные слова»
|
||||
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 славных Это относится к духовным существам, таким как ангелы.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 rmg9 0 Общая информация: Валаам был пророком, который отказался проклинать Израиль ради его врага, но затем научил этого врага женить и выдавать замуж за неверующих и таким образом вовлекать их в поклонение идолам. Корей был одним из Израильтян, который восстал против руководства Моисея и священства Аарона.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν…ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 не смел осуждать «контролировал себя, чтобы не осуждать» или «не хотел осуждать»
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν…βλασφημίας 1 осуждать здесь имеется ввиду «злобное осуждение» или «злой суд»
|
||||
JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 не смел осуждать «не говорил зло о»
|
||||
JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 эти мечтатели эти нечестивые люди
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 то, чего не знают «то, смысла чего они не понимают». Возможные значения: 1) «то хорошее, которое они не понимают» или 2) «то славное, которое они не понимают». ([Иуды 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 идут путём Каина «идут путём» - это метафора, означающая «живут так же, как». Альтернативный перевод: «живут так же, как жил Каин». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 s4az 0 Связующее утверждение: Иуда использует серию метафор для описания нечестивых людей. Он говорит верующим, как они могут распознавать этих людей, которые находятся среди них.
|
||||
JUD 1 12 r875 οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 1 Они Местоимение «они» относится к «нечестивым людям» из [Иуды 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 подводными камнями Здесь подразумеваются подводные рифы - большие породы, которые находятся очень близко к поверхности воды в море. Так как моряки не видят их, они очень опасны. Если корабли попадут в эти скалы, они могут застрять, либо дать течь и утонуть. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 zk57 figs-metaphor δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 дважды умерли, вырваны с корнем Дерево, которое вырвали с корнем - это метафора смерти. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 вырваны с корнем Подобно деревьям, которые полностью вырвали из земли вместе с корнями, нечестивые люди отделены от Бога, Который является источником жизни. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 свирепые морские волны Как морские волны направляются сильным ветром, так и нечестивые люди меняют своё направление в зависимости от внешних обстоятельств. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 пенятся своим позором Как ветер создаёт дикие волны, которые поднимают грязную пену, так и эти люди позорят себя ложными учениями и своими поступками. Альтернативный перевод: «как волны поднимают пену и грязь, так и эти люди загрязняют всех остальных своим позором». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 блуждающие звёзды Изучающие звезды в древние времена заметили, что небесные тела, которые мы сейчас называем планетами, двигаются не так, как звезды. Альтернативный перевод: «Они похожи на движущиеся звезды». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-metonymy οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 для которых навеки сохраняется мрак тьмы Здесь «тьма» - это метонимия, которая означает место мёртвых или ад. Здесь «мрак тьмы» - это идиома, которая означает «очень темное место». Фраза «навеки сохраняется» может быть перефразирована в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «и Бог навечно поместит их во мрак и тьму ада». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 потомок Адама в седьмом поколении Если Адам считается первым поколением человечества, то Енох является седьмым. Если же сын Адама считается первым, то Енох будет шестым.
|
||||
JUD 1 14 lu2y ἰδοὺ 1 Вот «Слушайте» или «Обратите внимание на то, что я собираюсь сказать»
|
||||
JUD 1 14 19fd святых Возможными значениями являются 1) «ангелы», 2) «святые» или 3) «ангелы и святые»
|
||||
JUD 1 15 bl4q ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ 1 произвести суд «совершить суд» или «осудить»
|
||||
JUD 1 16 zs28 γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 ворчливые люди, ничем недовольные Люди, которые не желают подчиняться и высказываются против божественной власти. «Ворчуны» склонны говорить тихо, а «недовольные» высказываются открыто.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 говорят надменно Люди, которые возвышают себя, чтобы другие могли их заметить.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 j8rh θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 льстят для своей выгоды «ложно хвалят других ради какой-то выгоды».
|
||||
JUD 1 17 72eb Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 будут поступать по своим греховным желаниям Об этих людях говорится так, как будто их желания - это цари, которые управляют ими. Альтернативный перевод: «никогда не смогут перестать позорить Бога, делая злые дела, которые они желают совершать». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 будут поступать по своим греховным желаниям О нечестивых желаниях говорится так, как будто это путь, по которому следует человек. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 r28j οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 Это душевные люди «Это те самые насмешники, они душевные люди» или «Эти насмешники - душевные люди»
|
||||
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metaphor ψυχικοί 1 душевные они думают так, как думают нечестивые, у них те же ценности, которые ценят неверующие. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 qn4p Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 в этих людях нет Духа Здесь говорится о Святом Духе, как будто люди могут обладать им. Альтернативный перевод: «Дух не в них».
|
||||
JUD 1 20 e3ga 0 Связующее утверждение: Иуда говорит верующим, как они должны жить и относиться к другим.
|
||||
JUD 1 20 xm93 ὑμεῖς δέ, ἀγαπητοί 1 А вы, дорогие «Не будьте такими, как они, возлюбленные».
|
||||
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 утверждайте себя О возрастании в доверии Богу и в подчинении Ему говорится как о процессе строительства здания. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 храните себя в Божьей любви О пребывании в Божьей любви говорится так, как будто человек продолжает находиться в определенном месте. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι 1 ожидайте «с нетерпением ждите»
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 милость нашего Господа Иисуса Христа для вечной жизни Здесь «милость» означает самого Иисуса Христа, который проявляет Свою милость к верующим и даёт им вечную жизнь с Ним. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 К тем, кто сомневается «К тем, кто пока ещё не верит, что Иисус - Бог»
|
||||
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 выхватывайте из огня Здесь рисуется картина, как будто людей вытаскивают из огня, прежде чем они начнут гореть. Альтернативный перевод: «делайте для них всё возможное, чтобы они не умерли без Христа, как будто вытаскиваете их из огня». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 23 ign7 οὓς…ἐλεᾶτε ἐν φόβῳ 1 обличайте со страхом «Будьте милостивы к другим, но бойтесь делать те грехи, которыми грешат они».
|
||||
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 брезгуя даже одеждой, которая запятнана греховной человеческой природой Иуда здесь преувеличивает, чтобы предупредить своих читателей, что они могут стать похожими на этих грешников. Альтернативный перевод: «Обращайтесь с ними так, как будто вы можете стать виновными в грехе, просто прикоснувшись к их одежде». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 r3jx 0 Связующее утверждение: Иуда заканчивает своё письмо благословением.
|
||||
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-metaphor στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 поставить перед Своей славой Его слава - это яркий свет, который представляет Его величие. Альтернативный перевод: «и позволит вам наслаждаться и поклоняться Его славе». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 gq9e figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἀμώμους ἐν 1 перед Своей славой безупречными О грехе здесь говорится как о грязи или недостатке на теле. Альтернативный перевод: «в Его славном присутствии без грехов и недостатков». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν, διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Единому Премудрому Богу, нашему Спасителю через Иисуса Христа, нашего Господа «Единственному Богу, Который спас нас благодаря тому, что сделал Иисус Христос». Это подчеркивает, что Бог Отец, а также Сын являются Спасителями.
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kql5 δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία, πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος, καὶ νῦν, καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν 1 слава и величие, сила и власть прежде всех веков, теперь и в вечности Бог всегда имел, имеет теперь и всегда будет иметь славу, абсолютную власть и полный контроль над всем.
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
MAL front intro axt4 0 # Введение в книгу пророка Малахии #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие характеристики ##<br><br>#### Структура книги ####<br><br>1. Израиль получает слово от Господа (1:1)<br>1. Бог возлюбил Израиль и отверг Исава (Едом) (1:2–5)<br>1. Слово против священников (1:6–2:9)<br>1. Слово против Иудеи: народ предал веру через развод и повторный брак (2:10–16)<br>1. Слово о пылающем дне (2:17–3:6)<br>1. Слово о десятинах (3:7–12)<br>1. Слово о тех, кто был постыжен, но остался верным Господу (3:13–18)<br>1. Бог накажет нечестивых и пошлёт Илию перед "великим и страшным днём" (4:5–6)<br><br>#### О чём книга пророка Малахии? ####<br><br>В этой книге содержатся пророчества, которые Малахия передавал евреям, вернувшимся в Иудею из вавилонского плена. В то время народ пребывал в глубоком смущении: строительство нового храма было закончено, но удивительных вещей, обещанных более ранними пророками, так и не произошло. Персидская империя всё ещё господствовала над Иудеей. Евреи перестали стараться соблюдать закон и поклоняться Господу. Малахия обличает народ в его недоверии к Богу и говорит, что Господь исполнит все Свои обещания. <br><br>#### Как переводить заголовок пророчества? ####<br><br>Как правило, заголовок переводится так: "Малахия" или "Книга Малахии". Однако вы можете дать и такой перевод: "Книга пророка Малахии" или "Пророчество Малахии" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>#### Кто написал данное пророчество? ####<br><br>Его автором был Малахия, который получил слово от Господа. Однако, поскольку слово "малахия" переводится как "мой посланник", возможно, что это было не имя, а звание. Если это так, то реальное имя этого человека не известно. <br><br>## Часть 2: Религиозный и культурный контекст пророчества ##<br><br>#### Что такое "день Господень"? ####<br><br>Малахия несколько раз упоминает о "дне". Это то же самое, что и "день Господа". Речь идёт о судном дне Господа над Своим народом, когда Он уничтожит нечестивых людей и благословит тех, кто Ему доверяет (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Малахия 01 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Господь Саваоф #####<br><br>Это очень значимое имя Господа. Оно указывает нам на то, какой великой властью обладает Господь, чтобы наказывать народы (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>#### Изобразительные средства речи ####<br><br>##### Риторические вопросы #####<br><br>В этой главе встречается большое количество рторических вопросов. Они придают особую эмоциональную окраску всему, что было сказано, и их цель - привлечь внимание аудитории (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Малахия 01:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br>* __[Малахия intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 Пророческое слово от Господа к Израилю через Малахию Здесь можно употребить законченное предложение: "Вот, какое пророческое слово Господь изрёк через Малахию".
|
||||
MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Господа Или "Яхве" - именно под таким именем Господь открывался ветхозаветным людям. См. страницу translationWord о том, как нужно его переводить.
|
||||
MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 через Малахию "сказанное через Малахию", "вложенное в уста Малахии"
|
||||
MAL 1 2 vb2m figs-rquestion 0 В чём Твоя любовь? Этот вопрос показывает, что израильский народ сомневался в истинности Божьих слов. Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Ты никак не показал нам Свою любовь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 2 cy61 figs-rquestion 0 Разве Исав не брат Иакова? Этот вопрос звучит, как Божий ответ. Господь напоминает израильтянам их историю. Можно сказать: "Вы же знаете, что Исав был братом Иакова" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 2 l68t 0 говорит Господь "торжественно объявляет Господь"
|
||||
MAL 1 2 ef9g figs-explicit 0 Однако Я полюбил Иакова Речь идёт о сохранении верности завету, заключённому между Богом и Иаковом. Можно уточнить: "как вы знаете, Я заключил с Иаковом завет, что всегда буду его любить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 2 j176 figs-synecdoche 0 Я полюбил Иакова Речь идёт не только об Иакове, но и о его потомках (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 3 xf47 0 а Исава возненавидел "Возненавидел" - значит "не захотел заключить с ним завет" (речь не идёт о чувстве ненависти).
|
||||
MAL 1 3 e38q figs-synecdoche 0 а Исава возненавидел Имеется в виду не только Исав, но и его потомки (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 3 t9bu 0 его горы Подразумеватеся гористая местность Едом.
|
||||
MAL 1 3 q6yq 0 а его владения — шакалам пустыни Когда в Ветхом завете упоминались дикие животные, например, шакалы, то речь, как правило, шла о пустынной, заброшенной людьми местности.
|
||||
MAL 1 3 rff9 figs-metaphor 0 его владения Под "владениями" подразумевается область, на которой жили потомки Исава - народ Едома (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 4 z8qd figs-metonymy 0 Если Едом скажет Речь идёт о народе, который назывался Едомом. Альтернативный перевод: "если едомляне скажут" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 4 x6kr figs-metonymy 0 Я разрушу "Я уничтожу", "Я ниспровергну" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 4 zv9v figs-abstractnouns 0 беззаконной областью Имеются в виду люди, вынашивающие беззакония в сердце и поступающие нечестиво. Альтернативный перевод: "страной, где живут беззаконники" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 5 bq14 figs-synecdoche 0 Ваши глаза увидят это "Ваши глаза" - то есть "вы". Альтернативный перевод: "вы лично это увидите" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 6 zu71 0 Общая информация: Господь обличает священников, используя воображаемый диалог: священники считают, что поступают правильно, но Господь говорит им, что это не так.
|
||||
MAL 1 6 u3vj figs-metonymy 0 бесславящие Моё имя То есть "бесславящие Меня", "порочащие Меня" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 6 awt1 figs-rquestion 0 Чем мы бесславим Твоё имя? Священники задают этот вопрос, чтобы опротестовать Божье заявление о том, что они Его бесславят. Вместо вопроса можно употребить утверждение: "Скажи нам, как, по-Твоему, мы бесславим Твоё имя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 7 dyc6 figs-metaphor 0 осквернённый хлеб "Осквернённый" - значит "нечистый для Бога" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 7 v4at figs-rquestion 0 Чем мы бесславим Тебя? Священники задают этот вопрос, чтобы опротестовать Божье заявление о том, что они Его бесславят. Вместо вопроса можно употребить утверждение: "Мы не бесславим Тебя" или "Скажи нам, как, по-Твоему, мы бесславим Твоё имя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 7 h6dv figs-metaphor 0 Стол Господа не стоит уважения Эти слова, как и нечистые жертвы, оскорбляли Бога (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 7 efa3 0 Стол Речь идёт об алтаре.
|
||||
MAL 1 7 xu5y figs-ellipsis 0 Стол Господа не стоит уважения Ответ неполный; здесь дана подразумеваемая информация. Можно уточнить: "Вы оскорбляете Меня, выказывая пренебрежение к Моему алтарю" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 7 agd8 0 не стоит уважения не так уж и важен
|
||||
MAL 1 8 zw52 figs-rquestion 0 И когда приносите в жертву слепое, разве это не плохо? Или когда приносите хромое и больное, разве это не плохо? С помощью этих вопросов Господь обличает народ. Альтернативный перевод: "Вам хорошо известно, что слепое неугодно Мне! И вы также знаете, что приносить в жертву хромое или больное - это плохо!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 8 i5xb figs-rquestion 0 Поднеси это твоему правителю, разве он будет доволен тобой и разве благосклонно примет тебя? Это повеление звучит как предположение. Можно сказать: "Если ты преподнесёшь что-то подобное своему князю, примет ли он такой подарок? Будет ли он после этого благосклонно смотреть на тебя?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 8 f8k3 figs-imperative 0 разве он будет доволен тобой и разве благосклонно примет тебя? Господь задаёт этот вопрос, чтобы сказать, что никакой правитель никогда не примет в дар увечных животных. Альтернативный перевод: "Если вы поступите так в отношении своего князя, то он никогда не примет ваш дар и никогда больше не будет относиться к вам с благосклонностью" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 8 kw16 figs-rquestion 0 разве благосклонно примет тебя? "будет продолжать хорошо к тебе относиться"
|
||||
MAL 1 8 ch8q figs-idiom 0 Поднеси подари это в знак своего почтения
|
||||
MAL 1 8 j8zc 0 Present give as a gift to show respect
|
||||
MAL 1 9 d7q3 0 Итак, молитесь Богу, чтобы помиловал вас Малахия больше не передаёт народу Божьи слова, но лично обращается к израильтянам. Пророк обличает их в том, что они, принося нечистые жертвы, продолжают надеться на Божью милость.
|
||||
MAL 1 9 kht7 figs-synecdoche 0 молитесь Богу "просите Бога"
|
||||
MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-rquestion 0 А когда такое исходит из ваших рук, то разве Он может с милостью принимать вас? С помощью этого вопроса пророк обличает израильтян. Альтернативный перевод: "Если вы приносите нечистые жертвы, неужели Он помилует вас?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 9 wg22 0 А когда такое исходит из ваших рук Этот стих на иврите в разных библейских версиях толкуется по-разному.
|
||||
MAL 1 9 kmg8 figs-synecdoche 0 из ваших рук Речь идёт не о руках, но о людях, приносящих жертвы. Альтернативный перевод: "когда вы приносите такие жертвы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 9 m84q figs-idiom 0 то разве Он может с милостью принимать вас? "то разве Он примет вас с милостью?"
|
||||
MAL 1 10 w5uc 0 Лучше Здесь говорится о большом желании.
|
||||
MAL 1 10 pv8h figs-metonymy 0 чтобы напрасно не поддерживали огонь на Моём жертвеннике "Не поддерживали огонь" - то есть "не приносили жертвы". Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы вы не разжигали напрасно огонь на Моём жертвеннике и не приносили жертв, которых Я не приму" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 10 ju31 figs-synecdoche 0 из ваших рук Речь идёт не о руках, но о людях, приносящих жертвы. Можно сказать: "от вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 11 v4x9 figs-merism 0 Потому что от восхода солнца до заката Или "повсюду". Выражения "от восхода солнца до заката" и "среди народов" являются синонимами (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAL 1 11 ls76 figs-metonymy 0 Моё имя будет великим среди народов "Моё имя" - то есть "Я". Альтернативный перевод: "все народы будут Меня чтить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 11 rx5c figs-activepassive 0 и на любом месте будут приносить фимиам Моему имени, чистую жертву Можно уточнить: "и на любом месте все люди будут приносить Мне фимиам и чистые жертвы в знак своего поклонения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 11 m2j4 figs-metonymy 0 Моему имени То есть "Мне" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 12 n6gq 0 доход от него — ничтожная пища Возможные значения: 1) речь идёт не только о мясе, приносимом в жертву, но также о других частях, которые священники могли употреблять в пищу; 2) имеется в виду только мясо, сжигаемое на алтаре.
|
||||
MAL 1 13 la3n figs-idiom 0 При этом говорите: "Вот сколько труда!" — и пренебрегаете им Вы говорите: "Как много возни!" - фыркаете и воротите от него свой нос (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Разве Я могу благосклонно принимать это из ваших рук? С помощью этого вопроса Господь обличает священников. Альтернативный перевод: "Я никогда не приму таких жертв с благосклоннностью!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 из ваших рук То есть "от вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 Моё имя внушает народам страх Или "люди из всех народов будут Меня чтить".
|
||||
MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 Моё имя внушает народам страх "Моё имя" - значит "Я". Можно сказать: "предо Мной будут трепетать все народы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Малахия 02 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Левиты #####<br><br>В этой главе пророк сурово обличает священников: левиты перестали исполнять закон Моисея и склоняют народ ко греху. Поэтому Бог отказывается принимать их жертвоприношения (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]).<br><br>##### Супружеская неверность #####<br><br>Поскольку евреи находились в завете с Богом, отношения между Господом и Израилем часто сравнивались с супружескими. Супружеская неверность, в свою очередь, расценивалась как нарушение верности Господу (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Малахия 02:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__
|
||||
MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 не расположите сердца Речь идёт о внимательном слушании Господа. Альтернативный перевод: "не будете прислушиваться" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 чтобы славить Моё имя "чтобы чтить Меня"
|
||||
MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 Моё имя "Моё имя" - то есть "Меня" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 2 k5md figs-abstractnouns 0 Я пошлю на вас проклятие Вместо абстрактного существительного "проклятие" можно использовать глагол: "то Я вас прокляну" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 2 b7vl figs-idiom 0 потому что вы не хотите расположить к этому сердца "Я прокляну вас, так как вы не чтите Меня"
|
||||
MAL 2 3 vsb2 figs-metaphor 0 раскидаю помёт на ваши лица Речь идёт о бесчестии. Альтернаивный перевод: "Я вас опозорю так, что вам будет казаться, что вы упали лицом в грязь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 3 skc9 figs-metonymy 0 помёт ваших праздничных жертв Под "праздничными жертвами" имеются в виду жертвоприношения, приносившиеся по праздникам израильтянами. Речь, скорее всего, идёт как о навозе, которое испражняло животное в момент его заклания, так и о навозе в его внутренностях. Служители храма должны были переводить этот навоз за пределы храма и даже, возможно, за пределы Иерусалима (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 3 m2bs figs-activepassive 0 и вас выбросят вместе с ним Это выражение можно перевести как "Бог выбросит тебя вместе с ним" (то есть "с навозом"). Метафора с убоем животных продолжается. Можно уточнить: "ваши враги бросят вас в навозную кучу, и Я позабочусь о том, чтобы они вывезли вас вместе с навозом" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 3 zti7 figs-metaphor 0 и вас выбросят вместе с ним Возможные значения: 1) Бог накажет неверных священников: они будут убиты, и их тела будут увезены вместе с кучей навоза; 2) Бог накажет неверных священников так сурово, что это будет подобно тому, как если бы их тела были бы вывезены вместе с кучей навоза (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 4 cr4j figs-metonymy 0 с Левием Речь идёт о колене Левия и о потомках этого человека. Альтернативный перевод: "Я дал эту заповедь, чтобы сохранить Мой завет с потомками Левия" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 5 x7pv figs-metonymy 0 Общая информация: Господь говорит о колене Левия так, будто бы это был сам Левий (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 5 t8fs figs-metaphor 0 Мой Завет с ним был жизнью и миром О результатах завета говорится как о самом завете. Альтернативный перевод: "цель Моего завета с Левием состояла в том, чтобы священники жили в процветании и мире" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 5 f2if figs-ellipsis 0 Я дал его ему для страха, он боялся Меня В этом выражении продолжается метафора, данная ранее. Альтернативный перевод: "Я заповедал ему бояться Меня, и он трепетал передо Мной" или "Я заключил с ним завет, чтобы он благоговел передо Мной, и он боялся Меня" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 5 td35 figs-metonymy 0 трепетал перед Моим именем "трепетал передо Мной" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAL 2 6 e73z figs-metonymy 0 и не нашлось неправды в его словах "Не нашлось" - значит "не существовало". Альтернативный перевод: "в его словах не было лжи" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 6 pjq6 figs-metonymy 0 в его словах "в том, что он говорил"
|
||||
MAL 2 6 u9rh figs-metaphor 0 Он ходил со Мной Речь идёт о благочестивом образе жизни (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 6 ws89 figs-metaphor 0 в мире и правде "он был честен и любил мир"
|
||||
MAL 2 6 p1lh figs-metaphor 0 многих отвернул от греха "Отвернул от греха" - значит "убедил не грешить". Можно сказать: "он убедил многих людей перестать грешить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 6 fxl1 figs-metaphor 0 lips Here “lips” stands for a person’s ability to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAL 2 7 kp5v figs-metaphor 0 Ведь слова священника должны содержать знание Здесь о знании говорится как о предмете, который должен находиться в словах; речь идёт о том, что священники должны были знать Божьи истины (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 7 d2la figs-abstractnouns 0 так как в его словах ищут закон Здесь закон сравнивается с объектом, который люди могут искать. Вместо существительного "закон" можно использовать глаголы: "так как люди хотят, чтобы он их учил" или "так как народ хочет, чтобы он давал им наставления" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 7 sp8u figs-metonymy 0 потому что он вестник Господа Саваофа "потому что он передаёт людям слова Господа Саваофа"
|
||||
MAL 2 8 si1s figs-metaphor 0 Но вы отклонились от этого пути Правильный путь - это богобоязненный образ жизни. "Отклониться от правильного пути" - значит "начать поступать неправильно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 8 um6v figs-metaphor 0 послужили соблазном в законе для многих Нечестивое поведение священников побудило народ поступать неправильно. Альтернативный перевод: "Вы побудили многих людей перестать повиноваться закону" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 8 j9xs 0 You have caused many to stumble with respect to the law The expression “with respect to the law” gives the context for the “stumbling.” Alternate translation: “You have caused many to disobey the law”
|
||||
MAL 2 9 gx4a figs-metaphor 0 перед всем народом Подразумевается, что народ знал о нечестивом образе жизни священников (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 9 wq7p figs-metaphor 0 Мои пути То есть "Мою волю". Альтернативный перевод: "так как вы не исполняете Мою волю" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAL 2 9 z4gm 0 предвзяты в делах закона "требуете малого от тех, кто вам нравится, и многого - от тех, кто вам не нравится"
|
||||
MAL 2 9 z9yt figs-metaphor 0 предвзяты О привычке поступать предвзято здесь говорится как о действии, которое очевидно для всех. Алтернативный перевод: "даёте людям понять, что к одним вы более благосклонны, чем к другим" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 10 h2mp 0 Общая информация: Пророк Малахия обращается к израильтянам.
|
||||
MAL 2 10 e1l1 writing-background 0 Разве у всех нас не один Отец? Разве не один Бог создал нас? Малахия задаёт народу этот вопрос, чтобы напомнить людям то, что им уже было известно. Альтернативный перевод: "Вы знаете, что у нас есть один Отец - это Бог, Который нас сотворил" или "вы знаете, что Бог - Отец всех израильтян, потому что Он нас сотворил и сделал нас единым народом" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 10 q37t figs-rquestion 0 Разве не один Бог создал нас? Весто вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "ведь нас создал Бог" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 10 t4al 0 создал нас Речь, возможно, идёт о том, что Бог сформировал из евреев единый народ.
|
||||
MAL 2 10 rm21 figs-rquestion 0 Почему же мы вероломно поступаем друг против друга, нарушая этим завет наших праотцов? С помощью этого вопроса Малахия хочет обличить израильтян. Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "мы не должны поступать вероломно друг против друга и пренебрегать Божьим заветом" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 11 h25u figs-metonymy 0 Иуда поступает вероломно Иуда - это народ, проживающий в Иудее. О нём, не сохранившем верность Господу, говорится, как об одном человеке. Альтернативный перевод: "народ Иудеи поступает вероломно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 11 ef4l figs-activepassive 0 в Израиле и в Иерусалиме совершается мерзость Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "люди сосвершают мерзости в Израиле и в Иерусалиме" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 11 zbw5 figs-metonymy 0 Иуда унизил святыню Господа, и женился на дочери чужого бога Альтернативный перевод: "иудеи осквернили святыню Господа и вступили в завет с другим народом, чьи женщины поклоняются идолам" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 11 h7i9 figs-metonymy 0 has married the daughter of a foreign god The people of Judah are again referred to as if they were one man named “Judah.” Alternate translation: “have married women from other nations, women who worship idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAL 2 12 bxx3 figs-metaphor 0 Господь уничтожит в шатрах Иакова бодрствующего Или "пусть Господь истребит всех в шатрах Иакова" или "пусть Господь уничтожит каждого в Израиле" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 12 tkp6 figs-metaphor 0 в шатрах Иакова То есть "в обществе Израиля" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 12 f33m figs-metonymy 0 Иакова Под "Иаковом" подразумеваются все израильтяне, поскольку он был родоначальником всего еврейского народа (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 12 vdy5 figs-idiom 0 бодрствующего, отвечающего То есть "абсолютно всех" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 13 dt29 0 Общая информация: Малахия продолжает обращаться к израильтянам.
|
||||
MAL 2 13 sw3f figs-hyperbole 0 вы заставляете обливать слезами жертвенник Господа "Заставляете обливать слезами жертвенник" - это преувеличение. Господь знает, что люди плачут неискренно (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 13 rx8e figs-doublet 0 с рыданием и воплем Это синонимы, употребляющиеся вместе для усиления мысли. Альтернативный перевод: "с громкими рыданиями" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 13 gt5u figs-metonymy 0 так что Он уже не обращает внимания на приношение "Не обращает внимания" - значит "не принимает даров и не помогает тем, кто их приносит" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 13 lbk9 figs-explicit 0 так что Он уже не обращает внимания на приношение Имеется в виду, что приносят Господу жертвы те, кто рыдает у алтаря (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 13 y3lr figs-synecdoche 0 из ваших рук То есть "от вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 14 n6ul figs-ellipsis 0 Вы спросите: "За что?" Это продолжение мысли, начатой в [Малахия 2:13](../02/13.md). Можно объединить оба стиха и сказать: "Почему Он не обращает внимания на наши приношения и не принимает от нас жертв умилостивления?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 14 u2qp 0 женой твоей юности "женщиной, на которой ты женился, когда был молодым"
|
||||
MAL 2 14 xn6f writing-background 0 Господь был свидетелем между тобой и женой твоей юности Это предложение указывает, что женщина всё ещё жива (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAL 2 14 s3k3 figs-metaphor 0 свидетелем между тобой и женой твоей юности Свидетель - это очевидец конкретных событий (здесь - брачного соглашения). Он может выступить, когда две стороны имеют разногласия между собой. Малахия напоминает израильтянам, что Бог накажет всякого, кто нарушает супружеский завет (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 14 mz1q writing-background 0 она твоя подруга и твоя законная жена Из этого предложения ясно, что многие израильтяне разводились со своими жёнами (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 14 txe1 0 законная жена "жена, с которой ты вступил в законный брак"
|
||||
MAL 2 15 x1gi figs-rquestion 0 Разве Он не сделал того же единым, в ком находился превосходный дух? Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Ведь Он сделал мужа и жену одним целым и дал им Свой Дух" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 15 qfl1 writing-background 0 не сделал того же единым Имеется в виду, что Бог сдеал мужа и жену одной плотью. Альтернативный перевод: "Разве Он не сделал мужа и жену одной плотью?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 15 i3ny 0 потомство Речь идёт о потомках, чтущих Бога и повинующихся Ему.
|
||||
MAL 2 16 hp7z figs-abstractnouns 0 Если ты ненавидишь её, то отпусти, — говорит Господь Бог Израиля. — Обида покроет его одежду В другиих переводах этот стих звучит так: "Я ненавижу развод, – говорит Господь, Бог Израиля, - и того, кто поступает жестоко" (речь идёт о мужьях, применяющих насилие по отношению к своим жёнам) (прим. пер.).
|
||||
MAL 2 16 ly2g figs-idiom 0 Поэтому наблюдайте за вашим духом и не изменяйте "Поэтому оберегайте свой дух и не нарушайте супружеской верности".
|
||||
MAL 2 16 iv8h 0 So guard yourselves in your spirit and do not be faithless “So be careful to be loyal to your wife”
|
||||
MAL 2 17 ug3a figs-metaphor 0 Вы утомляете Господа Хотя здесь используется фраза "вы утомляете Господа", нужно принять во внимание, что Бог никогда не устаёт ни физически, ни душевно. Возможно, имеется в виду, что люди оскорбляют и раздражают Господа. Альтернативный перевод: "вы огорчаете Господа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 17 d6k5 figs-rquestion 0 Чем мы утомляем Его? Люди задают этот вопрос, чтобы опротестовать выдвинутое против них обвинение. Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "мы Его не утомляем" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 Тем, что говорите Можно учтонить: "Вы утомляете Его тем, что говорите" (Малахия отвечает на риторический вопрос) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 в глазах Господа "по мнению Господа"
|
||||
MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Где Бог правосудия? Священники используют этот вопрос, чтобы сказать, что Бог не заботится о том, поступают ли люди праведно или нечестиво и никогда не наказывает преступников за совершённое зло. Альтернативный перевод: "Бог не наказывает злых людей!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 Бог правосудия "Бог, справедливо наказывающий злодеев"
|
||||
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Малахия 03 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Мессия #####<br><br>В этой главе есть несколько пророчеств о Мессии и Его предшественнике. Иногда Михей говорит о первом пришествии Мессии, иногда - о втором (без чёткого разграничения между ними) (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]).<br><br>#### Изобразительные средства речи ####<br><br>##### Риторические вопросы #####<br><br>Здесь используется ряд риторических вопросов, цель которых состоит в том, чтобы убедить аудиторию в истинности чего-либо или же обличить Божий народ в его грехах (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]).<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Малахия 03:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | [>>](../04/intro.md)__
|
||||
MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 Общая информация: Господь снова обращается к народу Израиля (1-й стих). Со 2-го стиха начинает говорить Малахия.
|
||||
MAL 3 1 v6se 0 он приготовит путь передо Мной Подготовка народа к приходу Господа сравнивается с расчищением для Него дороги, по которой Он пойдёт (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 Господь, Которого вы ищете, и Ангел завета, Которого вы желаете В одних современных версиях этот стих звучит так, что в обоих частях фразы речь идёт об одной и той же личности, в других - не ясно, кто имеется в виду. Мы советуем придерживаться второго варианта (как в ULB и UDB).
|
||||
MAL 3 1 d1j7 0 Ангел завета Почти во всех версиях смысл данного выражения не ясен, хотя можно указать связь между "посланником" и "заветом". В UDB "посланник" - это личность, обещанная Богом Израилю. Эта Личность должна была или подтвердить существовавший завет, или учредить новый.
|
||||
MAL 3 1 w8yf 0 The messenger of the covenant Almost all versions leave ambiguous the sense of this expression. But translators may need to make explicit the relationship between “messenger” and “the covenant.” The UST presents “the messenger” as one promised by the covenant that Yahweh had with Israel. Another choice is to present the messenger as a person who will either confirm that covenant or announce a new covenant.
|
||||
MAL 3 2 f24j figs-rquestion 0 Кто выдержит день Его прихода, кто устоит, когда Он явится? Этот риторический вопрос подчёркивает мысль о том, что никто не сможет устоять в день, когда придёт Господь. Данную мысль можно изложить в виде двух отдельных вопросов: "Кто выдержит день Его прихода? Кто устоит, когда Он явится?" (прим. пер.) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 2 phd6 0 день Его прихода "во время Его прихода"
|
||||
MAL 3 2 z2xe figs-metaphor 0 кто устоит Имеется в виду "устоит против Его судов" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 2 iqv7 figs-simile 0 Ведь Он — как расплавляющий огонь и как очищающий щёлок В этом предложении объясняется причина, по которой никто не сможет перед Богом, когда Он вернётся. Божий суд и пресечение греховного образа жизни людей сравнивается с щёлочью, в которой стирают одежду, а также с огнём, переплавляющим металл. Другими словами, никто не сможет противостоять Божьей силе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 3 bxz3 figs-metaphor 0 очистит сыновей Левия Прощение Левия и их убеждение оставить всякий грех сравнивается с переплавкой металла. Альтернативный перевод: "Он исправит греховный образ жизни сыновей Левия и простит их за беззакония" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 3 tcd4 figs-metaphor 0 сыновей Левия Речь идёт о потомках Левия. Потомки мужского пола были священниками и служителями в храме (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 3 pfr2 figs-simile 0 Он сядет Здесь Господь сравнивается с кузнецом, который садится, чтобы очистить золото или серебро. Можно провести параллель с царём, который садится, чтобы судить людей и издавать указы (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 3 q9li figs-simile 0 переплавит их как золото и серебро "Переплавит" - значит "очистит от греха" (так же, как кузнец очищает золото и серебро от примесей) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 3 n3xs 0 чтобы они в праведности приносили жертву Господу "В праведности" - то есть "чтобы они приносили жертву Богу, руководствуясь праведными желаниями". Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы они приносили угодные Богу жертвы в знак своего поклонения".
|
||||
MAL 3 4 pj3s 0 Общая информация: В 4-м стихе говорит Малахия, а в 5-м - Господь.
|
||||
MAL 3 4 ws2l figs-metonymy 0 жертва Иуды и Иерусалима Под "Иудой и Иерусалимом" имеется в виду их население. Альтеративный перевод: "жертвы, приносимые жителями Иудеи и Иерусалима" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 4 y8h1 figs-parallelism 0 как в древние дни и в прежние годы Оба выражения синонимичны, но употребляются вместе для усиления мысли о том, что когда-то приношения иудеев были угодны Богу. Альтернативный перевод: "как в далёком прошлом" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 5 te3u figs-abstractnouns 0 Приду к вам для суда Или "приду, чтобы судить вас" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 5 dx2i 0 удерживает плату у наёмников "заставляет страдать наёмных работников, удерживая плату за их труд"
|
||||
MAL 3 5 k42e figs-explicit 0 отталкивает переселенцев То есть "лишает переселенцев их прав" (что сравнивается с физическим действием, когда один человек отталкивает от себя другого). Возможно, имеется в виду отвержение людей, желающих исправить свои ошибки. Альтернативный перевод: "лишать прав иноземцев, живущих в Израиле" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 6 tl2p 0 Общая информация: Господь продолжает обращаться к народу Израиля.
|
||||
MAL 3 6 mep4 0 не уничтожены "не погибли"
|
||||
MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor 0 Со времён ваших праотцов вы отступили от Моих законов и не соблюдаете их "вы не соблюдаете Моих постановлений со времён ваших предков"
|
||||
MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor 0 Вернитесь ко Мне, и Я вернусь к вам "Вернитесь" - значит "полюбите Меня и будьте Мне верны". Альтернативный перевод: "полюбите Меня, чтите Меня, и Я буду вам помогать" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion 0 Как нам вернуться? Люди задают этот вопрос, чтобы сказать, что они никогда не переставали слушаться Бога. Вместо вопроса можно испоьзовать утверждение: "Мы никогда не уходили от Тебя. Как мы можем к Тебе вернуться?" или "Мы никогда не отступали от Тебя! Как же Ты говоришь, чтобы мы к Тебе вернулись?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 8 w6x1 0 Общая информация: Господь продолжает обращаться к народу Израиля.
|
||||
MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion 0 Разве можно человеку обкрадывать Бога? Этот риторический вопрос указывает на то, что обкрадывать Бога очен нехорошо. Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Вы не должны Меня обкрадывать" или "никто не должен красть у Меня" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion 0 Чем обкрадываем Тебя? Этот вопрос указывает, что народ не считал себя виновным. Можно сказать: "мы никогда Тебя не обкрадывали" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit 0 Десятиной и приношениями Можно уточнить: "вы обкрадываете Меня, когда удерживаете десятины и приношения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 9 grs1 figs-activepassive 0 Проклятием вы прокляты Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Я непременно вас прокляну" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 9 mr47 0 вы, весь народ, обкрадываете Меня "весь ваш народ Меня обкрадывает"
|
||||
MAL 3 10 v6qw 0 Общая информация: Господь продолжает обращаться к народу Израиля.
|
||||
MAL 3 10 n4ch 0 ваши десятины "все ваши десятины"
|
||||
MAL 3 10 dmr8 figs-metaphor 0 чтобы в Моём доме Речь идёт о храме. Можно сказать: "чтобы в Моём храме" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 10 wcp4 figs-metaphor 0 и тем самым испытайте Меня,.. — Разве Я не открою для вас небесных отверстий Бог разрешает людям и побуждает их испытать Его. Альтернативный перевод: "если вы Меня испытаете,.. Я открою над вами небесные окна" или "Вы должны Меня испытать,.. Наблюдайте за тем, как Я открою над вами небесные окна" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 11 6f43 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
MAL 3 12 mfq1 figs-metaphor 0 Все народы будут называть вас счастливыми Все народы будут называть евреев счастливыми, потому что Бог их благословил. Альтернативный перевод: "все народы увидят, как вы благословлены" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 12 bvs1 figs-metonymy 0 Все народы Речь идёт о людях из всех стран мира. Можно сказать: "люди из всех нациий" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 12 rm7v figs-abstractnouns 0 желанной землёй "Желанной" - то есть землёй, в которой все люди буду хотеть жить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 13 l55w 0 Общая информация: С этого стиха в книге начинается новая часть. Здесь Господь обращается к народу Израиля.
|
||||
MAL 3 13 h229 figs-metaphor 0 Ваши слова дерзки для Меня "вы говорите обо Мне ужасные вещи", "то, что вы говорте обо Мне, - страшно"
|
||||
MAL 3 13 fv74 figs-rquestion 0 Вы спрашиваете: "Что мы говорим против Тебя? Люди задают этот вопрос, потому что не сичтают себя виновными в чём-либо. Вместо вопроса можно использовать утверждение: "Мы ничего не говорили против Тебя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 14 hnv8 figs-rquestion 0 "Наше служение Богу напрасно. Какая польза от того, что мы соблюдали Его законы и ходили перед Господом Саваофом в одеждах печали?" Это риторический вопрос. Альтернативный перевод: "Напрасно мы исполняли Божьи уставы и ходили перед Ним в траурной одежде" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 14 j6y1 figs-metaphor 0 ходили перед Господом Саваофом в одеждах печали Или "в одежде скорбящих" (скорее всего, люди оплакивали свои грехи) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 14 n7bs figs-metaphor 0 перед Господом Саваофом Имеется в виду, что Бог знал обо всём, что делали люди (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 15 maa8 figs-metaphor 0 мы надменных считаем счастливыми "мы считаем гордых благословенными"
|
||||
MAL 3 15 a55n figs-activepassive 0 надменных считаем счастливыми Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "мы говорим, что гордые имеют больше благословений" (по сравнению сво всеми остальными) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 15 e45r figs-explicit 0 остаются целыми "не наказываются Богом" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 16 e2b8 0 Общая информация: События, описанные далее, должны были произойти после покаяния народа Израиля в его грехах.
|
||||
MAL 3 16 le6y 0 перед Ним пишется памятная книга о боящихся Господа и чтущих Его имя Возможные значения: 1) израильтяне написали книгу, чтобы помнить о данных Богу обещаниях. В ней были перечислены имена людей, чтущих Господа; 2) речь идёт о книге, написанной на Небесах, где перечислялись имена всех людей, боявшихся Бога.
|
||||
MAL 3 16 tdq5 figs-abstractnouns 0 памятная книга Это книга, где были записаны события прошлого (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 16 b8vc figs-metonymy 0 чтущих Его имя "Его имя" - то есть "Его" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 17 em21 0 Они будут Моими "они будут Моим народом"
|
||||
MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 Моей собственностью Или "Моим владением". Вместо существительного можно использовать глагол: "они будут всецело Мне принадлежать" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
MAL 3 17 pp17 0 в тот день, который Я создам Речь идёт о времени Божьих судов над восставшим против Него Израилем. Господь вознаградит тех, кто сохранил Ему верность.
|
||||
MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 увидите разницу "увидите различия"
|
||||
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Малахия 04 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Последние дни #####<br><br>Скорее всего, евреи считали, что пророчество о "последних днях" относилось к их ближайшему будущему, хотя, на самом деле, речь в нём идёт исключительно о последних Божьих судах (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]).<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Малахия 04:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) | __
|
||||
MAL 4 1 q73f 0 Придёт день, пылающий как печь Бедствия судного дня сравниваются с огнём, горящим в печи (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 надменные и поступающие беззаконно См. перевод в [Малахия 3:15](../03/15.md).
|
||||
MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 все надменные и поступающие беззаконно будут подобны соломе Гордецы и беззаконники подобны засохшим растениям, годным только для сожжения. В Библии люди часто сравниваются с какими-либо растениями или деревьями. Альтернативный перевод: "все высокомерные и все злодеи сгорят, как сухие растения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 1 i1qy figs-metaphor 0 Их спалит предстоящий день Речь идёт о событиях, которые произойдут в тот день. Альтернативный перевод: "в тот день Я спалю их" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 1 f4xr figs-metonymy 0 так что не оставит у них ни корня, ни ветвей Метафора с растениями и деревьями продолжается. Лишиться корней и ветвей - значит "погибнуть". Альтернативный перевод: "от них ничего не останется" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 1 x4ll figs-merism 0 it will leave them neither root nor branch This expression continues to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. So being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAL 4 2 tqe5 figs-metonymy 0 А для вас, трепещущих перед Моим именем "Перед Моим именем" - значит "передо Мной" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 2 jc14 0 взойдёт солнце правды и исцеление в его лучах Возможные значения: 1) в тот день праведный Господь исцелит Свой народ; 2) в тот день Бог откроет праведность народа и исцелит его.
|
||||
MAL 4 2 p4nc figs-abstractnouns 0 исцеление в его лучах Возможные значения: 1) солнце приносит исцеление людям на своих крыльях; 2) люди получают исцеление под надёжными Божьими крыльями (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 2 n991 figs-metaphor 0 в его лучах В древности жители Ближнего востока считали, что у солнца есть крылья, с помощью которых оно перемещалось по небу. Возможные значения: 1) лучи солнца сравниваются с крыльями; 2) речь идёт о Божьем покрове ("крыльях"), дарующем людям мир и безопасность (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 2 is44 figs-simile 0 Вы выйдете и разыграетесь, как упитанные телята Искупленный народ Господа сравнивается с телятами, выпущенными из стойл на пастбище (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 3 cn2r figs-metaphor 0 Вы будете топтать грешных, потому что они станут пылью под стопами ваших ног в тот день Победители из народа Божьего будут топтать обожжённые тела своих врагов (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 3 f8ct 0 они станут пылью Здесь враги Израиля сравниваются с прахом. См. ([Малахия 4:1](../04/01.md)).
|
||||
MAL 4 4 if2v figs-abstractnouns 0 Помните Закон Моего раба Моисея, который Я заповедал ему Абстрактное существительное "закон" можно заменить глаголом: "помните, чему Я научил Моего раба Моисея" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 4 td5c 0 Помните "вникните", "подчинитесь"
|
||||
MAL 4 4 n5dr 0 на Хориве Речь идёт о горе Синай.
|
||||
MAL 4 4 r85g figs-metonymy 0 для всего Израиля То есть для всего народа, живущего в Израиле (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
MAL 4 4 arq6 0 уставы Речь идёт обо всех Божьих постановлениях, навеки данных Израилю.
|
||||
MAL 4 4 l5p2 0 правила Это предписания, помогающие понять, как законы применялись к повседневной жизни.
|
||||
MAL 4 5 cnc1 figs-metaphor 0 перед наступлением дня Господа, великого и страшного "до наступления судного дня - великого и страшного"
|
||||
MAL 4 5 s6ig 0 дня Господа, великого и страшного Речь идёт о любых Божьих судах, когда Господь действует решительно и непоколебимо.
|
||||
MAL 2 1 56a7 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
MAL 4 6 kql7 figs-metaphor 0 Он повернёт сердца отцов к детям и сердца детей к их отцам "Повернёт сердца" - значит "изменит отношения" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 897.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Введение в книгу пророка Наума #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие характеристики ##<br><br>#### Структура книги ####<br><br>1. Введение (1:1)<br>1. Господь уничтожит Своих врагов (1:2-15)<br>1. Наум описывает падение Ниневии (2:1–3:19)<br><br>#### О чём эта книга? ####<br><br>В книге пророка Наума содержится предсказание и описание Божьего суда над Ниневией. <br><br>Ниневия была столицей Ассирийской империи. Ассирийцы уже покорили Северное Израильское царство, после чего начали угрожать Южному Иудейскому царству. Пророчество даёт надежду Иудее, что ассирийцы потерпят поражение.<br><br>#### Как переводить заголовок книги? ####<br><br>Как правило, заголовок перводится так: "Книга Наума" или просто "Наум". Но также его можно перевести как "Пророчество Наума" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>#### Кто был автором данного пророчества? ####<br><br>Скорее всего, её написал Наум - пророк из неизвестного города Елкосеи (который, вероятно, находился в Иудее). <br><br>Наум пророчествовал до падении Ниневии в 612 г. до нашей эры. Он также говорил о разрушении Фив (столицы Египта), которое произошло около 663 г. до н.э. Следовательно, книга пророка Наума была написана где-то между 663 и 612 годами до н.э. (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]).<br><br>## Часть 2: Религиозный и культурный контекст пророчества ##<br><br>#### Какое значение имеет описание саранчи в 3:15–17? ####<br><br>В древности нападения саранчи на Ближний Восток происходили довольно часто. Её рои были огромны. Насекомых было так много, что от них темнело небо и они закрывали собой солнечный свет. В основном нападение саранчи происходило в долгие периоды засухи. Обычно саранча нападала на оставшуюся зелень и скудные посевы. Её невозможно было остановить, и она причиняла огромный ущерб. Именно поэтому нападение могущественных армий сравнивалось в Ветхом завете с нападением саранчи.<br><br>В древнееврейском языке использовались разные слова для обозначения этих насекомых. Неясно, указывают ли они на конкретные виды саранчи или отдельные стадии развития насекомого. По этой причине перевод в разных библейских версиях может быть разным.<br><br>## Часть 3: Трудности перевода ##<br><br>#### Какие чувства можно проследить у действующих лиц пророчества? ####<br><br>Когда Наум обращался к Израильтянам, мы слышим слово утешения.<br><br>Когда Господь и Его пророк высвобождали слово против ниневитян, слышится сарказм, похожий на насмешки завоевателей над побеждёнными.<br><br>При переводе очень важно передать чувства говорящих: как желание утешить, так и желание осмеять.
|
||||
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Наум 01 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Оформление главы ####<br><br>В некоторых версиях длинные цитаты, молитвы и песни печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо. В ULB, как и в некоторых других версиях, так может быть оформлена вся книга пророка Наума (за исключением 1-го стиха 1-й главы), потому она представляет собой пророчество, изложенное в поэтической форме (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]).<br><br>Несмотря на то, что в книге три главы, на самом деле, это одно пространное пророчество. <br><br>#### Важные концепции ####<br><br>##### Божий гнев против Ниневии #####<br><br>Настоящую книгу нужно читать вместе с пророчеством Ионы, в котором рассказывается, как жители Ниневии (ассирийской столицы) покаялись, когда Иона сказал, что Бог их накажет. Пророчество Наума было написано спустя сто лет после пророчества Ионы. В нём говорилось, что Бог покарает ассирийцев - но только после того, как они будут использованы в Его целях. Вполне очевидно, что речь идёт о мести и гневе Господа, однако они не такие, как у людей, потому что не носят греховного характера (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]).<br><br>##### Полное разрушение #####<br><br>Во время появления данного пророчества Ассирия контролировала почти весь Ближний Восток. Наум предсказал, что ассирийцы будут уничтожены и перестанут существовать как нация. Это пророчество сбылось очень внезапно.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Наум 01:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br>* __[Наум intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 Общая информация: Наум в поэтической форме описывает разрушение Самарии (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 Пророчество о Ниневии. Книга видений Наума из Елкосеи Это вступительные слова. Предложения можно объединить и распространить: "В этой книге передаётся видение Наума из Елкосеи, и это пророчество о Ниневии" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 из Елкосеи Наум был уроженцем селения Елкосея (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 2 z2vj figs-metaphor 0 Общая информация: Наум начинает говорить о Божьем суде над врагами Его народа и о спасении Его избранников. В видении используется большое количество метафор и параллелизмов (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 2 krb6 0 Господь Или "Яхве" - именно под таким именем Бог открывался ветхозавеным людям. См. страницу translationWord о том, как нужно переводить это слово.
|
||||
NAM 1 2 z8hx 0 страшен в гневе "страшен, когда гневается"
|
||||
NAM 1 2 a6fz 0 Господь мстит Своим врагам "Господь будет мстить Своим врагам"
|
||||
NAM 1 3 t8dj 0 долготерпелив "не сразу гневается"
|
||||
NAM 1 3 e2y8 figs-litotes 0 не оставляет без наказания Вместо отрицания можно использовать утверждение: "всегда наказывает беззаконников" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 3 du22 figs-explicit 0 Господь идёт в вихре и буре, и облако — это пыль от Его ног Библейские авторы часто сравнивали Божье присутствие с сильной бурей. Наум говорит, что Бог, идущий судить людей, шествует в вихре и поднимает с земли облака пыли (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 3 l5ed 0 это пыль от Его ног "от Его ног поднимается пыль"
|
||||
NAM 1 4 lh7c 0 Общая информация: Наум продолжает говорить, что Бог будет судить Своих врагов и спасёт Свой народ.
|
||||
NAM 1 4 n6m5 figs-explicit 0 Вянут Васан и Кармил, блекнет цветок на Ливане "Вянут" - значит "высыхают". Васан был известен своими хорошими пастбищами, где люди пасли крупный и мелкий скот. Кармил - это гора, заросшая фруктовыми садами. Снег, сходящий с Ливанских гор, делал это место очень плодородным. Альтернативный перевод: "Увядают пастбища в Васане, гибнут сады на горе Кармил, блекнут цветы на Ливане" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 5 cg1v figs-metaphor 0 холмы тают Возможные значения: 1) землетрясение разрушает холмы, и они как будто тают; 2) потоки воды стекают по холмам во время бурь и разрушают их (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 5 f3dl 0 земля колеблется Возможные значения: 1) горы и холмы трясутся; 2) вся земля сильно трясётся.
|
||||
NAM 1 5 w6mf figs-ellipsis 0 перед Ним — как вселенная, так и всё живущее в ней Под "вселенной" имеются в виду жители земли. Пропущенное слово понятно из предыдущей фразы. Альтернативный перевод: "земля трясётся, и вместе с ней трясутся живущие на ней люди" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 6 f6ms 0 Общая информация: Наум продолжает говорить о Господе, приходящем со Своим судом к врагам и спасающем Свой народ.
|
||||
NAM 1 6 pb6q figs-parallelism 0 Кто устоит перед Его негодованием? И кто стерпит пламя Его гнева? Это два синонимичных риторических вопроса. Вместо вопросов можно использовать утверждение: "Никто не сможет устоять перед Его негодованием и никто не сможет стерпеть пламя Его гнева" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 6 s5dd 0 пламя Его гнева "силу Его ярости" или "шквал Его гнева"
|
||||
NAM 1 6 b6tk figs-metaphor 0 Его гнев изливается как огонь Здесь Божий гнев сравнивается с огненной жидкостью. Здесь можно употребить дейсвительный залог: "Он изливает Свой гнев, как лаву" или "Он обрушивает огненный шквал Своего гнева" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 6 s5l3 figs-activepassive 0 Скалы распадаются перед Ним Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Он раскалывает скалы" или "скалы рассыпаются от Его присутствия" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 7 vrf3 figs-metaphor 0 прибежище в день бедствия, знает надеющихся на Него Наум сравнивает Бога с убежищем, где люди могут скрыться от тех, кто хочет им навредить. Они верят, что Бог их защитит, потому что Он подобен безопасному месту (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 7 z4wh 0 в день бедствия "Во времена бедствий" или "когда приходит беда". Это обобщение, указывающее на неопределённый отрезок времени.
|
||||
NAM 1 8 uz38 figs-idiom 0 Но Он до основания разрушит Ниневию "До основания" - значит "полностью". Имеется в виду, что Бог уничтожит жителей Ниневии. Альтернативный перевод: "Он поностью уничтожит всех Своих врагов" или "Он истребит всех ниневитян" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 8 b39g figs-metaphor 0 наводнением Наум говорит, что Божий суд неизбежен и подобен наводнению (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 8 n11u figs-metonymy 0 Его врагов будет преследовать мрак Под "мраком" имеется в виду преисподняя, наполненная мертвыми. Наум говорит, что Бог будет преследовать Своих врагов и уничтожит их, погрузив во мрак. Альтернативный перевод: "все Его враги погибнут" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 9 mz66 0 Общая информация: Наум говорит жителям Ниневии, какая участь их ждёт.
|
||||
NAM 1 9 c1lk figs-rquestion 0 Что вы замышляете против Господа? Этот риторический вопрос указывает на то, что тщетно составлять злые планы против Господа. Альтернативный перевод: "Бесполезно что-либо замышлять против Господа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 9 v6h3 figs-idiom 0 Он совершит уничтожение Или "Он не позволит осуществиться вашим замыслам", "Он разрушит все ваши планы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 9 d3wc figs-metonymy 0 бедствие уже не повторится Возможные значения: 1) речь идёт о Божьей каре, которая больше не обрушится на народ. АП: "Бог не накажет вас во второй раз"; 2) имеются в виду беды, которые народ сам на себя навлёк, выступив против Бога. АП: "вы не сможете причинить вред во второй раз" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 10 fkc6 figs-metaphor 0 Общая информация: Наум использует метафоры, чтобы показать людям, что Бог уничтожит Своим огнём всех, кто сговаривается против Него (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 10 ip7l figs-metaphor 0 переплетённые между собой, как терновник У этой метафоры есть следующие возможные значения: 1) люди, сговаривающиеся против Господа, не смогут освободиться от бедствий, потому что они опутают их, как терновник; 2) Господь стремительно уничтожит тех, кто сговаривается против Него. Он свяжет этих людей между собой и сожжёт так же, как связывают колючки и бросают их в огонь (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 10 x8il figs-metaphor 0 и напившиеся, как пьяницы Возможные значения: 1) те, кто сговаривается против Господа, пострадают от последствий своих планов, и это будет подобно алкогольному отравлению; 2) всех, кто сговаривался против Господа, Бог сокрушит так же, как пьяный крушит всё в округе.
|
||||
NAM 1 10 tg7c figs-metaphor 0 будут как сухая солома Наум сравнивает Божий всепоглощающий гнев, изливающийся на Его противников, с огнём, сжигающим сухую солому. Альтернативный перевод: "они сгорят в огне так же быстро, как сгорает сухая солома" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 10 7b0c полностью пожраны "Пожраны" - то есть "сожжены". Можно сказать: "они, как сухая солома, будут полностью сожжены" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 11 ee38 0 советует беззаконное склоняет людей к нечестию
|
||||
NAM 1 12 p1bp 0 Общая информация: Господь говорит израильтянам об их врагах.
|
||||
NAM 1 12 uyz9 0 Хоть они мирные и многочисленные Речь идёт или об ассирийцах, или о ниневитянах.
|
||||
NAM 1 12 p6cc figs-metaphor 0 они будут отсечены Бог сранивает гибель врагов Израиля с обрезанием ветвей. Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Я всё равно их уничтожу" или "Я их отсеку" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 13 qfl7 figs-metaphor 0 Теперь Я сломаю его ярмо, лежащее на тебе, и разорву твои цепи Бог сравнивает вражеский гнёт с ярмом и цепями, которые Он уничтожит. Альтернативный перевод: "Я освобожу тебя от врагов, и они больше не будут тебя угнетать" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 14 en7t figs-metaphor 0 Уничтожу идолов и языческих божеств в доме твоего бога "В доме твоего бога" - значит "в твоих капищах". Можно сказать: "Я уничтожу статуи твоих богов в их капищах" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 Приготовлю тебе в нём могилу Господь говорит, что похоронит их в могилах, которые Сам для них выкопал. Альтернативный перевод: "Я Сам выкопаю для вас могилы и похороню вас в них" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 Вот на горах ноги возвещающего Радостную Весть, возвещающего мир Под "ногами благовестника" имеется в виду человек, провозглашающий радостную весть. Альтернативный перевод: "Смотрите, вот по горам идёт гонец, несущий радостную весть" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
NAM 1 15 l31d 0 грешник... он Наум говорит о жителях Ниневии, как об одном человеке.
|
||||
NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 ведь он совсем уничтожен Здесь можно употребить действитеьлный залог: "Господь полностью его уничтожил" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Наум 02 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Оформление главы ####<br><br>В некоторых версиях длинные цитаты, молитвы и песни печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо. В ULB, как и в некоторых других версиях, так может быть оформлена вся книга пророка Наума (за исключением 1-го стиха 1-й главы), потому она представляет собой пророчество, изложенное в поэтической форме (см. rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet).<br><br>Несмотря на то, что в книге три главы, на самом деле, это одно пространное пророчество.<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Полное уничтожение #####<br><br>Во время появления данного пророчества Ассирия контролировала почти весь Ближний Восток. Наум предсказал, что ассирийцы будут уничтожены и перестанут существовать как нация. Это пророчество сбылось очень внезапно. В некоторых стихах настоящей главы описывается крайне жестокая участь, постигшая Ассирию. При перводе жестоких моментов не следует употреблять эвфемизмы.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Наум 02:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__
|
||||
NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 Общая информация: Пророчество Наума написано в поэтической форме. В еврейской поэзии могут встречаться разные виды параллелизма. Здесь пророк начинает говорить о разрушении Ниневии (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 Разрушитель Наум использует слово, ассоциирующееся с военачальником и его армией, которая сокрушает своих противников, как глиняные сосуды, и разбрасывает их черепки. Альтернативный перевод: "твой уничтожитель" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 1 m6by 0 поднимается на тебя Или "атакует". Можно сказать: "готовится напасть на тебя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 1 ahz9 figs-idiom 0 охраняй крепости, стереги дорогу, приготовься, собирайся с силами Наум призивает жителей Ниневии приготовиться к сражению (хотя понимает, что враги всё равно одержат над ними победу) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 1 v7ei figs-irony 0 стереги дорогу Пророк говорит жителям Ниневии расставить вдоль дорог охранные посты, чтобы знать о наступлении врага.
|
||||
NAM 2 1 cpd7 figs-explicit 0 собирайся с силами Это идиома, означающая "приготовься действовать" (речь идёт о военной кампании). Альтернативный перевод: "приготовься к войне" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 1 zt4z 0 guard the roads This refers to having soldiers watch the roads leading to the city so that they can keep track of the enemy’s approach.
|
||||
NAM 2 1 l226 figs-idiom 0 make yourselves strong This is an idiom that means to prepare oneself for action. Here it applies to military action. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves for battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
NAM 2 2 u4fb figs-metonymy 0 Ведь Господь восстановит величие Иакова как величие Израиля Под "Иаковом" и "Израилем" имеются в виду потомки этого человека. Возможные значения: 1) под "Иаковом" подразумевается Южное Иудейское царство, а под "Израилем" - Северное Израильское царство. Альтернативный перевод: "Господь восстановит могущество Иудеи так же, как Он обещал восстановить величие Израиля"; 2) "Иаков" и "Израиль" указывают на весь Божий народ (как Иудею, ак и Израиль) (оба выражения синонимичны). Альтернативный перевод: "Господь восстановит величие Своего народа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 2 wmm6 0 опустошители те, кто силой отбирал их имущество во время войны
|
||||
NAM 2 2 i6w3 figs-metaphor 0 уничтожили их виноградные ветви Возможные значения: 1) это метафора, указывающая на то, что ассирийцы расхитили имущество израильтян, как если бы народ был виноградной лозой, ветви которой оборвали и обобрали. Альтернативный перевод: "разграбили всё их имущество так же, как обрывают плоды с виноградных ветвей"; 2) "виноградные ветви" - это синекдоха, указывающая на сельскохозяйственные поля. Альтернативный перевод: "уничтожили все их посевы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 3 sal2 0 Щит его героев красен Возможные значения: 1) металлические щиты казались красными, потому что блестели на солнце; 2) щиты были обтянуты красной кожей.
|
||||
NAM 2 3 tt35 0 его героев То есть воинов, которые разрушат Ниневию. См. ([Наум 2:1](../02/01.md)).
|
||||
NAM 2 3 shs8 0 колесницы сверкают огнём Скорее всего, речь идёт о том, что металлические колесницы врага сверкали на солнце.
|
||||
NAM 2 3 i6a3 figs-activepassive 0 В день приготовления к бою Можно сказать: "когда солдаты готовятся к битве" или "когда воины готовятся к атаке".
|
||||
NAM 2 3 jtg2 figs-activepassive 0 и лес копий волнуется Или "воины размахивают своими копьями".
|
||||
NAM 2 3 b24s translate-unknown 0 лес копий В некоторых переводах вместо сочетания "лес копий" используется выражение "кипарисовые копья". Кипарис - это дерево, чья древесина использовалась для изготовения некоторых частей оружия (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 4 l7yi 0 По улицам несутся колесницы "колесницы противника с огромной скоростью несутся по улицам города"
|
||||
NAM 2 4 m4y1 figs-simile 0 От них блеск как от огня Наум сравнивает свет от сверкающих на солнце колесниц со светом горящих факелов (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 4 vee1 figs-simile 0 сверкают как молния Пророк сравнивает блеск и скорость колесниц противника с блеском и скоростью молний (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 5 c6g1 figs-metaphor 0 Он вызывает своих храбрых Речь идёт об армии захватчиков, чей предводитель сокрушит Ниневию, как глиняный сосуд. Альтернативный перевод: "Царь Ассирии собирает своих лучших воинов" (прим. пер.).
|
||||
NAM 2 5 frd3 figs-abstractnouns 0 при ходьбе Существительно "хотьба" можно заменить глаголом: "когда маршируют" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 5 s3zw figs-activepassive 0 Спешат на стены города, но осада уже установлена В других преводах этот стих звучит так: "они устремляются к городской стене, и, закрываясь щитами, готовят таран" (прим. пер.).
|
||||
NAM 2 5 t834 0 The large shield This refers to a large cover that those who besieged a city would set up over themselves and their battering rams to protect themselves against the arrows and other projectiles with which the people in the city would attack them.
|
||||
NAM 2 6 l4xl figs-activepassive 0 Речные ворота открываются Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "вражеская сила открывает речные ворота" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 6 bi3c 0 Речные ворота Речь идёт о заграждениях, установленных на реке для управления её течением.
|
||||
NAM 2 7 v7es figs-activepassive 0 Решено: она будет обнажена и отведена в плен Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "враги разденуут царицу Ниневии и отведут её в плен" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 7 x5zy translate-unknown 0 Решено: она будет обнажена и отведена в плен Неясно, о ком идёт речь. Возможные значения: 1) здесь говорится о царице Ниневии. Враги разденут её, чтобы унизить, а потом отведут в плен; 2) имеется в виду богиня ниневитян, с чьей статуи снимут всё золото и серебро и отнесут его в другую страну (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 7 wzf8 0 её рабыни будут стонать, как голуби Стоны рабынь сравниваются со звуками, издаваемыми голубями.
|
||||
NAM 2 7 c3va 0 её рабыни Речь идёт или о рабынях царицы Ниневии, или о жрицах богини ниневитян.
|
||||
NAM 2 7 ya8w translate-symaction 0 ударяя себя в грудь Этот жест являлся выражением глубокой скорби (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 8 awl5 figs-simile 0 Ниневия от начала своего существования была как пруд, наполненный водой, а они бегут Или "Ниневия стала словно прорванный водоём, из которого хлынула вода" (прим. пер.). Наум сравнивает бегущих из города ниневитян с водой, прорвавшейся сквозь плотину (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 9 e4pv figs-apostrophe 0 Расхищайте серебро, расхищайте золото! Нет конца запасам всяких драгоценных вещей Не ясно, кто произносит эти слова. Возможно, Наум обращается к захватчикам, или же это враги разговаривают между собой (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 9 t4z8 0 Расхищайте серебро, расхищайте золото! "Расхищайте" - значит "отбирайте", "грабьте" (речь идёт о грабительстве во время войны). Альтернативный перевод: "Забирайте золото и серебро!" или "Хватайте золото, отбирайте серебро!"
|
||||
NAM 2 9 tli3 figs-hyperbole 0 Нет конца запасам Это преувеличение, указывающее на огромное количество чего-либо. Альтернативный перевод: "запасов очень много" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 9 sn5k figs-ellipsis 0 Нет конца запасам всяких драгоценных вещей Речь идёт о золоте, серебре и других сокровищах Ниневии. Можно сказать: "нет конца великолепным сокровищам Ниневии" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 10 dib5 figs-metaphor 0 и тает сердце "Тает сердце" - значит "люди утратили всякое мужество, и их тело обмякло, как расплавленный воск". Альтернативный перевод: "ни у кого не стало смелости" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 10 haf9 0 трясутся колени Это происходит из-за неконтролируемого страха. Колени ниневитян тряслись так сильно, что люди не могли ни стоять, ни ходить.
|
||||
NAM 2 11 as2e figs-metaphor 0 Общая информация: В этом стихе Наум сравнивает жителей Ниневии со львами, а Ниневию - с их логовом. В следующем стихе львы - это ассирийцы, покоряющие и грабящие другие народы так же, как львы, нападающие на свою добычу и уносящие её в своё логово (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 11 n3ki figs-rquestion 0 Где теперь логово львов и то поле для львят, по которому ходил лев, львица и львёнок, и никто не пугал их? Наум использует риторический вопрос, чтобы осмеять Ниневию, которая была в руинах. Альтернативный перевод: "Посмотрите, что стало с логовом львов и полем для львят, по которому ходил лев, львица и львёнок, и никто не пугал их!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 12 f91d figs-explicit 0 душащий для своих львиц Обычно львы хватают свою жертву за горло и перегрызают его. Альтернативный перевод: "убивающий своих жертв для львиц" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 12 f3cw figs-parallelism 0 наполняющий добычей свои пещеры и свои логова — похищенным Обе фразы означают одно и то же. Можно вставить глагол во вторую фразу: "наполняющий свои пещеры добычей и приносящий в своё логово растерзанных животных" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 13 hg33 0 Я — на тебя! — Говорит Господь Саваоф "Знай: Я против тебя! - говорит Господь Воинств".
|
||||
NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 меч пожрёт твоих львят Под "мечом" имеются в виду воины, сражающиеся с мечами в руках. Они савниваются с хищниками, пожирающими своих жертв. Наум продолжает сравнивать жителей Ниневии со львами. Альтернативный перевод: "злоумышленники убьют твой народ мечами" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 уничтожу на земле твою добычу Господь сравнивает ниневитян со львами, на которых охотятся другие народы. Возможные значения слова "добыча": 1) речь идёт о имуществе, отнятом Ниневией у других народов, которое Господь хочет отобрать. Альтернативный перевод: "Я заберу из твоей земли добычу, которую ты отнимал у других народов"; 2) под "добычей" имеются в виду народы, которые были ограблены ниневитянами. Бог больше не позволит Ниневии заниматься разбоем. Альтернативный перевод: "убийствам твоим положу конец", "ты больше никогда не будешь преследовать никого на земле" (прим. пер.) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 и больше не будет слышен голос твоих вестников Скорее всего, речь идёт о сборщиках дани, которые Ассирия отправляла в другие страны. Здесь можно употребить действителный залог: "никто больше не услышит голоса твоих послов" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Наум 03 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Оформление главы ####<br><br>В некоторых версиях длинные цитаты, молитвы и песни печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо. В ULB, как и в некоторых других версиях, так может быть оформлена вся книга пророка Наума (за исключением 1-го стиха 1-й главы), потому она представляет собой пророчество, изложенное в поэтической форме (см. rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet).<br><br>Несмотря на то, что в книге три главы, на самом деле, это одно пространное пророчество.<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Эвфемизмы #####<br><br>В этой главе есть много стихов с описанием жестокости ассирийцев. При переводе подобных мест важно избегать какого-либо смягчения. Даже если в тексте есть гиперболы, читатель не должен их чувствовать, ведь Наум не пытался изобразить ситуацию преувеличенно (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]).<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Наум 03:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | __
|
||||
NAM 3 1 kar1 writing-poetry 0 Общая информация: Пророчество Наума было написано в поэтической форме. В еврейской поэзии часто использовались разные виды параллелизмов. В этой главе Наум продолжает описывать разрушение Ниневии (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 городу кровопролития Речь идёт об убийцах, проливающих кровь. Альтернативный перевод: "городу, наполненному убийствами" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 Он весь полон обмана "Обмана" - то есть "лжецов". Альтернативный перевод: "Он весь полон обманщиков" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 2 n52r 0 Слышны хлопки кнута, стук колёс, топот скачущего коня и грохот мчащейся колесницы Наум описывает, как вражеский колесницы с грохотом несутся по улицам Ниневии и как возницы хлыстами погоняют своих лошадей.
|
||||
NAM 3 3 isx6 figs-parallelism 0 Множество убитых и груды трупов Обе фразы передают один и тот же смысл: мёртвых тел так много, что враги сваливают их в кучи (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 3 xle9 0 труп Мёртвое тело человека или животного.
|
||||
NAM 3 3 k9um figs-hyperbole 0 нет конца трупам "Нет конца" - это преувеличение, указывающее на огромное количество погибших. Альтернативный перевод: "невозможно сосчитать всех убитых" или "трупов бесчисленное количество" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 4 x2uc figs-metaphor 0 Это — за многие распутства проститутки приятной наружности Наум сравнивает Ниневию, заставлявшую другие народы ей подчиниться, с проституткой, совращающе мужчин своей красотой (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 4 zv4s figs-metaphor 0 умелой в колдовстве Наум сравнивает Ниневию с искусной колдуньей, налагающей чары на людей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 4 b3x1 figs-explicit 0 которая своим распутством продаёт народы, и своим колдовством — племена Имеется в виду, что Ниневия занималась работорговлей. Она использовала всю свою красоту, власть и вляние для того, чтобы порабощать другие народы. Альтернативный перевод: "которая своей продажностью и манипуляцией порабощала другие народы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 5 u83r 0 Я — на тебя! "Послушай, что Я тебе скажу: Я против тебя!"
|
||||
NAM 3 5 x2lm figs-metaphor 0 Подниму на твоё лицо края твоей одежды, покажу народам твою наготу Речь идёт об обычае унижать проституток, публично их раздевая. Здесь продолжается сравнение Ниневии с продажной женщиной. Альтернативный перевод: "Я унижу тебя при всех, как унижают проститутку, когда поднимают её юбку и показывают всем её наготу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 5 qx5d figs-ellipsis 0 и царствам — твою срамоту Наум объясняет причину, по которой Господь откроет наготу Ниневии. Пропущенный глагол понятен из предыдущей фразы. Альтернативный перевод: "Я покажу всем царствам твой позор" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 6 s894 translate-symaction 0 Забросаю тебя мерзостями Речь идёт о помоях. Бросать помоями в человека было признаком крайнего презрения. Альтернативный перевод: "Я вылью на тебя всё Моё презрение, как выливают помои" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 7 wgg3 figs-rquestion 0 Кто пожалеет о ней? Этот риторический вопрос усиливает отрицательный ответ. Альтернативный перевод: "никто не будет лить по ней слёзы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 7 ysl2 figs-rquestion 0 Где я найду для тебя утешителей? Господь использует данный вопрос, чтобы сказать, что никто не сможет утешить Ниневию. Можно сказать: "Не найдётся для тебя утешителей" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 8 v76u figs-metonymy 0 Общая информация: Наум говорит о жителях Ниневии как о городе (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 8 ii6k figs-rquestion 0 Разве ты лучше Но-Аммона, находящегося между реками, окружённого водой В других переводах этот стих звучит так: "Разве ты лучше Фив - города, находящегося у реки Нил?" (прим. пер.). Этот риторический вопрос усиливает отрицательный ответ. Альтернативный перевод: "Разве ты лучше Фебеса, стоящего на реке Нил и окружённого водой? " (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 8 c7qr translate-names 0 Но-Аммон Или "Фивы", "Фебес" - столица Египта, покорённая Ассирией (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 8 w92b 0 находящегося между реками "построенного у реки Нил"
|
||||
NAM 3 8 a2y2 figs-metaphor 0 валом которого было море и море служило его стеной Обе фразы передают один и тот же смысл. Под "морем" имеется в виду река Нил, у берегов которой был построен этот город. Наум сравнивает Нил с городской стеной, охраняющей город. Альтернативный перевод: "Оградой ему служил Нил, крепостной стеной – вода" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 9 ega5 0 Эфиопия и Египет с бесчисленным множеством других служили ему подкреплением "Эфиопия и Египет были подкреплением для Фив" или "Эфиопия и Египет были союзниками Фив".
|
||||
NAM 3 9 knv4 figs-hyperbole 0 с бесчисленным множеством Это преувеличение. указывающее на огромную силу Эфиопии и Египта. Можно сказать: "их сила была огромной" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 9 c9nd translate-names 0 Копты и ливийцы Речь идёт о народах Северной Африки, живущих близ Фив (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 10 h5f5 figs-metonymy 0 Общая информация: Наум продолжает говорить о Ниневии, имея в виду её жителей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 10 jt2a figs-metonymy 0 Но и он был переселён "Он" - то есть его население. Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "но враги переселили его жителей" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 10 h6s7 figs-metonymy 0 пошёл в плен Речь идёт о жителях Фив. Альтернативный перевод: "население Фив было уведено в плен" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 10 jht3 figs-activepassive 0 даже его младенцы были разбиты Это жестокое описание детоубийства. Можно использовать действительный залог: "вражеские воины растерзали его младенцев" или "враги забили до смерти его младенцев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 10 h7t9 figs-metaphor 0 на перекрёстках всех улиц Речь идёт о многочисленных улицах города. Альтернативный перевод: "на каждом из перекрёстков" или "по всем улицам города" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 10 hyc8 figs-activepassive 0 всю его знать заковали в цепи Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "враги сковали цепями всех его знатных людей" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 11 esd7 figs-metaphor 0 Так и ты — опьянеешь Это обращение к Ниневии. Наум сравнивает страдания и смерть ниневитян в боях с алкогольным отравлением (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 12 kbf7 figs-metonymy 0 Общая информация: Наум продолжает говорить о Ниневии, имея в виду её жителей (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 12 lb3t figs-explicit 0 Все твои крепости Возможные значения: 1) речь идёт о защитных укреплениях Ниневии, таких, как городские стены. Альтернативный перевод: "все твои укрепления", "все твои оборонные сооружения"; 2) речь идёт об укреплённых городах, расположенных вдоль границ Ассирии, препяствовавших ей атаковать Ниневию. Альтернативный перевод: "все твои укрепленные города".
|
||||
NAM 3 12 uf4q figs-simile 0 Все твои крепости подобны инжиру со спелыми плодами: если их тряхнуть, то они упадут прямо в рот желающего есть Наум сравнивает лёгкость, с которой враги разгромят Ниневию, с лёгкостью, когда человек стряхивает с дерева созревшие плоды. Альтернативный перевод: "враги разрушат твои крепости так же легко, как человек легко стряхивает созревший инжир себе в рот" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 12 c8tt figs-explicit 0 со спелыми плодам Имеется в виду рано созревший инжир. Такие плоды легко падали с дерева, когда его трясли. Для сбора более позднего инжира нужно было залезать на дерево и и руками срывать плоды (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 12 w2un figs-activepassive 0 если их тряхнуть "Если дерево тряхнуть". Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "если человек потрясёт дерево" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 12 k7ym figs-hyperbole 0 они упадут прямо в рот желающего есть Это преувеличение, усиливающее мысль о том, что плоды можно было есть сразу же. Альтернативный перевод: "то можно сразу же их съесть" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 13 le29 figs-metaphor 0 Вот и твой народ, как женщины у тебя В древности женщины не сражались в битвах по ряду причин, включая то, что они были слабее мужчин в физическом отношении. Наум говорит, что воины Ниневии утратят свою силу и смелость и будут подобны слабым женщинам. Альтернативный перевод: "весь твой народ будет, как беззащитные женщины" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 13 cv1a figs-activepassive 0 ворота твоей земли настежь откроются твоим врагам Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "враги распахнут настежь твои ворота" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 13 sc8s figs-metaphor 0 ворота твоей земли настежь откроются твоим врагам Возможные значения: 1) если "крепости" из 12-го стиха - это защитные укрепления Ниневии, такие, как городские стены, то "ворота твоей земли" - это ворота в стенах Ниневии. Альтернативный перевод: "ворота вашего города широко открыты для нападения ваших врагов"; 2) если "крепости" из 12-го стиха - это укрепленные города, расположенным вдоль границ Ассирии, то "ворота вашей земли" - это метафора. Города сравниваются с воротами, препятствующими проникновению вражеских армий. Альтернативный перевод: "ваша земля беззащитна перед врагами, потому что они разрушили города, защищавшие ваши границы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 13 ea7i figs-metaphor 0 и твои засовы пожрёт огонь Возможные значения: 1) если "крепости" из 12-го стиха - это защитные укрепления Ниневии, такие, как городские стены, то "засовы" - это замки, на которые запирались ворота города. Альтернативный перевод: "огонь уничтожит засовы, на которые запираются ваши городские ворота"; 2) если "крепости" из 12-го стиха - это укрепленные города, расположенным вдоль границ Ассирии, то "засовы" - это метафора. Города сравниваются с запертыми на засовы воротами. Альтернативный перевод: "города, расположенные вдоль ваших границ, больше не смогут вас защитить, как ворота не могут защитить город, если их засовы сожжены" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 13 i4p2 figs-metaphor 0 пожрёт огонь Здесь огонь олицетворяется: он как будто способен съесть всё, что вокруг него. Альтернативный перевод: "уничтожит огонь", "сожжёт огонь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 14 g9i1 figs-metonymy 0 Общая информация: Наум продолжает говорить о Ниневии, имея в виду её жителей (см. rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy).
|
||||
NAM 3 14 w932 figs-irony 0 Начерпай воды на время осады, укрепляй свои крепости, пойди в грязь, топчи глину, исправь печь для обжигания кирпичей Пророк обращаетс к жителям Ниневии. Он советует им приготовитьс к битве и починить стены, хотя знает, что враги всё равно разрушат город (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 14 d5xh 0 укрепляй свои крепости "укрепляй свои защитные сооружения"
|
||||
NAM 3 14 tja5 0 пойди в грязь, топчи глину, исправь печь для обжигания кирпичей Речь идёт об изготовлении глиняных кирпичей для починки городских стен.
|
||||
NAM 3 15 x9p7 figs-metaphor 0 Там тебя пожрёт огонь Здесь огонь персонифицируется: он как будто имеет способность пожирать всё вокруг. Альтернативный перевод: "там тебя уничтожит огонь", "там тебя сожжёт огонь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 15 f3iu figs-metonymy 0 порубит тебя меч Под "мечом" имеются враги с мечами, атакующие ниневитян. Альтернаивный перевод: "твои враги убьют тебя мечами" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 15 cwk4 figs-personification 0 поест тебя, как гусеница Здесь меч персонифицируется: он как будто способен съесть тех, кого убил. Вражеская армия, которая убьёт мечами всех жителей Ниневии, сравнивается с роем саранчи, сжирающей всю растительность. Альтернативный перевод: "Меч твоих врагов уничтожит всё в округе так же, как рой саранчи уничтожает на своём пути всю растительность" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 15 mx6w 0 даже если бы ты умножился как гусеница, умножился как саранча Здесь начинается новая мысль: Наум сравнивает рост численности населения Ниневии с размножением саранчи.
|
||||
NAM 3 16 h3mk figs-metonymy 0 Общая информация: Наум продолжает говорить о Ниневии, имея в виду её жителей (см. rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy).
|
||||
NAM 3 16 f5ml figs-hyperbole 0 У тебя купцов стало больше, чем звёзд на небе Это преувеличение, указывающее на огромное количество торговцев, живущих в Ниневии. Альтернативный перевод: "торговцев у тебя стало больше, чем звезд на небе" или "число твоих купцов невозможно сосчитать" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 16 jax3 figs-simile 0 но эта саранча рассеется и улетит Торговцы, получавшие прибыль от продажи своих товаров в Ниневии, убегут из города, когда на него нападут враги. Они будут подобны саранче, которая, съев всё вокруг, устремляется на новые места (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 17 g39b figs-simile 0 Твои правители — как саранча, и твои военачальники — как рои мошек,.. разлетаются, и не узнаешь места, где они были Наум сравнивает правителей и военачальников с саранчой, которая остаётся неподвижной, когда холодно, и улетает, когда взойдёт солнце. Так же и они разлетятся, когда начнётся сражение (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 17 t77f 0 не узнаешь места, где они были "и никто не узнает, куда они делись"
|
||||
NAM 3 18 mzz1 figs-parallelism 0 Спят твои пастухи,.. твои знатные люди живут в покое Наум обращается к вождям Ниневии и сравнивает их с пастухами, которые должны были позаботиться о своих овцах. "Спят" - значит "умерли". Альтернативный перевод: "погибли твои пастухи, ассирийский царь, и знать твоя почила" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 18 r6bi figs-metaphor 0 Твой народ рассеялся по горам Наум сравнивает ниневитян с овцами, разбежавшимис после гибели пастуха. Альтернативный перевод: "народ рассеялся по горам, как овцы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 19 ik24 figs-metaphor 0 Для твоей раны нет исцеления, твоя язва болит Наум сравнивает уничтожение Ниневии и поражение её царя с неизлечимой раной, нанесённой её царю (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 19 eje9 figs-abstractnouns 0 Для твоей раны нет исцеления Вместо абстракного существительного "исцеление" можно использовать глагол: "никто не сможет исцелить твою рану" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
NAM 3 19 ac74 figs-rquestion 0 ведь на кого только непрерывно не распространялась твоя злоба? Риторический вопрос усиливает отрицательный ответ. Все союзники Ассирии пострадали из-за её непрекращающегося греха. Альтернативный перевод: "никто не избежал твоей непрекращающейся злобы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1156.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Введение в книгу пророка Авдия #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие характеристики ##<br><br>#### Структура книги ####<br><br>1. Господь будет судить Едом (1:1-16)<br> - Бог уничтожит Едом (1:1–9)<br> - Причина падения Едома (1:10–14)<br>1. Господь будет судить народы (1:15–16)<br>1. Бог освободит Свой народ (1:17–21)<br><br>#### О чём книга пророка Авдия? ####<br><br>После того, как вавилоняне разрушили Иерусалим, народ Едома задерживал спасавшихся евреев и отдавал их в руки вавилонян. В книге пророка Авдия говорится, что Бог будет судить едомлян, за вред, который они причинили Его народу. Это пророчество служило утешительным словом для пленных евреев. <br><br>#### Как переводить заголовок? ####<br><br>Как правило, заголовок переводится так: "Книга пророка Авдия" или "Авдий". Можно сказать: "Пророчество Авдия" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>#### Кто написал данную книгу? ####<br><br>Скорее всего, её автором был пророк Авдий. Нам ничего о нём не известно, кроме того, что с иврита его имя переводится как "Божий слуга". <br><br>## Часть 2: Религиозный и культурный контекст пророчества ##<br><br>#### Какие отношения существовали между Едомом и Израилем? ####<br><br>Авдий говорит о Едоме, как о "брате" Израиля, потому что едомляне были потомками Исава, а израильтяне - Иакова. Иаков и Исав были братьями. Это сделало Исава ещё худшим предателем.<br><br>## Часть 3: Трудности перевода ##<br><br>#### В чём состояла гордость Едома? ####<br><br>В пророчестве Авдия говорится о "гордости сердца" едомлян. Этот народ считал, что ни Бог, ни враги не смогут одержать над ним победу (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 1 xm1w figs-metaphor חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 Видение Авдия Это заголовок книги. Под "видением", скорее всего, имеется в виду Божье послание вообще, а не конкретное слово, данное определённым образом Авдию. Альтенативный перевод: "Послание, данное Авдию", "Пророчество Авдия".
|
||||
OBA 1 1 jdr1 translate-names עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 Так говорит Господь Бог о Едоме Данное пророчество от начала до конца обращено против Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 1 sv9x writing-quotations כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨י יְהוִ֜ה 1 Господь Бог Или "Яхве" - именно под таким именем Господь открывался людям Ветхого Завета. См. сраницу translationWord о том, как его переводить.
|
||||
OBA 1 1 s7if translate-names יְהוִ֜ה 1 посол был послан Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Господь послал Своего посла" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 1 jdr3 figs-metonymy לֶאֱד֗וֹם 1 Вставайте "Поднимайтесь" (это призыв к народу, чтобы он приготовился).
|
||||
OBA 1 1 jdr5 figs-exclusive שָׁמַ֜עְנוּ 1 Вставайте, выступим против него "Против него" - то есть "против Едома" или "против них" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 1 c8w8 figs-exclusive שָׁמַ֜עְנוּ 1 Obadiah is speaking to the people of Judah about the people of Edom. So **We** here is inclusive; others in Judah have also heard or are now hearing the message calling the nations to war against Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
OBA 1 1 jdr7 figs-activepassive וְצִיר֙…שֻׁלָּ֔ח 1 and a messenger has been sent off If it is more natural in your language, you can use the active form of the verb. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have sent a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
OBA 1 1 r27r figs-explicit וְצִיר֙…שֻׁלָּ֔ח 1 and a messenger has been sent off You could specify who sent the messenger. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh has sent a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
OBA 1 1 jdr9 figs-quotations ק֛וּמוּ וְנָק֥וּמָה עָלֶיהָ לַמִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Get up! And let us rise up against her for battle! The end of the verse is not spoken by Obadiah himself. Rather, these are the words of Yahweh’s messenger. They can be presented as a quotation with an introductory formula such as “saying,” or as indirect quotation as in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
OBA 1 1 pez6 figs-idiom ק֛וּמוּ 1 Get up This phrase is used to tell people to get ready, in this case to attack Edom. Alternate translation: “Get ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
OBA 1 1 iaok figs-idiom וְנָק֥וּמָה עָלֶיהָ 1 This is an idiom that means to violently oppose another person or nation. Alternate translation: “Let us gather our armies against Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
OBA 1 1 c9e2 figs-metonymy וְנָק֥וּמָה עָלֶיהָ 1 and let us rise up against her Here, **her** refers to the land of Edom, which, again, stands for the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “Let us rise up against the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
OBA 1 1 jd1r figs-abstractnouns לַמִּלְחָמָֽה 1 for battle If it is clearer in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **battle** with a verb. Alternate translation: “to attack her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
OBA 1 2 cc3h writing-quotations הִנֵּ֥ה קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖יךָ 1 Я сделал тебя малым между народами, и ты в большом презрении Начиная со 2-го стиха Авдий записывает слова Господа, обращённые против Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 2 npn6 הִנֵּ֥ה 1 Я сделал тебя малым Можно сказать: "Послушай! Я сделал тебя малым".
|
||||
OBA 1 2 l6dc figs-parallelism קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖יךָ בַּגּוֹיִ֑ם בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 Я сделал тебя малым между народами, и ты в большом презрении Обе фразы означают одно и то же, но используются вместе для того, чтобы подчеркнуть, что Едом потерял своё важное положение (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 2 ec8m figs-metaphor קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖יךָ בַּגּוֹיִ֑ם 1 Я сделал тебя малым между народами "Малым" - то есть "незначительным", "незаметным". Альтернативный перевод: "Я сделал тебя незначительным среди народов" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 2 ch1u figs-activepassive בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 и ты в большом презрении Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "другие народы презирают тебя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 3 kjbt figs-personification זְד֤וֹן לִבְּךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔ךָ 1 Общая информация: Видение Авдия о Едоме продолжается.
|
||||
OBA 1 3 hzdk figs-youcrowd זְד֤וֹן לִבְּךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔ךָ 1 Гордость твоего сердца обольстила тебя Под "гордым сердцем" подразумеваются гордые мысли. Гордость народа Едома заставила его обмануться относительно своей безопасности. Альтернативный перевод: "твоя гордость обманула тебя" или "твоя гордость заставиа тебя думать, что ты находишься в безопасности" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 3 kcc3 figs-abstractnouns זְד֤וֹן לִבְּךָ֙ 1 Ты живёшь в ущельях скал "Ты живёшь в расщелинах скал" - такие места считались безопасными, потому что отовсюду были окружены камнями.
|
||||
OBA 1 3 qpw7 figs-metaphor זְד֤וֹן לִבְּךָ֙ 1 на возвышенном месте "в своём доме, построенном на высоком месте"
|
||||
OBA 1 3 k9sw figs-123person שֹׁכְנִ֥י בְחַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע 1 и говоришь в твоём сердце "В твоём сердце" - это идиома, означающая "в твоих мыслях". Альтернативный перевод: "и мысленно говоришь" или "и думаешь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 3 q6sz בְחַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע 1 Кто сбросит меня на землю? Этот риторический вопрос указывает на то, что народ Едома был гордым и чувствовал себя в безопасности. Альтернативный перевод: "Никто не сможет сбросить меня на землю!" или "Я нахожусь в безопасности, и никто не сможет напасть на меня!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 3 r5zj figs-123person אֹמֵ֣ר בְּלִבּ֔וֹ 1 he who says in his heart This says **he** and **his,** as if Yahweh were talking aloud about Edom rather than to Edom, but it can be translated with **you** as part of Yahweh’s continuing words to the people. Alternate translation: “you who say in your heart” or “you who say to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
OBA 1 3 jd3r figs-metaphor אֹמֵ֣ר בְּלִבּ֔וֹ 1 in his heart Here, the heart is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “he who says to himself” or “you who think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
OBA 1 3 i2hx figs-rquestion מִ֥י יוֹרִדֵ֖נִי אָֽרֶץ 1 Who will bring me down to the ground? This rhetorical question expresses how proud the Edomites were and how safe they felt. Alternate translation: “no one can bring me down to the ground” or “I am safe from all attackers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
OBA 1 4 xn9f figs-parallelism אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּנֶּ֔שֶׁר וְאִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑ךָ 1 Даже если бы ты как орёл поднялся высоко и устроил среди звёзд твоё гнездо Оба предложения являются преувеличением и говорят, что Эдом устроился на очень высоком месте - выше, чем это возможно. Альтернативный перевод: "даже если бы у тебя были крылья и ты мог бы взлететь выше орла и устроить своё жилище среди звёзд" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 4 jd5r figs-hyperbole אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּנֶּ֔שֶׁר וְאִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑ךָ 1 то и оттуда Я тебя сброшу Гордость ассоциируется с высотой, а смирение - с низким положением. "Сброшу" - значит "смирю". Альтернативный перевод: "Я смирю тебя" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 4 jd7r figs-activepassive שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑ךָ 1 if your nest is set If your language does not use passive verb forms, you could use the active form of the verb. Alternate translation: “if you could make your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
OBA 1 4 bbu3 figs-metaphor מִשָּׁ֥ם אוֹרִֽידְךָ֖ 1 from there I will bring you down Here, **bring you down** means “humble you” or “defeat you.” This is a spatial metaphor. Yahweh’s response to the Edomites is that there is nowhere they would be safe from his judgment and punishment. Alternate translation: “you would still not be safe there from the attackers that I am sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
OBA 1 4 ce6e writing-quotations נְאֻם־יְהוָֽה 1 This phrase reminds the reader that this message, including the entire book, came directly from Yahweh. Use a form of quotation that would make this clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
OBA 1 4 fyco figs-abstractnouns נְאֻם־יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, instead of the abstract noun **declaration**, you could use a verb here. Alternate translation: “Yahweh declares this to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
OBA 1 5 w86v figs-doublet אִם־גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־לְךָ֙ אִם־שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה 1 Общая информация: Господь продолжает давать Авдию послание для Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 5 b93f figs-activepassive אֵ֣יךְ נִדְמֵ֔יתָה 1 Разве воры приходили к тебе? Разве ночные грабители приходили, что ты так разорён? Цель этого риторического вопроса состоит в том, чтобы показать, что Божье наказание для Едома будет хуже грабительства. Можно уточнить: "Если бы к тебе приходили воры или грабители, то забрали бы только то, что им было нужно, но Я заберу у тебя абсолютно всё!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 5 jd9r figs-exclamations אֵ֣יךְ נִדְמֵ֔יתָה 1 Разве воры приходили к тебе? Разве ночные грабители приходили, что ты так разорён? Оба предложения означают одно и то же, но употреляются вместе для усиления мысли. Их можно объединить: "Разве воры приходили или ночные грабители приходили к тебе, что ты так разорён?" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 5 q1pg figs-rquestion הֲל֥וֹא יִגְנְב֖וּ דַּיָּ֑ם 1 ночные грабители "грабители, приходящие ночью"
|
||||
OBA 1 5 k12c figs-rquestion אִם־בֹּֽצְרִים֙ בָּ֣אוּ לָ֔ךְ הֲל֖וֹא יַשְׁאִ֥ירוּ עֹלֵלֽוֹת 1 грабители Это люди, похищающие чужую собственность с применением насилия.
|
||||
OBA 1 5 ddd1 что ты так разорён Господь использует одно предложение внутри другого, чтобы показать, что наказание для Едома очень сурово. Альтернативный перевод: "ты полностью разорён".
|
||||
OBA 1 5 61f6 Если бы к тебе проникли сборщики винограда, то разве они не оставили бы несколько ягод? Этот риторический вопрос показывает, что наказание для Едома хуже, чем сбор винограда. Можно уточнить: "Если бы к тебе проникли сборщики винограда, то они оставили бы у тебя несколько ягод. Но Я отниму у тебя всё!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 6 gpm5 figs-exclamations אֵ֚יךְ 1 Как всё обобрано у Исава, и обысканы его тайники Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Враги отняли всё у Исава! Они нашли его спрятанные сокровища!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 6 zsf7 figs-activepassive אֵ֚יךְ נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 у Исава Жители Едома были потомками Исава. Поэтому слова "Едом" и "Исав" указывают один и тот же народ.
|
||||
OBA 1 6 m9p3 figs-personification עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 Как всё обобрано Враги забрали у жителей Едома всё самое ценное, а ненужное повредили и оставили в беспорядке.
|
||||
OBA 1 6 lf9t נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ 1 has been ransacked Here, **ransacked** means that the enemies have searched through the people’s things, taken everything valuable, and left everything else in a mess or damaged.
|
||||
OBA 1 6 w96y figs-activepassive נִבְע֖וּ מַצְפֻּנָֽיו 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the active form of this verb, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “They will search out all of his hidden treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
OBA 1 7 yobe figs-explicit עַֽד־הַגְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּךָ כֹּ֚ל אַנְשֵׁ֣י בְרִיתֶ֔ךָ 1 Общая информация: Господь продолжает давать Авдию послание для Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 7 n3t6 figs-youcrowd בְרִיתֶ֔ךָ 1 обманут тебя, одолеют тебя те, кто живёт с тобой в мире. Тебе поставят ловушку Речь идёт о союзниках Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 7 cr88 עַֽד־הַגְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּךָ 1 кто живёт с тобой в мире "С тобой" - то есть "с Едомом".
|
||||
OBA 1 7 a612 figs-parallelism כֹּ֚ל אַנְשֵׁ֣י בְרִיתֶ֔ךָ…אַנְשֵׁ֣י שְׁלֹמֶ֑ךָ לַחְמְךָ֗ 1 До границы выпроводят тебя все твои союзники Или "все твои союзники силой прогонят тебя с земли". Жители Едома попытаются найти укрытие в земле своих союзников, но последние не позвлят им находиться в своей земле.
|
||||
OBA 1 7 jd15 figs-ellipsis לַחְמְךָ֗ יָשִׂ֤ימוּ מָזוֹר֙ תַּחְתֶּ֔יךָ 1 Нет в нём смысла Возможные значения: 1) враги предадут Едом: "твои враги говорят: 'Едом ничего не узнает!'" (речь идёт о ловушках, расставленных союзниками Едома - прим. пер.); 2) враги будут насмехаться над Едомом: "Едом лишился рассудка!".
|
||||
OBA 1 7 rc1i figs-aside אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽוֹ 1 There is no understanding in him. There are four possibilities for the meaning of this phrase. (1) Yahweh could be saying this as an aside in order to express his evaluation of the people of Edom. If this would be confusing in your language, you can continue the address to Edom in the second person, as in the UST. (2) the former allies could be saying this about Edom. Alternate translation: “Then they will say to you, ‘you are not as clever as you thought you were’” (3) It could be referring to the trap just mentioned. Alternate translation: “and there is no perception of it” (4) It could be referring to the shocking situation of Edom being betrayed by its allies. Alternate translation: “There is no understanding of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
|
||||
OBA 1 7 jd17 figs-abstractnouns אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽוֹ 1 understanding You could translate the abstract noun “understanding” with a verb. Alternate translation: “He does not understand anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
OBA 1 7 jd19 figs-personification בּֽוֹ 1 in him Here, **him** probably refers to Edom, which represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “in the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
OBA 1 8 i4rg figs-rquestion הֲל֛וֹא בַּיּ֥וֹם הַה֖וּא…וְהַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽאֱד֔וֹם 1 Разве это будет не в тот день, когда Я уничтожу мудрецов в Едоме и благоразумных на горе Исава? Господь использует риторический вопрос, чтобы подчеркнуть, что Он непременно уничтожит жителей Едома. Альтернативный перевод: "Это будет в тот день, когда Я уничтожу мудрецов в Едоме и благоразумных на горе Исава!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 8 jd21 figs-explicit וְהַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽאֱד֔וֹם 1 на горе Исава Большая часть едомской земли была гористой. Поэтому эту землю называли "горой Исава".
|
||||
OBA 1 8 i6ry figs-rquestion וּתְבוּנָ֖ה מֵהַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 This is the second part of the rhetorical question. You could also start a new sentence here. Yahweh continues the question form here to emphasize that he will certainly do this. Alternate translation: “and I will certainly destroy their understanding” or “On that day I will certainly remove understanding from the mountain of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
OBA 1 8 mupa figs-explicit וּתְבוּנָ֖ה מֵהַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 In this poetic style, the reader is expected to use the words **will I not on that day destroy** from the first rhetorical question in order to understand this second one. If that is not clear in your language, you can repeat those words here. Alternate translation: “and will I not on that day destroy understanding from the mountain of Esau?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
OBA 1 8 g6se figs-parallelism חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽאֱד֔וֹם וּתְבוּנָ֖ה מֵהַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 In this poetic style, the same meaning is expressed twice but in different words in order to emphasize what is being said. Here, **wise men** and **understanding** both refer to people who are wise, and **Edom** and **the mountain of Esau** are both ways of referring to the country of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you could say this only once, or emphasize the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “all people who are wise from the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
OBA 1 8 jd23 figs-abstractnouns וּתְבוּנָ֖ה 1 and understanding You could translate this abstract noun with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “and people who know what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
OBA 1 8 z8tf figs-synecdoche מֵהַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 from the mountain of Esau Yahweh is referring to the whole territory of Edom by using the name of one prominent part of it. The **mountain of Esau** may be the one now called Mount Bozrah. Alternate translation: “from the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
OBA 1 8 gn3t translate-names עֵשָֽׂו 1 This is the name of the man who was the ancestor of the people of Edom. See how you translated this in [verse 6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
OBA 1 9 jd25 figs-synecdoche וְחַתּ֥וּ גִבּוֹרֶ֖יךָ תֵּימָ֑ן 1 твои храбрецы будут поражены страхом "самые сильные твои воины задрожат от страха"
|
||||
OBA 1 9 qvg3 translate-names תֵּימָ֑ן 1 Феман Это название одной из областей Едома (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 9 ljv4 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֧עַן 1 чтобы все на горе Исава были уничтожены убийством Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "чтобы враги убили всех на горе Исава" или "чтобы враги уничтожили всех в твоей земле" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 9 jd27 figs-metaphor יִכָּֽרֶת־אִ֛ישׁ 1 были уничтожены убийством "были убиты"
|
||||
OBA 1 9 q6s7 figs-activepassive יִכָּֽרֶת־אִ֛ישׁ 1 will be cut off You could use an active verb form, and you could specify who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will destroy all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
OBA 1 9 jd31 figs-idiom אִ֛ישׁ 1 a man Here, **a man** is an idiom that means “each person.” Alternate translation: “all you people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
OBA 1 9 jd35 figs-synecdoche מֵהַ֥ר עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 from the mountain of Esau As in v. 8, Yahweh is referring to the whole territory by the name of this one part of it. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “from the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
OBA 1 9 jd37 figs-abstractnouns מִקָּֽטֶל 1 by slaughter The abstract noun **slaughter** intensifies the idea of being **cut off** or killed. If you would not use an abstract noun like this in your language, you could use an adverb instead. Alternate translation: “violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
OBA 1 9 hsy2 figs-abstractnouns מִקָּֽטֶל 1 Some Bible translations put this phrase with verse 10, rather than with verse 9. If you choose to do that, verse 9 would end, “…from the mountain of Esau.” Verse 10 would begin, “Because of slaughter, because of violence…”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
OBA 1 10 jd39 figs-metonymy אָחִ֥יךָ 1 Общая информация: Господь продолжает давать Авдию послание для Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 10 ui6g figs-personification יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 твоего брата Иакова Речь идёт о потомках Иакова. Иаков был братом Исава, поэтому о произошедших от них народах говорят как о братских. Альтернативный перевод: "братского народа" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 10 jd41 figs-abstractnouns תְּכַסְּךָ֣ בוּשָׁ֑ה 1 тебя покроет стыд Это идиома. Альтернативный перевод: "ты почувствуешь глубокий стыд" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 10 f8g6 figs-idiom תְּכַסְּךָ֣ בוּשָׁ֑ה 1 ты будешь уничтожен навсегда Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "враги сотрут тебя с лица земли" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 10 a113 figs-activepassive וְנִכְרַ֖תָּ 1 you will be cut off to eternity If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active form of the verb. Alternate translation: “your enemies will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
OBA 1 10 jd43 figs-explicit וְנִכְרַ֖תָּ 1 you will be cut off You can specify who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
OBA 1 10 jd45 figs-idiom וְנִכְרַ֖תָּ 1 you will be cut off As in [verse 5](../01/05.md), **cut off** is an idiom for being destroyed. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “your enemies will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
OBA 1 11 w6hj figs-metaphor עֲמָֽדְךָ֣ מִנֶּ֔גֶד 1 когда ты стоял напротив "стоял беспомощно и смотрел"
|
||||
OBA 1 11 s38y figs-parallelism שְׁב֥וֹת זָרִ֖ים חֵיל֑וֹ וְנָכְרִ֞ים בָּ֣אוּ שְׁעָרָ֗יו 1 чужие иноземцы
|
||||
OBA 1 11 rtj8 figs-personification חֵיל֑וֹ…שְׁעָרָ֗יו 1 уводили его войско в плен Речь идёт об Иакове (о народе Израиля).
|
||||
OBA 1 11 jd46 חֵיל֑וֹ 1 бросали жребий об Иерусалиме "бросали жребий, чтобы решить, кому достанется какая часть Иерусалима" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 11 jd47 figs-synecdoche שְׁעָרָ֗יו 1 ты был как один из них "Ты был, как один из врагов Иакова". То есть жители Едома не помогли израильтянам. Можно уточнить: "ты был, как враг израильтян, и ничем им не помог" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 11 i8sr figs-metaphor וְעַל־יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ יַדּ֣וּ גוֹרָ֔ל 1 and cast lots for Jerusalem There are two possibilities for the meaning here. (1) This is a figurative way of saying that the **foreigners** had complete control of **Jerusalem**, with Jerusalem pictured as something that everybody wants to have, but it cannot be divided, so they cast lots to see who will get it. Alternate translation: “they even plundered Jerusalem” or (2) The name of the city may be standing for the wealth of the city. Alternate translation: “and they divided the wealth of Jerusalem among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
OBA 1 11 s4y1 figs-explicit גַּם־אַתָּ֖ה כְּאַחַ֥ד מֵהֶֽם 1 you also were like one of them The people of Edom did not do exactly the same things as the **strangers** and **foreigners** did, but they were like them because they did not help the people of Judah, who were a related people group. If it would be clearer in your language, you could include this information, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
OBA 1 12 crs1 figs-litany וְאַל…וְאַל…וְאַל 1 Общая информация: Господь продолжает давать Авдию пророчество о Едоме. С 12 по 14 стихи Бог говорит о том, как Едому не следовало поступать по отношению к израильтянам.
|
||||
OBA 1 12 e7cd figs-explicit וְאַל־תֵּ֤רֶא 1 Не следовало радоваться "не следовало злорадствовать" или "не следовало торжествовать"
|
||||
OBA 1 12 xhd0 figs-hendiadys בְיוֹם־אָחִ֨יךָ֙ בְּי֣וֹם נָכְר֔וֹ 1 на день твоего брата Речь идёт о народе Израиля. Израиль (Иаков) был братом Исава.
|
||||
OBA 1 12 crs3 figs-idiom בְיוֹם 1 в день бедствия "в день, когда пришла к нему беда"
|
||||
OBA 1 12 q8md figs-personification אָחִ֨יךָ֙ 1 в день Речь идёт о дне нападения вавилонян на Иерусалим и его полном разрушении.
|
||||
OBA 1 12 f7lt figs-gendernotations לִבְנֵֽי־יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 в день гибели сыновей Иуды "на день его падения"
|
||||
OBA 1 12 lxg7 figs-idiom וְאַל־תַּגְדֵּ֥ל פִּ֖יךָ 1 в день бедствия "в день его страдания"
|
||||
OBA 1 13 dwn2 figs-parallelism בְּי֣וֹם אֵידָ֔ם…בְּי֣וֹם אֵיד֑וֹ…בְּי֥וֹם אֵידֽוֹ 1 в день его несчастья,.. в день его гибели,.. день бедствия Это перевод одного и того же слова. Если в вашем языке есть понятие, с помощью которго можно передать все эти мысли, вы можете использовать его здесь.
|
||||
OBA 1 13 wg54 figs-personification אֵידָ֔ם…אֵיד֑וֹ…אֵידֽוֹ 1 в день бедствия "тогда, когда случилась с ним беда"
|
||||
OBA 1 13 f9q3 figs-exclamations גַם־אַתָּ֛ה 1 касаться его имущества "забирать его богатства" или "грабить его"
|
||||
OBA 1 13 crs5 figs-idiom אַל־תֵּ֧רֶא 1 you should not have looked In this context, **looked on** is an idiom for “enjoyed looking at.” See how you translated this in [verse 12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “you should not have gloated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
OBA 1 13 jz38 figs-you וְאַל־תִּשְׁלַ֥חְנָה בְחֵיל֖וֹ 1 And you women should not have looted their wealth Here, the word translated as **you** is feminine and plural. In the rest of Obadiah, it is masculine and singular. It may be that God is addressing the women specifically here in case they thought that they were not also guilty. So use a feminine plural form here, or mark this in some other way so that it means “you women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
OBA 1 14 ixs7 translate-unknown הַפֶּ֔רֶק 1 на перекрёстках Перекрёсток - это место пересечения дорог.
|
||||
OBA 1 14 p7i1 figs-metaphor לְהַכְרִ֖ית 1 чтобы убивать бежавших "чтобы убивать тех, кто пытался спастись" или "чтобы ловить тех, кто пытался убежать"
|
||||
OBA 1 14 qdx9 figs-explicit וְאַל־תַּסְגֵּ֥ר שְׂרִידָ֖יו 1 выдавать уцелевших "брать в плен тех, кто остался в живых, и выдавать их врагам"
|
||||
OBA 1 15 fa9m כִּֽי־קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־יְהוָ֖ה עַל־כָּל־הַגּוֹיִ֑ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔ךְ גְּמֻלְךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּרֹאשֶֽׁךָ 1 Общая информация: В 15-м стихе обращение Господа к Едому завершается. С 16-го по 21-й стихи Бог говорит через Авдия, что Он овладеет Едомом.
|
||||
OBA 1 15 e5t7 figs-explicit כִּֽי־קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־יְהוָ֖ה עַל־כָּל־הַגּוֹיִ֑ם 1 Потому что близок день Господа на все народы: как ты поступал, так и с тобой поступят. Расплата за твои дела вернётся на твою же голову Исследователи не уверены, завершает ли 15-й стих 14-й, или же начинает новую мысль и относится к 16-ому стиху.
|
||||
OBA 1 15 crs7 figs-idiom יוֹם־יְהוָ֖ה 1 Потому что близок день Господа на все народы "Наступает время, когда Господь покажет всем народам Свою силу и власть".
|
||||
OBA 1 15 crs9 קָר֥וֹב 1 как ты поступал, так и с тобой поступят Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Я сделаю с тобой то же, что ты делал другим" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 15 rd8g figs-activepassive יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔ךְ 1 Расплата за твои дела вернётся на твою же голову "Вернётся на твою же голову" - значит "ты будешь наказан за все свои преступления". Альтернативный перевод: "тебя постигнут те же беды, которые ты причинял другим" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 15 djk9 figs-metaphor גְּמֻלְךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּרֹאשֶֽׁךָ 1 your recompense will return This is a metaphor that pictures the Edomites as having sent bad things out to others, and now those things are going to come back and hurt them as they land on their heads. Alternate translation: “those same things will soon happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
OBA 1 15 cr3s figs-synecdoche בְּרֹאשֶֽׁךָ 1 on your own head The **head** is being used to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
OBA 1 16 nf6s figs-explicit כִּ֗י כַּֽאֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 Ведь как вы В других переводах этот стих звучит так: "Народ Иуды, как ты пролил кровь на Моей Святой горе, так и другие народы прольют твою кровь".
|
||||
OBA 1 16 cr9s writing-pronouns כַּֽאֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 вы пили Наказание, которое постигнет Иудею, сравнивается с горьким напитком, которым напоят её враги (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 16 cr7s figs-metaphor שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 на Моей святой горе Речь идёт об Иерусалиме.
|
||||
OBA 1 16 ujj9 figs-metonymy עַל־הַ֣ר קָדְשִׁ֔י 1 так и все народы всегда будут пить Божья кара сравнивается с горьким напитком, который виновные не перестанут пить. Альтернативный перевод: "Как на священной Моей горе вы, народ Мой, пили – так и все народы не перестанут пить горькую чашу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 16 qz7p figs-metaphor יִשְׁתּ֥וּ כָֽל־הַגּוֹיִ֖ם תָּמִ֑יד 1 Будут пить, проглотят и будут, как будто их и не было Здесь продолжается метафора с горьким напитком. "Проглотят" - значит в полной мере понесут наказание и будут полностью уничтожены. Альтернативный перевод: "Я воздам им в полной мере - так, что они перестанут существовать" или "Я буду наказывать их до тех пор, пока они не исчезнут" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 16 a8v3 figs-doublet וְשָׁת֣וּ וְלָע֔וּ 1 And they will drink, and they will swallow, and they will become like they never existed The words translated **drink** and **swallow** mean very similar things and are used together to intensify the one meaning. If your language does not have two such similar words, you can use one of the words and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “They will drink all of it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
OBA 1 16 vcve figs-metaphor וְשָׁת֣וּ וְלָע֔וּ 1 Here the metaphor continues, using **drink** and **swallow** as images for suffering or being punished. Alternate translation: “I will make them suffer a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
OBA 1 17 cc36 figs-abstractnouns וּבְהַ֥ר צִיּ֛וֹן תִּהְיֶ֥ה פְלֵיטָ֖ה 1 Общая информация: В 16-21 стихах Господь говорит через Авдия, что народ Иудеи завладеет землёй Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 17 y9pz figs-metonymy וּבְהַ֥ר צִיּ֛וֹן 1 А на горе Сион будет спасение Или "а на горе Сион соберутся оставшиеся в живых" (перевод Международной Библейской Лиги - прим. пер.). Можно уточнить: "некоторые израильтяне, сумевшие избежать Божьего наказания, соберутся на горе Сион" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 17 b4sh figs-abstractnouns וְהָ֣יָה קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 и она будет святыней Речь идёт о горе Сион.
|
||||
OBA 1 17 cr13 figs-idiom בֵּ֣ית יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 1 Дом Иакова Под "домом" подразумеваются потомки Иакова. Альтернативный перевод: "потомки Иакова" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 17 f4ur אֵ֖ת מוֹרָֽשֵׁיהֶם 1 Here, **possessions** refers to the land that was supposed to be passed down from generation to generation to each of the Israelite families and clans. If using a plural term is confusing, you can translate it with a singular word. Alternate translation: “the land that belongs to each of them”
|
||||
OBA 1 18 rm2e figs-parallelism וְהָיָה֩ בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּבֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה 1 Дом Иакова будет огнём, дом Иосифа — пламенем Бог сравнивает дом Иакова и Иосифа с огнём, который уничтожит Исава так же легко и быстро, как пламя уничтожает солому (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 18 cr15 figs-metonymy בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב 1 соломой Солома - это сухие стебли зерновых культур, остающиеся после обмолота.
|
||||
OBA 1 18 cr17 figs-synecdoche וּבֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף 1 его подожгут Речь идёт о жителях Едома, являющихся потомками Исава.
|
||||
OBA 1 18 yt8j figs-metonymy וּבֵ֤ית עֵשָׂו֙…לְבֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 никого не останется из дома Исава "никто из потомков Исава не сможет выжить"
|
||||
OBA 1 18 cr19 figs-metaphor אֵ֜שׁ…לֶהָבָ֗ה…לְקַ֔שׁ 1 потому что так сказал Господь Или "потому что Господь поклялся совершить это". Это выражение используется тогда, когда речь идёт о том, что сказанное Господом непременно сбудется.
|
||||
OBA 1 18 hj8x translate-unknown לְקַ֔שׁ 1 stubble The word **stubble** means the dry pieces of plants that are left in the ground after their stalks have been cut. Alternate translation: “like dry grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
OBA 1 18 cr23 figs-doublet וְדָלְק֥וּ בָהֶ֖ם וַאֲכָל֑וּם 1 And they will burn them, and consume them **Burn** and **consume** mean almost the same thing. Yahweh uses the words together to intensify the meaning. If you do not have two similar words in your language or if it would be confusing to say this twice, you can combine them into one phrase and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “and they will burn them until they are all burned up” or “and they will burn them up completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
OBA 1 18 amum figs-explicit כִּ֥י 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what came before. Yahweh is reminding the reader that these things will certainly happen, because this message comes from him. If that would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
OBA 1 18 c5jr figs-123person כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה דִּבֵּֽר 1 for Yahweh has spoken Yahweh is speaking of himself in the third person here. If that is confusing in your language, you can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
OBA 1 19 cr25 וְיָרְשׁ֨וּ 1 Общая информация: В 16-21 стихах Господь говорит через Авдия, что народ Иудеи овладеет землёй Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 19 zu8p figs-metonymy הַנֶּ֜גֶב 1 Те, кто живёт на юге, завладеют горой Исава "Израильтяне, живущие в Негеве, захватят землю едомлян"
|
||||
OBA 1 19 cr27 figs-synecdoche הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 а те, кто в долине Речь идёт об израильтянах, живущиз в западных предгорьях Израиля. Они захватят в битве землю филистимлян.
|
||||
OBA 1 19 m7qk figs-metonymy וְהַשְּׁפֵלָה֙ 1 Завладеют Имеется в виду "Израиль завладеет".
|
||||
OBA 1 19 dew4 figs-ellipsis וְהַשְּׁפֵלָה֙ אֶת־פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 Вениамин завладеет "колено Вениамина захватят " или "потомки Вениамина завладеют"
|
||||
OBA 1 19 cr29 figs-metonymy פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 the Philistines The **Philistines** were people who occupied the territory to the west of Israel. Here, the people are used to represent that territory, also known as the region of Phoenicia. Alternate translation: “the region of the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
OBA 1 19 app9 וְיָרְשׁוּ֙ 1 “The people of Israel will possess”
|
||||
OBA 1 19 vmfw figs-synecdoche אֶת־שְׂדֵ֣ה אֶפְרַ֔יִם וְאֵ֖ת שְׂדֵ֣ה שֹׁמְר֑וֹן 1 Here, **field** refers to a large, open area, and represents the whole territory that belonged to the tribe of **Ephraim** and that surrounded the city of **Samaria**. Alternate translation: “all of the territory that had belonged to the people of Ephraim and all of the area around Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
OBA 1 19 gup4 figs-personification וּבִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 Benjamin Here, **Benjamin** represents the people of the tribe of Benjamin. All the people are being portrayed as if they were a single person, their ancestor. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
OBA 1 19 czq7 figs-ellipsis וּבִנְיָמִ֖ן אֶת־הַגִּלְעָֽד 1 Here, the reader is expected to supply the verb **will possess** from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and the people of the tribe of Benjamin will possess the land of Gilead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
OBA 1 19 cr31 figs-synecdoche הַגִּלְעָֽד 1 Gilead **Gilead** is a region east of the land of Israel, across the Jordan River. It is being used to represent the areas to the east. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
OBA 1 20 xw8x grammar-collectivenouns וְגָלֻ֣ת הַֽחֵל־הַ֠זֶּה 1 # Общая информация: В 16-21 стихах Господь говорит через Авдия, что народ Иудеи овладеет землёй Едома.
|
||||
OBA 1 20 t8hm הַֽחֵל 1 И переселённые из войска сыновей Израиля завладеют ханаанской землёй Возможные значения: 1) речь идёт о пленниках, уведённых в Ассирию из Северного Израильского царства; 2) имеется в виду народ Иудеи, живший за пределами Иерусалима и изгнанный в Вавилон.
|
||||
OBA 1 20 cr35 figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 до Сарепты Сарепта - это финикийский город, находившийся к северу от Израиля на побережье Средиземного моря между Тиром и Сидоном. Альтернативный перевод: "далеко на север, до Сарепты" (см.[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 20 cr37 figs-metonymy אֲשֶֽׁר־כְּנַעֲנִים֙ 1 а переселённые из Иерусалима Эта группа противопоставлена или израильтянам из Северного царства, или народам Иудеи, жившим за пределами Иерусалима.
|
||||
OBA 1 20 r8cn translate-names עַד־צָ֣רְפַ֔ת 1 находящиеся в Сефараде Неизвестно, где находилось это место. Некоторые исследователи считают, что речь идёт о городе Сардис в Лидии (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).
|
||||
OBA 1 20 zdk5 figs-ellipsis עַד־צָ֣רְפַ֔ת 1 The reader is expected to supply the verb “will possess” or “will capture” from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “will capture the territory as far north as Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
OBA 1 20 u5t1 grammar-collectivenouns וְגָלֻ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 and the exile of Jerusalem Here, **exile** is a collective singular noun that includes all of the people who were captured and taken away from their homes in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The people who were captured and taken away from their homes in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
OBA 1 20 x6yt translate-names בִּסְפָרַ֑ד 1 Sepharad **Sepharad** is the name of a place whose location is unknown to modern scholars. Some experts suggest that it refers to the city of Sardis in the region of Lydia. This would be in Asia Minor, northwest of Israel, in what is now the country of Turkey. Alternate translation: “currently live in Sepharad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
OBA 1 20 cr39 figs-explicit יִֽרְשׁ֕וּ 1 they will possess In order to conquer the **cities of the Negev**, these exiles first will return from the distant lands where they are living. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they will come back and conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
OBA 1 20 cr41 translate-names הַנֶּֽגֶב 1 the Negev The **Negev** is the name of the southern region of Judea that is dry, rocky, and barren. See how you translated this in [verse 19](../01/19.md) Alternate translation: “the southern Judean wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
OBA 1 21 j7nf figs-metonymy וְעָל֤וּ מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ בְּהַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן לִשְׁפֹּ֖ט אֶת־הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 Избавители придут на гору Сион, чтобы судить гору Исава "Освободители придут в Иерусалим и будут править оттуда Исавом".
|
||||
OBA 1 21 hyg2 מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ 1 Избавители Возможные значения: 1) речь идёт об израильских военачальниках, которые покорят Едом; 2) речь идёт о тех, кто был освобождён из плена.
|
||||
OBA 1 21 cr43 figs-metonymy בְּהַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן 1 и будет царство Господа Имеется в виду, что Господь будет Сам царствовать. Альтернативный перевод: "и Господь будет правителем всех".
|
||||
OBA 1 21 cr45 figs-synecdoche הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 the mountain of Esau This phrase refers to the mountainous territory where Esau, the brother of Jacob and the ancestor of the Edomites, went and settled. So it means “the hill country that came to belong to Esau and his descendants.” See how you translated this in verses 8, 9, and 19. Alternate translation: “the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
OBA 1 21 wy7x וְהָיְתָ֥ה לַֽיהוָ֖ה הַמְּלוּכָֽה 1 and the kingdom will belong to Yahweh This phrase emphasizes that Yahweh will personally rule over the kingdom of Israel as they rule over Edom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be the king over all”
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1269.
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Введение в послание Филимону #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие сведения ##<br><br>#### План послания Филимону ####<br><br>1. Приветствие Павлом Филимона (1:1-3)<br>2. Просьба Павла к Филимону по поводу Онисима (1:4-21)<br>3. Заключение (1:22-25)<br><br>#### Кто написал послание Филимону? ####<br><br>Павел написал это письмо Филимону. Павел был родом из города Тарс. В своей ранней жизни он был известен как Савл. До своего обращения в христианство Павел был фарисеем. Он преследовал христиан. После своего обращения он несколько раз путешествовал по Римской империи, рассказывая людям об Иисусе.<br><br>Во время написания этого письма Павел находился в тюрьме. <br><br>#### Что представляет собой послание Филимону? ####<br><br>Павел написал это письмо человеку по имени Филимон. Филимон был христианином, который жил в городе Колоссы. Он был хозяином раба по имени Онисим. Онисим убежал от Филимона и, вероятно, кое-что украл у него. Онисим отправился в Рим и встретился с Павлом в тюрьме.<br><br>Павел написал Филимону, что он посылает Онисима обратно к нему. Согласно Римскому закону Филимон имел право казнить Онисима. Но Павел написал, что Филимон должен принять Онисима обратно как брата во Христе. Он даже предположил, что Филимон должен разрешить Онисиму вернуться к Павлу, чтобы тот помогал ему в тюрьме.<br><br>#### Как следует переводить название этой книги? ####<br><br>Переводчики могут назвать эту книгу традиционным названием «Филимону». Они также могут выбрать более четкое название, например «Письмо Павла Филимону» или «Письмо, которое Павел написал Филимону». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Часть 2: Важные религиозные и культурные концепции ##<br><br>#### Поддерживает ли это письмо практику рабовладения? ####<br><br>Павел отослал Онисима обратно к своему бывшему хозяину. Но это не означало, что Павел считал рабовладение приемлемой практикой. Вместо этого Павел больше заботился о том, чтобы люди служили Богу в любой ситуации, в которой они находились.<br><br>#### Что Павел подразумевал под выражениями «во Христе», «в Господе» и т.д.? ####<br><br>С помощью данной фразы Павел выражает идею очень тесного союза между Христом и верующими. Для получения более подробной информации об этих выражениях, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с введением к посланию к Римлянам.<br><br>## Часть 3: Важные проблемы перевода ##<br><br>#### Единственное и множественное число местоимения «вы» ####<br><br>В этой книге местоимение «я» относится к Павлу. Местоимение «ты» почти всегда используется в единственном числе и относится к Филимону. Однако есть два исключения: 1:22 и 1:25. Там «мы» относится к Филимону и тем верующим, которые встречались в его доме. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 sg4f figs-you 0 Общая информация: Павел трижды идентифицирует себя как автор этого письма. Очевидно, с ним был Тимофей, который скорее всего и записал сказанные Павлом слова. Павел приветствует тех, кто встречается в домашней церкви в доме Филимона. Все случаи использования местоимений «я», «меня» и «моё» относятся к Павлу. Филимон - главный человек, которому было написано это письмо. Все случаи использования местоимений «ты», «тебя» и «твоё» относятся к нему и стоят в единственном числе, если не указано иное. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος, ὁ ἀδελφὸς; Φιλήμονι 1 Павел, узник Иисуса Христа, и брат Тимофей приветствуем ... Филимона В вашем языке может быть особый способ представления авторов письма. Альтернативный перевод: «Я, Павел, заключенный за Христа Иисуса, и Тимофей, наш брат, пишем это письмо ... Филимону». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 cgs4 δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 узник Иисуса Христа «заключенный за Христа Иисуса». Выступающие против проповеди Павла таким образом наказали его, поместив его в тюрьму.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 sv3p ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 брат Здесь это означает, что данный человек является христианином.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive τῷ ἀγαπητῷ…ἡμῶν 1 дорогого нашего Здесь местоимение «нашего» относится к Павлу и к находящимся с ним, а не к читателю. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ…συνεργῷ 1 сотрудника «который, как и мы, работает для распространения Благой вести».
|
||||
PHM 1 2 e8su figs-exclusive τῇ ἀδελφῇ…τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ ἡμῶν 1 нашего соратника Местоимение «нашего» здесь относится к Павлу и к находящимся с ним, а не к читателю. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 zh5c translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ, τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 дорогую Апфию В некоторых переводах здесь «дорогую сестру Апфию», что означает, что она была верующей, а не родственницей. Альтернативный перевод: «Апфию, нашу дорогую сестру в Господе» или «Апфию, нашу духовную сестру». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 sq44 translate-names Ἀρχίππῳ 1 Архиппа Это имя мужчины из церкви Филимона. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 mnn5 figs-metaphor τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ ἡμῶν 1 нашего соратника Павел говорит здесь о Архиппе как об армейском солдате. Это означает, что Архипп так же усердно трудится, как и сам Павел, над распространением Благой вести. Альтернативный перевод: «нашего духовного соратника» или «который также сражается в духовной битве вместе с нами». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 r4nq χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Пусть благодать и мир от нашего Бога Отца и Господа Иисуса Христа будут с вами «Пусть Бог, наш Отец, и Господь Иисус Христос дадут вам благодать и мир». Это благословение.
|
||||
PHM 1 3 e5z8 figs-exclusive Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 нашего Бога Отца Здесь местоимение «нашего» относится как к Павлу и находящимся с ним, так и к читателю. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 lh8a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Отца Это важный титул для Бога. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
PHM 1 4 kh5l figs-exclusive 0 Общая информация: Местоимение «мы» используется во множественном числе и относится к Павлу и находящимся с ним, а также ко всем христианам, включая получателя письма. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 5 67ef Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
PHM 1 6 t54l ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου 1 чтобы вера, которую ты разделяешь с нами, помогла понять Возможные значения: 1) «чтобы то, как вы рассказываете другим о своей вере, также приводило их к вере» или 2) «чтобы то, как вы верите вместе с нами, привело к пониманию».
|
||||
PHM 1 6 pxw1 ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 помогла понять всё доброе, что вы имеете в Иисусе Христе «дало хороший результат и помогло понять всё то хорошее, что у нас есть».
|
||||
PHM 1 6 n25e εἰς Χριστόν 1 в Иисусе Христе «благодаря Христу» или «благодаря тому, что мы принадлежим Христу».
|
||||
PHM 1 7 aq4g figs-metonymy τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 благодаря тебе, брат, успокоились сердца святых людей Здесь «сердца» - это метонимия эмоций или внутреннего состояния человека. Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «благодаря тому, что ты поощрял верующих» или «благодаря твоей помощи верующим». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 m5ip σοῦ, ἀδελφέ 1 тебе, брат «тебе, дорогой брат» или «тебе, дорогой друг». Павел называл Филимона «братом», потому что они оба были верующими, и он подчеркивал их дружбу.
|
||||
PHM 1 8 ayy1 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел начинает излагать свою настоятельную просьбу и основную причину написания этого письма.
|
||||
PHM 1 8 fd84 πολλὴν ἐν Χριστῷ παρρησίαν 1 имею смелость во Христе Возможные значения: 1) «власть во Христе» или 2) «мужество благодаря Христу». Альтернативный перевод: «имею мужество, потому что Христос дал мне власть».
|
||||
PHM 1 9 l9fh διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην 1 прошу с любовью Возможные значения: 1) «потому что я знаю, что ты любишь народ Божий», 2) «потому что ты любишь меня» или 3) «потому что я люблю тебя».
|
||||
PHM 1 10 lsr6 0 Общая информация: Онисим - это имя мужчины. По-видимому, он был рабом Филимона, он что-то украл у него и убежал.
|
||||
PHM 1 10 m6fw figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου…Ὀνήσιμον 1 об Онисиме Во многих переводах «о моём сыне Онисиме». Павел говорит о своих отношениях с Онисимом, как будто они любят друг друга как отец и сын. Онисим не был физическим сыном Павла, но он духовно родился от него, когда Павел учил его об Иисусе, поэтому Павел полюбил его. Альтернативный перевод: «о моём духовном сыне Онисиме». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 dj9h translate-names Ὀνήσιμον 1 об Онисиме Имя «Онисим» означает «выгодный» или «полезный». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 mui3 figs-metaphor ὃν ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 который стал моим сыном в заключении Здесь «стал моим сыном» - это метафора, которая означает, что Павел обратил Онисима ко Христу. Альтернативный перевод: «который стал моим духовным сыном, когда я учил его о Христе, и получил новую жизнь, когда я находился в своих цепях» или «который стал для меня сыном, пока я находился в заключении». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 nx1p figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 в заключении «В узах» или «в цепях». Заключенных часто сажали в цепи. Павел был в тюрьме, когда учил Онисима, и все ещё находился в тюрьме, когда писал это письмо. Альтернативный перевод: «пока я был в тюрьме ... пока я всё ещё нахожусь в тюрьме». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 11 dbd8 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
PHM 1 12 t1kp ὃν ἀνέπεμψά σοι 1 Я отсылаю его Скорее всего, Павел послал Онисима с другим верующим, который доставил это письмо.
|
||||
PHM 1 12 h9qv figs-metonymy τοῦτ’ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 как моё сердце Здесь «сердце» является метонимией эмоций человека. Фраза «как моё сердце» - это метафора, означающая горячую любовь к кому-то. Павел говорил так об Онисиме. Альтернативный перевод: «которого я очень сильно люблю». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 t4xl ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ 1 чтобы он вместо тебя послужил мне «чтобы он, поскольку ты сам не можешь быть здесь, помогал мне» или «чтобы он мог помогать мне вместо тебя».
|
||||
PHM 1 13 bb3t figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 в заключении «В узах» или «в цепях». Заключенных часто приковывали цепями. Павел был в тюрьме, когда учил Онисима, и все ещё находился в тюрьме, когда писал это письмо. Альтернативный перевод: «пока я всё ещё нахожусь в тюрьме». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 iwa8 figs-explicit τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 за проповедь Радостной Вести Павел находился в тюрьме, потому что он публично проповедовал Евангелие. Это можно сформулировать яснее. Альтернативный перевод: «потому что я проповедовал Евангелие». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 g9wp figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς δὲ τῆς σῆς γνώμης, οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι 1 Но не хотел ничего делать без твоего согласия Павел использует двойное отрицание, которое означает противоположность. Альтернативный перевод: «Но я хотел бы оставить его со мной, только если ты дашь на это своё согласие». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 jxi7 ἵνα μὴ ὡς κατὰ ἀνάγκην τὸ ἀγαθόν σου ᾖ, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 чтобы твоя доброта была проявлена не по принуждению, а добровольно «Я не хотел, чтобы ты сделал это доброе дело потому, что я приказал это сделать, а потому, что ты сам захотел этого».
|
||||
PHM 1 14 ngg8 ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 а добровольно «а потому, что ты по собственному желанию решил сделать то, что правильно»
|
||||
PHM 1 15 q1dr figs-activepassive τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα 1 И может быть, он для того на время и отлучился, чтобы Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Возможно, причина, по которой Бог забрал у тебя Онисима на какое-то время, это». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 15 fp5v πρὸς ὥραν 1 на время «на какой-то промежуток времени».
|
||||
PHM 1 16 l3e4 ὑπὲρ δοῦλον 1 больше, чем раба «более ценного, чем раб»
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f8tz ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 дорогого брата «драгоценного брата во Христе»
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f38v πόσῳ δὲ μᾶλλον σοὶ 1 тем более тебе «он ещё больше значит для тебя»
|
||||
PHM 1 16 yub9 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 как человека и брата в Господе «как мужчину». Павел ссылается на то, что Онисим был надежным рабом. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 16 scj1 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 в Господе «как брата в Господе» или «потому что он принадлежит Господу».
|
||||
PHM 1 17 e1j2 εἰ…με ἔχεις κοινωνόν 1 если ты считаешь меня другом «если ты думаешь обо мне, как о сотруднике во Христе».
|
||||
PHM 1 18 u5m1 τοῦτο ἐμοὶ ἐλλόγα 1 считай это моим долгом «скажи, сколько я тебе должен»
|
||||
PHM 1 19 wb53 ἐγὼ Παῦλος ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 Я, Павел, написал своей рукой: я заплачу «Я, Павел, пишу это сам». Павел написал эту часть письма своей рукой, чтобы Филимон знал, что эти слова были действительно от Павла. Павел действительно заплатил бы ему.
|
||||
PHM 1 19 gn6c figs-irony ἵνα μὴ λέγω σοι 1 Не говорю тебе о том «Мне не нужно напоминать тебе» или «Ты и сам знаешь». Павел говорит, что ему нет смысла напоминать об этом Филимону, но он всё равно говорит ему. Это подчеркивает, что Павел говорит ему истину. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHM 1 19 st7e figs-explicit σεαυτόν μοι προσοφείλεις 1 ты должен мне самого себя «ты должен мне свою жизнь». Павел подразумевал, что Филимон не сможет сказать, что Онисим или Павел должны ему что-либо, потому что Филимон был очень многим обязан Павлу. Причину, по которой Филимон был обязан Павлу, можно перевести яснее. Альтернативный перевод: «ты многим обязан мне, потому что я спас твою жизнь» или «ты обязан мне своей жизнью, потому что мои слова спасли тебя». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 20 j8lh figs-metaphor ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Успокой моё сердце в Господе В некоторых переводах «ободри» или «обрадуй». «Успокой моё сердце» - это метафора, которая означает ободрение или успокоение. Здесь «сердце» - это метонимия для чувств, мыслей или внутреннего состояния человека. Можно перевести яснее, что Павел хотел, чтобы Филимон обрадовал его. Альтернативный перевод: «обрадуй меня во Христе», «утешь меня во Христе» или «освежи моё сердце во Христе, приняв Онисима с любовью». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 21 am1e figs-you 0 Общая информация: Здесь местоимения «вам» и «вашим» используются во множественном числе и относятся к Филимону и верующим, которые встречались в его доме. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHM 1 21 xpn6 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел заканчивает своё письмо и даёт заключительные благословения Филимону и верующим, которые встречались в церкви в доме Филимона.
|
||||
PHM 1 21 g6fx πεποιθὼς τῇ ὑπακοῇ σου 1 надеюсь на твоё послушание «Потому что я уверен, что ты сделаешь то, о чём я тебя прошу».
|
||||
PHM 1 22 bx62 ἅμα 1 Ещё «Также»
|
||||
PHM 1 22 akw1 καὶ ἑτοίμαζέ μοι ξενίαν 1 приготовь для меня помещение «приготовь для меня комнату в своем доме». Павел попросил Филимона сделать это для него.
|
||||
PHM 1 22 ctr4 χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν 1 буду дарован вам «те, кто удерживает меня в тюрьме, освободят меня, чтобы я мог прийти к вам».
|
||||
PHM 1 23 x2d8 translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Епафрас Это брат во Христе, который находится в заключении с Павлом. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 23 khx1 ὁ συναιχμάλωτός μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 осуждён вместе со мной за Иисуса Христа «который находится вместе со мной в тюрьме за служение Иисусу Христу».
|
||||
PHM 1 24 si6p Μᾶρκος, Ἀρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 Марк, Аристарх, Димас, Лука, мои сотрудники «Мои соработники Марк, Аристарх, Димас и Лука тоже приветствуют вас»
|
||||
PHM 1 24 i5gc translate-names Μᾶρκος, Ἀρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς 1 Марк ... Аристарх ... Димас ... Лука Это мужские имена. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 24 gf6e οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 мои сотрудники «люди, которые работают со мной» или «те, кто работает со мной».
|
||||
PHM 1 25 gq7p figs-you ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 Благодать нашего Господа Иисуса Христа с вашим духом Местоимение «нашего» здесь относится к Филимону и всем, кто собирался в его доме. Фраза «ваш дух» - это синекдоха, которая представляет самих людей. Альтернативный перевод: «Пусть наш Господь Иисус Христос будет добр к вам». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Введение в Послание Титу #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие сведения ##<br><br>#### План Послания Титу ####<br><br>1. Указания Павла по поводу назначения благочестивых лидеров (1:1-16)<br>2. Указания Павла по поводу обучения людей жить благочестивой жизнью (2:1-3:11)<br>3. В заключении, некоторые из планов Павла и приветствия различным верующим (3:12-15)<br><br>#### Кто написал послание Титу? ####<br><br>Послание Титу написал Павел. Павел был родом из города Тарс. В своей ранней жизни он был известен как Савл. До своего обращения в христианство Павел был фарисеем. Он преследовал христиан. После своего обращения он несколько раз путешествовал по Римской империи, рассказывая людям об Иисусе.<br><br>#### Что представляет собой послание Титу? ####<br><br>Павел написал это письмо Титу, своему сотруднику, который руководил церквями на острове Крит. Павел даёт ему указания об избрании и назначении церковных лидеров. Павел также описывает, как верующие должны вести себя по отношению друг к другу. Он также побуждает всех жить жизнью, угодной Богу.<br><br>#### Как следует переводить название этой книги? ####<br><br>Переводчики могут назвать эту книгу традиционным названием «Титу». Они также могут выбрать более четкое название, например «Письмо Павла к Титу» или «Письмо Титу». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Часть 2: Важные религиозные и культурные концепции ##<br><br>#### В каких ролях можно нести служение в церкви? ####<br><br>В Послании Титу содержаться некоторые учения о том, может ли женщина или разведенный мужчина служить на руководящей должности в церкви. Не все ученые соглашаются со смыслом этих учений. Прежде чем переводить эту книгу, вам может потребоваться более глубокое изучение этих вопросов.<br><br>## Часть 3: Важные проблемы перевода ##<br><br>##### Единственное и множественное число местоимения "ты" #####<br><br>В этой книге местоимение «я» относится к Павлу. Кроме того, местоимение «ты» почти всегда используется в единственном числе и относится к Титу. Исключение составляет 3:15. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>#### В чём смысл фразы «наш Спаситель Бог»? ####<br><br>В данном письме это обычная фраза. Павел хотел, чтобы читатели думали о том, что Бог во Христе простил их грехи против Него. Простив их, Он спас их от наказания во время суда над всеми людьми. В этом письме встречается похожая фраза - «наш великий Бог и Спаситель Иисус Христос».
|
||||
TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Титу 01 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>В стихах 1-4 Павел официально представляет своё письмо. Авторы на древнем Ближнем Востоке часто начинали свои письма таким образом .<br><br>В стихах 6-9 Павел перечисляет несколько качеств, которые должны быть у пресвитеров церкви. (См: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns). Павел приводит аналогичный список в 1-м Послании Тимофею, глава 3.<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Пресвитеры #####<br><br>Церковь использовала разные названия для церковных лидеров. Некоторые из них включают в себя епископа, старейшину, пастора и настоятеля.<br><br>#### Другие возможные трудности при переводе этой главы ####<br><br>##### Должен, может, обязан #####<br><br>Открытая Дословная Библия использует разные слова, которые указывают на требования или обязательства. Эти глаголы имеют разные уровни требований. Тонкие различия между ними может быть трудно перевести. Открытая Смысловая Библия переводит эти глаголы более обобщённо.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Титу 01:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br>* __[Титу Введение](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 по вере укрепляя веру
|
||||
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 для познания истины богопочитания «подходящие для почитания Бога»
|
||||
TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth **Truth** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness **Godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 раньше вечных времён «до начала времени»
|
||||
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time “before time began”
|
||||
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 в своё время «В нужное время»
|
||||
TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν…τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 открыл Своё слово Павел говорит о послании Бога, как будто это объект, который может быть ясно показан людям. Альтернативный перевод: «дал нам понять Его послание». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 abc9 ἐν κηρύγματι 1 повелел доверить мне «он доверил мне донести её до людей» или «он дал мне ответственность проповедовать»
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u figs-activepassive ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 наш Спаситель Бог «Бог, Который спасает нас»
|
||||
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 of God our Savior “of God, who saves us”
|
||||
TIT 1 3 xy18 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ 1 настоящему сыну Хотя Тит не был биологическим сыном Павла, они разделяли общую веру во Христа. Таким образом, во Христе Павел считает Тита своим сыном. Альтернативный перевод: «который мне как сын». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 wx6c κοινὴν πίστιν 1 по общей вере Павел имеет ту веру во Христа, которую они оба разделяют. Альтернативный перевод: «по учению, в которое мы оба верим»
|
||||
TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 благодать, милость и мир Это общее приветствие, которое использовал здесь Павел. Вы можете яснее сформулировать подразумеваемую здесь информацию. Альтернативный перевод: «Пусть у вас будет благодать, милость и мир». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 s3yr Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Иисуса Христа, нашего Спасителя «Христа Иисуса, Который является нашим Спасителем»
|
||||
TIT 1 4 xy17 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 1 5 ew8h grammar-connect-logic-goal τούτου χάριν 1 Я оставил тебя "По этой причине я оставил тебя"
|
||||
TIT 1 5 lh9b ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ 1 Я оставил тебя на Крите «Я сказал тебе остаться на Крите»
|
||||
TIT 1 5 ga62 ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ 1 чтобы ты завершил неоконченное «чтобы ты закончил ту работу, которую нужно было выполнить»
|
||||
TIT 1 5 b52u καταστήσῃς…πρεσβυτέρους 1 поставил ... пресвитеров «назначил ... старейшин» или «определил ... старейшин»
|
||||
TIT 1 5 p56w πρεσβυτέρους 1 пресвитеров В ранних церквях христианские пресвитеры (старейшины) несли функцию духовного руководства в собраниях верующих.
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Связующее утверждение: Сообщив Титу о назначении пресвитеров в каждом городе на острове Крит, Павел выдвигает требования для пресвитеров.
|
||||
TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 это безупречный человек, муж Быть «безупречным» означает быть человеком, который не делает ничего плохого. Альтернативный перевод: «У пресвитера не должно быть плохой репутации, и он должен быть мужем».
|
||||
TIT 1 6 ab70 figs-doublenegatives ἀνέγκλητος 1 муж одной жены Это означает, что у него есть только одна жена, то есть у него нет других жен или наложниц. Это также может означать, что он не прелюбодействует и не находится в разводе с предыдущей женой. Альтернативный перевод: «человек, у которого только одна жена» или «человек, который верен своей единственной жене». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 дети у него верные Возможные значения: 1) дети, которые верят в Иисуса или 2) дети, которые заслуживают доверия.
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children Possible meanings are (1) children who believe in Jesus or (2) children who are trustworthy.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 lz7x τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 1 епископ Это другое название той же позиции духовного руководства, которую Павел в 1:6 называет «пресвитером».
|
||||
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 как управляющий от Бога Павел говорит о церкви, как о Божьем доме, а о епископе, как о слуге, который управляет хозяйством. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 не пьяница «не алкоголик» или «не пьёт много вина»
|
||||
TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 не драчливый «не жестокий» или «не любитель подраться»
|
||||
TIT 1 8 i549 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 но Павел меняет свои аргументы с того, каким пресвитер не должен быть, на то, каким ему следует быть.
|
||||
TIT 1 8 vkq1 φιλάγαθον 1 любящий добро «человек, который любит то, что хорошо»
|
||||
TIT 1 8 xy11 figs-doublet σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ 1 sensible…self-controlled These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 1 8 xy12 figs-doublet δίκαιον, ὅσιον 1 righteous, holy These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
TIT 1 9 xwy6 figs-metaphor ἀντεχόμενον 1 Чтобы держался истинного Павел говорит о преданности христианской вере, как будто вера - это нечто осязаемое, и её можно держать обеими руками. Альтернативный перевод: «чтобы был посвящённым» или «чтобы хорошо знал». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 9 xy10 κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν 1 был силён наставлять Он должен учить истине о Боге и о других духовных вопросах.
|
||||
TIT 1 9 abcj grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for the elder to hold tightly to the trustworthy message is for him to be able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
TIT 1 9 pzi1 τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ 1 sound teaching The Greek word rendered at **sound** normally refers to physical health. Paul speaks of this teaching as if it would cause those who believe it to be spiritually healthy, rather than spiritually sick.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 xsq9 0 Связующее утверждение: Из-за людей, которые будут выступать против Божьего слова, Павел дает Титу основание для проповеди Божьего Слова и предупреждает его о лжеучителях.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 w9kk figs-metaphor ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι 1 много непослушных людей Это мятежные люди, которые выступают против Евангельского послания Павла.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 ga6n φρεναπάται 1 болтунов и обманщиков Эта фраза описывает мятежных людей, упомянутых в предыдущей фразе. Здесь «болтун» - это метафора, которая означает бесполезные разговоры, то есть «болтуны» - это люди, которые говорят бесполезные или глупые вещи. Альтернативный перевод: «люди, которые ведут бесполезные разговоры и обманывают других». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 10 abcd figs-hendiadys ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται 1 обрезанных Это относится к евреям-христианам, которые учили, что для того, чтобы следовать за Христом, человек должен быть обрезан. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those of the circumcision This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 1 11 f4iy οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν 1 Им следует закрывать рот «Необходимо препятствовать распространению их учения» или «Нужно остановить влияние их слов на других»
|
||||
TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 чему не нужно учить Это то, что не уместно в учении о Христе и Законе, потому что не является истиной.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 tw4e διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1 из-за гнусной корысти Это относится к прибыли, которую получают люди, делая то, что не следует делать.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 at7c αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 1 разрушают целые семейства «разрушают целые семьи». Проблема заключалась в том, что они разбивали семьи, разрушая их веру. Это могло приводить к тому, что члены семей спорили друг с другом.
|
||||
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 Кто-то из их же собственных пророков «Пророк с самого Крита» или «Критянин, которого они сами считают пророком»
|
||||
TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται 1 Критяне всегда лгут «Критяне всё время лгут». Это преувеличение, которое означает, что многие критяне слишком много лгут. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
TIT 1 12 h3jb figs-metaphor κακὰ θηρία 1 злые животные Эта метафора сравнивает критян с опасными дикими животными. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 12 xyz1 figs-synecdoche γαστέρες ἀργαί 1 lazy bellies The part of the body that stores food is used to represent the person who eats all the time. Alternate translation: “lazy gluttons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
TIT 1 13 fif8 δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως 1 Поэтому строго их обличай «Ты должен использовать строгие слова, которые критяне поймут, когда ты будешь их исправлять»
|
||||
TIT 1 13 abck grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 чтобы они держались истинной веры «чтобы у них была здоровая вера» или «чтобы их вера была истинной»
|
||||
TIT 1 13 je3r ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 so that they may be sound in the faith See note on **sound** in [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “so they will have a healthy faith” or “so their faith may be true” or “so that they believe only what is true about God”
|
||||
TIT 1 13 abcl grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is the elder rebukes the Cretans severely, and the result is the Cretans become sound in the faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
TIT 1 13 xyz2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 in the faith Here the abstract noun **faith** represents the things that the people believe about God. Alternate translation: “in what they believe about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 14 abcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast μὴ 1 иудейские выдумки Это относится к ложному учению евреев.
|
||||
TIT 1 14 p28i Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μύθοις 1 отвернулись от истины Павел говорит об истине, как будто это объект, от которого можно отвернуться или убежать. Альтернативный перевод: «отвергли истину». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 14 m4a5 figs-metaphor ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 turn away from the truth Paul speaks of the truth as if it were an object that one could turn away from or avoid. Alternate translation: “reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 Для чистых всё является чистым «Если люди чисты внутри, то всё, что они делают, будет чистым»
|
||||
TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 Для чистых «Для тех, кто приемлем для Бога»
|
||||
TIT 1 15 abcn grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 для осквернённых и неверных нет ничего чистого Павел говорит о грешниках, как будто они физически грязные. Альтернативный перевод: «если люди морально осквернены и не верят, они не могут сделать ничего чистого». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς…μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 1 to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: “if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure” or “when people are full of sin and unbelief, nothing that they do is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 16 abco grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 делами отказываются от Него «их образ жизни доказывает, что они не знают Его»
|
||||
TIT 1 16 i3l2 τοῖς…ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται 1 Это мерзкие «Они отвратительные»
|
||||
TIT 1 16 ja47 βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες 1 They are detestable “They are disgusting”
|
||||
TIT 2 intro h3il 0 # Титу 02 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Гендерные роли #####<br><br>Ученые разделились во мнениях о том, как понимать этот отрывок в его историческом и культурном контексте. Некоторые ученые считают, что мужчины и женщины совершенно равны во всем. Другие ученые полагают, что Бог создал мужчин и женщин, чтобы каждый из них выполнял свою собственную роль в браке и церкви. Переводчики должны быть осторожны, чтобы не допустить, чтобы их собственная точка зрения относительно этой проблемы повлияла на перевод данного отрывка.<br><br>##### Рабство #####<br><br>В этой главе Павел не говорит о том, хорошо ли рабство или плохо. Павел учит рабов добросовестно служить своим хозяевам. Он учит всех верующих быть благочестивыми и жить праведно во всех ситуациях.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Титу 02:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__
|
||||
TIT 2 1 lfu1 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел продолжает давать Титу основание для проповеди Божьего Слова и объясняет, как пожилые мужчины, пожилые женщины, молодые люди, а также рабы или слуги должны жить в вере.
|
||||
TIT 2 1 tpi2 figs-explicit σὺ δὲ 1 А ты говори то, что соответствует Павел указывает на противопоставление. Альтернативный перевод: «Но ты, Тит, в отличие от лжеучителей, обязательно говори то, что соответствует». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 1 ph2j τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 здравому учению «со здравым учением» или «с правильным учением»
|
||||
TIT 2 2 xyz3 figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτας…εἶναι 1 были трезвы «имели трезвый ум» или «управляли собой»
|
||||
TIT 2 2 xy13 figs-doublet νηφαλίους…σεμνούς, σώφρονας 1 были ... степенны «... контролировали свои желания»
|
||||
TIT 2 2 xc6t νηφαλίους 1 здравы в вере, в любви, в терпении Здесь слово «здравы» означает быть твёрдым и непоколебимым. Абстрактные существительные «вера», «любовь» и «терпение» могут быть сформулированы как глаголы. Альтернативный перевод: «Они должны твёрдо верить в истинное учения о Боге, по-настоящему любить других и с терпением и постоянством служить Богу, даже когда это сложно». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι…σώφρονας 1 to be…sensible “to…control their desires”
|
||||
TIT 2 2 abc1 ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r).
|
||||
TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει 1 sound in faith The abstract noun **faith** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “firmly believe the true teachings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 2 2 z14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 in love The abstract noun **love** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “truly love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 2 2 a14y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 and in perseverance The abstract noun **perseverance** can be stated as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and continually serve God even when things are difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 gl8e figs-ellipsis πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως 1 Чтобы пожилые сёстры «Точно также научи пожилых женщин» или «Также учи пожилых женщин»
|
||||
TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 не клеветали Это слово относится к людям, которые плохо говорят о других, независимо от того, верны их слова или нет.
|
||||
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 не увлекались вином О человеке, который не может контролировать себя и пьёт слишком много вина, говорится как о рабе вина. Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «и не пили слишком много вина» или «чтобы не пристрастились к вину». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 xyz4 figs-activepassive οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “or drinking too much wine” or “or addicted to wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 abc4 καλοδιδασκάλους 1 but to be teachers of what is good The Greek word used here means “a teacher of what is good”. The phrase **but to be** has been added in the English to contrast this good quality with the two preceding bad qualities. Consider if you need to use a similar word to make a contrast between the good and bad qualities.
|
||||
TIT 2 4 abc5 φιλάνδρους 1 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
TIT 2 4 abca φιλοτέκνους 1 and lovers of their children “lovers of their own children”
|
||||
TIT 2 5 abcb ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 чтобы не злословилось Божье слово Здесь «слово» - это метонимия «послания», которое в свою очередь тоже является метонимией, означающей самого Бога. Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «чтобы никто не оскорблял Божье слово» или «чтобы никто не оскорблял Бога, плохо отзываясь о Его послании». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-metonymy ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted **Word** here is a metonym for “message”, which in turn is a metonym for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 abcq figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that the word of God may not be insulted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that no one insults the word of God” or “so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 6 i3hv ὡσαύτως 1 Также Тит должен был обучать молодых людей так же, как он обучал пожилых.
|
||||
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος 1 показывай «показывай себя»
|
||||
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 примером в добрых делах «как пример того, кто делает хорошие и правильные вещи»
|
||||
TIT 2 8 xy14 ὑγιῆ 1 чтобы противник был опозорен Это представляет собой мнимую ситуацию, когда кто-то выступает против Тита, а затем стыдится своих действий. Альтернативный перевод: «если кто-то возражает тебе, пусть он устыдиться» или «если кто-то противостоит тебе, пусть ему будет стыдно». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
TIT 2 8 xt6v figs-hypo ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ 1 so that the opponent may be ashamed This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
TIT 2 8 xy15 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 us This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 9 xyz5 figs-ellipsis δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 своим господам «своим хозяевам»
|
||||
TIT 2 9 ntp7 ἰδίοις δεσπόταις 1 во всём «в любой ситуации» или «всегда»
|
||||
TIT 2 9 abcc ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 угождать им «делать своих хозяев счастливыми» или «удовлетворять все просьбы своих хозяев»
|
||||
TIT 2 9 if6v ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything “in every situation” or “always”
|
||||
TIT 2 9 id15 εὐαρέστους εἶναι 1 to be pleasing “to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”
|
||||
TIT 2 10 abc6 μὴ νοσφιζομένους 1 верно служить «показывать, что они достойны доверия своих хозяев»
|
||||
TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν 1 во всём «во всём, что они делают»
|
||||
TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 были украшением учения нашего Спасителя Бога «чтобы сделать учение о Боге, нашем Спасителе, привлекательным» или «чтобы другие люди поняли, что учение нашего Бога и Спасителя хорошо».
|
||||
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 нашего Спасителя Бога «нашего Бога, который спас нас»
|
||||
TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior “our God who saves us”
|
||||
TIT 2 10 xy16 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all Christians (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел призывает Тита ждать пришествия Иисуса и помнить о своей ответственности перед Ним.
|
||||
TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 явилась благодать Бога Павел говорит о благодати Божьей, как о человеке, который идёт к другим людям. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 2 12 qy8k figs-personification παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς 1 учит нас Павел говорит о благодати Божьей ([Титу 2:11] (./11.md)), как будто это человек, который идёт к другим людям и обучает их жить в святости. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 2 12 abce figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 учит нас, чтобы мы отказались от беззакония «учит нас не бесчестить Бога»
|
||||
TIT 2 12 lxb3 τὴν ἀσέβειαν 1 мирских желаний «сильных желаний обладать тем, что есть у мира» или «сильных желаний иметь греховные удовольствия»
|
||||
TIT 2 12 n3k5 τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 в настоящем веке «пока мы живём в этом мире» или «в это время»
|
||||
TIT 2 12 xy19 ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς 1 godlessness…godly way These terms are direct opposites, meaning **God-dishonoring** and **God-honoring**, respectively.
|
||||
TIT 2 12 fk8j ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
|
||||
TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 в ожидании «мы ждём, чтобы приветствовать»
|
||||
TIT 2 13 xyz6 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα 1 в ожидании счастливой надежды и явления славы великого Бога и нашего Спасителя Иисуса Христа Здесь «слава» представляет собой самого Иисуса, который придёт в славе. Альтернативный перевод: «в ожидании добра, на которое мы надеемся, то есть славного облика нашего великого Бога и Спасителя Иисуса Христа». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 13 pss7 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Here, **glory** represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: “that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 13 abcf figs-hendiadys τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης 1 the blessed hope and appearing of the glory Both **blessed hope** and **appearing of the glory** refer to the same event. This can be shown clearly. Alternate translation: “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
TIT 2 13 xyz7 figs-hendiadys τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 niu4 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 Он отдал Себя за нас Это относится к тому, что Иисус умер по собственному желанию. Альтернативный перевод: «Он позволил убить Себя за нас». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 xy20 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 чтобы выкупить нас от любого беззакония Павел говорит об Иисусе, как будто Он освобождает рабов от их злого хозяина. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 особенный народ Группа людей, которых Он очень ценит.
|
||||
TIT 2 14 xy21 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 ревностный «имеет сильное желание»
|
||||
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people “a group of people that he treasures”
|
||||
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν 1 zealous for “who are eager to do”
|
||||
TIT 2 15 abc7 παρακάλει 1 обличай со всей властью Это утверждение можно сформулировать яснее. Альтернативный перевод: «Тех людей, которые так не поступают, исправляй со всей властью». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 чтобы никто «Не позволяй никому»
|
||||
TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 чтобы никто не пренебрегал тобой Это утверждение можно сформулировать яснее. Альтернативный перевод: «чтобы никто не отказывался слушать твои слова» или «чтобы все уважали тебя». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 xy22 figs-doublenegatives μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one disregard you This can be stated positively: “Make sure that everyone listens to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 disregard you The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “refuse to listen to your words” or “refuse to respect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 3 intro zh6x 0 # Титу 03 Общее примечание #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>В этой главе Павел даёт Титу личные указания. <br><br>Стих 15 формально завершает это письмо. Это был обычный способ, с помощью которого на древнем Ближнем Востоке заканчивали письма.<br><br>#### Специальные понятия в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Родословия #####<br><br>Родословия - это списки, в которых записаны предки или потомки каждого человека. Евреи использовали родословия, чтобы поставить на царство правильного человека. Они делали так, потому что следующим царём мог стать только сын из царского рода. С помощью родословий они также доказывали, из какого колена и семьи было их родство. Например, священники происходили из племени Левия и семьи Аарона.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Титу 03:01 Примечание](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | __
|
||||
TIT 3 1 y9tr 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел продолжает давать Титу указания о том, как учить пожилых людей, а также тех, кто находится под его опекой на Крите.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 j2sa ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς…ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Напоминай им, что надо повиноваться и покоряться «Снова и снова говори нашим людям о том, что они уже знают, что надо подчиняться» или «Напоминай им, чтобы они подчинялись»
|
||||
TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 надо повиноваться и покоряться начальствам и властям «надо поступать так, как говорят политические правители и правительственные власти, повинуясь им»
|
||||
TIT 3 1 wa9x figs-doublet ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις 1 начальствам и властям Эти слова имеют сходные значения и используются вместе для того, чтобы включить всех, кто обладает властью и руководит.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 xy25 figs-doublet ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 быть готовыми к любому доброму делу «будьте готовы делать добро всякий раз, когда есть такая возможность»
|
||||
TIT 3 1 in7u πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι 1 be ready for every good work “be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
|
||||
TIT 3 2 lug7 βλασφημεῖν 1 не злословить «не говорить зло»
|
||||
TIT 3 2 abcx figs-doublenegatives ἀμάχους εἶναι 1 to avoid quarreling This can be stated positively: “to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 3 3 m9zd ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 Потому что мы тоже были когда-то «Это потому, что мы сами были когда-то»
|
||||
TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε 1 когда-то «прежде» или «в какой-то период времени» или «ранее»
|
||||
TIT 3 3 bl8e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 мы тоже «даже мы»
|
||||
TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν…ἀνόητοι 1 были когда-то безрассудными «были глупыми» или «были неразумными»
|
||||
TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 были рабами желаний и различных наслаждений, заблуждались О желаниях и наслаждении говорится так, как будто они с помощью лжи главенствуют над людьми и превращают их в рабов. Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Различные страсти и желания обманывали нас и сбивали нас с толку» или «Мы позволили себе поверить в ложь о том, что различные страсти и наслаждения могут сделать нас счастливыми, а затем оказались не в состоянии контролировать наши чувства или перестать делать то, что как нам казалось, должно было принести нам счастье». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 3 xy27 figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 желаний «похотей» или «страстей»
|
||||
TIT 3 3 tl5n ἐπιθυμίαις 1 жили в обмане, злости и зависти Здесь «зло» и «зависть» являются похожими словами, которые описывают грех. Альтернативный перевод: «Мы всегда делали злые дела и хотели иметь то, что имели другие». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
TIT 3 3 dec4 ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες 1 ненавидели друг друга «Это привело к тому, что мы начали ненавидеть друг друга»
|
||||
TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 detestable “causing others to hate us”
|
||||
TIT 3 4 xy28 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 когда явилась доброта и человеколюбие нашего Спасителя Бога Павел говорит о Божьей любви и доброте, как о людях, которые появились перед нашими глазами. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God’s kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “When God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 3 4 abcg figs-abstractnouns ὅτε…ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared The abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 3 4 abch figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 по Своей милости «потому что Он помиловал нас»
|
||||
TIT 3 5 k1a6 figs-metaphor λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας 1 омовением, через которое мы родились заново Вероятно, Павел говорит о Божьем прощении грешников, как будто Он физически омывает их. Он также говорит о грешниках, которые стали чувствительными к Богу, как будто они снова родились. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 и щедро дал нам В некоторых переводах "щедро излил на нас". Авторы Нового Завета часто говорят о Святом Духе как о жидкости, которую Бог может изливать в больших количествах. Альтернативный перевод: «Которого Бог излил на нас в изобилии». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 xy24 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 через Иисуса Христа, нашего Спасителя «когда Иисус спас нас»
|
||||
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ “when Jesus Christ saved us”
|
||||
TIT 3 6 xy23 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 Чтобы мы оправдались Это можно перефразировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Чтобы Бог объявил нас безгрешными». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 стали наследниками вечной жизни, на которую надеемся О людях, которым Бог дал Свои обещания, говорится так, как будто они унаследовали имущество и богатство от члена семьи. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 Слово это Это относится к тому, что Бог через Иисуса даёт верующим Святого Духа, о чём говорится в [Титу 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
TIT 3 8 xy29 τούτων 1 старались быть прилежными к добрым делам «стремились делать добрые дела»
|
||||
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works “may seek to do good works”
|
||||
TIT 3 9 tzh9 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел объясняет Титу, чего он должен избегать, и как ему следует относиться к тем, кто вызывает споры среди верующих.
|
||||
TIT 3 9 j1hf δὲ…περιΐστασο 1 избегай «Но уклоняйся» или «Поэтому избегай»
|
||||
TIT 3 9 xnf9 μωρὰς…ζητήσεις 1 глупых споров «аргументов и доказательств в отношении неважных вопросов»
|
||||
TIT 3 9 qk66 γενεαλογίας 1 родословий Это исследование семейных связей и родства между людьми.
|
||||
TIT 3 9 xu7f ἔρεις 1 ссор споров или драк
|
||||
TIT 3 9 ky3n νομικὰς 1 закона «закона Моисея»
|
||||
TIT 3 10 x3fh αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον…παραιτοῦ 1 избегай «Держись подальше от тех»
|
||||
TIT 3 10 xzx1 μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν 1 после первого и второго предупреждения «после того, как ты предупредил этого человека один или два раза»
|
||||
TIT 3 11 r7pc ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 потому что он «потому что такой человек»
|
||||
TIT 3 11 inh5 figs-metaphor ἐξέστραπται 1 развратился В некоторых переводах "сбился с пути". Павел говорит о человеке, который совершает ошибки, как будто он сошёл с пути, по которому он шёл. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 11 p81k ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος 1 носит осуждение в самом себе «сам на себя навлекает осуждение»
|
||||
TIT 3 12 z7i4 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел заканчивает письмо, рассказывая Титу, что ему следует делать после назначения пресвитеров на Крите, а также посылая приветы от находящихся рядом с ним.
|
||||
TIT 3 12 mba6 ὅταν πέμψω 1 Когда пришлю «После того, как я отправлю»
|
||||
TIT 3 12 c32w translate-names Ἀρτεμᾶν…Τυχικόν 1 Артему или Тихика Это мужские имена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
TIT 3 12 knt1 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν 1 поспеши прийти "приходи поскорее"
|
||||
TIT 3 12 xy30 σπούδασον 1 провести там зиму «остаться там на зиму»
|
||||
TIT 3 12 gdw9 παραχειμάσαι 1 to spend the winter “to stay for the winter”
|
||||
TIT 3 13 a46f translate-names Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν 1 Зину Это мужское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
TIT 3 13 s757 καὶ Ἀπολλῶν 1 Позаботься отправить «Не откладывая, отправь»
|
||||
TIT 3 13 j496 σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον 1 и Аполлоса "а также пришли Аполлоса"
|
||||
TIT 3 13 xy31 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ 1 so that they lack nothing This can be stated positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 3 14 v7wg 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел объясняет, почему так важно обеспечить Зину и Аполлоса.
|
||||
TIT 3 14 fw98 οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 наши Павел ссылается на верующих на Крите.
|
||||
TIT 3 14 xy33 figs-exclusive οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 для покрытия необходимых нужд «это позволит им незамедлительно помочь людям, у которых есть срочные и важные нужды»
|
||||
TIT 3 14 tn24 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας 1 нужд, чтобы они не были бесплодны Павел говорит о людях, делающих добро, как будто они являются деревьями, приносящими хорошие плоды. Это двойное отрицание означает, что они должны быть плодотворными или продуктивными. Альтернативный перевод: «нужд, чтобы они приносили добрые плоды» или «потребностей, чтобы они делали добрые дела». (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 3 14 mji4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. Alternate translation: “so that they will not lead useless lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 14 xy32 figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 in order not to be unfruitful This can be stated positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 Связующее утверждение: Павел заканчивает своё письмо Титу.
|
||||
TIT 3 15 abci ἀσπάζονταί σε 1 все, кто со мной "Все люди, которые находятся рядом со мной"
|
||||
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες 1 любящих нас в вере Возможные значения: 1) «верующие, которые нас любят» или 2) «верующие, которые любят нас, потому что мы разделяем одну и ту же веру».
|
||||
TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 Благодать со всеми вами Это было общее христианское приветствие. Альтернативный перевод: «Да будет с вами Божья благодать» или «Я прошу, чтобы Бог был милостив ко всем вам».
|
||||
TIT 3 15 xy35 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
|
||||
TIT 3 15 xy34 ὑμῶν 1 you Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 3202.
|
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Введение в книгу пророка Софонии #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общие замечания ##<br><br>#### Структура книги ####<br><br>1. Вступительное слово (1:1)<br>1. Господь накажет Иудею и языческие народы (1:2–18)<br>1. Бог призывает Свой народ к покаянию (2:1–3)<br>1. Господь будет судить народы (2:4-15)<br> - Филистимию (2:4–7)<br> - Моава и Аммона (2:8–11)<br> - Египет (2:12)<br> - Ассирию (2:13–15)<br>1. Бог накажет Иерусалим (3:1–8)<br>1. Господь очистит, восстановит, соберёт и благословит Свой народ (3:9–20)<br><br>#### О чём идёт речь в книге пророка Софонии? ####<br><br>Софония пророчествует о Божем наказании, которое постигнет Иудею и другие народы. Затем он говорит, что Бог пошлёт Иудее восстановление (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]).<br><br>#### Как нужно переводить заголовок книги? ####<br><br>Как правило, заголовок переводится так: "Книга пророка Софонии" или "Софония". Но ей можно дать и такое название: "Пророчество Софонии" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]).<br><br>#### Кто является автором данного пророчества? ####<br><br>Автором этой книги является пророк Софония. Примечательно, что кроме него в Ветхом Завете есть ещё три персонажа с таким именем. Предполагается что пророк Софония бы правнуком царя Езекии и двоюродным братом царя Иосии. Софония жил в городе Иерусалиме. Он начал пророчествовать примерно через семьдесят лет после Исаии и Михея. Софония изрекал свои пророчества во время правления царя Иосии (около 640-621 гг. до н. э.) - непосредственно перед тем, как начал пророчествовать Иеремия.<br><br>## Часть 2: Религиозный и культурный контекст пророчества ##<br><br>#### Сохранял ли израильский народ верность Господу в тот период, когда начал пророчествовать Софония? ####<br><br>Самым нечестивым царём Иудеи был Манассия (дед Иосии), который ввёл Божий народ в глубокое идолопоклонство. После смерти Манассии на престол взошёл его сын Аммон, который, спустя два года, был убит. Сын Аммона - Иосия - стал царем в восьмилетнем возрасте. Иосия чтил Господа и повиновался Ему. По всей видимости, Софония, начал пророчествовать после того, как Иосия уничтожил большую часть идолов и капищ в Иудее (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]).<br><br>#### Какой народ должен был покорить Иудею? ####<br><br>В пророчестве Софонии говорится, что Иудея будет завоёвана чужеземным народом. Скорее всего, речь идёт о Вавилонской империи, однако в книге нигде об этом не упоминается.
|
||||
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Софония 01 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Оформление главы ####<br><br>В некоторых библейских версиях поэтические строки печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо для их отделения от основного текста. Именно так в английской ULB оформлены стихи 1:2-18.<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Пророчества #####<br><br>Неясно, о каком суде идёт речь: относятся ли данные пророчества к падению Иерусалима, пришествию Мессии или к Судному Дню. Вполне вероятно, что в них говорится о нескольких временных периодах (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Софония 01:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br>* __[Софония intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__
|
||||
ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 Общая информация: В 1:2-18 говорится о суде Господа, причём в 1:2-3 описывается окончательный приговор, который Бог вынесет всем грешникам в будущем.
|
||||
ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 Слово от Господа, которое было к Софонии "Слово от Господа" - это идиома, означающая "важное сообщение от Господа". Альтернатвный перевод: "Господь сказал Софонии следующее", "Бог проговорил к Софонии" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 от Господа Или "от Яхве" - именно под таким именем Бог открывался людям Ветхого Завета. См. статью в translationWord о том, как нужно переводить это слово.
|
||||
ZEP 1 1 zlc5 figs-explicit 0 сыну Хусия, сыну Годолии, сыну Амории, сыну Езекии Речь идёт о предках Софонии. Под "сыном" подразумевается "потомок", а под "Езекией" - царь Езекия. Можно уточнить: "сыну Хусия, внуку Годолии, правнуку Амории, чьим отцом был Езекия" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 2 x2u5 figs-hyperbole 0 Всё истреблю с лица земли Это преувеличение: на самом деле, гнев Господа обрушится на грешников, в то время, как Он не уничтожит ни тех, кто раскаивается в своих грехах, ни живых существ (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 2 atu6 0 истреблю с лица земли "уничтожу всё, что есть на земле"
|
||||
ZEP 1 2 fg27 figs-123person 0 говорит Господь Софония передаёт народу Божьи слова (прим. пер.). Альтернативный перевод: "вот, что объявляет вам Господь", "вот, что Я - Господь - вам говорю".
|
||||
ZEP 1 3 aqr7 0 Я истреблю людей с лица земли "Я уничтожу на земле всех людей" - это преувеличение, как и в [Софонии 1:2] (./02.md).
|
||||
ZEP 1 3 zd2p 0 истреблю птиц в небе и рыб в море, и соблазны вместе с грешниками "истреблю животных и птиц, а также людей вместе с их грехами"
|
||||
ZEP 1 3 kw4a 0 истреблю "уничтожу", "убью", "сотру с лица земли"
|
||||
ZEP 1 3 xxd9 figs-metaphor 0 cut off Destroying is spoken of as if it were cutting something off from what it was a part of. Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ZEP 1 4 zb97 0 Общая информация: В 1:2-18 говоится о Божьем суде. В 1:4-16 описывается суд Господа над Иудеей.
|
||||
ZEP 1 4 q6dj figs-idiom 0 Я протяну Мою руку над Иудеей Это идиома, означающая "накажу". Альтернативный перевод: "Я накажу Иудею" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 4 wn2w figs-ellipsis 0 истреблю с этого места остатки Ваала, имена жрецов со священниками Слово "истреблю" относится к каждой фразе в этом стихе, однако оно используется только один раз во избежание повтора. Можно сказать: "Я истреблю с этого места остатки Ваала, Я уничтожу имена жрецов со священниками" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 4 gdu9 figs-metaphor 0 истреблю "Убью", "уничтожу", "предам смерти". См. [Софония 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
ZEP 1 4 h6cv figs-idiom 0 истреблю... имена жрецов со священниками "Истреблю... имена" (идиома) - значит "заставлю забыть". Можно сказать: "Я сотру из памяти народа имена жрецов и священников" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 5 u98g figs-ellipsis 0 и тех, кто на крышах поклоняется небесному воинству, и тех поклоняющихся, которые клянутся Господом и клянутся своим царём Имеется в виду "Я истреблю...". Слово "истреблю" употребляется в ([Софония 1:4] (./04.md)) и относится как к предыдущему стиху, так и к настоящему. Оно используется всего один раз во избежание повтора. Альтернативный перевод: "Я сотру с лица земли тех, кто на крышах поклоняется небесному воинству, и убью поклоняющихся, которые клянутся Господом и клянутся своим царём" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 5 w2r8 0 клянутся своим царём См. сноску о других переводах данного места, где этот стих звучит так: "и тех, кто поклоняется на крышах небесному воинству, и тех, кто поклоняется и клянется в верности как Господу, так и Молоху" (NRT).
|
||||
ZEP 1 5 f98e небесному воинству "солнцу, луне и звёздам"
|
||||
ZEP 1 6 ql66 figs-metaphor 0 не искали Господа и не спрашивали о Нём Искать Господа значит 1) просить Его о помощи; 2) размышлять о Его путях и подчиняться Ему. Альтернативный перевод: "не размышляли о Божьих путях и не просили Его их направить" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 7 ztx9 0 Общая информация: В 1:2-18 речь идёт о Божьем суде. В 1:4-16 описывается суд Господа над Иудеей.
|
||||
ZEP 1 7 etv8 figs-idiom 0 Замолчи "умолкни"
|
||||
ZEP 1 7 xb5b figs-metaphor 0 уже приготовил Господь жертву и решил, кого позвать Под "жертвой" подразумеваются иудеи, а под гостями, которые будут эту жертву есть - вражеские народы. Можно уточнить: "Господь приготовил народ Иудеи в качестве жертвы и пригласил вражеские народы как гостей" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 7 hwp4 figs-idiom 0 решил, кого позвать "решил, каких гостей Он пригласит"
|
||||
ZEP 1 8 z1ix figs-123person 0 Общая информация: Стихи 1:8-13 - э то речь Господа. Здесь Он говорит о Себе то в первом, то в третьем лице (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 8 w2xl 0 В день жертвы Господа будет та Эта поворотная фраза указывает на начало Божьего суда над Иудеей.
|
||||
ZEP 1 8 igq2 figs-explicit 0 всех, кто одевается в одежду чужестранцев Вполне очевидно, что израильтяне носили одежду иноземцев, чтобы показать лояльность к их обычаям и идолопоклонству. Альтернативный перевод: "всех, кто поклоняется иноземным богам" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 9 gma8 0 В тот день "В день Моего суда"
|
||||
ZEP 1 9 fr1s 0 Я посещу всех, кто перепрыгивает через порог Возможные значения: 1) речь идёт о поклонении Дагону: его приверженцы должны были перепрыгивать через порог; 2) здесь говорится о тех, кто в момент поклонения лжебогам прыгал на пьедестал, где стоял идол; 3) речь идёт о царских чиновниках, которые должны были приближатся к царскому трону, поднимаясь по ступеням.
|
||||
ZEP 1 9 u614 0 и кто наполняет дом своего Господа насилием и обманом Вместо абстрактных существительных "насилие" и "обман" можно использоват глаголы. Альтернативный перевод: "тех, кто поступает жестоко и постоянно лжёт".
|
||||
ZEP 1 10 n2di figs-123person 0 Общая информация: В Софонии 1:2-18 говорится о Божьем суде. В 1:4-16 описывается Божий суд над Иудеей. В 1:8-13 излагается речь Господа, в которой Он говорит о Себе то в первом, то в третьем лице (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 10 mm2c 0 у рыбных ворот Рыбные ворота - это одни из ворот в иерусалимской стене.
|
||||
ZEP 1 10 bm2g 0 плач у других ворот Или "громкое стенание", "громкие рыдания". "У других ворот" - речь шла о более современной части Иерусалима.
|
||||
ZEP 1 10 ysx8 figs-explicit 0 плач В других версиях этот стих звучит так: "поднимется крик от Рыбных ворот, плач из новой части города и страшный грохот с холмов" (прим. пер.). Речь идёт о грохоте от разрушающихся зданий. Можно уточнить: "страшный треск с холмов от рушащихся зданий" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 10 ahw8 0 на холмах Имеются в виду возвышенности, окружающие Иерусалим.
|
||||
ZEP 1 11 ne51 figs-parallelism 0 потому что погибнет весь торговый народ и будут истреблены богатые серебром Обе фразы указывают на одних и тех же людей, чьи торговые предприятия будут уничтожены. Альтернативный перевод: "потому что погибнут все, кто покупал и продавал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 11 fu79 0 богатые серебром Речь идёт о купцах. До изобретения монет люди использовали золото и серебро в качестве средства для обмена.
|
||||
ZEP 1 11 eyb8 figs-metaphor 0 истреблены "уничтожены", "убиты"
|
||||
ZEP 1 12 vc63 0 Общая информация: В 1:2-18 говорится о Божьем суде. В 1:4-16 описывается Божий суд над Иудеей.
|
||||
ZEP 1 12 fb6r 0 В то время Я со светильником обойду Иерусалим Эта фраза указывает на время, когда Иерусалим будет разрушен врагами.
|
||||
ZEP 1 12 n4xe figs-metaphor 0 Я со светильником обойду Иерусалим Господь говорит, что знает всё о жителях Иеруслима, как будто Он исследовал их сердца с помощью светильника (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 12 sb9c figs-idiom 0 тех, кто сидит на своих дрожжах Не чувствует никакой опасности (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 12 t4ux 0 говорит в своём сердце: "Не делает Господь нам ни плохого, ни хорошего" Вместо прямой речи можно использовать косвенную: "говорит в своём сердце, что Господь не делает им ни плохого, ни хорошего".
|
||||
ZEP 1 12 nu98 figs-idiom 0 говорит в своём сердце Или "думает". Это устойчивое выражение (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 12 fhk8 figs-merism 0 Не делает Господь нам ни плохого, ни хорошего "Ни плохого, ни хорошего" - это меризм, включающий в себя всё, что находится между противоположными по смыслу понятиями. Альтернативный перевод: "Господь ничего нам не сделает" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 13 nu8u 0 их дома окажутся пустыми "их дома будут опустошены и разрушены"
|
||||
ZEP 1 14 r2si 0 Общая информация: В 1:2-18 говорится о Божем суде. В 1:4-16 описывается Божий суд над Иудеей.
|
||||
ZEP 1 14 a6kw figs-doublet 0 Близок.., близок и стремительно приближается Одна и та же мысль повторяется трижды, чтобы подчеркнуть, что день, в который Гоподь будет судить народы, наступит очень скоро. Альтернативный перевод: "День Божьего суда уже близко, он наступит очень скоро" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 14 ky2m 0 день Господа См. [Софония 1:7](../01/07.md).
|
||||
ZEP 1 14 nu8q 0 даже храбрые воины будут кричать Возможные значения: 1) воины будут кричать от отчаяния; 2) речь идёт о неистовом боевом кличе.
|
||||
ZEP 1 15 xb57 0 Тот день будет днём гнева... Речь идёт о судном дне. См. [Софония1:14](../01/14.md).
|
||||
ZEP 1 15 lw4t figs-doublet 0 днём скорби и тесноты "Скорбь" и "теснота" - это синонимы. Они употребляются вместе для усиления мысли о том, что страдания людей в день суда будут огромными. Альтернативный перевод: "днём, когда люди будут переживать неистовую скорбь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 15 ud2q figs-doublet 0 днём опустошения и разорения Здесь слово "разорение" относится к Божественному суду, а "опустошение" - к последствиям этого суда (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 15 jub4 figs-doublet 0 днём тьмы и мрака Слова "тьма" и "мрак" являются синонимами. Они употребляются вместе, чтобы подчеркнуть, что люди будут пребывать в кромешной тьме. Оба слова указывают на Божий суд. Альтеративный перевод: "днём кромешной тьмы", "днём страшных судов" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 15 swy2 figs-doublet 0 днём туч и мглы "Туча" и "мгла" - это одно и то же. Эти понятия используются для усиления предыдущей мысли. Они также указывают на суд Господа. Альтернативный перевод: "днём грозной мглы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 16 deb6 figs-doublet 0 днём звука трубы и призыва к битве Оба выражения означают одно и то же. В них сказано, что судный день будет днём призыва солдат к битве. Альтернативный перевод: "днём, когда раздастся звук трубы, призывающий солдат к битве" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 16 da9h figs-doublet 0 против укреплённых городов и высоких башен Речь в обоих словосочетаниях идёт о военных крепостях. Альтернативный перевод: "против хорошо укреплённых городов" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 17 w66r 0 Общая информация: В 1:2-18 говорится о Божих судах. В 1:17-18 описывается последний судный день над всеми грешниками земли.
|
||||
ZEP 1 17 krq4 figs-simile 0 они будут ходить как слепые В судный день люди будут настолько ошеломлены и опозорены, что им покажется, что они ослепли. Альтернативный перевод: "они будут ходить в замешательстве и оцепенении, как слепые" (см.: [[rc: / / en / ta / man / translate / FIG-simile]]), (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Их кровь будет пролита, как пыль Их жизнь станет такой же бесполезной, как прах. Здесь можно употребить действительный залог: "Враги убьют их, и кровь их будет так же ничтожна, как прах" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 и их тела — как навоз "Противники бросят их тела, и их трупы будут гнить так же, как навоз" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 Огнём Его ревности Под "огнём ревности" имеется в виду Божья ярость. Здесь можно употребить сравнение: "Его ревность, как огонь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 над всеми жителями земли Речь идёт о нечестивых людях. Можно уточнить: "над всеми беззаконниками, живущими на земле" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Софония 02 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Оформление главы ####<br><br>В некоторых библейских версиях поэтические строки печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо для их отделения от основного текста. Именно так в английской ULB оформлены псалмы в 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Пророчества #####<br><br>Неясно, о каком суде идёт речь: относятся ли данные пророчества к падению Иерусалима, пришествию Мессии или к Судному Дню. Вполне вероятно, что в них говорится о нескольких временных периодах (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Софония 02:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__
|
||||
ZEP 2 1 w5gd 0 Общая информация: В 2:1-3 Господь продолжает обращаться к Иудее и призывает её жителей к покаянию.
|
||||
ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Посмотрите на себя внимательно, исследуйте себя Обе фразы синонимичны, но употребляются вместе, усиливая Божий призыв покаяться в грехах (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 пока не исполнилось определённое Речь идёт о наказании, определённом Богом. Альтернативный перевод: "пока Бог вас не наказал" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 2 j7xn 0 день ярости Господа "День Божьего суда". См. [Софония 1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
ZEP 2 2 m9s2 figs-simile 0 когда день улетит как шелуха от семени Шелуха - это мусор от растений, летающий по ветру. Альтернативный перевод: "пока благоприятные дни не пролетели, как мякина, гонимая ветром" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 2 xg13 figs-parallelism 0 пока не пришёл на вас пламенный гнев Господа, пока не наступил для вас день ярости Господа Обе фразы синонимичны, но употребляются вместе для усиления мысли о том, что день Божьего суда будует ужасным, поэтому люди должны как можно скорее раскаяться в своих грехах (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 2 c8mp figs-metonymy 0 гнев Господа "Божье наказание"
|
||||
ZEP 2 3 rm7u figs-metaphor 0 Ищите Господа Возможные значения: 1) просите помощи у Бога; 2) размышляйте о Его путях и подчинитесь Его воле (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 3 rg17 figs-abstractnouns 0 Ищите праведности, ищите смирения Вместо абстрактных существительных можно употребить наречия: "Старайтесь поступать праведно и смиренно" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 3 s75g figs-activepassive 0 Может быть, вы укроетесь в день гнева Господа Здесь можно использовать действительный залог: "Господь защитит вас в день гнева" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 4 r1bq 0 Общая информация: В 2:4-15 Господь высвобождает Свой суд на народы, окружающие Иудею.
|
||||
ZEP 2 4 dth6 0 Газа, Аскалон, Азот, Екрон Это четыре крупных филистимских города.
|
||||
ZEP 2 4 f893 figs-parallelism 0 будет оставлена... опустеет, Обе фразы синонимичны, но употребляются вместе для усиления мысли о том, что эти города ждёт полное разрушение (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 4 mi6f 0 Азот будет выгнан среди дня Возможные значения выражения "среди дня": 1) враги одолеют Азои до полудня; 2) враги нападут на Азот в полдень, когда его жители отдыхают и не ждут атаки.
|
||||
ZEP 2 4 sb41 figs-metaphor 0 Екрон будет уничтожен В некоторых библейских версиях поражение Екрона сравнивается с уничтожением дерева, когда его вырывают с корнями из земли и выбрасывают. Альтернативный перевод: "враги вырвут с корнем жителей Екрона" или "с корнем будет исторгнут Екрон" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 5 p4be 0 Горе жителям приморской страны, народу Крита "Народу Крита" - это уточнение.
|
||||
ZEP 2 5 pq8v 0 Слово Господа на вас, хананеи, филистимская земля Филистимляне были одним из народов, населявших Ханаан.
|
||||
ZEP 2 5 w9gq 0 Я истреблю тебя, и не будет жителей Вместо отрицания можно использовать утверждение: "Я буду истреблять этот народ, и все умрут".
|
||||
ZEP 2 6 s8lg 0 Общая информация: В 2:4-15 Господь высвобождает Свой суд на народы, окружавшие Иудею.
|
||||
ZEP 2 6 gm12 0 Приморская страна станет овечьим двором и загоном для скота Возможно, речь идёт о том, что филистимские города исчезнут, останутся только поля. Значение этого текста на иврите неясно, поэтому данный стих в различных современных версиях переведён по-разному.
|
||||
ZEP 2 6 ip1f 0 загоном для скота Загон - это небольшой участок, огороженный изгородью, где содержится домашний скот.
|
||||
ZEP 2 7 h1ww 0 Они "иудеи"
|
||||
ZEP 2 7 e8k3 0 будут отдыхать "будут спать", "будут ночевать"
|
||||
ZEP 2 8 yb33 0 Общая информация: В 2:4-15 Господь высвобождает Свой суд на народы, окружавшие Иудею.
|
||||
ZEP 2 8 ep73 figs-parallelism 0 оскорбления... ругательства Это синонимы, употребляющиеся вместе для усиления мысли о том, что аммонитяне и моавитяне глумились над евреями (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 8 zd77 0 угрожали его земле Язычники незаконного пересекали границы Иудеи и нападали на её жителей.
|
||||
ZEP 2 9 hzr2 figs-idiom 0 живу Я! "Я, несомненно жив!" - Господь использует это выражение, когда хочет показать, что сказанные им слова истинны. Даное высказывание подобно торжественной клятве. Альтернативный перевод: "Я клянусь" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 9 pi3w figs-123person 0 говорит Господь Саваоф, Бог Израиля Господь упоминает Своё имя, чтобы подчеркнуть истинность Своих слов. Можно сказать: "вот, что объявляет вам Господь Саваоф, Бог Израиля" или "вот, что Я -Господь Саваоф, Бог Израиля - вам объявляю" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 9 b2lh figs-explicit 0 Содом... Гоморра Бог уничтожил эти два города огнём за их беззакония. Содом и Гоморра стали символом полного уничтожения. Можно уточнить: "Я уничтожу Моав, как Содом, и сыновья Аммона будут истреблены, как Гоморра" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 9 l2f5 0 добычей крапивы, соляной ямой "местом, где растёт крапива и находятся соляные ямы" - речь идёт о пустоши, бесплодной земле.
|
||||
ZEP 2 9 dr9e figs-parallelism 0 Оставшиеся... уцелевшие Это синонимы, употребляющиеся вместе для усиления мысли о том, что израильтяне смогут выжить, когда Бог пошлёт на землю Свои суды (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 10 4bf4 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
ZEP 2 11 7a66 Общая информация: Комментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют.
|
||||
ZEP 2 12 ai2t 0 Общая информация: В 2:4-15 Господь высвобождает Свой суд на народы, окружавшие Иудею.
|
||||
ZEP 2 12 dr9y figs-metonymy 0 И вы, эфиопы, будете убиты Моим мечом То есть "умрёте в бою". Альтернативный перевод: "Я уничтожу вас, эфиопы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 13 rqc2 figs-metonymy 0 Он протянет свою руку на север Под "рукой" подразумевается Божий суд. Альтернативный перевод: "Бог произведёт Свой суд над севером" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ZEP 2 13 vj6j figs-abstractnouns 0 превратит Ниневию в развалины Вместо существительного "развалины" можно использовать прилагательные: "сделает Ниневию разрушенной и опустошённой" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 13 ra14 figs-simile 0 в место, сухое как пустыня То есть в место, где ничего не будет расти (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 14 fgc1 0 разные животные "всякие животные"
|
||||
ZEP 2 14 rq3s 0 в её резных украшениях Речь идёт об обломках зданий и их украшениях.
|
||||
ZEP 2 14 jp3m 0 Их голос будет раздаваться в окнах "их голоса будут проноситься через окна"
|
||||
ZEP 2 14 u3vb 0 дверные столбы Дверной столб - это толстый деревянный брус, служащий для опоры стен.
|
||||
ZEP 2 14 e998 0 beams Beams are long and thick pieces of wood that are used to keep a building stable.
|
||||
ZEP 2 15 ev51 0 Общая информация: В 2:4-15 Господь высвобождает Свой суд на народы, окружавшие Иудею.
|
||||
ZEP 2 15 kl78 0 Вот каким станет торжествующий город "Вот каким станет город, исполненный гордости" (речь идёт о Ниневии, о которой говорится с 13-го стиха. См. [Софония 2:13](../02/13.md)).
|
||||
ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 говорит в своём сердце Это идиома, употребляющаяся в значении "говорит" (здесь город персонифицируется: он как будто может говорить. Под городом подразумеваются его жители) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 Со мной никто не сравнится Или: "Я - великий город, и никакой другой город со мной не сравнится" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 Каждый, проходя мимо "Каждый, проходя мимо этого ужасного места"
|
||||
ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 свистнет и махнёт рукой Речь идёт о выражении презрения и гнева. Проходящие мимо люди будут неавидеть развалины Ниневии.
|
||||
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Софония 03 Общие замечания #<br><br>#### Оформление главы ####<br><br>В некоторых библейских версиях поэтические строки печатаются с небольшим отступом вправо для их отделения от основного текста. Именно так в английской ULB оформлены стихи 3:1-20.<br><br>#### Важная концепция ####<br><br>##### Пророчества #####<br><br>Поскольку в этой главе говорится о полном разрушении Иерусалима, неясно относятся ли данные пророчества к падению Иерусалима, пришествию Мессии или к Судному Дню. Вполне вероятно, что в них говорится о нескольких временных периодах (см. [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]).<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Софония 03:01 Замечания](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | __
|
||||
ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 Общая информация: В 3:1-5 Софония передаёт евреям Божье послание о суде над Иерусалимом. Под Иерусалимом подразумеваются его жители. Это можно уточнить, заменив местоимение "он" (город) на "они" (жители города) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 Горе нечистому и осквернённому городу, притеснителю "Горе нечестивым и осквернённым жителям города, притеснителям" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”
|
||||
ZEP 3 2 lb6h figs-metonymy 0 Не слушает голос Под "голосом" подразумевается Бог, обращающийся к жителям Иерусалима. "Не слушает" - значит "не повинуется". Альтернативный перевод: "Он не повинуется тому, что Бог ему говорит" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 3 nf4u figs-metonymy 0 Общая информация: В 3:1-5 Софония передаёт евреям Божье послание о суде над Иерусалимом. Под "Иерусалимом" подразумеваются его жители. Это можно уточнить, заменив местоимение "он" (город) на "они" (жители города) (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 3 ae1f figs-metaphor 0 Его князья среди него — рычащие львы Львы рычат, чтобы прогнать других животных от добычи, которую они поймали. Иерусалимские князья сравниваются с рычащими львами, охраняющими свою добычу. Альтернативный перевод: "князья Иерусалима жадны, как рычащие львы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 3 z5i2 figs-metaphor 0 его судьи — вечерние волки, которые не оставляют к утру ни одной кости Волки особенно голодны перед ночной охотой. Здесь судьи сравниваются с голодными волками. Альтернативный перевод: "его судьи жадны, как голодные волки, не оставляющие от своих жертв ни одной кости к утру" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 4 u7tc 0 Его пророки — легкомысленные и неверные люди "Его пророки никого не слушают, им нельзя доверять"
|
||||
ZEP 3 4 q96w 0 а священники оскверняют святыню "а священники неуважительно относятся к святыням"
|
||||
ZEP 3 4 xm2b 0 пренебрегая законом "нарушая закон"
|
||||
ZEP 3 5 ine1 0 Общая информация: В 3:1-5 Софония передаёт Божье послание о суде грешным жителям Иерусалима.
|
||||
ZEP 3 5 a3p2 figs-parallelism 0 Праведен Господь среди этого города, Он не делает неправедное Обе фразы синонимичны, но употребляются вместе для усиления мысли о том, что Господь остаётся праведным даже когда Его народ погряз в беззаконии (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 5 z4ht 0 среди этого города "среди жителей этого города"
|
||||
ZEP 3 5 fe75 figs-idiom 0 Каждое утро Это идиома, означающая "каждый день", "день за днём" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 5 cvu6 figs-metaphor 0 Он являет Свой суд неизменно Другие переводы данного места: "Каждое утро Он вершит суд, без устали" (NRT), "Каждое утро Свой суд Он являет на свет" (RBO) (прим. пер.).
|
||||
ZEP 3 5 dm1b figs-litotes 0 но у беззаконника нет стыда "но беззаконник ничего не стыдится"
|
||||
ZEP 3 5 dwk9 0 know no shame “are not ashamed”
|
||||
ZEP 3 6 t3em figs-explicit 0 Общая информация: В 3:6-7 Господь обличает жителей Иерусалима за их неспособность извлекать уроки из участи других нечестивых городов. Можно добавить: "Так говорит Господь", чтобы стих 6 стал более понятным (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 6 ie5c figs-parallelism 0 Я истребил народы и разрушил их твердыни. Опустошил их улицы, так что никто уже не ходит по ним. Их города разорены: нет ни одного человека, нет никого Оба предложения передают одну и ту же мысль: Господь полностью истребил народы и их города (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 6 y9qd 0 никто уже не ходит по ним "никто из жителей уже не ходит по ним"
|
||||
ZEP 3 6 asi4 0 нет ни одного человека, нет никого "Там больше никого нет", "все люди погибли".
|
||||
ZEP 3 7 mvv5 figs-quotations 0 Я сказал: "Бойтесь только Меня и принимайте Моё наставление!" Тогда не будет разрушено его жилище, и не придёт к нему зло, которое Я назначил ему Вместо прямой речи можно употребить косвенную: "Я сказал, чтобы Мой народ боялся только Меня и принимал Моё наставление!" Тогда его жилища не будут разрушены и не придёт к нему зло, которое Я назначил ему" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 7 g15j figs-idiom 0 Тогда не будет разрушено его жилище Здесь можно использовать действительный залог: "тогда Я не разрушу его жилища" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 7 u1c9 0 Но они ещё усерднее старались делать одно лишь зло "Но они ещё усерднее старались поступать беззаконно"
|
||||
ZEP 3 8 lfl4 0 Общая информация: В 3:8 Господь говорит, что Он будет судить все народы.
|
||||
ZEP 3 8 my26 0 Поэтому ждите Меня, — говорит Господь, — до того дня, когда Я встану для того, что бы опустошить Подразумевается, что нечестивые народы уже знают, что их ждёт Божья кара.
|
||||
ZEP 3 8 rhe9 figs-123person 0 говорит Господь Софония передаёт Божьи слова народу. Можно сказать: "вот, что объявляет вам Господь" или "вот, что Я - Господь - вам говорю".
|
||||
ZEP 3 8 izp2 figs-metaphor 0 для того, что бы опустошить Божий суд сравнивается с опустошением, которое производят хищники, истребляя своих жертв на определённой территории. Альтернативный перевод: "Я поднимусь и истреблю их так же, как хищники истребляют своих жертв" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 8 mvx7 figs-doublet 0 потому что Мной определено собрать народы, созвать царства Оба высказывания синонимичны; они усиливают мысль, что Бог будет судить все народы (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 8 q1ml figs-doublet 0 чтобы пролить на них всю ярость Моего гнева Слова "ярость" и "гнев" являются синонимами. Они подчёркивают мысль о том, как огромен Божий гнев. Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы пролить на них Мой неистовый гнев" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 8 ge59 figs-activepassive 0 Потому что огнём Моей ревности будет сожжена вся земля Вместо страдательного залога можно употребить действительный: "потому что Я сожгу всю землю огнём Моей ревности" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 8 hc95 figs-metaphor 0 Потому что огнём Моей ревности будет сожжена вся земля Божья ревность сравнивается с огнём. Здесь можно употребить сравнение: "Моя ревность, как огонь, сожжёт всю землю" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 9 cs8h 0 Общая информация: В 3:9-10 Господь говорит, что после Своего суда над язычниками Он даст им обновление.
|
||||
ZEP 3 9 la62 figs-metonymy 0 Тогда Я дам народам чистые уста Под "устами" подразумевается способность говорить. Альтернативный перевод: "Я дам народу способность говорить то, что чисто" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 9 k8y7 figs-idiom 0 чтобы они призывали имя Господа Это идиома: "призывать" - значит "поклоняться". Можно сказать: "чтобы они поклонялись Моему имени" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 9 f339 figs-idiom 0 служили Ему единодушно "служили Ему в единстве души и духа" (прим. пер.)
|
||||
ZEP 3 10 zs4q 0 из стран Эфиопии, которые за рекой Возможно, речь идёт о территории современного Судана.
|
||||
ZEP 3 11 hvk2 0 Общая информация: В 3:11-13 Господь ободряет остаток Израиля, выживший после Его судов.
|
||||
ZEP 3 11 ryq3 0 В тот день "И, когда это произойдёт, ты..." Речь идёт о мире и восстановлении, которые придут после Божьих судов.
|
||||
ZEP 3 11 xcx2 figs-activepassive 0 ты не будешь позорить себя твоими поступками "тебе больше не будет стыдно из-за твоих дел"
|
||||
ZEP 3 11 y6pj 0 потому что Я удалю из твоей среды гордых и высокомерных "потому что Я удалю от тебя гордых и высокомерных людей"
|
||||
ZEP 3 12 q74i 0 Общая информация: В 3:11-13 Господь ободряет остаток Израиля, выживший после Его судов.
|
||||
ZEP 3 12 c1gc figs-metaphor 0 и они будут надеяться на имя Господа Другими словами, они будут надеяться на Божью защиту. "На имя Господа" - значит "на Меня". Альтернативный перевод: "они придут ко Мне, и Я им помогу" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 13 y163 0 Остатки Израиля Речь идёт о "смиренном и простом народе" из [Софония 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||||
ZEP 3 13 b2m7 0 не будут делать неправду "не будут совершать преступления"
|
||||
ZEP 3 13 ja4i figs-activepassive 0 не станут говорить ложь, и в их словах не будет обмана "Никто из них не будет лгать, ничьи слова не будут лживыми"
|
||||
ZEP 3 13 pe7k figs-metaphor 0 Они сами будут пастись и отдыхать Господь будет заботиться об Израиле, как пастух - об овцах. Он будет защищать их, давать им пищу и обеспечивать им отдых (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 14 d65d 0 Общая информация: В 3:14-20 Софония призывает израильтян, выживших после Божьих судов, радоваться.
|
||||
ZEP 3 14 d6q3 figs-idiom 0 дочь Сиона... дочь Иерусалима Под "дочерью" подразумеваются люди, живущие в Иерусалиме (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 14 x7wg figs-doublet 0 Веселись и радуйся Это синонимы, они подчёркивают мысль о том, что израильтянам нужно радоваться. Альтернативный перевод: "радуйтесь от всего сердца" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 14 qj83 figs-metonymy 0 от всего сердца "от всей души", "чистосердечно", "искренне" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 15 lb51 figs-idiom 0 Отменил Господь приговор над тобой "Отменить приговор" (идиома) - значит "аннулировать его". Альтернативный перевод: "Господь не стал приводить Свой приговор в исполнение" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 15 t4fy figs-abstractnouns 0 ты больше не увидишь зла Абстрактное существительное "зло" можно заменить глаголом "навредить": "ты больше не будешь бояться, что люди тебе навредят" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 16 v9ia 0 В тот день "В то время", "когда это произойдёт". Речь идёт о восстановлении и мире, которые придут после Божьих судов.
|
||||
ZEP 3 16 eh5e figs-metonymy 0 скажут Иерусалиму... Сиону Имеются в виду жители Иерусалима и Сиона. Альтернативный перевод: "скажут жителям Иерусалима... жителям Сиона" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 16 pc5c figs-metaphor 0 Пусть твои руки не ослабеют "Твои руки" - значит "ты"; "не ослабеют" - значит "не станут слабыми". Можно сказать: "Оставайся крепким!", "Не ослабевай!" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 17 w8tr 0 Общая информация: В 3:14-20 Софония призывает израильтян, выживших после Божьих судов, радоваться.
|
||||
ZEP 3 17 g95f figs-metaphor 0 С тобой Господь, твой Бог, Который силён спасти тебя Здесь Господь сравнивается с сильным воином. Альтернативный перевод: "С тобой Господь, твой Бог. Он, как сильный воин, сможет тебя спасти" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 17 gk13 figs-parallelism 0 Он будет радоваться о тебе,.. будет торжествовать о тебе с ликованием Обе фразы синонимичны, но употребляются вместе для усиления мысли о том, что Господь будет вновь радоваться об остатке Своего народа (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 17 h9ek 0 будет к тебе милостив по Своей любви Возможные значения: 1) "Он успокоит тебя Своей любовью"; 2) "Его любовь тебя обновит".
|
||||
ZEP 3 18 i4ff figs-metaphor 0 Я отведу печаль, которая для вас как позор "Я удалю от тебя твои беды, и тебе больше не придется терпеть позор"
|
||||
ZEP 3 19 ih9r 0 Общая информация: В 3:19-20 Господь лично обращается к израильтянам, выжившим после Его судов, и призывает их к радости.
|
||||
ZEP 3 19 f6zj 0 Я накажу всех, кто тебя угнетал "Я покараю твоих мучителей" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 19 l1m4 figs-explicit 0 Спасу хромое, соберу рассеянное Израильтяне, страдавшие в изгнании, сравниваются с хромыми и отверженными овцами. Альтернативный перевод: "Я спасу и соберу остаток израильтян, которые, как хромые и рассеянные овцы" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]).
|
||||
ZEP 3 19 qc78 figs-metaphor 0 хромое Речь идёт о людях и животных, не способных передвигаться должным образом.
|
||||
ZEP 3 19 kzw3 0 наделю их почётом Можно сказать: "Я сделаю их уважаемыми людьми", "другие люди будут оказывать им честь".
|
||||
ZEP 3 19 ry88 figs-simile 0 сделаю их знатными по всей той земле, на которой их оскорбляли "И чужеземные народы, оскорблявшие их прежде, будут их прославлять"
|
||||
ZEP 3 19 cxu6 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will change their shame into renown The abstract nouns “shame” and “renown” can be stated as actions. Alternate translation: “I will cause them to no longer be ashamed, but for people to respect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ZEP 3 20 d2a1 figs-parallelism 0 В то время Я соберу и приведу вас Оба выражения синонимичны; они указывают на то, что Господь вернёт Свой народ из плена. Альтернативный перевод: "В то время Я соберу вас вместе и приведу вас домой" (см. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1399.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue